THE OHIO
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

(CONTINUATION OF THE OHIO NATURALIST)

Official Organ of the

OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

and of the

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY SCIENTIFIC SOCIETY

VOLUME XVII, 1916-17

EDITORIAL STAFF

Editor John H. Schaffner

Associate Editor James S. Hine

Associate Editor Thomas G. Phillips

EDITORL\L BOARD

T. G. Phillips Agricultural Chemistry

F. W. Ives Agricultural Engineering

F. L. Laxdache Anatomy

J. H. ScHAFFXER Botany

C. B. Hahrop Ceramic Engineering

J. R. WiTHROw Chemistry

F. H. Exo Civil Engineering

J. B. Park Farm Crops

N. W. ScHERER Forestry

T. M. Hills Geology

V. H. Davis Horticulture

W. A. KxiGHT Industrial Arts

K. D. ScHWARTZEL Mathematics

Horace Judd Mechanical Engineering

JoxATHAX FoRMAX Pathology

A. D. Cole Physic*

R. J. Seymour Physiology, Physiological

Chemistry and Pharmacology
E. R. Hayhurst ..Public Health and Sanitation.
J. S. HixE Zoology and Entomology

OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY,

COLUMBUS.

INDEX TO AUTHORS.

PAGE

CoNDiT, D. Dale 52

Drake, Carl J 9, 101, 213, 295

FoERSTE, August F 187, 233

FoRMAN, Jonathan, and Reed, Carlos J 177

Henderson, Nellie F 106

Hine, Jas. S 21, 269

Hubbard, Geo. D 83, 137

Kisliuk, Jr., Max 285

Lathrop, Frank H 119

Laughlin, Emma E 308

Metcale, C. L 272

McCoRD, Julia L. V 63

Mote, Don C 169

Okey, Katherine W 25

Oberholser, Harry C 332

OsBORN, Herbert, and Drake, Carl J 9, 295

Reed, Carlos 1 177

Rice, Edward L 69

schaffner, john h 23, 132

Sears, Paul B 97

Shull, a. Franklin 1

Smith, Arthur H 66

Transeau, Edgar N 217

Waller, Adolph E 273

Weston, Wm. H 16

Williams, Stephen R 205

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

PUBLISHED BY THE

Ohio Statk Univkrsity Scientific Society
Volume XVII NOVEMBER, 1916 No. 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shull — Cytoplasm and Heredity 1

OSBORN AND DRAKE — Some New Species of Nearctic Tingidae 9

Weston — A Monstrosity in Trillium Grandiflorum 16

HiNE — Description of Robber Flies of the Genus Erax 21

News and Notes 23

CYTOPLASM AND HEREDITY.*

A. Franklin Skull.

It is too much to say that the days of controversy in biology
are past. Yet most of us are now content to play the role of
judge and jury, and abandon the less dignified role of advocate.
I shall not, therefore, attempt to refute the arguments of my
predecessors as a necessary preliminary to advancing evidence
of exceptions. It may be granted that the work of Morgan,
Bridges, Sturtevant, MuUer and others, upon the fruit fly
Drosophila, has demonstrated that differential factors of hered-
ity lie in the chromosomes. Those who take comfort in the
thought that these factors may lie in other bodies (perhaps
cytoplasmic), which behave like chromosomes, but which can not
be observed, and about which nothing is known, not even that
they exist, may take that comfort without injury to any one
but themselves. They are in the position of that famous
student of heredity who, after a lifetime of biometric work,
naively remarked that he saw nothing in the Mendelian work
of the present century which refuted a single jot or tittle of his
conclusions, but who did not think it worth while to admit that
not a few of those conclusions, while still true, had, in the light
of the newer work, become practically useless. They are
putting new wine in old bottles.

*The concluding paper of a symposium on the mechanism of hereditj^ held
by the Biological Conference of the Michigan Schoolmasters' Club, March 31,1916.

o

2 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

It may be granted that the cytological work of the past
fifteen years has estabhshed an undoubted connection between
chromosomes and sex. One may even magnanimously neglect
to point out that in some cases, for example, in the phylloxerans
and probably the rotifers, the sex-determining event, as shown
by differences in the size of the eggs, precedes the differential
behavior of the chromosomes, and that the chromosomes are
therefore not players, but pawns. It may be admitted that the
experimental work of Baltzer, Gates, Lutz, Stomps, and others,
has fixed upon the chromosomes the responsibility of producing
certain hereditary features of the organisms they studied.

Yet, after making all these admissions, it is possible to accept
as demonstrated certain facts which plainly indicate an influence
upon hereditary processes, of something else than chromosomes.
It is rny purpose first to point out a few of these facts; and
second to show how we may cherish this evidence, without
spewing the chromosomes out of our mouths, like the angel of
Laodicea, and likewise without straddling.

Among the foremost evidence of the importance of cyto-
plasm in heredity is that derived from cases of inheritance only
through the mother. Inheritance only through the mother is
in strong contrast to one of the earliest evidences in favor of the
nucleus as the bearer of hereditary factors. It was long ago
pointed out that father and mother shared equally in fixing
the nature of the offspring; but that the spermatozoa carried
little or no cytoplasm, while the egg was, from the standpoint
of volume, chiefly cytoplasm. The chief difference between egg
and sperm is that the former is lumbered down with a mass of
passive cytoplasm and yolk, from which the sperm is practically
free. When, then, we find a case of inheritance only through
the mother, there is left little room for any conclusion but that
this inheritance depends upon the cytoplasm of the egg, or upon
something included in the cytoplasm.

The facts in one such case are these. In the old-fashioned
four o'clocks of grandmother's garden, Mirabilis Jalapa, there
is a variety named albomaculata, which has variegated leaves.
The structural basis of the variegation is the fact that the
chromatophores in the yellowish white patches are not bright
green, but more or less blanched. The amount of green and
white varies greatly in different plants. Furthermore, whole
branches may be green, other whole branches white.

Nov.. Hil(>] Cytoplasm and Heredity 3

Flowers borne upon green branches, if self-fertilized, give
seed that produces only green offspring. Flowers upon white
branches if self-fertilized, give seed that produces only white
offspring, which soon die because unable to carry on photo-
synthesis. Flowers on variegated branches yield offspring some
of which are white, some green, some variegated.

Crosses between flowers upon green branches and flowers
upon white branches yield the important result that only the
mother determines the chlorophyll character of the next gen-
eration. Correns found that when, in such crosses, the flower
used as a female was on a green branch, the offspring were all
green. If the flower used as a female was on a white branch,
the offspring were all white. A flower on a variegated branch
yielded seeds that produced variegated plants, regardless of
whether the pollen came from a green, a white, or a variegated
branch. As regards this color character, the offspring are
always like the mother. Even in subsequent generations, there
is no reappearance of the paternal character. Domination by
the female is even more rigid in these garden plants than in
human families.

What causes this peculiar course of heredity may be ques-
tionable; but Correns suggests that it is due to a disease
transmitted only through the cytoplasm of the egg. No gen-
eralization can be made in regard to variegation, for in other
plants this character is found to be inherited through the sperm
also; but there appears to be no doubt that in Mirabilis it is a
cytoplasmic character.

Similar evidence of cytoplasmic influence in heredity is to
be found in what are called matrocline hybrids. When two
crosses are made between two races or varieties, the mother
coming from race A in one case, from race B in the other, these
crosses are called reciprocal crosses; and the first generation
hybrids from these crosses are known as reciprocal hybrids. In
ordinary Mendelian cases, the two reciprocal hybrids are
theoretically equal. If the chromosomes are the bearers of
hereditary factors, and if there is no disturbance in the normal
chromosome behavior, the reciprocal hybrids should be equal.
But in certain cases they are not equal, each reciprocal being
more like the mother which produced it. Unequal reciprocal
hybrids which resemble the mother more than the father are
described as matrocline hybrids.

4 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

The earliest cases of matrocline hybrids appear to be those
between different orders or genera of echinoderms. These were
not always reciprocal crosses. Such crosses have been made
possible largely by the work of Loeb and others on the induction
of artificial parthenogenesis, through chemical changes in the
sea water. Loeb himself fertilized sea-urchin eggs with the
sperm of starfishes and ophiurans. The larv^ were purely of the
maternal (sea-urchin) type. Godlewski fertilized sea-urchin
•eggs with crinoid sperm. The larvae were again purely maternal.
The most obvious explanation in each case is that the type of
larval development is determined by the cytoplasm of the egg.
Too much stress is not to be laid upon this evidence, however,
for recent work of Baltzer has shown that there may be irreg-
ularity of the behavior of the chromosomes in the two recip-
rocal hybrids; so that these matrocline hybrids may some day
become most excellent evidence of the importance of chromo-
somes in heredity. This objection can hardly be urged against
other experiments of Godlewski, in which fragments of sea-
urchin eggs that contained no nuclei were fertilized with crinoid
sperm. Even if irregularities in the behavior of the chromo-
somes occurred, and some of the chromosomes were lost, what-
ever chromosomes remained must have been paternal. Yet
larvae from these egg fragments were purely maternal in type.
This result is not the universal one, it is true, for Boveri obtained
precisely the reverse effect in another cross. But for those
■cases in which the larva produced by merogony (that is, the
fertilization of egg fragments) is maternal, there seems little
room for any other conclusion than that the cytoplasm of the
egg is responsible.

Not all matrocline hybrids, be it pointed out in leaving this
type of evidence, are evidence of cytoplasmic influence. There
.are matrocline hybrids in the evening primrose, Oenothera.
But there are also patrocline hybrids in the same genus, that is,
reciprocal hybrids that resemble the father more than the
mother. Oenothera is probably not a lawless being, but so far
its laws have baffled all its students. When patrocline hybrids
are finally explained in Oenothera, the explanation may well
be such as will also explain matrocline hybrids without an
appeal to the cytoplasm. But this anticipated defection of the
evening primrose from the ranks of matrocline hybrids which
owe their maternal resemblance to the cytoplasm of the egg,

Nov.. l'.)l()l Cytoplasm and Heredity 5

will not weaken the evidence which other undoubted cases of
cyto]:)lasmic influence afford.

Further arguments against the chromosomes as holders of
patent rights in heredity is found in the polarity of eggs. All
eggs have differentiated regions, even when these are not visibly
different. In most cases the animal pole becomes the aboral
pole of the later gastrula, while the vegetative pole becomes the
interior of the digestive tract. This polarity can be traced
back, in some cases, into the early oogonial stages, and it is not
improbable that it is continuous from one generation to the
next. It is scarcely conceivable that this polarity is due to
anything else than the cytoplasm.

Symmetry in many animals is likewise apparently inde-
pendent of the chromosomes. This is particularly true of the
insects and the cephalopods. In the back swimmer Notonecta,
the last part of the egg to emerge in oviposition always forms
the same part of the larva, and there is a bilaterality of the
body that corresponds to a bilaterality of the egg. Since in
the development of the insect egg the nucleus divides repeatedly
before the daughter nuclei are shut off in separate cells, it is
scarcely conceivable that a selective distribution of chromatin
can occur with such minute regularity as to account for the
regular location of the organs. Perhaps the mere shape of the
egg, acting mechanically, may produce this symmetry; but in
any case, it is not the chromosomes.

And finally, the case of the ascidian egg is important. These
eggs contain various localized metaplasmic substances which
can be traced into the muscles, the notochord, and the nervous
system of the larva. If that part of the egg which contains one
of these substances be removed before development begins, the
corresponding part of the larva is missing. The cytoplasmic
inclusions may not be organ-forming substances, but in that
case the cytoplasm itself must exert a determinative influence.

The foregoing facts indicate a probable, in some cases
almost necessary, influence of cytoplasm in heredity. They are
not intended, however, to disprove the chromosomes hypothesis.
It seems to me possible to hold the view that both chromosomes
and cytoplasm have their influence; but they play different
roles. Let us examine anew the facts we have cited to show the
hereditary influence of cytoplasm. There was one case (varie-
gation in Mirabilis) which may be explained as due to a disease

6 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,.

transmitted by the cytoplasm of the egg alone. If the disease
is due to an infection to the germ of which chromatin has so far
proven immune, the transmission of variegation is no more
heredity, it seems to me, than is intrauterine transmission of
syphilis. But if by disease we mean merely a defect, then this
defect is found only in the cytoplasm. Perhaps the results can
be explained by assuming that the defect lies in the chromato-
phores themselves, that these are autonomous bodies arising
only from other bodies like themselves, and that they are
handed on to new generations only in the cytoplasm of the egg.
This is clearly not opposed to inheritance through the chromo-
somes as a general phenomenon.

All the other phenomena listed above in support of cyto-
plasm as an agent in heredity involve only developmental
stages. Polarity directly traceable to polarity of the egg has
reference only to an early larval stage. The symmetry referred
to differences of the cytoplasm, applies only to the embryo.
The ascidians from which muscles or notochord were missing,
due to removal of part of the egg, were observed only in larval
stages. The matrocline hybrids among echinoderms have been
observed only as larvae. Unfortunately, it has been found
impracticable to rear them to the adult stage. No one knows
whether the reciprocal hybrids would or would not be dissimilar
as adults.

In view of the fact that much of the evidence that the cyto-
plasm influences heredity comes from embryonic stages, may
we not harmonize the once conflicting views regarding chromo-
somes and cytoplasm in the following manner? Barring such
characters as variegation in Mirabilis, for which there is a
special explanation, it may be assumed that the cytoplasm often
(perhaps usually) determines the type of cleavage, the early
course of development, and in large measure the larval char-
acters, while the adult characteristics are determined by the
chromosomes. With the developmental stages the student of
heredity using the usual breeding methods has little to do. He
may be pardoned a bias in favor of the chromosomes because he
rarely studies larval characters. To the physiologist and mor-
phologist, on the other hand, the rigid conviction of the gene-
ticist that the chromosomes contain all the tools of his trade
has not unnaturally been viewed with skepticism.

Nov., 19 IG] Cytoplasm and Heredity 7

I claim no originality for the above attempt at harmony.
The idea I have expressed was first propounded, I beheve, by
ConkHn in 1908. I am, however, able to advance in favor of
Conklin's view evidence which was not available when Conklin
wrote. In my own work on rotifers I have discovered a case of
matrocline hybrids which, unlike those of the echinoderms,
were easily reared to the adult stage, at which time they were
wholly alike. The facts of this case are as follows: The rotifers
are one of the groups of animals that lay both parthenogenetic
and sexual eggs. The former hatch regularly in 14 to 18 hours
after laying, the latter remain in the egg a week or longer.
Moreover, whereas all the parthenogenetic eggs usually hatch,
only a fraction of the young developed in sexual eggs ever
emerge. The proportion of sexual eggs hatching varies greatly
in different lines. In line A, in the experiments above referred
to, about fifty per cent of the sexual eggs hatched. They began
to hatch about a week after they were laid, and two weeks later
practically all had hatched that would hatch at all. The time
spent in the egg was thus fairly uniform. Line B was strongly
contrasted with line A both in the total number of sexual eggs
that hatched and in the length of time spent in the egg. Only
five per cent of the eggs of line B ever hatched. Morover, their
hatching was spread irregularly over a period of five or six weeks.

The reciprocal hybrids obtained from crosses between these
two lines were very unequal. When line A furnished the mother,
line B the father, the eggs laid by the females hatched in one to
three weeks, like line A, and about fifty per cent of them
hatched, also like line A. When line B furnished the mother,
the hatching of the eggs occupied four or five weeks, and the
total number hatching was about thirty per cent. In both
respects the hybrid eggs in this cross were intermediate between
the parent eggs.

Here the reciprocal hybrids are very unlike, each being much
nearer the maternal condition. But when new lines were
obtained from these hybrid eggs, and these lines produced
sexual eggs of their own, the two reciprocal hybrid lines were
fully equal. Doubtless the inequality of the reciprocal hybrid
eggs was due to the cytoplasm furnished by the mother; but
when adults were developed from these eggs, and new cytoplasm
was produced under the influence of the paternal as well as the

8 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

maternal chromosomes, the eggs containing this cytoplasm were
alike in the length and uniformity of the time of development,
and in the total number hatching.

Whether the matrocline hybrids of echinoderms, so far
observed only as larvae, would on becoming adults show any
less the characters of the mother than in the developmental
stages, can only be conjectured. But the demonstration of
such a change between embryonic and adult life in the rotifers
supports Conklin's suggestion that it is the larval characters
which, in animals in general, are influenced by the egg cyto-
plasm. When, however, in writing of the function of the
chromosomes, Conklin states that they have only to do with
the details of adult structure, I am unable to follow him. Nor,
it seems to me, are some of the larval features which are condi-
tioned by the cytoplasm, for example, the form of the larval
skeleton of echinoderms, to be regarded as anything else than
details. Geneticists, it is true, usually deal only with details;
but that is because no mutations which involve radical changes
in fundamental processes, and still leave the organisms capable
of breeding with the parent form, have occurred. It seems
much more probable that even the fundamental features of the
adult are products of chromosome determination.

Cytoplasmic influence in heredity may appeal more to a
certain type of mind if there is a mechanism through which it
operates. That type of mind (or some other) has already found
the mechanism. Hereditary importance is attributed by some to
those bodies, found in the cytoplasm of many cells, called
chondriosomes. One of the leading cytologists of America
(who be it said is an ardent advocate of the chromosome
hypothesis) admits that "probably" the chondriosomes have
something to do with heredity. But I suspect that his admis-
sion was made chiefly to clear his conscience of any bias in the
opposite direction. The only evidence that chondriosomes play
any role in heredity seems to be that the cytoplasm plays such
a role — and the chondriosomes are in the cytoplasm.

Zoological Laboratory, University of Michigan.

SOME NEW SPECIES OF NEARCTIC TINGIDAE.*

By Hkrhert Osborn and Carl j. Dkakk.

In working up the material for the " Tingitoidea of Ohio"t
we found a few new forms from other states that were not
included as they were not likely to be found in Ohio. Since the
publication of this paper, we have received a few^ specimens
from other states for identification, including a few new forms.
We believe that a description of these forms will prove useful to
other workers in this group and in view of this fact we are
publishing a description of these new species.

Acalypta ovata spec. nov. (Fig. 1.)

With new material received and with specimens already in
hand of Acalypta lillianis we have concluded that the supposed
dimorphic forms as given by Bueno are not one species, but two
distinct forms. The striking differences in the head and anten-
nal characters make the association of the two forms unwar-
ranted unless it can be definitely proven by mating or reared
specimens. We have cf and 9 specimens of the brachypterous
form and only 9 specimens of the macropterous form; the
short-winged form we describe herein as new. A. ovata can be
readily separated from lillianisX (macropterous form) by its
longer head and face, the curved basal segment of the antennas,
and the much larger and longer processes or tubercles between
the eyes and antennae.

Head long, narrow, armed with two diverging spines; vertex quite
long. Rostrum reaching the middle of the first abdominal segment.
Antennae moderately long, beset with a few short hairs; first segment
considerably swollen, curved; second segment slightly swollen, shorter
than the first ; third segment longest, slender, three times the length of
the fourth ; fourth segment fusiform, about equal to the first and second

*Contributioii to Department of Zoology and Entomology, No. 49.

tOhio Biological Survey Bulletin 8, 1916.

JWestwood in "Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects," Vol. II,
"Generic Synopsis," page 121, gives the generic description of the genus Acalypta
as follows: "Prothorax with the sides slightly dilated, 3-carinated; antennae long,
clavate, hemelvtra meeting in a straight suture; wings wanting." In the Ohio
Biological Survey Bulletin, No. 8, Vol. II, No. 4, p. 220, we slightly amplified
Westwood's original generic description so as to include A. lillianis (the long-
winged form) and we do not now feel warranted in placing it in another genus. In
this species the sutural area is broad and rounded and the inner margins do not
meet in a straight suture; true wings are also present.

10

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

conjoined. The process or tubercle between each eye and antenna
rather large and curved inwardly. Pronotum coarsely punctate; the
three median carina slightly sinuate. Hood extending over the base of
the head. Membranous pronotal margins subquadrate, with two rows
of areola. Elytra short, inner margins meeting in a straight suture.
Length, 2.35 mm.; width, 1.2 mm.

■"' "Fig". 1. 9 Acalypta ovata n. sp. (From drawing by J. I. Hambleton).

The .cf agrees with the 9 in size, head characters, etc. The o^
genital segment is tumid and transversely rugose; the 9 genital seg-
ment is longitudinally striate and convex on the posterior border.

Color: General color dark-gray. Antennae griseus, first, second, and
fourth segments blackish. ' Pronotum dark-gray; disc blackish. El>i;ra
dark-gray. In one specimen that seems to be a teneral form, the color
is much lighter.

Described from two 9 specimens, the type taken at Durr
ham, New Hampshire (C. M. Weed), and the paratype; at
Ottawa, Canada, by Mr. W. H. Harrington.

Nov., 1916] Neiv Species of Nearctic Tingidce 11

Corythucha immaculata spec, no v.

Antennas beset with a few long bristly hairs; first segment slightly
more than twice the length of the second, moderateh' swollen; second
segment short, less swollen than the first; fourth segment swollen
toward the apex. Rostrum reaching between the posterior coxae.
Membranous pronotal margins broad, kidney-shaped, bullate about the
middle, slightly turned up at the posterior margins, entire outer margins
anned with rather small, closely set spines. Hood closely reticulated,
abruptly constricted about the middle ; anterior portion long and nar-
row; posterior portion subglobose. Pronotum more or less indistinctly
reticulated; sides of posterior triangular process rather strongly raised
anteriorly, with five or six distinct areolae. Median carina foliaceous,
with two nearly complete irregular series of unequal areolae. Wings a
little longer than the abdomen. Elytra quite closely reticulated, outer
margin slightly sinuate; costal area rather coarsely and unevenly
reticulated, with three complete and a partial series of areolae; sub-
costal, discoidal, and sutural areas (except row of large cells on inner
margin) closely reticulated. Length, 4.1 mm.; width, 2.15 mm.

Color: Body beneath black. Legs and antennas testaceous. Ner-
vures of hood, membranous pronotal margins, posterior triangular
process of pronotum, and elytra yellowish. Areolae translucent.

Described from two specimens, taken at Alameda, Cali-
fornia, by Mr. Albert Koebele. We have one specimen from
Santa Cruz Mountains, California, that has a few nervures
slightly tinged with testaceous.

Corythucha obliqua spec. nov.

Antennae beset with a few long, stiff hairs ; first segment moderately
swollen, about twice the length of the second; second segment less
swollen, shortest; third segment very long, cylindrical; fourth segment
considerably swollen towards the apex. Rostral groove rather broad;
rostrum reaching the intermediate coxse. Pronotum coarsely and
regularly punctured; membranous margins broad, kidney-shaped,
quite closely reticulated, strongly bullate about the middle, slightly
reflected behind, the dorsal surface armed with a few erect spines;
posterior, triangular portion reticulated at the apex, the sides raised
anteriorly, with five or six distinct areola; median carina considerably
raised, with one complete row and two divided areolae about the middle
forming double cells. Hood moderately raised, rather closely retic-
ulated, armed with a few short spines on the sides, quite abruptly con-
stricted about the middle, globose behind. Wings a little longer than
the abdomen. Elytra broadly rounded at the apex, outer margin
slightly sinuate; costal area with three complete series and a partial
row of areolae near the base. Length, 3.45 mm.; width, 1.44 mm.

Color: Antennae yellowish. Legs dusky-yellow; tarsi somewhat
embrowned. Body beneath black. Hood dark-fuscous, except a few

12 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

areola? yellowish. Pronotuin dark-fuscous; apex and raised sides of
triangular process yellowish. Expanded margins of pronotum mostly
dark-fuscous; centers of areolas hyaHne. Elytra yellowish, a rather
broad band near the base, a slightly narrower, oblique band near the
apex, a few transverse nervures of costal area, and more or less of
sutural areolae dark-f uscous ; areolae of costal area hyaline. Nervures of
apical areolae dark-fuscous; areolae hyaline, a few slightly infuscated.

Described from a single specimen, taken at Dutch Flats,
California, by Mr. Chas. Dury.

Fig. 2. Corythuca mollicula n. sp.

Corythucha mollicula spec. nov. (Fig. 2).

Differs from the other northern and eastern species in hav-
ing the lateral spines on the pronotum (except anterior border)
and elytra almost entirely wanting.

Antennae with a few long bristly hairs; first segment swollen, twice
as long as the second; second segment slightly less swollen, very short;
fourth segment swollen toward the apex. Rostrum reaching between
the intermediate coxa. Membranous pronotal margins very broad,
slightly bullate about the middle, slightly turned up at the posterior
end, anterior margin only armed with a few small spines. Hood rather
evenly reticulated, moderately elevated, not very abruptly constricted
about the middle; anterior portion rather long, not very narrow.

Nov., I'JUiJ Neiv Species of Xearctic Tingidcc 13

PruiiuLuin coarsely punctate; postcrioi' trianj^ular process reticulated,
the sides raised anteriorl\- with a few distinct cells. Elytra quite broad,
considerably longer than the abdomen, si:)ines on outer margin almost
entireh^ obsolete; costal area coarsely reticulated, with three complete
series of areokc; sutural area broad, coarseh' reticulated. Wings longer
than the abdomen. Length, ;^1 mm.; width, iMli mm.

Color: General color light gray marked with brown; centers of
areolae hyaline. Body beneath black. Anterior portion of hood light
gray and the posterior part brown; center of areolae semitransparent.
Membranous pronotal margins light gray, a few veinlets near the border
slightly embrowned. Pronotum brown; posterior triangular portion
light gray. Elytra light gray; basal area, part of bullate area, and a
subapical area chestnut brown; the veinlets are widely opaque with
only the centers hyaline. Antennas dirty white; fourth segment
infuscated. Legs brownish-gray.

Described from a single specimen, labeled "June 12, 1890,
Agricultural College, East Lansing, Michigan. ' '

Corythucha distincta spec. nov.

Readily separated from allied species by the angular upper
line of the hood, the outer convex margin of the elytra, the
lack of spines on the outer and posterior margins of the mem-
branous pronotal margins and outer margin of the elytra.

Antennae wdth a few long bristly hairs; first segment moderately
swollen, abotit twice as long as the second; second segment very short,
less swollen than the first; third segment very long, cylindrical; fourth
segment swollen toward the tip. Rostral groove moderately wide,
very deep; rostrum reaching between the intermediate cox£e. Mem-
branous pronotal margins broad, rather long and narrowing posteriorly,
reniform, bullate about the middle, rather closely and evenly reticulated,
slightly bent up posteriorly, anterior inargin only armed with a few^
small spines. Hood abruptly constricted about the middle, quite evenly
reticulated; anterior portion long, narrow, the sides depressed; pos-
terior portion somewhat angular, a median line foniiing a distinct angle
with the anterior portion of the hood. Dorsal surface of the mem-
branous pronotal margins and elytra, and sides of hood armed with a
few spines. Pronotum rather closely and evenly punctured; posterior
triangular process reticulated, the sides strongly elevated anteriorly,
with five or six distinct areolae. Median carina moderately raised, with
a double series of areolae about the middle. Wings about as long as the
abdomen. Elytra considerably longer than the abdomen, narrowed
posteriorly, outer margin slightly convex, the basal refiected outer
margin only armed with short spines; costal area with three complete
and a partial series of areolae; sutural area with a row^ of large areolae on
the inner margin. Length, 4 mm.; width, 2.41 mm.

Color: Body beneath black. Antennas pale brown ; apical segment
infuscated. Legs pale brown; tips of tarsi blackish. Hood, pronotal

14 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

margins, and elytra yellowish-gray. A rather large spot on each side
of the hood, an anterior and posterior area on each i:»ronotal margin, a
basal and an apical band on the elytra (also bullate pfirtion) fuscous-
Ijrown. Pronotum olive-brown.

Type specimen labeled "Colo.," received from Prof. C. P.
Gillette, Fort Collins, Colorado. A second specimen from the
same state agrees in size and form, but is uniformly a trifle
lighter.

Corythucha associata spec. nov.

This species is quite like C. aesculce, the buckeye Tingid, it
being about the same size and of a similar color; but differs
from that insect by its shorter and narrower anterior portion of
the hood and the posterior portion is considerably more globose.
The position of the strongly deflected hood is between aesculce
and biilbosa.

Moderately large and broad. Antennas beset with bristly hairs;
first segment swollen, three times as long as the second; second seg-
ment short; fourth segment swollen toward the ape.x. Rostrum
reaching between the intermediate coxas. Membranous pronotal
margins broad, bullate about the middle, slightly turned up posteriorly,
rather evenly reticulated, entire margins armed with closely set spines.
Hood more highly elevated than in aesculce, very abruptly constricted
near the middle; anterior portion short and narrow; globose portion
high and quite large. Pronotum punctate; triangular process retic-
ulated, the sides raised anteriorly, with a few distinct areola?. Median
carina considerably raised. Elytra broad, considerably longer than the
abdomen, broadly rounded at the tip, the outer margin slightly concave
and the inner apical margin obliquely rounded. Length, 4.1 mm.;
width, 2.4 mm.

Color: General color brownish. Body above and beneath blackish.
Antennse yellowish; terminal segment slightly embrowned. Legs yel-
lowish; tips of tarsi brownish. Membranous pronotal margins hyaline,
with one or two spots embrowned. Hood infuscated, the center of a
few areolae hyaline. Elytra hyaline, with a broad band near the base,
another at the tip (except the distal part of the apical series of areolee
and two large cells within the band) and more or less of sutural area
fuscous.

Described from a very long series of specimens, taken
during August and September at Clarksville, Tennessee, by
Messrs. Louis Stearns and E. H. Vance, on wild cherry. Primus
serotina. We have another specimen, taken June 25, 1915, at
Lexington, Tenn., by Mr. D. M. DeLong. This species differs
greatly from C. pruni by the larger hood, longer basal segment
of the antennae, etc.

Nov., 1910] New Species of Near die Tingidce, 15

Melanorhopala duryi spec. nov. (Fig. 3d.)

Somewhat allied to M. iiniformis Stal, but easily distin-
guished from that species by the shorter and more swollen third
segment of the antennae and its much smaller size.

AntenncU rather stout, short, closely beset with short decumbent
hairs; first segment a little longer and stronger than the second; second
segment very short; third segment moderately long, quite stout, more
strongly swollen toward the tip; fourth segment short, slender, conical.

CL

.^Llllji .j^ .1^^!^ ;| II _

■■f^1isfrllr>»«»-t11Hll^a^<^;lr^n^^^<^

a

Fh;. 3. Antennae: a. Melanorhopala clavata Stal; b, M. Inrida Stal; c, M. clavata
Sta]; (1, .1/. duryi n. sp. (Drawings by J. I. Haml)leton).

Rostrum very long, reaching between the posterior coXcC. Head with
five long deflected spines. Pronotum narrowed in front, wdth three
longitudinal carinse; membranous pronotal margins narrow% reflected
back against the surface of the pronotum. Elytra extending a little
beyond the apex of the abdomen ; discoidal area extending beyond the
middle of the elytra; boundaries between discoidal, sutural, and sub-
costal areas strongly raised. Length, 3.45 mm.; width, 1.9 mm.

Color : General color, dull yellow-brown ; apex of third and fourth
antennal segments infuscated.

^ty^

Described from a single 9 specimen, taken at Brownsville,
Texas, by Mr. Chas. Dury.

A MONSTROSITY IN TRILLIUM GRANDIFLORUM.

William H. Weston.

The genus Trillium seems to be especially subject to devia-
tions from the normal structure. This tendency is mentioned
both in Gray's Manual and in Britton and Brown's Flora, while
in the botanical periodicals there are references to structural
abnormalities in practically all species of the genus. Mr.
Walter Deane, of the New England Botanical Club, who has
collected extensively throughout the eastern United States, has
reported a number of monstrosities. In the common Painted
Trillium (7". ■andidatHfn Willd.) he has described several anom-
alous forms (Rhodora, Vol. 10, '08, p. 21-24 and p. 214-21G;
Vol. 12, '10, p. 163-166) from Massachusetts, Maine, New
Hampshire and New York, some with flowers on the plan of
four rather than three, others with as many as four superposed
whorls of leaves, and others showing even greater irregularities
of structure. The same author has described (Rhodora, Vol. 13,
'11, p. 189-191) a specimen of T. ovatum Pursh. from Washing-
ton in which sexual organs were lacking and petals were multi-
plied to twenty-four; and also an abnormal T. erectum {Rhodora,
Vol. 12, '10, p. 165) from the White Mountains which showed a
numerical plan of four in all parts of the flower except the sepals
which curiously enough were five in number. T. sessile L. has
also furnished instances of departure from the normal type. One
specimen was described by L. S. Hopkins {Plant World, '02,
p. 182-183) with three w^horls of leaves and an abnormal flower,
and another was recorded by Prof. F. M. Andrews {Plant
World, '06, p. 101) from near Bloomington, 111., with fourteen
petals and no sexual organs. Moroever in T. recurvatum Beck.
Prof. Andrews (loc. cit.) described a most remarkable specimen
with twenty-three petals.

In the species with which the present paper is concerned,
T. grandiflorum (Michx.) Salisb. at least three instances of
teratological formation have been recorded. A case of multi-
plication of the petals was described by Mrs. W. A. Kellerman
in a plant collected in Jefferson County, Ohio (Asa Gray Bui.
Feb., '98, p. 18-20) the figure showing a flower with the aston-
ishing numl)cr of thirteen whorls of petals; a double flowered

i6

Nov., 19 IG] Monstrosity in Trill i it ni grandiflorum 17

specimen of the same species with about fourteen parts to the
perianth was collected by Prof. William R. Dudley in New
York State {The Cayuga Flora, 'S(), p. 99); while Britton and
Brown (Vol. 1, p. 437) refers to a plant collected in Michigan
by Dr. Pitcher which showed the peculiar abnormality of two
long-petioled leaves.

The purpose of the following note is to describe a form of
monstrosity not as yet recorded for the species as far as the
writer knows with the hope that interest in phenomena of this
nature may be aroused among botanists of this region.

On May 10, 1916, Dr. F. W. Hitchings brought into the
laboratory at Adelbert College three specimens of T. grandi-
florum which through the kindness of Prof. F. H. Herrick were
turned over to the writer for examination. One of these spec-
imens was quite typical, the other two were distinct monstros-
ities. All three had been gathered in woods in the neighborhood of
Cleveland from a large patch of flowers several of which had
caught the attention of the collector because of their peculiar
appearance. One of the abnormal flowers showed three super-
posed whorls of sepal-like structures; but since a caterpillar had
involved the floral parts in its cocoon, this flower was rejected.
The other abnormal flower, however, was a vigorous and uninjured
one, consequently its structure was examined in detail. The
leaves of this plant were normal in shape, size, and position;;
and there was nothing unusual in the position of the floral
parts, since they were borne on a short peduncle 4 cm. above
the leaves. In structure however, the flower differed markedly
from the normal. Instead of showing the usual succession of a
whorl of three sepals followed by three large white petals, the
perianth consisted of three successive whorls of sepal-like
structures surmounted by a whorl, the members of which
partook of the nature of petals and sepals as shown in Fig. 2.

The flrst or lowest whorl consisted of three sepal-like
structures similar in color, venation, and texture to sepals but
more elongate-lanceolate in shape, 5.5-6 cm. long by l.S-2 cm.
wide at the widest part, (Fig. 2 and 3). In the second whoil,
which alternated with the first, the members were smaller,
being 4.5-5 cm. long and 1.2-1.5 cm. wide, and slightly paler in
color, (Fig. 2 and 3.) The members of the third whorl were
alternate to those of the second, but with a slight twist to the
right so that they were not directly above the first, (Fig. 2 and 3).

18 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

The parts were similar to those of the second whorl, but smaller,
3.5-4 cm. long by 1.1-1.5 cm. wide, and paler in color. The
fourth whorl was in appearance far more petaloid than the first
three, (Fig. 2). In shape the parts were obovate and rounded
similar to the normal petals ; but the texture was softer, and the
size smaller, the dimensions being 4 cm. long and 2.5-3 cm.
wide. One member was pale green with a splotch of white on
one end, and with a median streak of white ; the next was about
two-thirds green, with the remainder white; while the third
was nearly one-half white.

Not only was the perianth abnormal but the sexual organs
of the flower also showed a very unusual structure, (Fig. 3).
Only one stamen was present, there being no trace of the other
iive usually present in Trillium. On comparison with a stamen
from a normal flower, the structure was found to be perfectly
regular; and a microscopic examination of the pollen showed
nothing exceptional in its appearance, (Fig. 5). Furthermore,
both in pure water and in water with the addition of a very
Httle cane sugar, the pollen grains from this single stamen
germinated readily, indicating that they were potentially
functional. In contrast to the trimerous arrangement of the
parts of the normal flower and also of the perianth of this
flower, the pistil showed 4 divisions, (Fig. 3). The pistil was
somewhat smaller than is customary; and consisted of 4
spreading styles with the well known shape and characteristic
stigmatic surface, surmounting the 4 lobed ovary containing
4 placentae. The structure of the ovary can best be shown by
a diagram of the cross section, (Fig. 4). It will be noted at once
that the fourth lobe is smaller than the other three, and some-
what deeply constricted from them. Ovules were borne in all 4
divisions of the ovary, however, and were perfectly normal as
far as could be seen although their functionality was not
determined.

Perhaps the most remarkable thing about the flower is the
persistence of the single functional stamen. Forms have been
found with the number of sepals increased or with a tetramerous
arrangement of the essential parts; but the combination of
characters seen in this form, and especially the existence of the
single stamen renders this flower rather an unusual one even as
a monstrosity.

Nov., 1910] Monstrosity in Trillium grandiflorum 19

The interpretation of abnormal forms is a matter of consid-
erable interest. At first the writer was inclined to regard the
flower as diseased, the abnormal structure representing a
response on the part of the plant to the stimulating effect of
some fungus or insect injury. In spite of the most careful
examination however, no evidence of any infection was found;
and the writer was forced to regard the flower as a typical
instance of monstrous growth. Such an abnormality can be
regarded either as reversion to an ancestral type, or as a mor-
phological translocation, or as a mutation. To those interested
in the interpretation of these forms a very able discussion of
the matter in a paper by Leavitt {Rhodora, Vol. 7, '05, p. 13-19
and 21-31) will undoubtedly prove of interest. The writer is
not satisfied himself as to the true explanation of an abnormal-
ity such as this; and prefers merely to record the case here as
one of interest, leaving the interpretation thereof to those more
competent for the task. In connection however, with the pos-
sibility that such forms as these are mutations it is of interest
to note that the abnormal T. undulatum described by Mr.
Deane from Squam Lake, N. H., seemed to remain constant for
years under natural conditions, while the double flowered
T. grandiflorum from Ohio reported by Mrs. Kellerman remained
constant under cultivation for ten years always producing an
excessive number of petals. It is unfortunate that none of the
ovules of the plant described by the writer had matured so that
they might be planted to determine whether this abnormality
also was one to which the offspring would breed true. One can
only conjecture what the result would have been had the pollen
of this plant been made to fertilize a normal flower; and the
writer very much regrets that no growing plants were available
so that this most interesting experiment could be attempted.
Next season the writer hopes to visit the spot from which this
specimen came; and make a further study of the inheritance of
this abnormality. In the meantime he would be very glad to
receive from botanists of this region data on any unusual forms
of this unstable genus.

Adlebert College, Cleveland, Ohio.

Ohio Journal of Science.

Vol. XVII. Plate I.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L
•Figs. 1-3 photographs of living plant. Figs. 4 and 5 drawings made with
camera lucida, slightly reduced in reproduction.

Fig. 1. Flower and leaves (one-third natural size) showing position and arrange-
ment of parts.
Fig. 2. Flower seen from above (one-half natural size) showing the parts of the

perianth with the pistil in the center; the single stamen at the right.
Fig. 3. Flower with petaloid structures removed (natural size) showing three

superposed whorls of sepals, with 4-lobed ovary in the center and single

stamen at right.
Fig. 4. Diagram of cross section of ovary (x 4) showing tetramerous structure,

placentae, and ovules. Position of petaloid structures shown by solid lines;

position of uppermost whorl of sepals shown by dotted lines; position of

stamen indicated at s.
Fig. o. a, Pollen grain, just shed, seen in optical sect'on, x 640. b, Pollen grain.

about to germinate, surface view, x 640.

DESCRIPTIONS OF ROBBER FLIES OF THE GENUS

ERAX.

James S. Hine.

The predatory habits of robber flies are of distinct value
from the standpoint of one interested in economic entomology.
A study of the genus Erax has resulted in bringing together
nearly all the North American species. As a number of these
are undescribcd the following descriptions are published so that
the names will be available in future work in the genus.

Erax planus n. sp. A large, robust species, varying in
length from 23 to 30 millimeters.

Male. Total length, 27 millimeters, antennae black, style nearly
twice as long as the third segment, palpi black and clothed with pale
yellow hair, face and cheeks with abundance of pale yellowish hairs,
ocellar bristles and several bristles on the upper part of the occiput
black. Thorax yellow pollinose with most of the hairs and bristles
black; wings with a very pale yellowish tinge, costa not thickened near
the tip of the auxiliary vein, furcation of the third vein far before the
base of the second posterior cell and with a distinct appendage, posterior
branch of the third vein reaches the costa distinctly before the tip of the
wing; legs clothed with pale yellowish hairs and black bristles, black,
except the tibia \vhich are largely reddish. First three abdominal seg-
ments dark, mostly with black hair above and white hair beneath, four
white with long white hair parted in the middle and directed outward,
five, six and seven white, hypopygium dark in color, short and somewhat
tumid.

Female unusually robust for an Erax. Abdomen, except the ovi-
positor, uniformly pale yellowish pollinose, ovipositor shining black,
about as long as abdominal segments five, six and seven combined.
Otherwise colored as in the male.

Type male from Douglas County, Kansas, 900 feet elevation.
(F. H. Snow).

Several specimens of each sex from the same locality, from
Onaga, Kansas, and from Osborne County, Kansas, 1557 feet
elevation, collected August 3, 1912. (F. X. Williams.)

A male from Onaga, Kansas, taken August 20, 1901, is like
the other males except that abdominal segment seven is black
instead of silver white. This gives the specimen quite a different
appearance, but since similar variations have been observed in
other species of the genus it is not considered specific here.

21

22 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

Erax auripilus n. sp. A medium sized species characterized
by abundance of rather bright yellow hair on all parts of the
body.

Male. Total length, 22 millimeters. All the hairs on the various
parts of the head yellow, sternum and sides of the thorax with yellow
hair, dorsum with black hair, wings clear hyaline, furcation of the third
vein distinctly before the base of the second posterior cell and with a
long appendage, costa not enlarged near the tip of the auxiliary vein,
posterior branch of the third vein meets the costa distinctly before the
tip of the wing; legs with yellow hair and black bristles, in most part
black in ground color but the basal half or more of each tibia is bright
yellow; abdomen with yellow hair, segments two to five black above
with light colored lateral and hind margins, segments six and seven
silver white, hypopygium of medium size, shining black in ground color
and clothed with yellow hair.

Type male taken at Clifton, Texas, May 29, 1907, by E. B.
Williamson. A male in the collection of the Academy of
Natural Sciences was taken at Round Mountain, Texas.

Erax canus n. sp.

Male. Total length, 24 millimeters. General body color rather
hoary white produced by white pollen and hair, dorsum of the thorax
with black hair and bristles, legs with black bristles, mystax and beard
pale yellow, bristles of the front black, palpi black with pale yellow hair
and bristles, wings hyaline, costa uniform throughout, furcation of the
third vein distinctly before the base of the second posterior cell and
with a distinct appendage, the posterior branch of the third vein bends
forward to meet the costa plainly before the apex of the wing, legs black
with the basal third of each tibia reddish; abdomen uniformly hoary
white, segments two, three and four on the dorsum with long white hair
parted at the middle and directed outward; hypopygium of medium
size, black and clothed with white hair.

Female colored like the male, but abdominal segments two, three
and four devoid of the peculiar long hair described for the male. Ovi-
positor shining black, slightly longer than abdominal segments six and
seven combined.

Male type from Claremont, California, sent in by Carl F.
Baker; females from the same locality. The smallest female
measures only 17 millimeters in total length.

NEWS AND NOTES.

At the May meeting of the Ohio State University Scientific
Society the following officers were elected:

President — James R. Withrow.
Vice President — Dana J. Demorest.
Secretary — Raymond J. Seymour.
Treasurer — Frederick H. Krecker.

Charles S. Prosser, a member of the editorial board of this
Journal and head of the Department of Geology, Ohio State
University, died suddenly on September 11, 1916. The cause
of his death is unknown but was probably due to some
unexplained accident.

William R. Lazenby, head of the Department of Forestry,
Ohio State University, and an active supporter of the Ohio
Academy of Science and of this Journal died September 15, 1916.

The Life of Inland Waters, an elementary textbook
of fresh-water biology for American students, by James G.
Needham and J. T. Lloyd, of Cornell University, has been
recently published by the Comstock Publishing Company,
Ithaca, New York. The price of the volume is $3.00.

This work, which is a well printed and illustrated book of
438 pages, wall be a valuable addition to the texts and reference
books available for students in the Aquatic Biology Courses of
Summer Schools and Laboratories. It discusses the nature of
the aquatic environment, the aquatic organisms and societies,
both plant and animal, and contains practical suggestions as to
the economic uses to which our swamps and inland waters may
be put. The subject material is well selected and the book
should do much in stimulating an interest in the life of fresh-
waters and the study, protection, and utility of our acquatic
resources. J. H. S.

24 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 1,

Two new textbooks of General Botany have recently been
issued. The one, "Fundamentals of Botany," by C. Stewart
Gager, published by P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, is
a book of G40 pages, which presents the general subject of
Botany from a somewhat new and very interesting point of
view.

The other, "A Textbook of Botany for Colleges," by Wm.
F. Ganong, published by the MacMillan Company, New York,
consists of two parts, the first part alone being issued at the
present time. This consists of 390 pages devoted to Morphology
and Physiology. The second part which is to deal with a
description of the groups of plants will appear later.

This text also presents the subject of general botany from a
distinctive point of view, each section giving the essential
morphology followed by the physiology of the tissues and organs
involved.

These two books occupy a field which has received little
attention by American botanists, namely, the preparation of
suitable texts for the general introductory courses of botany
given in the numerous colleges and advanced normal schools.
A text presenting a science to a freshman or sophomore college
student must evidently present the subject from a different
point of view than one prepared for university students. Here-
tofore, most of the available English texts were of entirely too
advanced a nature to be satisfactorily used in introductory
classes. The present texts are a valuable addition to botanical
pedagogics, whether one can agree entirely with the method of
presentation or not.

J. H. S.

Date of Publication, November 20, 1916.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

VUBMSHKD BY THE

Ohio Statk T'ntvkrsity Scientific vSociety

Volume XVII DKCKMBER, 1916 No. 2

TABLE OF C O N T E N T vS

Okey— The Relation of the Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in the Embryo
of the Urodele, Plcthodon glutinosus 25

CoNDiT— A Shelf of Geologic Literature for the Small Library, with a Guide
to the More Important Reports on Ohio 52

McCoRD— Government Documents and the Public Librarian 6S

Smith — Boric Acid Occurring Naturally in Some Foods 66

THE RELATION OF THE PROFUNDUS AND GASSERIAN

GANGLIA IN THE EMBRYO OF THE URODELE,

PLETHODON GLUTINOSUS.

Katherine W. Okey,
Department of Anatomy, Ohio State University.

Introduction.

In such lower fishes as the Selachians both a profundus
and a Gasserian ganglion are present as separate ganglia in
the adult form. Many ganoids and all teleosts, with the
single recorded exception of Trigla, show modifications of the
condition in Selachians, by the apparent loss of the profundus
ganglion or by its fusion with the Gasserian in the adult.
(Allis. '97). Likewise in every adult form of Amphibia so far
described the Gasserian is the only ganglion on the trigeminus
nerve. No separate profundus ganglion is present, although
rami from the Gasserian ganglion are homologized with all or
portions of the ramus opthalmicus profundus found in
Selachians.

The assumption has been made that the profundus ganglion
has in the Amphibia fused with the Gasserian to form what
Coghill ('02) calls "a fused ganglionic complex" in which
rami representing both of the ganglionic components have
their origin. Evidence for the proof of this specific assumption

25

26 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

is wanting, although in the study of Rana embryos by Landacre
and McClellan ('12) and of a Plethedon embryo by Kostir
in an unpublished paper summarized in Fig. 29, it was found
that certain ganglia, other than these two, which form com-
plexes in the adult stand out separate and distinct in the
embryo.

The results of these studies of embryonic conditions indicate
a process of fusion in the ontogenetic development of certain
ganglionic complexes other than that of the trigeminus. As
stated above, it has been assumed that fusion takes place in
the phylogenetic development of the profundus and Gasserian
ganglia. So far as I know, however, the ontogenetic develop-
ment of these two ganglia has not been studied in a form where
they are separate in the embryo and form one complex in the
adult.

The profundus ganglion has been found separate from the
Gasserian in an early embryo of Lepidosteus, (Landacre '11)
and distinct but not detached from the Gasserian in Rana
(Landacre '12) and in the 11.5 mm. embryo of Plethedon
glutinosus referred to above, but the exact relations of the
profundus and Gasserian in the ontogeny of a favorable form
have not been followed in detail. The present study was,
therefore, undertaken with the purpose of determining the
exact relations of the profundus and Gasserian ganglia in the
early ontogeny of a typical urodele amphibian, Plethedon
glutinosus.

This study was preceded by that of Kostir in an unpublished
work on the 11.5 mm. embryo of Plethedon gl. and is an endeavor
to trace the profundus and Gasserian ganglia from the con-
dition in this 11.5 mm. embryo to earlier stages where the
ganglia are separate and to describe their exact relation at
critical stages.

This problem has definite limitations and no final con-
clusions concerning the phylogenetic relations of these two
ganglia can be drawn from the results of this study, but if
similar studies were made on a sufficient number of types in
the vertebrate series, light would undoubtedly be thrown on
the fate of the profundus and Gasserian in phylogeny.

I wish to express my gratitude to Professor Landacre for
the help, constant encouragement and inspiration he has
given me during the progress of this study.

Dec, 191G] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 27

Material and Methods.

The material used consists of a series of embryos of Plethcdon
taken from four lots of eggs collected at the same time. There
are thirty-eight stages taken at intervals of from 33^ to 1)4.
hours, or an average of 4 hours. These range in length from
6 mm. to 11.5 mm. All were killed and fixed in Zenker's
fluid, cut in transverse sections 10 micra thick and stained
with Daelafield's hccmetoxylin and orange G.

No 30 of this series closely corresponds to the 11.5 mm.
embryo studied by Kostir. Of the present series three stages
were chosen for detailed study. These are:

Series :

M. — 9 mm. in length.

G. — 7 mm. in length and 263/2 hours younger than M.

B. — 6 mm. in length and 283^ hours younger than G.

Three flat reconstructions at a magnification of 150
diameters, detailed drawings at magnification of 520 diameters,
and outlines at magnification of 80 diameters were made of the
selected stages with the aid of a camera lucida.

The methods of study were in brief as follows :

After an examination of all 38 stages of the series, three
stages as mentioned above, uniform in fixation and staining and
exactness of transverse section, were selected as representing
the most critical phases in the progressive development of the
ganglia in question. The method of reading from later to
younger stages was observed and the descriptions of the specific
stages are given in this order. The histological characteristics
of the ganglia were determined in the later stages since recogni-
tion of the ganglia at younger stages depends on a knowledge
of the distinguishing features of their nuclei and cytoplasm, as
well as of their position.

In the selection of sections for detailed drawing, care was
taken to choose, when possible, comparable levels from the
different stages in order to make simpler the comparison of
the ganglia at different stages.

The aim was to choose from each stage one section: (a)
near the anterior end of profundus; (b) at the level of the
optic stalks; (c) through the roots of the ganglion; (d) through
the main portion of the Gasserian, and any other sections
necessary to make clear the description.

28 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

In the course of the study a count was made of the nuclei
in the ganglia at each stage. In making this count the principle
was adhered to of counting every nucleus visible in cross section.
Many nuclei were thus recounted, but the error is apparently
constant for all stages and would not effect the ratio in the
results.

General Features.

The profundus and Gasserian ganglia which together
form the trigeminus complex lie in front of the auditory vesicle
and are the most anterior of all the pre-auditory ganglia in
this form, except the ganglion of the nervus terminalis. Their
general position is anterior to the facial ganglia and the auditory
vesicle and in the region of the optic vesicle.

The profundus may, however, extend as far anterior as
the region of the nasal capsule and the Gasserian as far posterior
as the first visceral pouch of the pharyngeal region.

The ganglia are usually more or less completely surrounded
by the loose mesenchyme, which fills the head region. The
mesenchyme cells have rather large, light staining nuclei and
unpigmented cytoplasm containing very large yolk granules and
seems to be composed of mesentoderm. The cells of the ganglia
have the opposite characters of small, darkly staining nuclei,
like the ectoderm and small, obscure yolk granules.

This contrast in histological character makes it possible
to determine the limits of the ganglia and the mesenchyme
at any stage.

Description of the 9 mm. stage.

In the 11.5 embryo of Plethedon gl. described by Kostir, the
Gasserian ganglion (Fig. 29, Gass. G.) is a large mass, oblong in
cross section lying wedged between the brain and the optic
vesicle. The anterior end of the profundus portion extends
for some distance forward between the brain and the optic
vesicle. From the ganglionic complex arise three nerve trunks:
(a) The opthalmicus V from the anterior end; (b) the maxillaris
V, and (c) the mandibularis V which fork over the temporahs
and masseter muscles.

The trigeminus ganglion is attached to the medulla by a
fibrous root, long antero-posteriorly. The nuclei of the ganglia
have the usual dark staining properties and at this stage are
very closely packed together.

Dec, 1916] Prof itudus and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 29

The 9 mm. embryo (Fig. 30 and Fig. 1-6) is the oldest stage
of my series. It shows a fused condition of the profundus and
Gasserian gangha and at the root it is impossible to distinguish
between the two portions of the ganglionic complex.

At the anterior end, anterior to the level of the optic stalks,
the profundus ganglion consists of a small mass of pigmented
cells dorso-mesial to the optic vesicle and in contact with it
(Fig. 2 and 3 Prof. G). At the level of the optic stalks the
profundus is a larger oval and compact mass (Fig. 3, Prof. G),
in about the same position as in the more anterior sections.
At a point about one-half of the total length of the ganglion
from the anterior end, the ganglion becomes larger and round in
cross section, and lies mesially towards the ventro-lateral
border of the medulla. Just posterior to the optic vesicle
the profundus and Gasserian ganglia are joined and attached
by a fibrous root to the medulla at its ventro-lateral border.
In these sections the first visceral pouch of the pharynx is
beginning to appear as an evagination of the endoderm (Fig. 5,
Ph. P. I) accompanied by condensation of mesenchyme.

Posterior to the root of the ganglionic mass the Gasserian
portion forks over the first visceral pouch in about the position
where the maxillary V and mandibular V nerve trunks arise
in later stages (Fig. 6, Gass G.). These trunks are entirely
cellular at this stage. Near its posterior end the Gasserian
ganglion becomes loose in texture. The dorsal lateralis gang-
lion on VII appears dorso-lateral to the Gasserian in the most
posterior sections of the Gasserian. (Fig. 6, D. L. VII).
No histological differences between the two ganglia are apparent
at this stage (9 mm.) although in the 11.5 mm. stage the nuclei
of cells of the lateral line ganglia are larger and lighter staining.

Description of the 7 mm. stage.

At this stage the profundus ganglion is very large and more
prominent than the Gasserian. It is in contact with the Gas-
serian at its proximal end, but enters the medulla by a separate
root. The profundus projects anteriorly from its point of
contact with the Gasserian and lies dorsal to the optic vesicle.
The Gasserian consists of a mass in contact with the medulla
and of a ventro-lateral projection. The dorsal lateralis
ganglion on VII lies lateral to the distal part of this extension.
The general relations are shown in the flat reconstruction.
(Fig. 31).

30 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

The extreme anterior end of the profundus ganglion lies
between the ectoderm and the fore brain dorsal to the anterior
end of the optic vesicle. Figure 7, (Prof. G.) shows the
character of the ganglion near its anterior end. It is a small,
ragged mass of pigmented cytoplasm containing nuclei of
moderate size and dark staining properties. Mesially and
ventrally it is in contact with mesenchyme and laterally it is
separated from the ectoderm by a thin layer of mesenchyme,
in which some darkly staining nuclei appear.

An interesting feature observable in this figure (Fig. 7) is
the relation of the profundus ganglion (Prof. G) to the large
ectodermal thickening (PI.) lateral to it. This thickening
is a placode, w^hich farther posterior shows more noticeably
the radial arrangement of cells characteristic of the lateral line
organs and is identified as a supra-orbital lateral line placode.
This placode is apparently formed by proliferation of cells in
both layers of ectoderm. The cells of the outer non-nervous
layer have no definite arrangement but those of the inner
nervous layer lie with their long axes at right angles to the
surface. Cell boundaries may sometimes be clearly made out
in the placode. Mitotic figures such as seen in Figure 7 (PI.)
are numerous in the placode. Both of these facts are in contrast
to the condition in the profundus ganglion. (Prof. G.).

Posterior to the level of figure 7 the ganglion becomes
rounder and more compact and definite. Posterior to the
optic stalks it lies slightly farther from the ectoderm. Figure
9 (Prof. G) shows a transverse section of the ganglion at the
point of evagination of the optic stalks and the middle of the
crystalhne lens invagination. (C. L.)

At this level (Fig. 9) the profundus ganglion lies, as before,
(Fig. 7) very near the supra-orbital lateral line placode. The
boundaries of the ganglion are clean cut and its limits are
readily distinguishable from the surrounding mesenchyme (Fig.
10, Prof. G). The nuclei seem to vary a good deal in size.

From a point posterior to the level shown in figure 9, to its
root in the medulla the profundus ganglion appears to move
mesially. It retains its compactness, but is smaller in trans-
verse section than in preceding sections. Gradually it becomes
looser in structure and shows a mesial projection until at the
level of Figure 11, the profundus is attached to the ventro-
lateral region of the medulla by a small, necklike cellular

Dec, lOK)] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in PI ethodon 31

root (Rt. Prof. G). It is noticeable that the boundaries of the
profundus at this level are uneven and irregular. The outline
(Fig. 12) shows that the supra-orbital lateral line placode (PI.)
persists at this level, which is near the posterior end of the
optic vesicle (O. V.).

Immediately posterior to the beginning of the root of the
profundus the Gasserian ganglion increases in size and 10 micra
posterior to the level of figure 12 it comes to he in contact
with the profundus. The profundus forms the dorso-mesial
portion of the ganglionic mass and the Gasserian the ventro-
lateral portion. Just posterior to this first contact with the
profundus the Gasserian enters the medulla by a large, cellular
root. (Fig. 13 Rt. Gass. G.)

The Gasserian portion remaining consists of a small, tri-
angular mass in contact with the medulla and a larger rec-
tangular mass extending ventro-laterally to the region of the
first visceral pouch. As one reads posteriorly the ganglionic
mass dorsal to the gill pouch increases in size and comes to lie
as an irregular oblong near the supra-orbital placode and dorso-
lateral to the first gill pouch. It is connected by a narrow neck
with the proximal portion. The neck portion then drops out,
leaving the condition shown in Figures 15-16, where the two
parts of the ganglion are entirely separate. Only the larger
portion (Fig. 15, Gass. G.) is figured in detail. Its close
relation w4th the first visceral pouch (Ph. P. I) is shown in the
outline (Fig. 10) while the detail drawing (Fig. 15) shows its
slight lateral contact with the supra-orbital lateral line placode
(PI). At its ventro-lateral border the ganglion is irregular
in outline and is at one point in close contact with the ectoderm
just ventral to the placode. At its extreme ventro-lateral edge
the ganglion comes into contact with the ectoderm of the first
visceral pouch (Ph. P. I).

Slightly posterior to this level the proximal portion of the
Gasserian drops out, leaving only the part over the gill pocket.
At this same level a few nuclei of the dorsal lateralis ganglion
on VII appear as a loose mass dorso-lateral to the Gasserian
(not figured). The dorsal lateralis ganglion of VII is ver}' near
the ectoderm and dorsal to the gill pouch. It retains this
position for several sections. The Gasserian becomes gradually
smaller and more vaguely marked out and drops out just
posterior to Fig. 15.

32 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

Description of the 6 mm. stage.

The profundus ganglion is in the 6 mm. stage a loose mass
extending for about one-fifth its length anterior to the optic
vesicle and for four-fifths of its length is in contact with the
lateral ectoderm. The Gasserian at this stage is hard to define.
It has no root entering the medulla, but lies close to it. A
ventro-lateral extension projects to the region of the first
visceral pouch. At this stage the Gasserian and the profundus
are isolated from one another by a distance of three-eighths the
length of profundus, as may be seen in the fiat reconstruction
of this stage. (Fig. 32).

The anterior end of the profundus ganglion lies in the region
of the fore brain just anterior to the optic vesicle. Near its
anterior end it consists of a loose mass of pigmented cells
attached to the ectoderm (Fig. 17, Prof. G.).

The anterior portion of the ganglion lies in contact with
the ectoderm throughout most of its dorso-ventral diameter.
The greater part of this contact is immediately anterior to
the supra-orbital lateral line placode. This contact continues
to a point just anterior to the crystalline lens invagination.
Posterior to its loss of connection with the ectoderm the pro-
fundus becomes very indefinite. There are only a few nuclei
and these are separated from each other by cytoplasm and yolk
granules (Fig. 21). The profundus retains its position dorsal
to the optic vesicle until it drops out. At the level of the open
optic stalks no trace of a ganglionic mass is found. None
appears until the level of the anterior end of the Gasserian.
(Fig. 23-24 and Fig. 32, Sec. 76). This mass consists of a
few ganglion cells lying between the medulla and the ectoderm
just posterior to the open optic stalks (Fig. 24, Gass. G.). In
this group the ganglion cells have many cytoplasmic processes
and large yolk granules are mingled with them. For the next
ten or more sections the Gasserian ganglion is an irregular
triangular mass with its base in contact with the lateral part of
the medulla and its apex extending ventro-laterally to the
region of the first gill pouch. .

At the level of figure 25 and figure 32 the Gasserian
(Gass. G.) is diffuse and has many strands of cytoplasm running
parallel to the long axis of the ganglion. A few sections posterior
to this point the Gasserian has two nucleated portions, one a

Dec, 191G] Profiindiis and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 33

small triangular part near the medulla and the other a large
distal part lying over the gill pocket, as in the 7 mm. stage.
These two portions are connected by pigmented cytoplasm.

At the level of figure 27, Plate IV^, almost at the posterior
end of the optic vesicle the Gasserian is restricted to a few cells
over the first gill pouch. The supra-orbital lateral line placode
(PI) is large and shows a radial arrangement of cells. For a few
sections posterior to Figure 27, the cells of the Gasserian are
mingled with the ectoderm at the apex of the first gill pouch.
They are apparently continuous with the inner layer of the
ectoderm lateral to the endodermal pouch.

The Fusion of the Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia.

The form relations of the profundus and Gasserian ganglia
in the specific stages described above furnish abundant evidence
for the fusion intact of these ganglia. However, in order to
determine whether there is other evidence bearing on this
question aside from that of form relation, a count of the nuclei
in the ganglia was made according to the principle stated on
page 27.

Table 1. Showing the number of nuclei in the profundus
and Gasserian ganglia before and after fusion.

Stage Length No. of Nuclei

B () mm. Gass. 480, Prof. 570.

G 7 mm. Trigeminal Complex 1330

M 9 mm. Trigeminal Complex 1350.

In the 6 mm. stage the Gasserian has only 480 nuclei, at
9 mm. the trigeminal complex has 1350. It is obvious that
this increase in number of nuclei is due mainly to the fusion
of the profundus portion with the Gasserian. The number of
nuclei in the trigeminal complex in the 9 mm. stage is a little
more than the sum of the number of nuclei in the gasserian and
profundus at the earlier stage where the two ganglia are separate.

The increase in number of nuclei from 1050, the sum of
the nuclei of profundus and Gasserian in the 6 mm. stage before
fusion, to 1350 in the 9 mm. stage may be partly accounted for
by mitosis. Although the mitotic figures in the ganglia at
any stage are extremely scarce, the maximum is 10 in the
ganglion at any one stage. The difference is 200 nuclei. At the
maximum rate of 10 for every stage between 6 mm. and the 9 mm.

34 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

stage, i. e., for 12 stages, the increase by mitosis during this
period would be 120 nuclei. This leaves a margin of 80 nuclei
for error and possible increase in rate of growth during the
stages.

This count of the nuclei seems to fully confirm the other
evidence for the fusion intact of the ganglia in question and
leave no doubt of its certainty.

The question, however, of the possible disintegration of
the Profundus portion in later stages where its identity is in
part lost deserves attention. The evidence for disintegration
is slight for the boundaries of profundus becomes more and more
definite from early stages up to the time of fusion and there
is slight evidence of shelling off of cells into the mesenchyme.

If the profundus disintegrated one would expect to find
an increasing looseness in the mass and increasing difficulty
in determining its boundaries up to the time of fusion. So far
as I have observed the opposite is true, during its development.
The profundus never behaves as a disintegrating structure,
but in fact always contains some mitotic figures which are
proofs of continued growth. The comparative rate of growth
of the Gasserian and profundus through all stages in their
development has not been determined, but the comparative
rate at the selected stages furnishes significant proof that
the profundus is not breaking down.

In the 6 mm. stage there is one figure in profundus and
there are two in Gasserian. The rate of growth is slow for both
ganglia at this stage, which is soon after their formation, and
for several series the chief characterisitc of their behavior is
the aggregation of cells. In the 7 mm. stage there are 10
figures in the two ganglia combined and seven of these are in
the profundus. This is a period of comparatively rapid growth
and the rate of growth is much higher in the profundus than in
the Gasserian. The profundus is evidently the more active
of the two ganglia. In the 9 mm. stage there are only four
figures in the ganglionic complex. This is the beginning of a
period of differentiation and of the formation of fibrous roots
and nerve trunks and is marked by a slowing up in the growth
process. Even at this stage, however, the profundus is as
active as the Gasserian.

Aside from the facts just cited there are other evidences
of the persistence in the trigeminal complex of the profundus.

Dec, 191G] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 35

(1) It forms a root which enters the medulla and during develop-
ment this root shows no signs of disintegration. (2) Although
the ganglionic mass is at every stage a syncytium in which
the cell boundaries are not easily discerned, there is no indication
of the breaking down of nuclear material at any stage. This,
if present, might indicate disintegration. The nuclear bound-
aries become, in fact, more definite from early to late stages.

Summary of the Relations of the Profundus and

Gasserian Ganglia From the 6 mm. Stage to

THE 11.5 mm. Stage.

A comparison of the flat reconstructions of the selected
stages of the development of the profundus and Gasserian
ganglia makes evident the following points: (Figs. 29, 30, 31,
and 32).

(1) The anterior end of the profundus ganglion shifts from
early to late stages. It moves from a point at the anterior end
of the optic vesicle (Fig. 32) where it is in contact with the
lateral ectoderm to a position mesial to the optic vesicle at a
level half way between the optic stalks and the anterior end
of the vesicle (Fig. 29). In this position it has of course no
contact with the lateral ectoderm.

(2) Roots appear in the 7 mm. stage (Fig. 30) as develop-
ment proceeds and there is a slight shifting ventrally of the
roots from the position in earlier stages.

(3) There is a change in the shape of profundus from an
irregular oval mass over half as long as broad at its widest
point and tapering at both ends in early stages to an elongated
tongue-like projection, broad at the proximal and narrow at
the distal end in later stages. The level of the greatest dorso-
ventral breadth of profundus moves progressively posterior
with reference to the position of the proximal end of the Gas-
serian. (Fig. 29-32).

(4) There is a change in the form of the ventro-lateral
projections of the Gasserian ganglion from younger to older
stages. It changes from a single large, rectangular projection
extending to the first visceral pouch to a comparatively slender
projection forked over the temporalis muscle.

(5) There is an absence of the close relation with D. Lat.
Gang, on VII in the younger stages which is present in the
older stages.

36 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

A comparison of comparable levels of the specific stages
described, for instance, a comparison of the section at the level
of the optic stalks in the 7 mm. stage with the section at about
the same level in the 9 mm. stage, confirms the general features
observable from fiat reconstructions and in addition shows
the following characteristics:

(1) Both Gasserian and profundus increase markedly in com-
pactness and definiteness of boundary from early to late stages.
The proportion of cytoplasm to nuclei appears to decrease.

(2) Mitotic figures or other evidence of growth by this
method are rare in both ganglia at any stage, although they
are numerous in surrounding structures.

(3) The ganglion cells can always be distinguished from those
of the surrounding mesenchyme because of their pigmented
cytoplasm and small yolk granules, and small, quite uniformly
darkly staining nuclei. In the youngest stage large yolk
granules are sometimes seen in the ganglion, but in the older
stages there seems to be no evidence of the mingling of the
mesenchyme with either ganglionic mass, i. e., either profundus
or Gasserian, nor of the shelling off of ganglionic cells into
the surrounding mesenchyme.

(4) The anterior end of profundus in the 6 mm. . and the
7 mm. stages lies close to a supra-orbital placode.

(5) The ventro-lateral projection of the Gasserian is closely
associated with the first visceral pouch.

The relation of the anterior part of profundus to the supra-
orbital placode is a very striking one. Until however the origin
of the profundus ganglion and of the lateral line system have
been described for this type, one is not justified in attempting
to explain the significance of this relation. The same may be
said for the relation of the ventro-lateral extension of the
Gasserian ganglion to the first visceral pouch.

The Phylogenetic Relations of the Ramus Opthalmicus

Profundus.

In order to make clear the bearings of the results of this
ontogenetic study on the phylogenetic history of the profundus,
it will be necessary to summarize the relations of the profundus
ganglion and its nerves in the vertebrate phylogenetic series.
Table 2 is a synopsis of the conditions in great part as given
by AlHs '97.

Dec, 191(5] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia i7i Plethodon 37

c

3

>

en

c

C

_o

"Si

c

o

c/;

o c;

O aj
+->

C/J <*-

C t3

O +j

^ a

c

4)
C

P,

C

o

.J

m

O

o

c

u
O

s

02

1)

3 «« 3 t^

'^ Sals

-G o -^
C O tM

rt c c

■to

I0

^1

o o

t/3 .,

3

3
in

C
oi

'~ -J}

c 5

> ^

r3 O V-

M

<^

0<

E

CU

a! o

73

O

3
C

E

aj
M

c:5

5" ;-

a

CO

E =^ ..

5 S ^

3 C

t/3 cd

> (-1

3 O

•Ji +J
O

o *^

^ u

u-i t-l

o o

o "^

I-

a

3

t/3

73 ' — '

Is

CJ o cu

rt - — - — '
u

C a;

Ete

o ^

■V ■

c

73
3

C

o

l-H

a^

o

I

CO

00 7)
-1-2 ^H

6

o

o

o

So

a o

. o

u a

c
c .

M C
!= £
S

s •-

^ -^ .3

a o

P rt-3

c a c

Cd r^ O

73

3
C

E

03

U

c
o

r- w (-.

a.s hi

O M Ml

73 o 23 "3 c

O G -J t-i C!j
>^ C

13 r;
-(J

^ O

O si; aJJ

r^ r-? r^ r-*

73 +->

lit

C5

73 CS ,^

a

73
G

O

a^

13
C

3 ^

o

td

. — ' ^

tu

rt ^-.

.2§

<y ci

Hi

si

a

-G

rt

73

+J

•~--^

M-t

-^-a

o

c

73

a^

73

3

3 73

73 O)

>

a 03

^

-

o c

^^

1- 3

E -^

<u a

S^

G 73

c^^

o 5

73

0)
. 01

0) Cuo

-^ c

u a '^

.213

.Sec

+j rt 0)

G c3

^ P

^ o

c/; +J

c

o

C

M

a

c
O

X

Ol

73 (m'

'^ CO

■—-co

.2 »o

< a

38

The Ohio Joiinuil of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

O +-- ^-^ rt p

O ^ O

^* ^

. 1-, -1-^ ::;

X"

" 0

c^

t-" (u cd +^ 03
X3 .is w 03 J
r" r" (-1 -^ ' — '

£ § o o-—

.2 ^

'..^

S;

OJ "-71 O

o o

mm.
from
G.
e Ass
VII

--~. ^

1— I

22 --*

i=; o g t/2

."a o

fe

U

■s.
\^ .

■SZ
■f.

"H. h o o

t/) 03 r^ 1-,

>.

03

SI

o
>

o :2.

o

.2 +-■ > o
a cd 5 vh

.2 ^.2^ o

M

03 -r 03 M.^

G.2

t^

o3

t-.

>,

d

I-.

2

03

y: ^4-1

tun t/; t/; ;

0; C

O 3 3 ^

r^

o

-r! o o c

a s

QJ (L( iH

«.2

. max. in

ss below r

above r

ectus inte

CO §

03

tC (/I

T^ n3 5^

V. 0

o! ^

rv ^

ip.

ole.
rior
ior

<j a. dj i-i

^^'2

.-^ a^

c

(V ^ ? c

b£

c
o

O

►J
pa

I?

o

"^

"m

"*^

r^

1?

rt

>-

Q.

.*.^

^

o3

a

Oj

C/2

o

o

Ti ■

qj t/=

t/2 3

D C

OJ

-<^^

O

• ^. ?

G

+J M

O

r- O'

-i.ll

"S)

c

Wh "^

o3

W)

M C

13 03 03

o

iiO^

'5

r"

Co Qj

r-

c

"a

0;
4-i

4;

W

"" c o

o

>.

4^ 5 M

M

O •':; "^

+j

.

zt c

o

r-"

o o

r^

o
o
»-l

■ »-<

o

Ih

xn
0)
tn

<

3

o
v..

C/2

3

cd

13

O

o

tn

3

cd

03

o

•r M —

in
3

•2>

03

c3 o3i-)

t/i

O

I/". , — .05 -

3 *-• " fii

o <u t/) r

-a g'^'2
ui- cj <lj ^

C
O

C2

;l:2S

■" 1-
o

K S

00

CO

iC

o3

d

3^

^-~^ ^

2

Cii t^

, V

03 ^-^

r*P

a o

^

,—1

C <M

<u

O

S«=>

m uj

^5

o -

4-> . 1

W) o3 <U

^1

a 1-

CD O

H^^^

. — 1 V-<

uo

c^B

<^

Dec, 191G] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 39

g'-^ t^ ::^5j(52 csN

3
•o

o.

I- c •= ,, iS rt f5 p „ "^ -p -5^--

^^^o-:^S« ^ d^gt/:

;0 u ^^5§^ s-.e^

o

o
u

'?

O
m

•CE -cZ CO c-nc;o ^cgEc ^-z ^x

W) t?"^ M, M"-- r-i-^^. "t« V^'"'-"

-*-)

C

c

y}

rt ^•

'?

—J

^- i:^

,__

rt 0

-J

, ,

^

a-S

r— •

rf

<^ 'C

0

0

fe

c

0

0)

Ph

0
>

g

>>t;

5

'*J

"^ ';£

+->

>

tl^

1-

'""' — -•

^

•7;

0

0

,3 c

o • ^ao.^ ^^ t^9^ u E,>'o

o o

<5 ;o

CO lO 10

'^ -g d "^ d d

40 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

In the Elasmobranchs the profundus gangUon is separate
from the Gasserian and usually has a separate root even in the
adult form. From this profundus ganglion arises the ventral
ramus opthalmicus profundus which innervates the cutaneous
tissues of the rostrum, and carries ciliary nerves and in one case
noted (Acanthias) gives rise to the portio opthalmici profundi,
which represents the dorsal branch of the primitive profundus
nerve. (See Herrick '99, p. 364).

In the ganoids several different conditions exist. The
Gasserian and profundus ganglia are usually separate in the
adult, but a true ramus opthalmicus profundus is seldom
present. According to Allis "a small, delicate, apparently
degenerate nerve from the profundus ganglion" is in Amia the
only remnant of the ramus opthalmicus profundus. There
is a large portio opthalmicus profundus which fuses with the
ramus opthalmicus superficialis V to form the supra-orbital
trunk.

In teleosts the profundus ganglion is not isolated in the
adult (Herrick '99) and no ramus opthalmicus profundus is
described for an^^ form so far as I know. Herrick homologizes
cutaneous fibres which arise from the Gasserian ganglion and
are fused with the radix longa from the ciliary ganghon with
the ramus opthalmicus profundus of the Elasmobranchs.
Allis takes the position that the ramus opthalmicus profundus
is probably entirely wanting in Teleosts (p. 539) and that the
ramus op sup V, probably contains the portio op. prof. The
ramus opthalmicus profundus, whatever its relation to the
muscles of eye (Allis '97, p. 536) always lies under the superior
branch of the oculomotor and over the inferior branch of that
nerve. In teleosts and ganoids a small branch of the trigeminus
which is found dorsal to the oculomotor nerve must undergo
a special development, i. e., become enlarged, as the rest of the
profundus nerve disappears and become the portio opthalmicus
profundus, which may be a separate nerve as in Amia, or be
fused with the ramus opthalmicus superficiahs V, as in Teleosts,
according to Allis ('97, p. 539).

In the Amphibia the profundus ganglion is partially or
entirely separate from the Gasserian in the embryo, but is
always fused in the adult. In the adult Anura the trigeminal
complex is also fused with the facial complex, but in the Uro-

Dec, 191(3] Profundus and Gasserian Ganglia in Plethodon 41

deles the facial is separate. A ramus opthalmicus profundus
is present and so named in almost every adult form of Urodele
described (e. g. Coghill '12, Amblystoma).

Strong ('95) does not designate the opthalmic trunk arising
from the Gasserian ganglion in Rana, as r. oph. profundus.
He calls it the r. opthalmicus trigeminus. In discussing the
problem of the profundus however, he seems (p. 193) to partially
agree with Wilder ('92) who took the position that in Amphibia
and the higher vertebrates the r. op. sup. V is fused with the
r. op. profundus of the Elasmobranchs to form the r. op. trige-
minus or supra-orbital trunk. Landacre ('12) finds that
in the 8 mm. Rana embryo the r. opthalmicus comes almost
entirely from the profundus portion of the ganglion, but in
later stages derives some fibers from the Gasserian.

In liighor lerrestial vertebrates neither the r. opthalmicus
profundus nor its ganglion are distinct in adult forms. A
separate profundus ganglion has been found in the cat and the
guinea pig embryos and Ewart ('90) found vestiges of it in
the ") mo. human embryo. The name ramus opthalmicus is
the common term for the anterior trunk from the trigeminal
or semi-lunar ganglion in higher vertebrates. The word
profundus has dropped from the terminology of this complex
and no hint is given that some fibers of this opthalmic trunk
may have their origin in the profundus portion of the ganglion.
The real morphology and origin of this nerve trunk is not known
for the higher vertebrates and such forms as these would
logically be the next to study after such a form as the Urodele
where a r. opth. profundus is present and so named. The
difficulty of obtaining a close series of embryos of the higher
vertebrates makes the problem a serious one. The results
of such studies would throw light on the question of what
happens to the region innervated by a nerve when the ganglion
on that nerve disappears or fuses with another. Such studies
would also help to clear up the question of the fate of the pro-
fundus ganglion in phylogeny. It is evident from the summary
given above that the urodeles occupy an intermediate position
between types with a separate profundus ganglion and a distinct
r. oph. prof, nerve in the adult and those types with neither
profundus ganglion nor nerve in the adult ; in that the urodeles
have both structures separate in the embryo and in the adult

42 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

have a distinct r. oph. prof, but fused Gasserian and profundus
ganglia. The results of this study show that for Plethedon
at least the ganglia of the adult are formed by an actual fusion
of the profundus with the Gasserian without loss of cells by
the profundus portion. This would not warrant the conclusion
that the same process occurs in types where there is a loss of
the r. oph. prof, nerve, but it throws an interesting light on
the mode by which the process of reduction ending in loss of
both profundus ganglion and nerve began in phylogeny.

LITERATURE CITED.

1897. Allis, E. P. Jr. The cranial muscles and cranial and first spinal nerves in
Amia calva. Journ. Morph., vol. 12, no. 3.

1901. Bowers, Mary A. The peripheral distribution of the cranial nerves of

vSpelerpes bilineatus. Proc. Amer. Acad., vol. 36.

1902. Coghill, G. E, The cranial nerves of Amblvstoma tigrinum. Jour. Comp.

Neurol., vol. 12, pp. 205-289. PI. 15-16.

1899. Herrick, C. Judson. The cranial and first spinal nerves of Menidia; a
contribution upon the nerve components of the bony fishes. Jour. Comp.
Neur., vol. 9, pp. 153-455.

1912. Landacre, F. L. The epibranchial placodes of Lepidosteus osseus and their

relation to the cerebral ganglion. Jour. Comp. Neur., vol. 22, no. 1.

1913. Landacre, F. L. and McLellan, Marie F. The cerebral ganglia of the

embryo of Rana pipiens. Jour. Comp. Neur., vol. 22, no. 5.

1908. Norris, H. W. The cranial nerves of Amphiuma means. Jour. Comp.
Neur., vol. 15, no. 6.

1908. Streeter, G. L. The peripheral nervous system of the human embryo
at the end of the first month. (10 mm.) Am. Jour. Anat., vol. VIII,
no. 3.

1895. Strong, Oliver S. The cranial nerves of Amphibia. Jour. Morph., vol. 10,
no. 1.

1892. Wilder, H. H. Die Nasengend von Menopoma alleghanense und Amphiuma
tridactylum nebst Bemerkungen uber die Morphologic des R. opthelmicus
profundus trigemini. Zool. Jahr. Abth. f. Anat. u. Ontog. Bd. 5, Heft 2,

Dec, 191()] Prof uudns a}id Gasscrian Ganglia in Plethodon 43

ABBREVIATIONS.

Gal. E, Joum. Science, Dec. — (D)
And. G. — Auditory ganglion.
Aud. Ves. — Auditory vesicle.

B. B. — Base of the brain.

C. L. — Crystalline lens invagination.
Dien. — Diencephalon.

D. L. VII. — Dorso-lateral portion of
the lateralis VII ganglion.

Ec. — Ectoderm.

Eg. Con. — Contact of the profundus
ganglion with the lateral ectoderm.
En. — Endoderm.
En. D. — Endolymphatic duct.
Gass. G. — Gasserian ganglion.
Gen. G. — Geniculate ganglion.
Inf. — Infundibulum.
Med. — Medulla oblongata.
M. B. — Mid-brain.
Mes. — Mesenchyme.
N. C. — Nasal capsule.
O. V. — Optic vesicle.
Pal. VII.— Palatine branch of VII.

Ph. — Pharynx.

Ph. P. I. — -First visceral pouch of the

pharynx.
PI. — A supra-orbital placode of the

lateral line series.
Prof. G. — Profundus ganglion.
R. aveolaris VII. — Ramus aveolaris

VII.
R. Bucc. VII. — Ramus buccalis VII.
R. Max. V. — Ramus maxillaris V.
R. op. Prof. V. — Ramus opthalmicus

profundus V.
R. op. Sup. VII. — Ramus superficialis

VII.
Rt. Gass. G. — Root of the Gasserian

ganglion.

Rt. Prof. G. — Root of the profundus

ganglion.
Tel. — Telencephalon.

V. L. VII. — Ventro-lateral portion of
the lateralis VII ganglion.

44 The Ohio Joiinial of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

Explanation of Figures.

All sections were cut 10 micra thick and all reconstructions
and drawings were made from transverse sections. Flat
reconstructions at 150 diam., detailed drawings at 520 diam.
and outlines at 80 diam. were made with a camera lucida. All
figures were reduced to one-third and the magnification after
reduction is given after the description of each figure. Figures
1 to 6 inclusive are from the same embryo. (Plethedon gl.
stage m. 9 mm.) from which the flat reconstruction Fig. 30
was made. ■ . ■ ■ ::<,<g r^or '

Plate II. -

Figure 1 is a detailed drawing of the profundus near the level of the middle of
the crystalline lens and seven sections posterior to the anterior end of the pro-
fundus. (See Fig. 2). Large yolk granules appear as light areas in the mesen-
chvme. The j^igmented cytoplasm of the ganglion is shown by darker, solid
stippling. Sec. (52 X 175.

Figure 2 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. I. X27.

Figure 3 is an outline of a section at the level of the optic stalks and just
posterior to the crystalline lens. Sec. 69. X 27.

Figure 4 is a detailed drawing of the trigeminal complex at the level of the
root. (See Fig. 5). The fibrous root of the Gasserian ganglion is shown (Rt.
Gass. G.). A profundus root cannot be distinguished in the figure nor identified
in the section from which it was drawn. Sec. 90. X 175.

Figure 5 is an outline of the section of which a jjortion is detailed in Fig. 4.
Sec. 90. X27.

Figure 6 is an outline of a section through the main portion of the Gasserian
ganglion half way between its root and its posterior end. The D. L. VII is shown
lateral to the Gasserian ganglion which shows the characteristic forking over the
first visceral pouch of the pharynx. (Ph. P. 1). Sec. 95. X27.

Figures 7 to 15, inclusive, are all from the same embryo (Plethedon gl. Stage
G. 7 mm.) from which the flat reconstruction of Fig. 31 was made.

Figure 7 is a detailed drawing of the profundus ganglion at the level of Fig. 8,
six sections posterior to the anterior end. The irregular outline of the ganglion
is shown and its position relative to a supra-orbital placode of the lateral line
series (PI). The placode appears as a thickening of the ectoderm. The nuclei in
the inner laver, containing a mitotic figure, are seen to have a radial arrangement.
Sec. 52. X"'l75.

Figure 8 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 7.
X 27.

Figure 9 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Figure 10.
This section is at the level of the open optic stalks and the middle of the crystalline
lens. Sec. 68. X27.

Ohio Joi'rnai, or Sciknck.
Pig. 1

O. V.

Vol. XVII, Plate II.
Fig. 3

Prof.G.

0. V.

Dien.

Fig 4

Mes.

Rl. Gass. G.

K25'

•^^a"?;> ■ (iifi

Gais,G

'Fig. 5

' Gass-G.

Fig. 6

Ph. P. 1

Fig

Mes - - -

Prof. G.

J- PL

««

:.;r^-.,

Katherine Okey.

£»(

Prof. G.

Fig. 9

0 V

C. L

Dien.

46 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

Plate III.

Figure 10 is a detailed drawing of the profundus at the level of Figure 9. The
definite boundaries and compactness of the ganglion stand out clearly in the figure.
This figure also illustrates the relation of the ganglion to a supra-orbital placode
(PI), the nuclei of which show a radical arrangement. Sec. 68 X175.

Figure 11 is a detailed drawing of the profundus at the level of its root in the
medulla. The root is cellular, as the figure shows and is at this level separate
from the root of the Gasserian. Sec. 86. X175.

Figure 12 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 11.
Sec. 86. X 27.

Figure 13 is a detailed drawing of the trigeminal complex seven sections
posterior to the beginning of the root of the profundus. This figure is drawn from
the left side of the section because it showed the double root more clearly than
the right side. Sec. 93. X 175.

Figure 14 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 13.
Sec. 93. X 27.

Figure 15 is a detailed drawing of a portion of the Gasserian ganglion at the
level of Fig. 16. Only the part over the gill pouch is detailed. The close relation
of the ganglion to a lat. line placode (pi.) is shown and also its contact with the
endoderm (en) of the gill pouch. vSec. 94. X 175.

Figure 16 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 15.
Sec. 94. X27.

Figures 17 to 27, inclusive, are from the same embryo (Plcthcdon gl. Stage B,
■6 mm.) from which the first reconstruction Fig. 32 was made.

Figure 17 is a detailed drawing of the profundus ganglion with the ectoderm
v(ec) is shown and also the irregular outlines of the ganglion. Sec. 45. X 175.

Ohio JorRNAi. ok Sciknck

VUI,. XVII, I'LATK III.

Fig. 10

Prof G

Fig. 12

Ru Prof. G.,

Fig. 14

GUS.G..

% ^-

5!w'

Rt. Prof. G. - ■

^

^^' m^¥

Fig. 13

Giss.C.^

*5g^'

5«r

^^

Fi- 15

>l '^ix.

Fig. 16

-- +1Ph. P 1

^M-!

Kailie) ine Okev.

4S The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

Plate IV.

Figure 18 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 17.
This section is three or four sections posterior to the anterior end of the profundus.
Sec. 45. X 27.

Figure 19 is a detailed drawing of the profundus at the level of Figure 20.
The ventro-lateral attachment of the profundus to the lateral ectoderm is shown.
The loose structure of the ganglion and its irregular outline are also shown. Sec.
5G. X 175.

Figure 20 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 19.
Sec. 56. X 27.

Figure 21 shows in detail the extreme posterior end of the profundus ganglion
slightly anterior to the level of the evagination of the optic stalks. The ganglion
appears very small in this figure. Large yolk granules appear as light areas in
the surrounding mesenchyme. (See Fig. 22). Sec. 67. X 175.

Figure 22 is an outline of the section of which a portion is shown in detail in
Fig. 21. Sec. 67. X 27.

Figure 23 shows in detail the extreme anterior end of the Gasserion ganglion
which appears as a small, darkly stippled mass. The level is that of Fig. 24.
The anterior end of a placode is shown (PI). Sec. 76 . X 175.

Figure 24 is an outline of the section of which a portion is shown in detail in
Fig. 23. Sec. 76. X 27.

Figure 25 shows in detail the characteristic condition of the Gasserian gang-
lion near its middle part. The relation to the medulla is shown. No root, either
cellular or fibrous, appears. Sec. 85. X 175.

Figure 26 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 25.
Sec. 85. X 27.

Figure 27 shows in detail the posterior part of the Gasserian ganglion. It
lies in contact with the first visceral pouch (Ph. p. 1, Fig. 28) and near a placode
of the lateral line series (PI). X 175.

Figure 28 is an outline of the section of which a portion is detailed in Fig. 27.
Sec. 94. X 27.

Ohio Journai. of Sciexck.
tig- 1 9.

-if E.-

|.%^-^^

Mes. -Vt- .- '

fi f -' I

t'A-

%'-' 'J

^

Prof. G.

. «. 1 8

FigiiO

Gass. G.

[>ri.f G.

Vol. XVII, Pi,.\TE IV.

F.ir.22

,11 a

Prof. G

Prof G

0 V

Fig 2 4

- M. B.

. Gass. G

f-fO V

Kat/iei iiie Okey

En. I

.-. ./?S>. SB^ii'^

V

-- Ec.

50 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

Plate V.

Figure 29. A copy of a portion of a flat reconstruction by W. J. Kostir of a
Plethedon embryo 11.5 mm. in length. The scale at the top of the figure indicates
the number of sections 10 micra in thickness over which the plot extends. The
figures indicate the numbers of the sections, counted from the anterior end of the
body.

This reconstruction shows the most fused embryonic condition of the trig-
eminal complex so far studied. The profundus portion is not distinct; the nerve
trunks are formed and the ganglion is over-lapped by the D. L. VII. X 66.

Figure 30 is a flat reconstruction of the Gasserian, profundus and a part of
the D. L. VII of Plethedon gl. stage M, 9 mm. in length. This shows a well fused
condition of the Trigeminal complex and a single root, which is indicated by
dotted lines (Rt. Gass. G.). An outline of a longitudinal section of the head was
made on coordinate paper with a camera lucida. This outline was used as a hor-
izontal axis and guide in making the reconstructions of the transverse sections.
The same method was used for the reconstructions shown in Figs. 31 and 32.
The scale at the top of the figure indicates the number of sections 10 micra in
thickness over which the plot extends. The figures indicate the numbers of the
sections counted from the anterior end of the body. The levels of the sections
detailed in Figures 1 to 6 are given. X 50.

Figure 31 is a flat reconstruction of the Gasserian and profundus ganglia and a
part of D. L. VII of Plethedon gl. stage G., 7 mm. in length. The roots of pro-
fundus and Gasserian are separate at this stage. A dotted line indicates the line
of contact of the profundus and Gasserian posterior to the root of profundus.
X 50.

Figure 32 is a flat reconstruction of the Gasserian and profundus ganglia of
Plethedon gl. stage B., 6 mm. in length. The ganglia have no roots at this
stage. This shows the unfused condition of the profundus and the Gasserian and
the number of sections by which they are separated. The contact of the pro-
fundus with the ectoderm is shown (Ec. Con.). X 50.

Ohio jorRNAi- of Science.

Voi,. XVIl, Plate V.

Fig 2 9

lie* ,.o

Fig 30

.to 90

Sec

K^ R O Pro. V

Rl. Prof. G

Gass. G. y-!-.

P_B n"r^./-7'

Katherine Okey.

A SHELF OF GEOLOGIC LITERATURE FOR THE SMALL

LIBRARY, WITH A GUIDE TO THE MORE

IMPORTANT REPORTS ON OHIO.*

D. Dale Condit.

The scarcity or absence of standard local and general
geologic literature in many public libraries is far too frequently
discovered to his sorrow by the field geologist, who is so rash
as to go into a region without his "trunk-ful" of books.
Recently I had occasion to visit libraries in a number of the
larger towns in eastern Ohio, many of which are fine large
structures of the Carnegie class. On inquiring for certain
publications of the United States Geological Survey, I was
informed that the library had none. "A complete set was
received several years ago, but has recently been sent back,
because they occupied so much space and because there was
no call for them. "

There was a similar scarcity or absence of reports by the
State Geological Survey. I was referred to the books on
geology in the general reading room. These usually would be
Le Conte's Textbook, works of Lyell and Tyndall, or other
writings of ancient vintage.

Certainly a town of sufficient size to own a library of any
description should have all geological literature available
pertaining to its vicinity, if not to the entire State. It is
asking too much from them to straightway harbor formidable
volumes of a highly technical character, such as rock analyses
or principles of metamorphism, and when these come en masse
they are almost sure to be stored in the musty, dusty space
assigned to "Government documents." But a well selected
educational set must find favor when its existence is revealed
to the public, and any library, however small it may be, should
be provided with a collection such as is herein suggested.
The list should include one or two up to date, elementary
text books on physiography and geology, State Survey pub-
lications of local and general interest, and the publications
of the Federal Survey concerning local geology, together with

*Piil)lislicil liy i)('rmissi(_in of the iJircctor U. S. Cjcological Survey.

,S2

Dec, 191()J A Shelf of Geologic Literature 53

a few reports of an educational nature. The entire lot should
be assembled on a "geology shelf" and the librarian should
provide space in the main reading room, where accessible to
the public.

It is not with purely selfish motives that this plea is made,
for convenient reference books to meet the needs of the geologist,
but rather it is desired to place in the way of the average
layman a means of access to local and general geologic infor-
mation, for after all it is he whom the State and Federal
Geological Surveys hope to serve.

The study of geology is a broad application of all the
•elementary sciences and the up-to-date practical geologist
must be a mathematician, chemist, physicist and civil engineer,
and should also have an intimate knowledge of zoology, botany,
astronomy and other sciences. His long years of training
prepare him to go forth and determine the location of undis-
covered oil and gas pools, the extension of ore bodies, the depth
■of coal beds, the height to which artesian water will rise when
the well is drilled, and other problems in applied geology.
His conclusions with proofs are described in "geologic reports."

Although the geologist deals with such difficult problems,
he is expected to write reports that will straightway be com-
prehended by the average reader. Even though the utmost
attempt is made to write in simple and plain "English,"
the report must necessarily be of a semi-technical tone in
•order to state facts without greatly amplifying and encumbering
the discourse with definitions and explanations which have place
■only in an elementary text book. It is therefore highly desir-
able that everyone interested in geology should make an effort
to become sufficiently familiar with its fundamental principles
to be able to intelligently read geologic reports.

It is believed that a collection of great value as a ready
source of general and local geologic information need not include
more than twenty-five to forty books that can be housed on a
single "geology" shelf. It is true that even in this immature
stage of geologic investigation the literature is so voluminous
that a well-stocked library will contain thousands of volumes.
The library of the U. S. Geological Survey, the most complete
in geology in the country, has on its shelves 120,000 bound
volumes and 100,000 pamphlets. The selection of a "shelf"

54 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. X\"II, No. 2,,

of books of first importance for local and general geologic
information is therefore an exceedingly difficult task, which
is attempted with some misgivings and it is hoped that the
effort will be accepted in good part by the public.

In preparing the list here compiled an effort is made to make
it suited for use in public schools and small libraries. In fact,
the number is so limited that it can well be accommodated
in the private library. The need of keeping the list from
attaining unwieldy dimensions prevents the mention of dozens
of books, many of which are of equal merit with the State and
Federal Survey publications that are mentioned. Persons
wishing more ample information concerning books on special
subjects will be given earnest attention on application to either
the State or Federal Geological Surveys. Only a few of the
numerous excellent modern books on geology can be mentioned
here and an effort is made to hold strictly to elementary treatises.
More ample lists are given in the recent announcements of the
American Library Association. There are a number of geologic-
magazines which furnish channels for prompt publication of
investigations of general interest, and in fact there is muchi
information of prime importance which is printed only in such
magazines. Some of the more important ones are given in
the lists that follow.

The material suggested for the geological library falls in
two classes: (1) Text books and other books of interest as a.
general source of geologic information and educational value;.
(2) Reports concerning the geology of specific areas including
the most important State and Federal Survey publications and
also geologic and topographic maps. The first class is useful
no matter in what part of America the reader lives. The second
class must necessarily consist of many lists, each of which will
be appropriate for a State or, where the interests are varied,
for part of a State.

The following lists include, in addition to text books and
books of general interest,, the more important publications of
interest to people living in Ohio.

Class I. Consisting of text books, periodicals and pub-
lications of the U. S. Geological Surve}^ and Bureau of Alines of
general educational value and interest.

Dec, 19 U)] A Shelf of Geologic Literature 55

Text Books and Periodicals.

(a) General geology (one or more to be selected).

1. Pirsson, L. V., and vSchuchert, C. Text-Book of Gcolog^y. John

Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1915. Part I, Physical Geology,
h\ L. V. Pirsson. Part II, Historical Geology, by C. Schuchert.
Complete in one volume. 1051 pages. Price $4.00. Also
published in two jx^rts. Pre fuscly illustrated and contains
colored geological map of North America.

2. Chamberlin, T. C, and vSali.sburv, R. D. Introductory Geology.

A Text Book for Colleges, 70S pages. Henry Holt & Co., 1914.
One volume. Price $2.00. Profusely illustrated.

3. Blackwelder, Eliot, and Barrows, H. H. Elements of Geology,

475 pages. American Book Company, 1911. Price $1.40.
An excellent elementary treatise with numerous illustrations.

4. Scott, William B. Introduction to Geology, 573 pages. The

Macmillan Company, 2nd ed., 1907. Price $2.60. A standard
elementary text book.

(b) Physiography (one or more to be selected).

1. Salisburv. R. D. Elementary Phvsiographv, 359 pages. Henry

Holt & Co., 1910. Price $1.30.

2. Gilbert, G. K., and Brigham, A. P. Introduction to Physical

Geography, 412 pages. Appleton, 190S. Price $1.25.

3. Davis, W. M. Elementarv Phvsical Geographv, 401 pages. Ginn

& Co., 1902. Price $1.25.

4. Hobbs, W. H. Earth Features and Their Meaning, 506 pages.

The Macmillan Company, 1912. Price $3.00.

5. Bowman, Isaiah. Forest Physiography. Physiography of United

States and Principles of Soils in Relation to Forestry, 759 pages.
John Wiley & Sons, 1911. Price $5.00. An interesting and
highly instructive book.

(c) Economic geology (one or more to be selected).

1. Ries, Heinrich, and Watson, Thomas L. Engineering Geology, 2nd

ed., 722 pages, 104 plates and 175 figures. John Wiley & Sons,
1915. Price $4.00. Describes fundamental principles of geology
which relate to engineering ]:)roblems.

2. Lindgren, Waldemar. Mineral Deposits, 883 pages. McGraw-Hill

Book Company, New York, 1913. Price $5.00.

3. Kemp, J. F. Ore Deposits of the United States and Canada, 481

pages. The Scientific Ptiblishing Companv, 3rd ed., 1900.
Price $5.00.

4. Ries, Heinrich. Economic Geologv, 4th ed., revised, 856 pages,

tables, plates. John Wiley & Sons, 1916. Price $4.00.

5. Haves, C. Willard. Handbook for Field Geologists, 159 pages.

John Wiley & Sons, 2nd ed., 1909. Price $1.50.

56 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

(d) Mineralogy and petrography (one of the first two and
one of the second two should be selected).

1. Moses, A. J., and Parsons, C. L. Elements of Mineralogy, Crystal-

lography and Blowpipe Analysis, 389 pages. I. Van Nostrand
Company, New York, 4th cd.^ 1909. Price $2.50.

2. Brush, G. J., and Penfield, S. L. Manual of Determinatiye Min-

eralogy, 312 pages. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 10th ed..
1903. ' Price .$4.00.

3. Kemp, J. F. Handbook of Rocks, 272 pages. D. Van Nostrand

Company, 5th ed., 1911. Price $1.50.

4. Merrill, George P. Treatise on Rocks, Rock Weathering and Soils,

400 pages. The Macmillan Company, 2nd ed., 1906. Price
$4.00.

(e) Principal periodicals devoted wholly or in part to
geology, not essential to the small library, but of interest to
the geologist.

1. Journal of Geology. Published semi-quarterly. The University of

Chicago Press. Subscription $4.00 per year.

2. Economic Geolog}'. Published semi -quarterly. Devoted to geology

as applied to mining and allied industries. The Economic
Geology Pubhshing Company. Subscription $3.00 per year.

3. Bulletin of the Geological Society of America. Published quarterly.

Subscription $7.50 per year.

4. American Journal of Science. Published monthly at New Haven,

Conn. Subscription $0.00 per year.

5. Bulletin of the American Institute of Mining Engineers. Published

monthly in New York. Subscription $10.00 per year.

A Few Books of General Educational Interest Published
BY THE U. S. Geological Survey and Bureau

OF Mines.

1. Professional Paper No. 00, U. S. Geological Survey. The Interpre-

tation of Topographic Maps. By R. D. Salisbury and W. W.
Atwood, 1908. 84 pp., 170 pis. Sold by the Superintendent
of Documents, Washington, D. C, for $2.75.

2. Professional Paper 71, U. S. Geological Survey. Index to Stratig-

raphy of North America. By Bailey Willis. Accompanied by a
geologic map of North America. Compiled from various sources.
1912. 894 pages, 1 pi. Sold by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, Washington, D. C, for $2.00.

3. Bulletin 61G, U. S. Geological Survey, 1910. The Data of Geo-

chemistry. Third edition. By F. W. Clarke. 821 pages.
Available for free distribution by the Survey.

Dec, 191G] A Shelf of Geologic Literature 57

4. U. S. Geological Survey Bulletins (ill, (J12, ()13 and 014. Popular

Guide Books for western railroads, containing descriptions of
geology and other features of interest along several transcon-
tinental railroads.

Bulletin Oil. The Northern Pacific Route.

Bulletin ()12. The Overland Route.

Bulletin (W.]. The Santa Fe Route.

Bulletin ()14. The Shasta Route and Coast Line.
Sold by Superintendent of Documents for 50 cents each.

5. U. S. Geological Survey Bulletins 127, 188, 189, 203, 221, 240, 271,

301, 372, 409, 444, 495, 524, 545, 5S4, 017, and G45. Bibliography
of North American Geology, 1732 to 1915. Bulletin 127 is now
only available for consultation in public libraries, the supply
being exhausted. Bulletins 188, 189, 271, 301 and 617 are sold
by the Sui)erintendent of Documents, Washington, for 40, 25,
15, 50 and 15 cents respectively. Bulletins 203, 221, 240, 372,
409, 444, 495, 524, 584, and 645 are available for free distribu-
tion by the Survey.

A cumulation bibliography of North America, which will com-
prise all articles and books on American geology from the earliest
date to 1916, is now under way and will be published in a year
or two by the Survey.

6. The more recent chapters of Mineral Resources, U. S. Geological

Survey. Distributed free by the Director of the Surv^ey.

7. U. S. Geological Survey, Water Supply Paper 122. Relation of the

Law to Underground Waters. By D. W. Johnson. Available
for distribution by the Survey.

8. U. S. Geological Survey, Water Supply Paper 340. Stream Gaging

Stations and Publications relating to Water Resources, 1885-1913.
Compiled by B. D. Wood. Available only for consultation in
public libraries, the supply being exhausted.

The U. S. Bureau of Mines, although one of the youngest
of the Government scientific bureaus, has published more than
130 bulletins and about the same number of "Technical Papers."
Many of these, as would be expected, are of interest chiefly
to persons engaged in the exploitation of coal, oil and gas, and
metalliferous deposits. A list of publications can be obtained
on application to Van H. Manning, Director of the Bureau of
Mines, Washington. Among reports of general interest are
the following:

9. U. S. Bureau of Mines, Bulletin 38, 1913. The Origin of Coal.
By David White and Reinhardt Theissen, with a chapter on the
formation of peat by C. A. Davis. Sold by the Superintendent of
Documents, Washington, for SO cents.

58 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

10. U. S. Bureau of Mines, Bulletin 94, 191."). United States Mining
Statutes Annotated. By J. W. Thompson. Part I, Sections and
Statutes relating to metalliferous and coal mining. Part II, Mis-
cellaneous mining subjects. Sold by the Superintendent of
Documents, Washington, for $2. .")().

Class II. Literature concerning geology of Ohio:
The work of the Federal Survey in Ohio has consisted
largely in topographic mapping and the area is practically
completed. There are, however, reports on the glacial geology,
the underground waters of the southwestern part of the State,
recent destructive floods in the Ohio Valley, oil and gas geology
of certain quadrangles in the eastern part of the State and other
reports that will be listed. The Geological Survey of Ohio
ranks among the most progressive of State Surveys and its
publications include many valuable reports, covering nearly all
phases of geology in the State. One of the most useful of these
reports is a bibliography of Ohio geology.

Principal Reports of U. S. Geological Survey Concerning

Ohio.*

(Classified into (a) reports of general interest, and (b) reports
on small areas chiefly of local interest.)

(a) Reports of general interest.

1. Professional Paper 13. Drainage modifications in southeastern

Ohio and adjacent parts of West Virginia and Kentucky. Bv
W. G. Tight. 1903, HI pp., 17 pis.

Describes ancient rivers, many of which have been modified,
reversed, or abandoned in the production of modern drainage,
largely through the influence of Pleistocene glaciers. Distributed
free by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey.

2. Monograph 41. Glacial formations and drainage features of the

Erie and Ohio basins. By Frank Leverett. 1902. 802 pp.,
26 pis.

Describes in detail the striking features of glacial drift, its

character in Ohio and adjacent States; the influence of the ice

invasions on drainage, and also on the development of the Great

. Lakes. Sold bv the Superintendent of Documents, Washington,

for $1.75.

3. Water Supply Paper 334. The Ohio Valley flood of March-April,

1913, (including comparisons with some earlier floods). By
A. H. Horton and H. J. Jackson, 1913. 96 pp., 22 pis. Dis-
tributed free by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey.

*A complete catalogue of publications of the U. S. Geological Survey can be
obtained on application to George Otis .Smith, Director, Washington.

Deo., 1916] A Shelf of Geologic Literature 59

4. Bulletin o")2. Results of trian<i;ulation and ijrimary traverse in

Ohio, 189<S-iyil, inclusive. R. B. Marshall, Chief Geographer.
1914. 232 pp., 2 pis. Distributed free by the Director, U. S.
Geological Survey.

5. Bulletins 411, 47G, 518. Results of spirit leveling in Ohio, describing

elevations of numerous localities above sea level as shown by
permanent l)ench marks. Distributed free by the Director, U. S.
Geological Survev.

-'f,^

Topographic Maps. — Most of the topographic maps are
published in quadrangles covering areas approximately 13 by
173^^ miles, on a scale of about one inch to a mile. These maps
show streams, hills and valleys, roads, houses and other surface
features. Variations in elevation above sea level are represented
by contours of either 10 or 20 feet interval, depending on the
relief. The locations of permanent bench marks are also
shown. Each quadrangle is designated by the name of some
town, village, or geographic feature within it. Topographic
maps are sold by postmasters or may be obtained direct from
the Survey at a cost of 10 cents each, or 6 cents when ordered in
lots of fifty or more maps. An index map showing the locations
and names of the quadrangles can be obtained on application
to the Director of the Geological Survey.

It is suggested that each library obtain maps covering its
vicinity and have them mounted for hanging on the wall,
where they will be brought to the attention of the public.

(b) Reports of the U. S. Geological Survey on limited
areas in Ohio, chiefly of local interest.

SOUTHERN AND SOUTHWESTERN PART OF STATE.

1 Water Supply Paper 259. The underground waters of southwestern
Ohio. By M. L. Fuller and F. G. Clapp. With a discussion
of the chemical character of the waters by R. B. Dole. 1912.
228 pp., 9 pis. Distributed free by the Director, U. S. Geological
Survey.

2. Water Supplv Paper 353, Part III. Surface water supplv of the

Ohio River Basin, 1913. By A. H. Horton, W. E. Hall and H. L.
Jackson. 1915. 264 pp., 5 pis. Distributed free by the Director,
U. S. Geological Survey.

3. Folio 184. A report on the geology of the Kenova quadrangle,

938 square miles, including part of Lawrence County, Ohio, and
adjacent areas in Kentucky and West Virginia. By W. C.
Phalen. Sold by the Director, U. S. Geological Survey. Library
edition, 18 b\' 22 inches, 5 cents; octavo edition, G b}- 9 inches,
25 cents.

60 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

4. Folio 69. A report on the geology of the Huntington quadrangle,

93S square miles, including part of Lawrence County, Ohio, and an
adjacent area in West Virginia. By M. R. Campbell. Sold
by the Director, U. S. Geological vSurvey, for 5 cents. Published
in library edition only, IS by 22 inches.

5. Bulletin 3-19. Economic geology of the Kenova quadrangle

(Kentucky, Ohio, and West Virginia). By W. C. Phalen. 1908.
158 pp., 0 pis. Sold by the Superintendent of Documents,
Washington, for 25 cents.

EASTERN AND NORTHEASTERN PART OF STATE.

6. Bulletin 318. Geology of oil and gas fields in Steubenville, Bur-

gettstown, and Claysville quadrangles, Ohio, West Virginia, and
Pennsylvania. By W. T. Griswold and M. J. Munn. 1907.
196 pp., 13 pis. vSold by the Superintendent of Documents,
Washington, for 75 cents.

7. Bulletin 346. vStructure of the Berea oil sand in the Flushing

quadrangle, Harrison, Belmont and Guernsc}^ counties. Bv
W. T. Griswold, 1908. 30 pp., 2 pis. Distributed free by the
Director, U. S. Geological Survey.

8. Bulletin 541-A. Oil and gas in the northern part of the Cadiz

quadrangle, Harrison, Jefferson and Carroll counties. By D.
Dale Condit, 9 pp., 1 pi. Distributed free by the Director, U. S.
Geological Survey.

9. Bulletin 621-H. Anticlines in the Clinton sand near Wooster,

Wayne County, Ohio. By C. A. Bonine. 12 pp., 1 pi. Dis-
tributed free by the Director, U. S. Geological Survc}'.

10. Bulletin 621-N. Structure of Berea oil sand in Summerfield

quadrangle, Guernsey, Belmont and Monroe counties. By D.
Dale Condit. 15 pp., 2 pis. Distributed free by the Director,
U. S. Geological Survey.

11. Bulletin 621-0. Stiticture of Berea oil sand in Woodsfield quad-

rangle, Guernsey, Noble and Monroe counties. By D. Dale
Condit. 17 pp., 2 pis. Distributed free by the Director, U. S.

Geological Survey.

CENTRAL PART OF STATE.

12. Folio 197. A report on the geology of the Columbus quadrangle,

915 square miles. By C. R. vStauffer, G. D. Hubbard, J. A.
Bownocker and others. Sold by the Director, U. S. Geological
Survey. Library edition, 18 by 22 inches, 25 cents; octavo
edition, 6 by 9 inches, 50 cents.

NORTHERN PART OF STATE.

13. Monograph 41. (Already listed as of general interest in Ohio) .

Dec, lOKi] A Shelf of Geologic Literature 61

Principal Reports of the State Geological

Survey.*

1. Geological map of Ohio. Scale 8 miles to 1 inch. 1909. By J. A.

Bownocker, State Geologist. Price 2.3 cents.

2. Bulletin 1. Oil and gas. 325 pp., 9 lithographic maps. 1903.

By J. A. Bownocker. Describes fields in Trenton, Clinton and
Carboniferous oil and gas bearing formations. Price 65 cents.

3. Bulletins 4 and 5. The lime resources and the lime industry in

Ohio. 361 pp., 1906. By Edward Or ton, Jr., and Samuel V.
Peppel. The manufacture of artificial snadstone or sand-lime
brick. 79 pp., 1905. By Samuel V. Peppel. Price of Bulletins
4 and 5 conjointly 45 cents.

4. Bulletin 6. Bibliography of Ohio geology. 332 pp., 1906. By

Alice Greenwood Derby and Mary Wilson Prosser. Price 35
cents.

5. Bulletin 7. Revised nomenclature of the Ohio geological fomia-

tions. 36 pp., 1905. Bv Charles S. Prosser. Price 6 cents.

6. Bulletin 9. Coal. 342 pp., 190S. By J. A. Bownocker, N. W.
Lord and E. E. Soinemieier. Part I describes Pittsburg, Pomeroy
and Meigs Creek coals. Part II gives chemical analyses and
calorific tests of the Clarion, Lower Kittanning, Middle Kittan-
ning and Upper Freeport coals. Price 50 cents.

7. Bulletin 14. Geology of the Columbus quadrangle. 133 pp., 1911.

By C. R. Stauffer, G D. Hubbard and J. A. Bownocker. Price
30 cents.

8. Bulletin 18. Building stones of Ohio. About 150 pp., 1915. By

J. A. Bownocker. Price 30 cents.

9. Bulletin 19. Geology of Cincinnati and vicinity, pp., 1916. By

N. M. Fenneman.

10. Bulletin 20. Geology of southern Ohio. pp., 1916. (In press).

By Wilbur vStout. Includes Jackson and Lawrence counties and
parts of Scioto, Gallia and Pike counties.

Other bulletins published since 1900 comprise the following
subjects :

Bulletin 3. Manufacture of hydraulic cement.

8. Salt deposits and salt industry in Ohio.

10. The Middle Devonian in Ohio.

11. The manufacture of roofing tiles.

12. The Bremen oil field.

13. The Maxville limestone.

15. Devonian and Mississippian of northeastern Ohio.

16. Peat deposits of Ohio.

17. The Conemaugh formation in Ohio.

*A complete list of publications of the Geological Survey of Ohio can be obtained
from Prof. J. A. Bownocker, State Geologist, at Columbus, who distributes
those in stock.

62 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

State Survey organizations previous to 1900 published a
number of excellent reports, some of which are listed. The
State Geologist has a limited number which can be obtained at
prices given below.

Volume 1. Geology. (iSO pp., LSTS.

Chapter I. Historical sketch; physical geography; geological
relations, geological structures of the Silurian and Devonian.
systems. By J. S. Newberry.

Chapter II. Local geology. The geology of Cu3"ahoga, Summit,
Gallia, Meigs, Athens, Morgan, Muskingum, Hamilton, Cler-
mont, Clark, Ashtabula, Trtimbull, Lake, Geauga, Williams,
Fulton, Lucas, Sanduskv, Seneca, Wvandot and Marion counties.
Price SL25.
Volume II. Geology. 701 pp., 1874.

Section I. Surface geology: The Carboniferous System. By J. S.
Newberry.

Section II. Local Geology. The geology of Erie, Lorain, Ottawa,
Crawford, Morrow, Delaware, Van Wert, Union, Paulding,
Hardin, Hancock, Wood, Putnam, Allen, Auglaize, Mercer,
Henry, Defiance, Washington, Noble, Guernsey (southern half),
Belmont (southern half), Monroe, Pickaway, Fairfield, Pike,
Ross and Greene counties. Price $1.25.
Volume III. Geology. 958 pp., 1878.

Section I. Review of Geological Structure of Ohio.

Section II. Local Geology. The geology of Tuscarawas, Colum-
biana, Portage, Stark, Carroll, Harrison, Guernsey, Muskingum,
Belmont, Huron, Richland, Knox, Licking, Medina, Warren,
Butler, Preble, Madison, Clinton, Fayette, Shelby, Miami,
Logan, Champaign, Darke, Ashland, Wayne, Holmes, Coshocton,
Franklin, Jefferson, Mahoning and Brown counties. Price $1.25.
Volume V. Geology. 1124 pp., 1884.

The stratigraphical order of the Lower Coal Measures of Ohio; the
Coal Seams of the Lower Coal Measures of Ohio. By Edw. Orton.

The Meigs Creek coal in Morgan, Muskingum, Guernsey and Noble
counties. By C. N. Brown.

Coal mining in Ohio. By Andrew Roy.

The gas coals of Ohio. By Emerson McMillen.

The iron ores of Ohio. By Edward Orton.

Iron manufacture in Ohio. By N. W. Lord.

The manufacture of coke. By Henry Newton.

Building stones of Ohio; the clays of Ohio and the industries estab-
lished upon them. By Edward Orton, Jr.

The glacial boundary in Ohio. By G Frederick Wright.

Report of the chemical department. Bv N. W. Lord.

Price $2.50.
Vohime VI. Geology. 831 pp., 1888.

Nearly 600 pages of this volume treat of petroleum and natural
gas, by Edward Orton, F. W. Minshall, F. J. Newell, Emerson
McMillen and S. W. Robinson.

Dec 1 *)!()] Goverumcut Docunioits 63

Tile ^'nlumc contains chapters on the Pittsbur<; coal in Bebnont,
Jefferson and Guernsey counties, by C. N. Brown; the Pomeroy
and Federal Creek coal field, by Ellis Lovejoy; the manufacture
of salt and l)romine, by W. J. Root; natural and Portland cement,
by N. W. Lord; gypsum and land plaster in Ohio, by Edward
Orton; the production of lime in Ohio, by Edward Orton; the drift
deposits of Ohio, by Edward Orton. Price $2.00.

U. S. Geological Survey, Washington.

GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS AND THE PUBLIC

LIBRARIAN.*

Julia L. V. McCoRD.f

A unique library exists in the Government Printing Office
at Washington — a library composed exclusively of United
States public documents and now comprising over 200,000
books. It is the most nearly complete collection extant of
the documents published by authority of our Government.
A complete collection of the early documents does not exist,
nor is it known now with certainty what documents and
reports were printed by the first fourteen congresses. To
lack of foresight, perhaps, and the economies of inexperienced
legislators, the vicissitudes of the young nation, and to
destruction by fire of the earlier libraries gathered for the use
of Congress — to all these causes the scarcity or complete
disappearance of early documents may be attributed. As
many as possible have been recovered and the collection is
now sufficiently full to warrant the belief that nothing very
important has been lost. Desultory efforts had been made
from time to time to collect the public documents, but not
until the office of Superintendent of Documents was created
in 1895 did these efforts completely materialize. The nucleus
of the public Documents Library was a miscellaneous mass of
documents which had been accumulated in the Government
Printing Office. This material was put in order, as were other
lots obtained from time to time, provision was made for the
addition of a copy of every future publication under Govern-
ment authority, and the whole thoroughly and systematically
catalogued. In this library are brought together the accounts
of the labors of all the army of people who have been employed

* With the permission of the Director of the U. vS. Geological Survey.
t Librarian, U. S. Geological Survey.

€4 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

to carry on the government's activities. Here are the results
of the studies of all the thousands of trained investigators,
all the explorers, all the workers on land and sea who have gone
forth authorized to perform their varied duties and execute the
many missions incident to the life of a great nation. These
pages form the journal of a growing nation's life — intimate,
self -recorded. They reveal its high hopes, its egotism, its
mistakes and disappointments, its gropings toward wiser aims
and higher standards. From these records may the historian
of a far future decipher the history of a better civilization than
the world has ever before known.

However, our intimate interest is not in this particular
collection gathered in Washington, but rather in what composes
it. The abundance of practical, helpful, facts here put down — -
facts intimately related to our daily life and necessary
activities — should be at the ready service of the people. Here
is an opportunity for the public librarian. Government
document literature has been neglected in our public libraries
while undue prominence is given to the merely recreational.
The urgent need of a wider publicity for the educational and
scientific works printed by the Government is apparent. To
meet it, publishing officials are making definite efforts which
should have the active and intelligent co-operation of public
librarians.

As a first step a better acquaintance with public documents
on the part of librarians is necessary — many librarians of the
smaller communities are utterly uninformed in regard to the
field they cover. To all these the enlightening little periodical,
"Monthly catalogue of public documents," issued b}^ the
Superintendent of Documents, is recommended. It lists and
describes all current prints from the Government press, giving
bright readable notes on those of special interest. The sub-
scription price is $1.10 a year, but it is sent free to as many
libraries as the edition will supply. The Librarian who regu-
larly examines this catalogue, selects and obtains the publica-
tions of general interest and particularly those touching local
needs is rendering a good service to the community. As a
rule, Government publications may be had free, if the
application is made while the supply lasts.

It is regrettable that our public documents appear in such
unattractive form. The titles lack human interest, but abound
in dull official verbiage. The names of the issuing department,

Dec, 1916] Government Documents 65

bureau and officials, and the serial designation obtrude them-
selves between the reader and the book title, which latter seems
seldom chosen with a view of rousing the reader's interest.
The long line of print across the page wearies the eye. There
is dreary monotony in the colorless bindings of those issued in
cloth, and too poor a quality of paper in the covers of the
others. More tasteful get-up should be aimed for and probably
could be had at no greater cost than the present. Because
they become torn and ragged after very little usage accounts
for the fact that in so many libraries the government pub-
lications are stored in cellars and attics. There are indications
that thought is being given to these points and w^e may see
Government reports put out in a form to compete in attract-
iveness with the issues from commercial publishing houses.

Under the now-existing printing law, the Superintendent
of Documents is authorized to send copies of all public docu-
ments, as issued, to the Depository libraries. About 475
libraries in the United States are now receiving them. No
adequate provision for selective distribution has yet been made,
that is for the supply only of documents on specific subjects.
In order to obtain these automatically arrangements must be
made with the issuing Department or Bureau.

The small community seems to offer to the public librarian
a more encouraging field of service in respect to government
document literature than does the large city. At any rate it
should be her duty to obtain the government publications
which interest or apply specially to the community and also
others of general interest and to post them in the library and
advertise them in the local newspaper. The rural community
should know about the Farmers bulletins, the Soil Survey
reports and the Good Roads bulletins. The business man will
find helpful suggestions in the very live Commerce reports and
the teacher in the publications of the Bureau of Education.
Every intelligent dweller on the ground wants to know some-
thing of what is below the surface and to him the publications
of the Geological Survey tell many an interesting story.

The cataloging of documents is done in Washington, the
librarian's labor being greatly lessened thereby. The printed
cards are obtainable from the Library of Congress at a small
cost, and should be used by librarians wherever possible.
Closer co-operation between public librarians and the pub-
lishing and library officials in Washington is to be desired.

BORIC ACID OCCURRING NATURALLY IN SOME FOODS.

Arthur H. Smith.

Among the common chemical preservatives which have been
used in foods and which are prohibited entirely or tolerated
under certain restrictions by the Federal Foods and Drugs Act,
as now enforced, are benzoic acid, salicylic acid, sulfurous acid,
boric acid and formaldehyde. Boric acid is used principally for
preserving meats, meat products, fish and dairy products. Its
presence can be detected readily by acidifying the ash of the
sample with hydrochloric acid and then dipping a piece of
turmeric paper into the solution. If boric acid is present the
yellow turmeric paper becomes red on drying.

In the course of some food analyses the writer had occasion
to test a sample of datenut butter which was made from dates
ground very fine, and peanut butter. The butter has the con-
sistency of a stiff jam and is very pleasing to the taste. I
obtained a positive but not a very strong test for boric acid.
It seemed unlikely that boric acid had been used as an artificial
preservative in such small quantities as evidently existed in
the material. I then tested some peanuts which had been
roasted but found no boric acid in them. Dates, however, gave
a test for boric acid when the acidified ash was tested with
turmeric paper. It was obvious, then, that the boric acid in
the datenut butter must be, in part, at least, naturally occurring
in the dates. Several European writers have reported the
occurrence of small amounts of boric acid in natural foodstuffs.
In the Analyst for 1914 is an abstract of an article by G. Bert-
rand and H. Agulhon in Bull. vSoc. Chim. 1913, 13, 824-827,
citing the occurrence of boric acid in milk and eggs. In the
Analyst for 1912 is an abstract of an article by L. Robin in
Eighth Int. Cong. App. Chem. 1912, Vol. 1, 429-432, in which
he states that boric acid is a natural constituten of wines. In
the Analyst for 1913 is an abstract of an article by V. Villa-
vecchia and I. Barboni in Ann. Lab. Chim. Cent, delle Gabelle
1912, 6, 27-68, in which the occurrence of boric acid in Italian
salt is discussed. In Zeit. Offentl. Chem. 1905, XI, 231-234,
is discussed the occurrence of boric acid in common salt.

The above mentioned facts led to experiments in which a
quantitative analysis for boric acid was made in some of our
common fruits. Because of the limited time and because of
lack of fresh fruits, dried fruits were used. The writer tried at

66

Dec, 191()J Boric Acid in Some Foods G7

first to measure the boric acid by comparing the colors in tubes
which contained about fifty cc. of solution. The standards
were boric acid dissolved in weak hydrochloric acid to which
was added some standard turmeric solution. In other tubes
were hydrochloric acid solutions of the iron free ash of the
sample to which a standard solution of turmeric had likewise
been added. The Schriner-Schorey colorimeter was used. The
quantities of boric acid in the fruits were so small, however,
that the depth of color given with the standard turmeric solution
was too weak to give accurate comparison.

The method finally used was one for estimating very small
quantities of boric acid in organic substances described by G.
Bertrand and H. Agulhon in Comptes rend. 1913, 157, 1433-
1436 and reported in the Analyst for 1914. Ten or twenty
grams of animal substance or one gram of vegetable substance
are mixed with sodium carbonate and ignited to ash which
need not be white. To the ash 5-10 cc. of phosphoric acid are
added and the whole transferred to a flask with 20 cc. of methyl
alcohol. The mixture is distilled and the distillate is collected
in a platinum dish containing 2 or 3 drops of sodium hydroxide
solution. A second portion of methyl alcohol is added and the
second distillate collected with the first. The combined distil-
lates are evaporated to dryness and the residue taken up with
3/2 cc. of tenth normal hydrochloric acid. A strip of turmeric
paper 3 mm. by 45 mm. is put into the hydrochloric acid solu-
tion so that about 20 mm. extends above the edge of the con-
taining vessel. The whole is set aside for 24 hours at room
temperature or for 3 hours at 30 degrees. The length of the
colored strip at the outer end of the turmeric paper is compared
with a similar colored strip on paper immersed in solutions
containing known amounts of boric acid. The method depends
on the formation of a volatile compound of methyl alcohol and
boric acid which is distilled over and the second portion of
alcohol is used to make sure that all of the boric acid is taken
over.

The standards for comparison are made by dissolving known
amount of boric acid in weak hydrochloric acid. The standards
must be treated exactly as the sample is treated — the same
quality of turmeric paper must be used, it must remain in the
solution the same length of time as the paper remains in the
solution of the sample and the turmeric paper must be placed
in each solution simultaneouslv. If these conditions are fol-

68 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 2,

lowed the writer found that the length of coloration of the
turmeric paper is directly proportional to the quantity of boric
acid present. For example where 0.2 mg. boric acid was used
the coloration measured 4.5 mm.; with 0.4 mg. it was 9 mm.;
with 0.6 mg. it was 13.5 mm. ; with O.S mg. it was 16.5 mm.
Experiments started at different times would show the same
proportionality but different numbers. With practice in
measuring the colored area on the strips the method becomes
as accurate as any good colorimetric analysis method such as
the determination of nitrates in water, for example.
Following is the data of the experiments:

TABLE I.

SAMPLE WEIGHT BORIC ACID PERCENT

Dates l.OOlOg 0.3 mg 0.0299

Dried Peaches 10054 0.066 0.0065

Dried Apricots 1.0174 0.022 0.00216

Prunes 1 0080 0.08 0.00792

Figs 1.0247 0.04 0.0039

Raisins 10178 0.05 0.0049

The writer had previously found boric acid in some sausages
and these were now examined quantitatively.

TABLE n.

SAMPLE WEIGHT BORIC ACID PERCENT

Wienerwursts (C. P. Co.) lO.OlSl g 0.05mg 0.00049

Pork Sausages (C. P. Co.) 4.3720 trace

The salt with which the meat was cured which was used in
the preparation of these sausages was then examined. Salt from
another packing house and also from a dairy was examined.

TABLE in.

SAMPLE WEIGHT BORIC ACID PERCENT

Salt (C. P. Co.) 4.0907 g 0.02mg 0.00045

Salt (D. P. Co.) 4.0886 0.02 0.00048

Salt (Dairy) 2.5600 0.02 0.00077

Among the fruits dates show the largest percentage of boric
acid with prunes next. The quantities in the other fruits and in
sausages and salt is insignificant. These results show that in
some of our common fruits, probably in meat and certainly in
common salt there are minute though measurable quantities of
boric acid occurring naturally. However, it does not seem
probable that these amounts of boric acid could injure the
persons eating the foods.

Ohio State University.

Date of Publication, December 28, 1916.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

PUBLISHED BV THE

Ohio State University Scientific Society

VolumeXVII JANUARY, 1917 No. 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Report of the Twenty-sixth Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science (59

HriUiARi) — What Has the Future for Geoloirists? (President's Address) S3

Sears — Amiotic Parthenogenesis in Taraxacum vulgare (Lam.) Schrk. and

Taraxacum Icevigatum (Willd.) DC 97

REPORT OF THE TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING
OF THE OHIO ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

The Twenty-sixth Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy
of Science was held at Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio,
on April 21 and 22, 191G, under the presidency of Professor
G. D. Hubbard of Oberlin College. Fifty-five members were
in attendance.

GENERAL PROGRAM.

Friday, April 21.

8:00 A. M. — Meetings of Committees.
9:00 A. M. — Business Meeting.
10:00 A. M. — Reading of Papers in General Session.
11:45 a. m. — Address by Prof. George D. Hubbard, President of the

Academy: "What Has the Future for Geologists?"
12:15 p. M. — Lunch, Ohio Union.
1 :30 p. M. — Reading of Papers in General Session.
3:00 p. M. — Reading of Papers, in Sectional Meetings.
5:45 p. M. — Dinner, Ohio Union, together with Ohio College Associa-
tion and Affiliated Societies.
7:30 P. M. — Joint Session with Ohio College Association and Affiliated
Societies.
Chairman, President Miner Lee Bates, of the Ohio College

Association, Hiram College.
Address of Welcome, President W. O. Thompson, Ohio

State University.
Address, Professor Charles H. Judd, University of Chicago:
"The More Complete Articulation of Higher Institu-
tions with the High Schools."
Informal Social Gathering of Members and Visitors.

69

70 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Saturday, April 22.

9:00 A. M. — Meeting of Ohio College Association — Symposium of
Addresses by Representatives of Affiliated Societies.

"The Relation of the College to Research," Professor
Lewis G. Westgate, Ohio Wesleyan University, repre-
senting the Ohio Academ}' of Science.

"Academic Relationships in the Training of Teachers,"
Dean H. C. Minnich, Miami University, representing
the Ohio Society of College Teachers of Education.

"The Training of Science and Mathematics Teachers,
Prospective and in Service," Professor George R.
Twiss, Ohio State University, representing the Associa-
tion of Ohio Teachers of Mathematics and Science.

"Mathematics and the College Curriculum," Professor
A. D. Pitcher, Western Reserve University, representing
the Ohio Section of the Mathematical Association of
America.
10:45 A. M. — Reading of Papers in General Session.
11:45 A. M. — Adjourned Business Meeting.

MINUTES OF BUSINESS MEETINGS.

The first lousiness session was called to order by President
Hubbard at 9:00 A. M., on Friday, April 21. An adjourned
session was held at 11 :45 on the following morning.

The appointment of the following committees for the
meeting was announced by the chair:

Committee on Membership — C. G. Shatzer, E. P. Durrant,
Frank Carney.

Committee on Resolutions — L. B. Walton, Frank R. Elliott,
A. B. Plowman.

Committee on Necrology — W. C. Mills, J. S. Hine, J. H.
Schaffner.

The following Auditing Committee was elected by the
Academy: C. G. Shatzer, W^. R. Lazenby.

The following Nominating Committee was elected by the
ballot of the Academy just before the close of the first business
session : F. C. Blake, F. L. Landacre, Frank Carney.

Report of the Secretary.
The following report by the Secretary was received and

ordered filed:

Delaware, Ohio, April 19, 1916.

The work of the Secretary since the last Annual Meeting has been
largely routine.

A report of the Anniversary Meeting was printed in the Ohio
Journal of Science and in Science; and notice of the present meeting

Jan., 1917] Report Ohio Academy of Science 71

has been sent to Ihc Icadinj^^ dailies in Columbus, Cincinnati, Cleveland
and Toledo.

As directed by the Academy, letters containing the relevant por-
tions of the report presented at the last meeting by the Committee on
Resolutions were sent to the societies naming delegates to the Anni-
versary Meeting, to all delegates in attendance, and to other indi\-iduals
and organizations mentioned in the resolutions.

The Secretary has also followed the instructions of the Academy
in rex'ising and reprinting the circular of information concerning the
scope of the work of the Academy. The revised circular was mailed
with the preliminary announcement of this meeting.

At the last meeting the Secretary reported correspondence with
Dean Leutner, Secretary of the Ohio College Association, concerning
the desirability of an active co-operation of the Academy with the
College Association. The change in the date of the annual meeting of
the Academy has made such co-operation possible and natural. Further
correspondence and conferences with the members of the Program
Committee and with Dean Leutner have resulted in the present arrange-
ment of the program. It may be noted that a rather unusually small
number of titles on the Academy program has facilitated this co-opera-
tion. A fuller program might well lead to complications. In view of
this fact, it may be wise for the i\cademy to take action at this meeting,
instructing next year's Secretary and Program Committee as to the
desirability of continuing, extending, or restricting this affiliation with
the Ohio College Association and other societies.

Respectfully submitted,

Edward L. Rice, Secretary.

Report of the Treasurer for the Year 1916.

The report of the Treasurer was received as follows, and
referred to the Auditing Committee:

For the year since otn- last annual meeting, the receipts, including
balance from last year, have amounted to .$547. 70, and the expenditures
to $249.57, leaving a cash balance of $29S.13.

RECEIPTS.

Balance from last year $171.30

For sale of publications 9S.40

Membership dues 27S.00

Total $547.70

EXPENSES.

Miscellaneous expenses $ 64.57

185 subscriptions to The Ohio Journal of Science 1S5.00

Balance April 21, 1910 298.13

Total $547.70

Respectfully submitted,

Jas. S. Hine, Treasurer.

72 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Report of the Executive Committee.

The report of the Executive Committee was received as
follows and ordered filed.

Delaware, Ohio, April 21, I'JKi.

Since the last Annual Meeting of the Academy two joint meetings
of the Executive Committee and Publication Committee have been
called— December 28, 1915, and April 21, 191(i.

At the first meeting it was decided to hold the Annual Meeting of
the Academy for 1916 in Columbus on April 21 and 22, in affiliation
with the meeting of the Ohio College Association. The details of
co-operation were left to the Program Committee for adjustment.

Owing to scanty attendance at this meeting, the consideration of
the publication of the addresses presented at the Anniversary Meeting
(referred by the Academy to the joint committees) was deferred. At
the meeting of April 21 it was decided, after discussion, that the finan-
cial condition of the Academy will permit the publication of all the
addresses in the Report of the Anniversary Meeting, and the Publication
Committee was instructed to proceed with the publication.

vSince the last Annual Meeting two applications for membership
have been approved by the Executive Committee. These names will
be presented to the Academy later for ratification.

Respectfully submitted,

Edward L. Rice, Secretary.

Report of the Emerson McMillin Research Ftmd.

The following report of the Trustees of the Research Fund
was received and referred to the Auditing Committee.

For that part of the year 1915-1(), dating from Nov. 2.5, 1915 to .April 21, lOld.

Receipts:- - > - -

Unappropriated balance Nov. 25, 1915 $204.91

Check from Emerson McMillin 250.00

$514.91

Expenditures.
Dec. 4, 1915. L. B. Walton, for research ().50

$508.41
Assignments for 1910-17.

S. R. Williams and W. H. Shideler \ $25.00

L. S. Hopkins ' 50.00

B. W. Wells 50.00

F. L. Landacre ■. 75.00

$200.00

Leaving an unassigned balance in the Treasury, A]3ril 21, lOK). .$308.41

William R. Lazenby, Chairman.

Jan., 1917] Report Ohio Academy of Science 73

Report of the Publication Committee.

The report of the Pubhcation Committee was received as
follows and ordered filed.

The committee has piiblisliccl no reports since the November
meeting.

The committee recommends that after the publication of the
reports of the 25th meeting, the Proceedings of the Academy be enlarged
to the standard magazine size, 7 x 10 inches.

John H. Schaffner, Chairman.

Report of the Library Committee.

For the Library Committee, Professor Mills made an oral
report, introducing Mr. Reeder, of the Ohio State University
Library. The following report by Mr. Reeder was received
and ordered filed.

To the Ohio Academy of Science:

The University Library begs to report that it has cared for all the
accessions to the Library of the Academy which have been received
since the November meeting, 1915. The deposit has been moved to
Deck 5, in the book stack, on which floor is shelved the Library's file of
reports and proceedings of scientific societies.

During the period covered by this report, publications of the
Academy have been sold to the amount of S22.0U. This suni has been
turned over to the Treasurer.

All correspondence, concerning the publications of the Academy
and its exchanges, has been given prompt attention and is on file in the
University Library.

Very respectfuUv,

C. W. Reeder.
April 21, 1916.

Report of the Committee on the Ohio Journal of Science.

The Committee on the Relation of the Academy to the Ohio
Journal of Science presented a divided report. The majority
favored the continuance of the present relation, modified
somewhat in the direction of a closer affiliation; a minority
recommended "that the present relationship of the Academy
and the Ohio Journal of Science be terminated, and a com-
mittee be appointed to consider the question of some form of
Academy publication, as ample and representative as our income
will permit. "

74 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

After extended discussion, the Academy took the fohowing
actions :

1. That the Committee on the Relation of the Academy
to the Ohio Journal of Science be instructed to formulate more
definitely the two plans, proposed respectively in the majority
and minority reports, and to submit both to the membership
of the Academy for an expression of opinion, this to be con-
sidered not as a formal ballot, but merely as a guide in the
further consideration of the question by the next Annual
Meeting.

2. That the i\cademy request the appointment upon the
Editorial Board of the Journal of one representative from each
organized section of the Academy. (Note — The Secretary has
received notice of the cordial agreement of the management of
the Journal to this request.)

3. That the detailed arrangements for the coming year be
referred to the Executive Committee with power.

No formal report was presented by the Committee on
Legislation. The Committee was continued.

Report of Committee on Catalog of Scientific Journals.

The following report was presented by Mr. Reeder, of the
Ohio State University Library, for the Committee on Catalog
of Scientific Journals. The report was received and ordered
filed and the Committee continued to carry on the work.

April 21, 191G.
To the Ohio Academy of Science:

The Committee on the Union Catalog of Scientific Periodicals begs
leave to submit the following report:

At a meeting held during the sessions of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, at the Ohio State University, December,
1915, it was decided to co-operate with the College Section of the Ohio
Library Association in the preparation, not of a purely scientific catalog,
but in a catalog of all periodical sets in Ohio Libraries. The College
Section of the Library Association, at its annual meeting in October,
1915, appointed a committee consisting of Messrs. Miller (Ohio Wes-
leyan). Read (Cincinnati), and Reeder (Ohio State), to begin the
preparation of a Union Catalog which would be of assistance to the
Universities and Colleges in handling requests for the inter-library loan
of books and volumes of sets. The Committee of the Academy felt that
such a Union Catalog, if complete, would include the scientific and
technical sets, and therefore duplicate the catalog planned by the
Academy. It was decided that co-operation in this undertaking was

Jan., 1017] Re l)0)'t Ohio Academy of Science 75

advisable. Air. C. W. Rceder, rc])rescntmg both the Library Associa-
tion and the Academy, was instructed to draw up a statement outlining
in detail the plans of both organizations for the preparation of the joint
union catalog. After considerable correspondence, the following state-
ment, which was to be sent to libraries, was agreed upon:

UNION C.VIWLOG OK PERIODIC.JiL SETS IN OHIO LIBR.\R1ES.

The Ohio Academy of Science and the College Section of the Ohio Library
Association, jointly, propose to compile a Union Catalog of the periodical and
scientific sets (except documents) in the libraries of the State. This catalog is
to be made on cards, (Library Bureau No. 33030 or any 3x5 stock) and filed with
the Ohio State Universit}- Library, the official depository of the Ohio Academy
of Science. Ultimately the Academy hopes to print this imion catalog for the
benefit both of librarians and of scientists. However, until printed, it will be
possible for any one to write directly to the Ohio State University Library and
secure information concerning the location of any scientific set in the State.

The Library of Congress rules will be followed in main entry. If a series
has ceased publication, or has not been continued, the closed entry will be used as
V. 1-10, 1865-1874. If the series is being continued, the open entry will be used, as
v. 1, 1900- .

When the cards are received at the University Library, the}^ will be stamped
with the name of the sending library, and filed in the Union Catalog. If desired,
any library may add its classification marks to the catalog cards.

It is recommended that the deposit include all the periodical sets (except
documents) in the possession of the co-operating libraries.

The Ohio Academy of Science has been working on such a proposition for
several years, and much of preliminary data has been received. At the October,
1915, meeting of the Ohio Library Association, a committee was named to compile
a Union Catalog of periodical ?ets, so that librarians might know where sets are
when needed by them in the various universities and colleges.

Therefore this joint effort of the two associations as outlined above, will
bring into existence a bibliographical tool, the value of which will be indispensable
to the college librarians and to the scientists of the Ohio Academy.

You are urged to co-operate in this undertaking by sending to the Ohio State
University Library, the card record of your periodical sets, excluding documents.

The next step consisted in the preparation of a list of the libraries
which would be invited to submit the record of their periodical sets.
After correspondence, the following thirty-nine institutional libraries
were selected:

Adelbert College Library.

Akron Municipal University Library.

Antioch College Library.

Baldwin -Wallace College Library.

Case Library (Cleveland).

Case School of Applied Science Library.

Cincinnati Public Library.

Cincinnati L^niversity Library.

Cleveland Ptiblic Library.

Columbus Public Library.

Dayton Public Library.

Denison University Library.

Hebrew Union Theological Seminary Library.

Heidelberg University Library.

Hiram College Library.

^6 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Kcnyon College Library.

Lake Erie College Library.

Lloyd Library (Cincinnati).

Marietta College Library.

Mechanics Library, Cincinnati.

Miami University Library.

Oberlin College Library.

Ohio State Library.

Ohio State University Library.

Ohio University Library.

Ohio Wesleyan University Library.

Ohio Archaeological & Historical Society Library.

Otterbein College Library.

St. Ignatius College Library.

St. John's University Library.

St. Mary's College Library.

St. Xavier's College Library.

Toledo University College Library.

Toledo Public Library.

Western College for Women Library.

Western Reserve University College for Women Library.

Wilberforce University Library.

Wittenberg College Library.

Wooster College Library.

Letters with enclosure of the statement of plans were sent out to
these libraries on March 24 and 25, 191G. To date, favorable replies
have been received from eighteen (18) as follows:

Adelbert College Library.

Akron Municipal University Library.

Antiocli College Library.

Case School of Applied Science Library.

Cincinnati Public Library.

Cleveland Public Library.

Hiram College Library.

Lloyd Library (Cincinnati).

Mechanics Library (Cincinnati).

Miami University Library.

Oberlin College Library.

Ohio vState Library.

Ohio State University Library.

Ohio University Library.

Ohio Archaeological and Historical Society Library.

Ohio Wesleyan University Library.

Toledo Pul^lic Library.

Wittenberg College Library. ,.

In two cases, the contributions have been sent in for the Union
Catalog. Case School of Applied Science has printed a pamphlet giving
the titles of sets and their completeness. Lloyd Library has issued as

Jan., I'.ll ( I Report Ohio Academy of Science 77

Biblioj^^raphical Conlribuiion, V. II, No. 1, "Catalogue of the Periodical
Literature in the Lloyd Library," 104 pp. Two copies of these printed
records have been secured, the entries have been clipped and pasted
on cards, ready for filing.

It is not necessary to go into the detailed questions which are arising
in connection with the preparation of these records in the various
libraries. The points are numerous, but each is being given consid-
eration so that this Union Catalog may approach, as far as possible, the
acme of perfection.

Some letters reveal conditions which must be \^ery disheartening to
both the librarians and to the users, many of whom are members of the
Academy.

"We do not have at present any separate list or catalogue of our
periodical sets."

"A certain proportion of our periodical sets, just how large I cannot
at present say, have never been classified or catalogued."

"Our periodicals have never been catalogued and we have only
memorandum records at present."

The Committee recognizes that the request made upon the various
libraries entails some work and perhaps some readjustment. If, how-
ever, this request will cause some libraries to straighten out the condi-
tions surrounding the periodical sets, to make catalogs, to classify, to
purchase or fill in missing volumes, and in general to improve the
records, then at least one tangible result, with some attendant good,
has been accomplished, not only beneficial to the libraries, but also to
the members of the Academy and other users.

The Committee suggests that the members of the Academy, who
come from institutions which have not 3^et signified their intention of
joining this co-operative undertaking, should use their influence with
the library authorities to prepare the data desired for the Union Catalog.

Very truly yovirs,

C. W. Reeder,

For the Committee.

Election of Officers.

From the double slate of nominations prepared by the
Nominating Committee, the following of^cers for 1916-17 were
elected by the ballot of the Academy:

President — Professor F. O. Grover, Oberlin College, Oberlin.
Vice-President for Zoology — Professor Stephen R. Williams, Miami
University, Oxford.

Vice-President for Botany — Professor E. L. Fullmer, Baldwin-
Wallace College, Berea.

Vice-President for Geolof^y — Professor August Foerste, Steele High
School, Dayton.

Vice-President for Physics — Professor Al. E. Graber, Heidelberg
Universitv, Tiffin.

78 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Secretary — Professor E. L. Rice, Ohio Wesleyan University,
Delaware.

Treasurer — Professor J. S. Hine, Ohio State University, Columbus.

Elective Members of Executive Committee — Professor Bruce Fink,
Miami University, Oxford; Professor L. B. Walton, Kenyon College,
Gambler.

Member of Publication Committee— Professor J. A. Culler, Miami
University, O.xford.

Trustee of Research Fund — Professor M. M. Metcalf, Oberlin
College, Oberhn.

Member of Library Committee — Mr. C. W. Reeder, Ohio vState
University, Columbus.

Election of Members.

The Membership Committee reported fifteen names for
election to membership, marked with * in the following list;
two additional names already approved by the Executive Com-
mittee were also presented for ratification. The entire list was
elected as follows:

* Baker, Rollo C, Anatomy, O. S. U., Columbus.

* Cole, Archie E., Zoology, Plymouth.

* Cole, Margaret, Biology, Plymouth.

* Forman, Johnathan, Pathology, Medical College, N. Park St., Columbus.
Harmount, Geo. P., Geology, Archeology, 2290 Indianola Ave., Columbus.

* Knouff, Ralph A., Anatomy, O. S. U., Columbus.

* McCloy, James H., Physics, Westerville.

* McPeek, Clayton, Physiology, 110 W. First Ave., Columlxis.

* Martin, Benj., Entomology, Zoology, Berea.

* Okey, Catharine W., Anatomy, Zoology, O. S. U., Columbus.

* Reed, Carlos I., Physiology, 97 Price St., Columbus.

* Reeder, C. W., Library, O. S. U., Columbus.

. * Scott, Ernest, Pathology, Medical College, N. Park St., Columbus.

* Stehlc, Maliel E., Zoology, Entomology, 100 Mithoff St., Columbus.
Stout, Harry O., Botanyj Geology, Agriculture, Zoology, 1031 Alger St.,

Fremont.

* Warren, James H., Anatomy, Medical College, N. Park St., Columbus.

* Weston, William H., Jr., Bo'tany, Zoology, Biological Laboratory, Adelbert
College, Clevekmd.

In view of the work of Mr. Reeder in connection with the
library of the Academy, it was voted that his membership dues
be remitted, as was formerly provided by the Constitution in
case of the Librarian.

Report of the Committee on Resolutions.

The following report was presented by the Committee on
Resolutions, and adopted by the Academy.

Resolved, That the Academy heartily thank the authorities of the
State University and the members of the Local Committee for their
efforts in making the 20th Annual Meeting one successful in every way.

Jan., 10171 Report Ohio Academy of Science 79

Resolved, That the members of the Academy formally thaiik Mr.
Emerson AIcMillm for his continued support of research work in Ohio.
Resolved, That the Academy express its appreciation of the work,
done by Mr. Reeder of the University Library for his efforts in connec-
tion with cataloging the scientific literature of Ohio.

(Signed), L. B. Walton,

Frank R. Elliott,
A. B. Plowman.

The Report of the Committee on Necrology.

The following report was presented by the Committee on
Necrology :

It becomes our painful duty, as Committee on Necrology, to report
the death of two members of the Ohio Academy of Science. Professor
F. M. Webster, of Washington, D. C, and Prof. John Royer, of
Bradford, Ohio.

Prof. Webster's death came very unexpectedly. He came to Colum-
bus during the holiday recess to attend the meeting of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science. He arrived in the city
on Monday and the Chainnan of your Committee had the pleasure of
meeting him at that time, and had quite a talk with him concerning old
associations of the Academy. He expressed to me at that time, his
regret that he was unable to attend the Quarter Centennial of the Acad-
emy but was glad to be back in Columbus and see the old places he knew
in early days.

Prof. Webster was connected with the Bureau of Entomology,
Washington, D. C. He died at Grant Hospital, Monday morning,
January 3, 191G. He was taken ill on Wednesday evening preceding his
death. After being stricken with his final illness, he felt sure of a speedy
recovery, but as the days went by, he became worse and was taken to
the hospital, where he passed away in a short time.

Prof. Webster was one of the most prominent of American ento-
mologists and his death wall be mourned by scientists in all parts of the
world. His home was in Kensington, Md., and his office was at the
Department of Agriculture in Washington.

Professor Webster was born at Lebanon, N. H., August S, 1S49.
He received his degree of M. S. from the Ohio University in 1893.

From 18S2 to 1884 he was State Entomologist for Illinois. Following
the tennination of his position, he was connected with the Government
Agricultural Station until 1904, when he was placed in charge of cereal
and forage-crop insect investigation for the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture. Professor Webster was one of the most prominent scientists in
the Government service. He was sent to Melbourne, Australia, as
special representative to the International Exposition held in that city
in 1S88-1891. He also was sent to Tasmania and New Zealand to study
agricultural methods in these countries.

At the time of his death he was President of the Biological Society
of Washington. Professor Webster was very active in the affairs of the

80 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Academy in its early years and was elected as third President of the
Academy in 1894; during all of the time of his connection with the
Experiment Station at Wooster he was very active in Academy work,
presenting many papers and taking an active interest in discussions.

He was ex-President of the Association of Economic Entomology,
ex-President of the Society of Entomology at Washington, D. C,
ex-President of the National Geographical Society, ex-President of the
American Association of Naturalists, and an honorary member of many
other scientific associations and societies of the country. His contribu-
tions to scientific pul^lications, ha\-e been of special interest to scientists
from all parts of the world; and in this way he made himself one of the
most important men in the service of the government.

Professor John Roycr died at Bradford, Ohio, October 13, l'.)l.').
He was born January 31, 184.).

Professor Royer was one of the early educators in Ohio, having
spent more than forty years of his life as a teacher. He taught in the
■schools of Ansonia, Gettysburg, Versailles and Pleasant Hill, and was
the first man to recei\'e a certificate as a teacher in Darke County.

Professor Royer was the publisher of many books. Royer's Mental
Arithmetic had a wide circulation, more than 120,000 of these books
having been sold.

He also published Royer's Geography, which had quite a sale, as
well as Royer's Course in English.

At one time Prof. Royer was editor of The School Visitor, which was
published at Columbus and at \^ersailles, Ohio. He afterwards sold
his interest in this publication to The Ohio Teachers Magazine, with
which it was merged.

Professor Royer spent the last ten years of his life in retirement.

Wm. C. Mills,
John H. Schaffner,

J. S. HiNK.

Report of the Auditing Committee.

The Auditing Committee presented the following report,
which wa.s accepted and ordered filed.

April 21, lOK).

The committee appointed by the Ohio Academy of Science to audit
the books of the Treasurer, has examined the accounts and finds them
as reported.

The committee appointed by the Ohio Academy of Science to audit
the books of the Treasurer of the Emerson McMillin Research Fund,
has examined the accounts and finds them as reported.

Respectfully,

C. G. Shatzer,
William R. Lazenby.

The meeting adjourned without determining the place of
the next meeting.

Jan., U)17| Report Ohio Academy of Science 81

Scientific' Sessions.
The com])lete scientific program of the meeting follows:

Presidential A ddress.
What Has the Future for Geologists? G. D. Hubijard

Addresses in Joint Session with Ohio College Association
and Affiliated Societies.

(See Page 69).

Papers.

1. Parthenogenesis in the Dandelion. 20 min. (Lantern) Paul B. Sears

2. Exploration of Tremper Mound. 30 min. (Lantern) W. C. Mills

3. The Educational Value of Wood Study. 10 min. (Lantern) . . A. B. Plowman

4. Botanizing in Porto Rico. 30 min. (Lantern) Bruce Fink

5. Parallelism between the Cystid Agelacrinites (fossil) and the Holothurian

Psolus (recent), with Demonstrations. 15 min Stephen R. Williams

(). The Axial Rotation of Microorganisms and its Evolutionary Significance.

10 min L. B . Walton

7. A New Method for Marking Slides. 3 min Paul B. Sears

S. Notes on Ohio Tingitidas. G min Carl J. Drake

9. Insect Population of Grasslands. 12 min. (Lantern) Herbert Osborn

10. Genitalia of the Bedbug, with special reference to a Unicjue Method of

Copulation. 7 min. (Lantern) P. B. Wiltberger

11. The Origin of the Gasserian and Profundus Ganglia in Rana. 5 min.

Ralph A. Knouff, introduced by F. L. Landacre

12. The Fusion of the Gasserian and Profundus Ganglia in Ple+hodon. 5 rnin.

Katherine Okey, introduced by F. L. L.andacre

13. The Origin of the Placodal Ganglia in Squalus. 7 min.

C. I. Reed, introduced by F. L. Landacre

14. Concerning Thyroid Glands in Amphibia. 10 min. (Lantern).

R. A. BUDINGTON

IT). Feeding Thymus and Thyroid Extracts, b min E. P. Durrant

16. Notes on Protozoa, (a) A Review of the Arcellidae. (b) Supplement

to the Euglenoidina. 6 min L. B. Walton

17. Notes on Birds. 10 min H. A. Albyn

18. A New Three-Salt Nutrient Solution for Sand and Water Cultures.

10 min A. G. McC\li:>

19. An Adjustment of the Sliding Microtome for Cutting Lignified Tissue.

2 min Forest B. H. Brown

20. Notes on the Structure and Function of the Green Layer of the Bark of

Woody Plants. 8 min. (Lantern) Forest B. H. Brown

21. The Distribution of Fungi in Porto Rico. 10 min Bruce Fink

22. The Genus Physcia in Ohio. 10 min,

Martha McGinniss, introduced by Bruce Fink

23. Decrease of Permeability with Age (Preliminary Note). 5 min.

H. M. Benedict

24. Methods of Spore Formation in the Zygncmalcs. 10 min. . . .E. N. Tr.\nseau

82 The Ohio Journal of Science [\o\. XVII, No. 3,

25. Notes on the Germination of Tree Seeds. 10 min William R. Lazenby

26. The Quince Leaf-Spot. 10 min W. G. Stover

27. A Blade Blight of Corn. 10 min W. G. Stover and W. N. Ankeney

28. The Occurrence of the Volutella Rot in Ohio. 5 min. .Gustav A. Meckstroth

29. Observations on the Ontogeny of the Gall of Pachypsylla mama Riley.

30 min. (Lantern) '. B. W. Wells

30. On Wavemarks. 10 min. (Lantern) W.\lter H. Bucher

31. The Northward Extension of the Physiographic Provinces of the United

States. 20 min " W. N. Thayer

32. Additions to the Anatomy of Lepadocystis moorei. 5 min. . . W. H. Shideler

33. Resistance of Electrolytes by a modification of Kohlrausch's Method.

12 min M. E. Graber

3-1:. Demonstration of Apparatus showing Analogy between Reactance
Phenomena in Alternating Current Circuits and in Fluids. 15 min.

F. C. Caldwell

35. Absorption of High Frequency X-rays, l.j min. . S. J. M. Allen

36. x\ Relative Score Method for Unmeasured Characters. 10 min. . A. G. McC.\ll

37. The Revegetation of the Katmai District of Alaska. 35 min. (Lantern),

Robert F. Griggs

38. The Symbols used in Geometry John H. Williams

39. Crystals W. N. Speckman

Demonstrations .

1. Certain Points in the Celloidin Method A. B. Plowman

2. A Recent Ohio Specimen of Henslow's Sparrow Edward L. Rice

Edward L. Rice, Secretary.

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS.

WHAT HAS THE FUTURE FOR GEOLOGISTS?

George D. Hubhard.

At the last meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science we had
an able review of the accomplishments in the field of Geology
during the last quarter century. Today I want to ask you to
look with me ahead perhaps even farther.

In my desire to take this forward look I am prompted by a
question put to me more than a year ago, by a man with wide
experience and observation. His question was the one in my
subject: "What has the future for the Geologist?" And he
added (by way of comment) that to him it seemed that the days
of the Geologist were limited; that there was little more to do
in this science except to conserve what knowledge we have and
hand it down from generation to generation. He further
granted that General Geology had a cultural value and hence
should continue to be taught in our Colleges and Universities.
His question may have been suggested by the fact that several
State Geologic vSurveys have already issued what purport to be
"Final Reports."

I had not really taken stock in the manner best suited to
provide me an answer to his question, but I felt quite sure he
had underestimated our ability to find a job. I have therefore
been hunting for the answer to his question for more than a
year. In this connection I want to say further that if this
man had not had time to look up the future for Geologists
more thoroughly than his comments suggested, there may be
others who have not taken time to see the new horizons.

It may not be any more amiss for a Geologist to consider his
market as well as his equipment than it is for a merchant to
study the needs of his community, as well as his stock in trade.
Furthermore I must needs make my appearance here today; and
the matter freshest in mind and most vital to my kind, may be
more acceptably presented than matter less fresh and less
vital, though more thoroughly known.

Well might the Geologist be proud if he had mastered his
field and there yet remained nothing to do but to conserve his

83

84 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

stock and perpetuate his race. We are ready to grant that
geology is a cultural subject of no mean proportions, and that
able teachers should be continually turned out to apply this
culture to the rest of mankind. AVe believe men and women
can live better for the vision a survey of our science can give,
and we wish that many more than at present might gain that
vision. But we are not ready to grant the rest. We believe
that Latin and Greek are dead languages and yet that they have a
cultural value and should be taught to large numbers of young
people by competent teachers, and that a few of these young
people should pursue the languages far enough to become in
turn competent teachers.

We believe that geology is not in its coffin, nor on its dying
bed. To establish this belief one can profitably note what yet
remains to be done in several geologic lines, and the present
rate of progress along these lines.

1. In the field of topographic mapping, the first serious
work undertaken in any new region by our Federal survey, there
is yet something to be done. The United States and Alaska are
large enough that w^hen mapped on the scale now most generally
used, one mile equals one inch, 16,000 sheets will be necessary
to contain them. We have been making these maps at the
rate of some 200 per annum recently. At this rate eight}^ years
will yet be needed to cover our land. And this is only prelimi-
nary to geologic work. This scale is much smaller than is used
for the more refined work done in England, Switzerland and
Germany. We have a few sheets for important mining regions
or other special places on a larger scale. See California Alluvial
Valley; sheets of Grand Canyon and Yosemite, Aspen and
Mother Lode regions. Perhaps 35% of Europe is topograph-
ically mapped on some scale adequate for other geologic work.
Portions of Egypt, all of Palestine, portions of India, China,
Brazil and South Africa, patches in Australia, most of Japan and
New Zealand, and small areas in Southern Canada are also
mapped. Nearly all, however, of the earth outside of the
United States and Europe is still unmapped on such scales, and
progress thereon will be generally slow. When the United
States and the countries of Europe have completed their work at
home they will find many years of work yet to do in other
continents. When most of the land is mapped on a scale of one
mile to the inch many areas can very profitably be mapped on

Jan., lUlTj The Future For Geologists 85

a larger scale for more refined areal geology than can be done on
the smaller scales.

2. In the field of areal geology — mapping by means of
colors or designs the distribution of the rocks of each age or
kind ^thc present time finds relatively little territory covered.
In the United States about 200 folios have been published.
Each covers from one to sixteen of the one inch to the mile
sheets, or in all, about 850 quadrangles, or nearly 200, 000
square miles. At the present rate of progress our countrv will
last the Federal survey nearly 500 years. It may be said,
however, that a good deal of work has been done by State
surveys of about the same quality, some even better, and that
this time may be cut down one-half. The countries of Europe
are not as a whole far in advance of the United States, and most
of the rest of the world has not been disturbed by any such
refined work.

Mapping on the scale of one mile to the inch does not call for
careful enough field work to even open many of the problems of
geology. Some of our State surveys, some private companies,
and occasional parties in the Federal survey have undertaken
local studies of a much more detailed nature than the general
run of work on the above scale. For example, see Butte,
Montana, and Bisbee, Arizona, regions.

Geologists have made many generalizations and have built
up many working hypotheses for all kinds of purposes. Of
course, the work in the field upon which they are built has not
yet gone far enough to thoroughly test the validity or falsity
of either the generalizations or the hypotheses. Not until
the evidence is all in can we say the laws are known. Better
working hypotheses and more reliable statements of principles
are appearing every year in the various fields of geology, while
the older theories and statements having served their day
as stepping stones are cast aside. Even in the mapping of
areal geology and the interpretations thereof, the field is almost
infinite, if the whole world be taken into account, and the scale
be large enough to show what details can really be seen.

3. In the field of stratigraphy and stratigraphic interpreta-
tion the Geologist uses the areal work just discussed and
attempts to unravel the succession of events — the chronology
of geology. It is by this means in part that he has been able to
assign units of time to his geologic history of the earth. Breaks

86 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

in the succession of rock layers indicate breaks in the process of
sedimentation. Such a break is called an unconformity.
The size of the area over which the unconformity extends and
the amount of the break are used in determining the rank of the
unconformity, i. e., whether it shall be used simply to mark the
limits of two formations, or to mark the boundary between
two systems or groups of rocks, or two periods or eras of time.
Just as birthdays count off years so local and slight breaks or
changes in the sedimentation mark off short time units; and just
as centennial and millennial celebrations mark oft' hundreds and
thousands of years, so widespread unconformities and great
breaks in the geologic record mark off the larger periods and
even larger eras of time.

In recent years unconformities of considerable significance
have been found where they have been passed over unnoticed
before. Perhaps others are yet to be found; and probably some
now known only locally will be found to be very extensive.
It is only by the careful study of hundreds or thousands of
exposures over broad areas and the most judicious correlation
from place to place that the facts of the extent and the amount
of a given break can be known. Here then, is ample reason
for the most detailed stratigraphic work over all known lands.

If enough were known of the unconformities and the char-
acter of each layer of rock wherever it occurs, it might be
possible to plot on a map the distribution of lands and seas at
any given time. Such mapping and the interpretation that
goes with it is called paleogeography. It has been but a few
years that men have had sufficient data to attempt such map-
ping. The first maps were supposed to give the extent of seas,
bays, gulfs, and land areas for a whole period. They were
in the same order of accuracy as a historical map of Europe
which should attempt to show on a single map the distribution
of the nations through the whole Christian era. In Europe in
1915-16 it is necessary to date the map to the month and the day
to make it right. Paleogeography cannot be considered far
advanced until it can produce one map for each of a hundred or
more dates throughout the earth's sedimentary history, not
only for one continent, but for six, with some intercontinental
connections. In order to make such maps it will be necessary
to have an enormous body of data for the area and for each
particular horizon mapped. We cannot hope for perfect

Jan., U)l/j The Future For Gcoolgists 87

maps of sea and land, rivers and mountains, shorelines, islands,
straits and bays for every horizon over large areas; but if we
knew all the facts now recorded in the rocks of North America
we might be able to make a map for each of many horizons,
which would bo of profound significance and interest to the
paleontologist, the biologist, the economic geologist and the
geographer.

Many paleogeographic maps have recently been made.
One set of about fifty by Charles Schuchert, of Yale, is a marvel
of what the paleogeographer can do. The series of final,
correct maps of a continent can not possibly be made until all
the continent has been mapped areally, and all correlations
of strata and unconformities have been established.

All stratigraphic geologists are interested in making as
complete a columnar, stratigraphic section as possible. Mani-
festly such sections in separate localities cannot be alike,
unless the localities had the same conditions at the same
interval throughout all of geologic time. The correlation of
all sections one with another is a step in the making of the
paleogeographic maps, and in the interpretation of the strati-
graphy of a continent. Such correlation is done on the basis of
rock character and fossils. Let me quote a few lines from
Schuchert, in Pirsson and Schuchert's Text Book in Geology,
page 450, which may contribute to the problems, both of uncon-
formities and the making of the column. "These breaks are
known to be many, but they are far greater in number, and their
time durations, although admittedly very variable, are far
longer than is usually believed to be the case. The geologic
column will probably never be completed on the basis of the
recoverable physical and organic evidence, but it will grow into
greater perfection for a long time, through the discovery of
formation after formation along the lines (levels) of these
breaks. "

4. The Paleontologic record in the rocks is largely yet to be
deciphered. At present every paleontologist recognizes great
breaks in the biologic succession. So numerous and great
are these gaps that the theory of evolution of later from earlier
forms cannot yet be considered a principle or law. Not until
a column is completed, and that too of fossiliferous strata, can
we know just what has been the succession of forms. The
paleontologist must go on collecting as the study of areal

88 ' The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

geology proceeds, and the paleogeographic maps grow, and
multiply, and the columnar section becomes more complete,
until such a time as he can have a complete series of forms from
the beginning to the present. Then he may be able to answer
the great question whether each flora and fauna has developed
from a previous ensemble of life by gradual transitional changes,
or has arisen by a sudden large change, or a creative fiat at
some critical moment. Since this work of a biologic nature
cannot precede, but must follow the stratigraphic and paleo-
geographic work it means many more years and probably
centuries before the geologist need lay down his hammer and
spade.

If there are enchainments, to use Gaudry's term, between
species of one period and those of the next, our field studies
ought to find them. V^ery few have yet been found, but in most
cases there is rather a biologic hiatus. I have faith to believe
that within the next thousand years or so a considerable number
of real enchainments will be established. We may also find
many actual centers of dispersion where the evolution of a
fauna has gone rapidly forward in a more or less restricted area
and from which the new forms have spread in startling sudden-
ness and profusion. Indeed it is possible as we push our
research farther and farther back and finally have mapped and
studied minutely all stratified rocks from all parts of the earth
that we shall find the beginnings of many of our large types of
life. We may even find substantial paleontologic evidence for
the evolution of man from the lower, more primitive and
generalized mammals.

A few figures will present the biologic possibilities in a very
different way. Pratt in 1911, estimated the described forms
of animals to be a little over a half million. A recent estimate
of the number of fossil animal species described gives 100,000.
The 500,000 living forms were taken from one geologic period
at one time. The 100,000 fossil forms were taken from the
whole geologic section, which undoubtedly includes hundreds of
geologic "times," any one of which w^as as long as the present,
had as distinct a fauna as the present, and perhaps as many
species with hard or preservable parts as we have now. Of
course, our recent 500,000 described forms does not include
nearly all of the living forms, possibly not 20%, and this
ratio may be similar to the ratio of animals with hard parts

Jan., H)1<1 The Future For Geologists 89

to all animals. Probably too, life has become more diverse than
it was in the early geologic times, but after making all necessary
and reasonal)le allowances, it seems probable that we do not
yet know one per cent of the forms that have lived and possessed
hard parts, and certainly not more than one-tenth of one per
cent of all forms that have lived. Butterflies are preservable
in the geologic record. Twenty-two species have been described
half of which came from one place and one horizon, while there
have been described of living forms about 13,000 species.
With this present incompleteness of our knowledge, is it any
wonder that we do not succeed in establishing biologic con-
catenations as frequently as we wish? And how long will
it take to discover the rest of the 10,000,000 preserved species?
So far we can agree wath a statement of Huxley that "the whole
geologic record (at least so far as we know it) is only the skim-
mings of the pot of life. "

5. In the field of dynamic geology — vulcanism, seismology,
diastrophism and gradation — the last process is really the only
one which w^e know. We cannot expect to understand vulcan-
ism, a perpetual and almost universal process throughout
geologic time, though not as much so as gradation, until at least
all present volcanoes have been carefully studied for time
sufficient to know their habits as well as we know those of
Vesuvius. We have been nearly 2,000 years learning Vesuvius,
and there are 500 living volcanoes, with 3,000 or more that
are dormant or recently extinct.* Not only should we know
their distribution and habits, but their connections and inter-
relations, the depths from which they draw their lavas, and
many other items to be obtained only by careful and long
continued observation of each volcano. Generalizations on
limited observations of a half dozen volcanoes cannot be consid-
ered final. Centuries of study of hundreds of vents cannot be
counted extravagant when one is after such fundamental and
deep-hidden truth.

Earthquakes have but begun to tell their story. Many
records of all the larger quakes should be made. Then com-
parisons and computations may disclose facts not only about
earthquakes, but about the nature of the earth's interior.

6. On this latter problem — the earth's interior — so little
is known that we feel that we know nothing, except that its

*Pirsson and Schuchert, Text Book in Geology, Page 204.

90 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

substance is heavy. With long continued and wide-spread
study of vulcanism, seismology, and the igneous and meta-
morphic rocks themselves, we ought some day to answer some
of the questions asked by the laity, even if we still fail to answer
our own interrogations.

On the question of the nature of the interior of the earth,
Chemist, Physicist, Mathematician and Geologist must each
work for some time. I confess that we do not yet seem to
know how to attack the problem. I think it is certain, however,
that much study of vulcanism, diastrophism and seismology
for a long time over the whole earth, and of the first two through
the remote geologic past, will make great contributions to our
interpretative theories of the earth's interior. Physicists and
Chemists must help before the problem will yield, and it seems
evident, even with these several scientific cohorts in siege,
that the secrets will be only slowly and reluctantly surrendered.

7. With these problems comes that of the origin and nature
of both igneous and metamorphic rocks. Three recent enlight-
ening books on igneous rocks leave us not far, relatively, from
where we were before their authors wrote, and this not because
they wrote so little, but because they do not yet get together
and because their data are still quite insufficient. Rock and
mineral analyses are now on record by the tens of thousands,
but there are not enough. Nearly all have come from rocks
collected between latitudes 25° and 55^^ North and on but two
continents. The rest of the earth has its contribution to make.

Daly* estimates that the sedimentary rocks, if spread
uniformly over the earth, would make a layer one-half mile
thick. The metamorphics would probably not be more than
two or three times as much. It is assumed then that the rest
of the earth to the center is of igneous rocks. "The final
philosophy of earth history will therefore be founded on igneous
rock geology."! But with essentially all the earth consisting
of igneous rocks it is evident that our meager scratching on
but 10-15 per cent of the surface of the earth cannot give us
more than an introduction to the problem of Igneous Rocks.
Daly adds, page 42: "The data for a quantitative study of the
visible igneous matter in the earth fall far short of being com-
plete enough for the ultimate needs of petrogeny. " And

*Daly, R. A., Igneous Rocks and their Origin, Page 1.
fDaly loc. cit.

Jan., 1917J The Future For Geologists 91

Harkcrj says: "A systematic treatment of igneous rocks on
the lines of ])ctrogenesis is not to be expected in the immediate
future. "

One attempt has been made to correlate remote igneous
rock sections, viz., between Scandinavia and the Adirondacks.
When we know enough of petrogenesis we may be able to
correlate volcanic rocks pretty generally even as we do
sedimentaries.

Concerning metamorphic rocks we cannot yet tell in many
instances whether the specimen was made from sedimentary
or from igneous rocks, and until methods for making such
identification are found many stratigraphic and regional
petrographic problems remain unsolved. And until we under-
stand much more than at present of both igneous and meta-
morphic rocks we shall be in the dark on the nature of the
earth's interior. Right here some day, however, as suggested
above, we may look for important light on cosmic geology.

8. In the field of Economic Geology have been gleaned
many facts. This is particularly true in connection with some
of the richer ore deposits and especially in the United States,
Europe and some English and German possessions. It is very
difficult to say what more there is to learn in this field until more
progress has been made in areal and petrographic geology.
It certainly is true, however, that in three-fourths of the land
surface of the earth but little is known regarding its deposits of
mineral wealth. Discoveries of new and valuable deposits
have been made with at least the usual frequency right down
to date, and there is no reason to believe that we are near the
end of such discoveries. They may reasonably be expected
to continue for hundreds of years as our exploration of the
stratigraphy continues over the rest of the earth, first in tem-
perate zones. North and South, then in equatorial regions the
w^orld around, then in the high latitude lands, and finally
as exploration of the igneous rocks is also prosecuted in all lati-
tudes and longitudes.

Moreover, new uses may be found by geologist, chemist, or
manufacturer for substances now neglected or little used, and
the geologist must then explore for the deposits of the newly
desired substances. There is, I believe, a great field for inven-
tion in the combinations of metals and semi-metals, and in the

fHarker, A., Natural History of Igneous Rocks, Page 376.

92 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

uses to which many substances can be put ; inventions which will
start the geologist and miner out anew.

May we not yet find unknown sources of heat, fuel, or
electricity in the substances of the earth? May we not again
find, as we have in the past, wholly new combinations or occur-
rences of elements?

Under this heading thus far I have really spoken of nothing
but the purely economic possibilities. From the geologic
side generalizations are now made on the basis of our studies
of the deposits mentioned above; but such generalizations and
any classification of ore deposits based upon them must neces-
sarily be subject to continual revision as new discoveries are
made. In some types of deposits I suppose our interpretations
are fairly reliable. But some of our largest salt deposits, many
gypsum and more anhydrite deposits are still in dispute.
Hundreds of deposits of sulphides, tellurides, selenides, etc., are
still under discussion. Whether of magmatic origin or seg-
regated from the sedimentary rocks in joints of which they lie, or
whether deposited by ascending juvenile magmatic waters, or by
waters once at the surface, and now, after a journey down
to high temperature depths, ascending with sufficient solvent
power to segregate the ores, is still an unsettled and, just now,
indeterminable question.

In many instances the ore deposit is intimately related to
igneous rocks and cannot be understood until the story of
igneous rock genesis is written. Lindgren* says, too, that
"rock alteration is a subject of prime importance for the mining
geologist." While this subject has long been studied, but
little has been done in rock alterations beyond those changes
that make rock waste. Alterations that make rocks over,
andesites and limestones into highly siliceous rocks, black
diabases into white rocks made of calcite, quartz and micas, are
but little understood, and many analyses and comparisons
must yet be made. And conversely, because of this relation of
igneous rocks to ore deposits, the interpretations of the latter
will certainly help to elucidate the genesis of the plutonic rocks.
We have no right to ask to be excused from geologic research
until the metaliferous deposits have all been studied. How
long a jol) this is we cannot know, because we do not know how

"Lindgren, W., Mineral Deposits, Page 2.

Jan., 11)17] The Future For Geologists 93

many deposits arc yet to be found. It is reasonably safe,
however, to estimate that the known problems and occurrences
will keei^ the geologist busy for some generations.

All these problems relating to the genesis of mineral, rock
and ore deposits, those relating to the nature, and change of
nature, of the earth's interior, those of vulcanism, seismology,
and diastrophism, of stratigraphic interpretation, and of the
paleontologic record run back to the question of the origin of
the earth. The latter cannot be considered solved until these
are worked out. But I prefer to postpone cosmic geology a
moment for two other considerations.

9. In the field of Physiography or Physiographic Geology,
as it is known by some investigators, the detailed mapping
cannot well precede the topographic mapping discussed near
the beginning of this paper. It was shown there that several
generations will yet find employment before the topographic
map of the world is done, unless our pace be greatly accelerated.
Hence physiographic mapping w411 be equally delayed. But
more can be said. Physiographic mapping not only cannot
precede topographic w^ork; it does not to date nearly keep up
with the latter. Really but very limited and disconnected
areas have been mapped and interpreted from the physio-
graphic viewpoint. True, these are usually at more or less
critical or typical places as New York City and Watkins Glen
quadrangles, Tacoma quadrangle, Mooers, N. Y., Columbus,
Ohio, Chicago, and Niagara, in America, and similarly restricted
areas in Europe. Much excellent topical w^ork has been done,
as the Lake surveys of Scotland, Glacial features of the lobes
of the Great Lakes and Prairie region of the United States, the
studies of the Lake Plains in Northern Ohio, and others. But
here again the problems that may be studied as topics are so
numerous that one hardly knows which way to turn or where to
begin. These studies already undertaken have led to many
generalizations, but imperfections in some of these will undoubt-
edly stand out boldly as other similar or related areas are
studied. Very little is known yet of the physiography, even
descriptively, to say nothing of interpretation, in the portions
of the earth in arid climates; and yet arid climates prevail over
some 10,000,000 square miles, or one-fifth of the land area
of the world. Nor do we know much as yet of the topography of
the ocean floor.

94 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

Some years ago I chanced to be in a geologic conference,
dealing with this phase of geology, in two sessions of which
rathering striking statements were made, each by a man whose
name and works are well known by scientists now before me.
One man was tremendously impressed with the great size of the
earth and the multiplicity of forms upon it. He said, "The
earth is too big, I can't comprehend it all. I'm staggered by its
display of variety; its maze of form and tangle of process."
The other, approaching his problem more from the philosophic
side and carrying fewer years, said, "Why, the present world is
too small. I can't find nearly all the forms I can think of.
I can imagine a plenty of forms I've never seen in any part of
the world." Each lament points a finger in a direction which
our physiographic research must take. The one must see all
the world and find, record, and describe all the physiographic
forms which occur, and even must uncover the past physio-
graphies (for each geologic horizon has had its physiography
as truly as it has had its distribution of sea and land), and from
these ancient surfaces describe the features. The other must
systematize the work of the first, classify the forms, put them
into categories, resolve them into systems related to processes
and stages in the process, devise formulae for describing great
groups of them at once and thus make the comprehension of
the whole world possible. Then must follow chapters of
explanation for the types and groups.

10. In the field of Geography, whither some of our geologists
have now gone to work, and whence came many of the pure
geologists in days gone by, there is something yet to do. Geog-
raphy is defined as that phase of science which deals with the
relations existing between the physical and the cultural, between
soil, topography, resource and climate on the one hand, and man
and his activities on the other. The field has been cultivated,
but poorly, by the historian and economist. It has been
cultivated also a little by the geologist. I believe the latter
has really the best equipment, but for the most effective work
in this field the worker must have a good working knowledge,
both of Physical Geology and Geography, and of History,
Economics, Sociology, and Industries. But little work has
been done in this whole field. A few score of workers are
pursuing problems and the good things are beginning to come
to light. While Geography has its roots in both the earth

Jan., 11)1 < J The Future For Geologists 95

sciences and the social sciences, it calls for some knowledge
of Anthropology, Ethnology, Archeology, and even Modern
Psychology. With all these contacts what then is the geog-
rapher to do? In brief, he is to work out the actual relations
existing between man, and his environment, whether profitable
or adverse; find geographic reasons, so far as they exist, for
man's distribution, occupations, migrations, diseases, beliefs,
and culture, not only in the present, but in the past. And, as his
work progresses, he should be able to forecast for man, and
advise ; to show how man can succeed better or fail less by more
careful adjustments to the environment ; to show what we are
doing here that we should not do here, but should do elsewhere;
to show the possibilities of new lands and even of old ones, and a
multitude of other things, for the good of his race. Geography
holds many attractive openings for the geologist of the future
and hence deserves probably the mention accorded it here,
although it is not itself a branch of Geology.

11. It remains now to look into the field of cosmic geology.
We are in a transition stage from rather secure trust in the
Laplacian Hypothesis for the origin of the Earth and its
associates, to a rather wholesome distrust of this theory and a
chary approach to the Planetesimal Hypothesis. The old is
decidedly unsatisfactory. The new is not wholly acceptable,
but is a very suggestive working scheme. It is necessary for
Geologists everywhere to adjust their thinking and interpreta-
tions to the new theory and to test them out together. Some
weak places are found in the theory, but I am not here to discuss
them. Let me mention, however, that it does not seem to
account for the free oxygen in the air, and it leaves us to suppose
that the chlorine in the salt of the sea came from the igneous
rocks. I have made a little calculation on the latter point, a
summary of which may prove interesting. Analyses show
that chlorine occurs in igneous rocks to the value of about .06%.
In the sea common salt constitutes about 77% of the salts and
chlorine at least half of all dissolved mineral matter. The
calculation shows that if a layer of igneous rocks twenty miles
thick all over the earth, or seventy-five miles thick over the
continents should be disintegrated, the process would liberate
about as much chlorine as is now in the sea. But if this amount
of igneous rock had disintegrated, where is the waste other than
the chlorine? Sedimentary rocks, as formerly stated, would

96 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3.

not make a layer more than about a half mile thick. Thus some
other source of chlorine than wasting igneous rocks must be
found.

Whatever fundamental theory ultimately is established for
the genesis of the earth, it will be reached by a long series of
approximations. A body of facts must be built up, and over
against it, a body of hypotheses. The research student must
work between the two bodies. A new fact or group of facts may
show the theory faulty in some particular, and make necessary
its revision. The revision of the theory will point to a possible
new field for investigation and the geologist will go in the quest
of new truth. This truth, when found, may go beyond the
theory again and thus require another revision. And so the
growth of the theoretic side will proceed parallel with the
growth of disclosed truth. A hypothesis for the origin of the
earth must be in harmony with all known and discoverable
facts of petrogenesis, paleontology, stratigraphy, and paleo-
geography ; must be supported by all facts known of seismology,
diastrophism, vulcanism, and ore deposition; and must take into
account all truth discovered by astronomer, physicist, chemist
and biologist. The geologist cannot complete his theoretic work
until the field work is done in his own and the several related
sciences.

This emphasizes the need of earnest co-operation between all
scientists. "No man liveth unto himself." Men of all the
enumerated branches of science are asking for the geologist's
results. They, like geologists, cannot complete their tasks
until facts are drawn from many related fields.

In conclusion, then, the geologist has in his own field many
times more to do than he has yet accomplished along almost all
lines; and he is not able to finish until other scientists have
finished, because his truth is so interwoven with theirs. Science
is one with many clo.sely related ramifications. But back of all
these items marshalled in previous paragraphs, items which
probably amply answer the question of my subject, are the two
incontrovertible facts that man is finite, while truth is infinite,
and hence the whole truth will never be known. Men are at
present making approximations toward it. We shall continue
so to do. Our children and children's children, for many
generations may also continue to do so, and with no fear of
exhausting their task.

Oberlin College.

AMIOTIC PARTHENOGENESIS IN TARAXACUM

VULGARE (LAM.) SCHRK. AND TARAXACUM

LAEVIGATUM (WILLD.) DC.

A Preliminary Peport.'"

Pail B. vSears.

The work of which the results are here offered, awaiting
detailed presentation in a paper to follow, was begun at the
University of Nebraska in 1914, under the direction of the
late Dr. Cliarles E. Bessey. The two species of dandelion which
have been studied are respectively the Leoiitodon taraxacum
and the L. crythrospermum of the Second Edition of Britton
and Brown's Illustrated Flora: the nomenclature used in the
title of this paper has been adopted on the basis of evidence
presented in the monograph of the genus Taraxacum by
Handel-Mazetti.i

Both of these species were among the number found by
Raunkiaer- to be " parthenogenetic " when he performed his
classic castration experiments in 1903. His operation, which
consists of removing anthers and stigmas before anthesis, and
subsequent protection from pollination, has been frequently
and successfully repeated in the case of both species, without
affecting the viability of the seeds produced.

Moreover, the observations of various authors, notably
Raunkiaer- and Kirschner\ to the effect that its own pollen is
not to be found germinating on the stigmas of T. viilgare, are
true for both species investigated, so far as known. Whether
or not the pollen of sexual species of dandelion would germinate
on the stigmas of either of these forms is not to be ascertained
by w^ork here, for such sexual species are unknown in the
mid-western United States.

In both species, to-wit, the grey-fruited and red-fruited
dandelions, the development of the embryo-sac has been care-
fully studied. The embryo-sac-mother-cell, or megasporocyte,
only divides once, forming two daughter cells with the somatic
or 2x chromosome content. Juel,"* of course, in 1904, found this
to be true of T. vulgare, but I am aware of no similar investiga-
tion in the case of T. IcBvigatum. In both species one of the
daughter cells degenerates, while the remaining one gives rise
to an embryo sac of normal eight-nucleate type, but with

*Summarizing a paper read before the Ohio Academy of Science, April 21, 1916.

97

98 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

unreduced chromosome content. In T. vidgare the chalazal
daughter cell gives rise to the embryo sac, while in certain cases
at least, it is the micropylar daughter cell which seems to
function in T. Icevigatum. That this distinction is constant is
scarcely to be expected.

There is, however, an equally interesting, and apparently
constant difference in the form of the embryo-sac of the two
species, the embryo-sac of T. vidgare being fully one-half as
wide as long at maturity, while that of T. Icevigatum is scarcely
one-fourth to one-third as wide as long at the corresponding
stage. This difference is reflected to some extent in the form of
the ripened achenes.

In both forms the egg-cell gives rise to the embryo sporo-
phyte without apparent external stimulus or sexual fusion.
Division of the egg cell very frequently begins a considerable
time before the opening of the flower and is accompanied by
rapid (often amitotic, according to Schorbatow^) division of the
endosperm nuclei. The fact that the embryo arises from an
unfertilized egg-cell of unreduced chromosome count makes it
seem advisable to employ the expression " amiotic partheno-
genesis"— to describe the phenomenon, rather than the term
"apogamy." This expression "amiotic parthenogenesis" is of
course the equivalent of Winkler's*' ambiguous "somatic
parthenogenesis." The word "apogamy," for the sake of clear-
ness— not the least object to be sought — should be restricted, it
would seem, to cases of embryo-origin from purely vegetative
tissue; just as the expression "true parthenogenesis" must be
limited to embryo-origin from an unfertilized egg of haploid
chromosome number.

The heads of T. Icevigatum, the red-fruited species, contain a
high percentage — often between 15% and 20% — of empty or
sterile achenes, to be explained in some cases by an early
breaking down of archesporial and nucellar tissue, in other
cases by a failure of the ovulary to develop anything but purely
vegetative tissue. Empty or sterile fruits are of rarer
occurrence, so far as noted, in T. vidgare.

Both forms, in all cases examined both in Nebraska and
Ohio, produce pollen in abundance, but even cursory inspection
shows the grains to vary extremely in size. Cytological studies
of both species reveal varying degrees of pollen degeneration.

Many anthers, particularly in the case of T. vidgare, contain
in whole or in part pollen grains of normal appearance and even

Jan., lUl/] A miotic Parthowgenesis in Taraxacum 99

size, formed in tetrads, as by means of ordinary reduction
division. In other cases tetrads are found consisting of two
large and two small cells. Again, in both species but partic-
ularly in the examples of T. Icevigatum which were studied, the
pollen grains are formed in groups of irregular numbers, at times
as many as six or seven being found in a cluster. In such
cases, wide disparity of size is the rule, the larger grains fre-
quently being devoid of stainable nuclear material.

Finally, in the red-fruited species, T. Icevigatum, bodies
exactly like mature pollen grains in outward form are found in
pairs. This type of pollen development corresponds exactly to
the diads found by Osawa^ to be so frequent in the amiotically
parthenogenetic Japanese species, T. albidum (?). The presence
of such diads would superficially suggest the complete loss of
reduction division, already true of the embryo-sac-mother-cell.

Detailed studies of pollen genesis indicate that, as a matter
of fact, the tetrads of normal appearance are formed by ordinary
reduction division, just as they are in the sexual species of
dandelion that have been investigated. In many cases observed,
however, the divisions were seen to be quite irregular, in that
the spindle mechanism was unable to effect a simultaneous
transfer of all the chromosomes entering into the first division.
This means that a varying number of chromosomes lag behind
and are either (a) included in one of the two daughter nucleii,
augmenting its size at the expense of the other, or (b) formed
into separate supernumerary nucleii. In the former case of
course a second division would result in the formation of two
cells of large size, and two of reduced size, a situation which,
as indicated above, is often found. In the latter of the two
cases mentioned subsequent divisions might or might not occur,
in either case giving rise to an irregular number of pollen
grains of widely varying size and nuclear content.

Again, a number of clearly defined cases were observed in
which nucleii were dividing amitotically, as indicated by
dumb-bell forms and other criteria laid down by careful workers
in the past. These amitotic divisions were found at times to
replace the first division of the mother cell, as well as subsequent
divisions. This finding also coincides with the condition obtain-
ing in T. albidum, as worked out by Osawa.^

Finally, clear explanation of the large number of anucleate
pollen grains, generally found in association with smaller grains,
was found in the frequent occurrence of well-defined nuclear

100 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 3,

extrusion; this phenomenon occurs extensively in T. IcEvigatnm,
and has been found in material so carefully prepared and in
such well-defined stages that its genuineness cannot be brought
into question. This phenomenon apparently was not observed
by Osawa" as contributing to the pollen abnormalities of T.
albidiim. As found in T. Icevigatum, this extrusion takes the
form of a centrifugal wandering of granules of stainable material
and their speedy organization into accessory nucleii so soon as
they pass through the parental nuclear membrane.

Finally, the occurrence of diads, as before mentioned, is due
to entire loss of the reduction division — the mother cell dividing
once and both daughters forming into "pollen-grains."

In neither of the species studied is the chromosome count
any lower than in any sexual species for which it has been
taken, as is generally true for the amiotically parthenogenetic
species of Taraxacum that have been investigated. Moreover,
both species possess such a wide range of forms that the only
safe criterion for separating them seems to be achene color and
form. While this polymorphy may be correlated with what
seems to be an unwieldy chromatin content — so far as the
reproductive cells are concerned — nevertheless, when taken in
conjunction with the observed pollen abnormalities and the
chromosome count it points strongly toward hybridism,
possibly quite complex hybridism, as an explanation. That
this idea has the specific sanction of Blaringhem^ and others
is well known. However, I do not wish to be understood as
asserting that such evidence can ever prove the existence of
complex, or even simple, hybridism, as some workers undoubt-
edly believe.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(Containing only important papers to which specific reference is made).

1. Handcl-Mazetti, H. Freih. V. Alonographie der Gattung rflra.racHW. Leipzig

und Wien. 1907.

2. Raunkiaer, C. Kimmdanelse nden Befrugtning lios Moll-cebotte. Kjobenhavn,

Bot. Tidssknft 25: 109-140. 1903.

3. Kirschner, O. Parthenogenese bei Bkitenpflanzen. Jaliresl). d. Ver. f. vaterl.

Naturk. in Wurtemburg. 1900.

4. Tuel, O. Die Tetradenteilung an der Samenanlage von Tdnixacum. Ark. f.
" Bot. 2, No. 4. 1904.

5. Schorbatow, L. Parthenogenese imd apogame Entwicklung bei den Bkiten-

pflanzen. Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Studien an Taraxacum officinale \\'igg.
Trav. Soc. nat. Univ. imp. Kharkhow 45: 15-55. 1911-12.

6. Winkler, H. Parthenogenesis und Apogamic in Pflanzenrcich. Prog. Rei Bot.

2, No. .3: 293-454. 1908.

7. Osawa, J. Studies on the cvtologv of some species of Taraxacum. Arcli. f.

Zellforschung 10: 4.50-469. '1913.

8. Blaringhem, L. Remarques sur la parthenogenese des vegetaux superieurs.

C. R. Seanc. Soc. BioL dc Paris 6(5: 507-508. 1908.

Date of Publication, January 20, 1917.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

ITHMSHHD BY THE

Ohio State Univkrsity Scientific Society

VolumeXVII FEBRUARY, 1917 No. 4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Drake — A Surve}* of the North American Species of Merragata 101

Henderson — The Crowfoot F'aniily in Ohio 106

Lathrop— A Preliminary List of Cicadellidie (Homoptera) of South Carolina

with Descriptions of New Species 119

SCHAFFNER — Additions to the Catalog of Ohio Vascular Plants for 1916 132

A SURVEY OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF

MERRAGATA.

B}^ Carl J. Drake.

The genus Merragata (family Hebridce), based on M.
hebroides from the Hawaiian Islands, was established by F. B.
White in "Annals and Magazine of Natural History" (London),
Vol. XX, page 113, 1877. The genus is closely allied to the genus
Hebrus Curtis {Nceogeits Laporte), but differs from it in having
the fourth and fifth segments of the antennae conjoined without
a trace of a suture between them. In the " Biologia Centrali-
Americana," Rhynchota, Vol. II, page 121, 1898, Dr. G. C.
Champion slightly amplifies the generic description of the
antennas as given b}^ White so as to include two new species
from Mexico and Central America. In the same volume Dr.
Champion also describes the male of M. hebroides White from a
single specimen that w^as taken at Chapultepec, Mexico, and
states, "It is probable that the species has been introduced
into the Hawaiian Islands."

The new Nearctic forms described herein agree with the
tropical and semi-tropical species in having the tarsi composed
of two segments and the antennae of four, the minute segment
at the base of the third segment of the antenna not being
counted as a true segment, but as a part of the third. The heads
of the Mexican and Central American species have either a fine

loi

102 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

or a distinct median, longitudinal groove while the Nearctic
forms have the head with two longitudinal grooves, converging
anteriorly, and a median ridge between these grooves. The
members of the genus are all very small insects, being two
millimeters or less in length. Dimorphism seems to be char-
acteristic of the genus — macropterous and brachypterous forms
occurring in the same species, the latter form having only short
wing-pads that vary somewhat in size in the same species and
in different species.

The habits of those species of Merragata White that I have
observed indicate that they are dwellers in still and stagnant
waters. Their favorite haunts are secluded coves of lakes,
ponds, and swampy pools, where the water is shallow, and where
there is an abundant growth of aquatic plants. I have rarely
seen them on the damp ground near the water's edge. The
Merragatas are aquatic pedestrians, capable of standing,
walking, and running upon the surface of the water, their entire
body being covered with a velvety pile which effectively sheds
the water and prevents them from becoming wet. They can
move forward or backward, but the usual mode of progression
is a steady forward movement, all three pairs of legs being used
in locomotion. I have often found them on Lemna, Nymphcea,
and various other aquatic plants. It is not uncommon to find
them on the underside of floating leaves, or even among the
roots of floating water plants. When submerged in the water,
the insects are surrounded by a film of air which enables them
to sta}^ beneath the surface film for a considerable period
of time. In an ac^uarium I have often watched them standing or
walking for a period of a half hour or a little longer on pieces of
cork or plants that were beneath the water. Occasionally,
they will walk down the sides of the glass aquarium beneath
the surface of the water, and when the water is shallow, they
will walk across the bottom and come up on the opposite side.
Nothing seems to be known of their food habits and life history.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF AMERICAN HEBRIDAE (nAEOGEIDAE).

AntenncC consisting of four .segments, the minute segment at the base
of the third being counted as a part of the third segment. . . .

Genus Merragata White.
Antennse consisting of five segments, the minute seginent at the base of

the third being counted as a part of the third segment

Genus Hebrus Laporte.

Feb., 1U17J North American Species of Merragata 103

The known species of Merragata White {Lipogomphus Berg)
may be differentiated by the following synopsis, the characters
of the Mexican, Central American and South American species
being based on the keys of Champion ("Biologia Centrali-
Americana," Vol. II, page 121) and Bueno ("Canadian Ento-
mologist," Vol. XLIV, page 32):

1. Apex of scutellum bifid, antennal segments two to four subequal, the

basal segment shortest and stoutest M. lacunifera Berg.

Apex of scutellum blunt, not bifid 2.

2. Head with either a faint or a distinct median, longitudinal groove. .3.
Head with two longitudinal grooves converging anteriorly and with

a median ridge between these grooves 5.

3. Antennae short, less than twice the length of the head; segments

from one to three subequal, the fourth rather stout and fusiform.

M. hehroides White.

Antennae longer; third segment slender and very much longer than

the second; fourth segment slender and subfusifonii 4.

4. Pronotum moderately constricted at the sides.. .M. hrevis Champion.
Pronotum deeply constricted at the sides. . M. leucostricta Champion.

5. Pronotum moderately constricted at the sides, the disc with a broad,

deep, longitudinal furrow; color blackish, the hemelytra white

with distinct dusky patches M. foveata spec. nov.

Pronotum more abruptly constricted, the disc with a shallower
groove; color reddish-brown or dark reddish-brown, the dusky
patches of the hemelytra evanescent M. hrunnea spec. nov.

Merragata foveata spec. nov. (Fig. la).

Very like M. hehroides Champion in size, color, and antennal
characters, but readily separated from it and the other Mexican
and Central American species by having the head bisulcate
longitudinally and with a distinct median ridge between these
furrows. From its only Nearctic congener, M. brunnea n. sp.,
it is easily recognizable by the less abruptly constricted sides of
the pronotum, the larger size, the angular nervure on the inner
margin of the corium, and blackish color.

Moderately large and robust. Head long, hairy, strongly deflected,
with two distinct, longitudinal furrows (the furrows converging
anteriorly) and a distinct median ridge between these furrows, the sides
very strongly depressed above the eyes, and a longitudinal furrow just
beneath the eyes and antennae. Eyes prominent, the facets few and
large. Antenniferous tubercles large, prominent. Antennae very short,
a little longer than the head; first, second, and third segments sub-equal,
the fourth stoutest, longest, and fusiform. Bucculae large, with a long-
itudinal furrow on each side at the base. Pronotum nigulose, very

104

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

coarsely punctate or pitted, beset with a few hairs, moderately con-
stricted at the sides, with a broad, median, longitudinal furrow in
which are two rather regular rows of foveffi, with a rather broad, trans-
verse, punctate depression on each side just back of the collar. Collar
prominent, ornated with foveee. Humeri well defined by a sulcus in
which is a row of six or seven fovese; posterior margin of pronotum also
with a transverse row of fovea. Sides of thorax with quite regular rows
of fovese. Scutcllum distinctly carinate. Rostral sulcus broad ; rostrum
extending a little beyond the thorax. Acetabuli very far apart, especially
the intemiediate and posterior pairs. Legs rather stout, hairy; claws
very long, almost half the length of the terminal tarsal segment. Entire
body velutinous. Abdomen densely hairy beneath; connexivum nar-
roAV. Venter longitudinally depressed in the male, concave in the
female. Hemelytra with large, hairy nervures. Length 1.6 mm.;
width .75 mm.

/a.

Fig. la. Wing of Merragata foveata n. sp.
Fig. lb. Wing of M. brunnca n. sp.

Color: General color blackish. Antennte dark-3'ellow, the terminal
segment infuscated. Prothroax blackish, the disc more or less reddish-
brown. Legs testaceous, the tips of tarsi infuscated (the claws excepted) .
Body beneath blackish, the thorax and abdomen covered with a grayish
pubescence. Hemelytra white, with dusky patches; nervures brownish-
black. Wings white, opaque.

Numerous macropterous examples, taken in a stagnant
pond at Ira (Summit Co.), Ohio, August 31, 1916, by Prof.
Hine and the writer. I have received a specimen from
Prof. C. P. Gillette labeled, Fort Collins, Colorado, August 8,
1898. Type in the author's collection; paratypes in the col-
lections of Prof. Osborn, Prof. Gillette, Prof. Van Duzee, Ohio
State University, and the National Museum.

Feb., 191 /J Xorth Auiericau Species of Merragata 105

Merragata brunnea spec. nov. (Fig. lb).

Shorter than M. foveata n. sp., the pronotum more abruptly-
constricted on the sides, the inner margin of the corium rounded,
the head and the pronotum reddish-brown or dark reddish-
brown, and the dusky patches on the hemelytra evanescent.

Macropterous form. Head hairy, strongly deflected, the sides
strongly depressed above the eyes, with two longitudinal furrows con-
verging anteriorly (a median narrow ridge between the longitudinal
furrows), a longitudinal furrow on each side of the head just beneath
the eyes and antennae. Antenniferous tubercles large and prominent.
Antennae short, a little longer than the head; first, second, and third
segments subequal; fourth segment longest, stoutest, fusiform. Ros-
trum reaching a little beyond the posterior coxae. Pronotum rugulose,
coarsely punctate, sparsely hairy, the sides more abruptly constricted
than m foveata, with a transverse, punctate depression on each side just
back of the collar. Collar prominent, omated with fove«. Scutellum
with a narrow median carina. Sides of thorax with somewhat regular,
transverse rows of foveae. Abdomen hairy beneath; venter in cf
slightly depressed longitudinally and convex in the female. Hemelytra
with large, prominent nervures; the inner nervure of corium broadly
rounded. Wings about as long as the hemelytra. Length (cf and 9)
1.45 to 1.5 mm.; width about .65 mm.

Color. General color reddish-brown or dark reddish brown. Anten-
nae testaceous, the apical segment infuscated. Legs testaceous, the
apical segment infuscated (claws excepted). Abdomen beneath blackish,
border with reddish-brown. Hemelytra white, the dusky patches
evanescent.

Brachypterous form. Head and antennal characters agree with the
macropterous form. Pro thorax less constricted on the sides, the
humeri less prominent, the disc with a shallower median, longitudinal
groove. Scutellum broader. Connexivum very broad. Wing pads
vary in size, but usually ver^^ small.

Color: General color reddish-brown. Wing pads white. Legs and
antennae agree with long winged form.

Numerous examples, taken at various times during the
summer at Hebron (Licking Co.), Sugar Grove and Rockbridge
(Hocking Co.), Delaware (Delaware Co.), Columbus (Frank-
lin Co.), and Ira (Summit Co., one specimen onty). Type in
the author's collection. Paratypes in the collections of Prof.
Herbert Osborn, Prof. Van Duzee, and Ohio State University.

THE CROWFOOT FAMILY IN OHIO.

Nellie F. Henderson.

Ranunculaceae, Crowfoot Family.

Perennial or annual herbs, or woody climbers, with acrid
sap. Leaves usually alternate, sometimes opposite; simple or
compound, with clasping or dilated base; stipules none. Flowers
hypogynous, actinomorphic or sometimes zygomorphic, bispor-
angiate or occasionally monosporangiate ; perianth of similar
segments or differentiated into calyx and corolla; capels usually
separate; stamens numerous. Fruit an achene, follicle or
berry.

SYNOPSIS.

I. Petals or sepals with a nectariferous pit, spur or tube.

1. Petals broad with a nectariferous pit; sepals not spvirred.

(I) Ranunculus; (2) Ficaria; (3) Batrichium.

2. Petals cup-shaped or narrow; sepals not spurred.

(a) Pods sessile; leaves not trifoliate.

(4) Trollius; (5) Helleborus; (6) Nigella.

(b) Pods long stalked; leaves trifoliate.
(7) Coptis.

3. Either petals or sepals spurred, or hooded; actinomorphic or zygomorphic.

(5) Aquilegia; (9) Aconitum; (10) Delphinium.

II. Sepals and petals without a nectar pit or spur; sepals usually petal-like.

1. Styles usually elongated, often very prominent in fruit; fruit an achene.

(a) Sepals imbricated in the bud.

(II) Anemone; (12) Hepatica.

(b) vSepals valvate in the bud; leaves opposite.
(13) Clematis; (14) Vioma.

2. Style short in fruit; fruit a many-seeded follicle, or a berry.

(a) Flowers usually solitarv, not racemose.
(15) Caltha; (16) Hydrastis.

(b) Flowers racemose.

(17) Actaea; (18) Cimicifuga.

3. vStyle short in fruit; fruit an achene or a few-seeded follicle; leaves
ternately compound or decompoimd.

(19) vSyndesmon; (20) Isopynmi; (21) Thalictrum.

KEY TO THE GENERA.

L Petals or sepals or both with a nectariferous cup, or spur; flowers
frequently yellow. 2.

1. Petals and sepals, when present, without a nectariferous cup, pit,

or spur; flowers not yellow, except Caltha. 11.

2. Flowers actinomorphic. 4.
Flowers zygomorphic. 3.

3. Posterior sepal hooded, not spurred. Aconitum.
3. Posterior sepal spurred. Delphinium.

io6

9

Feb., 1917] The Croivfoot Family in Ohio 107

4. Petals flat, with a small pit or cup; carpels usually numerous. 5.
4. Petals narrow, cup-shaped, or tubular at base; carpels usually

fewer than 8. 7.
o. Petals yellow; leaves usually not finely dissected. G.
.1. Petals white; leaves usually very finely dissected. Batrachium.
(). Sepals 5; flowers not scapose. Ranunculus.
(). Sepals 3; flowers scapose. Ficaria.
7. Carpels united; flowers with an involucre of dissected leaves.

Nigella.

7. Carpels separate. 8.

8. Petals long spurred; leaves ternately decompound. Aquilegia.

8. Petals small, cupshapcd, not projected backward into a spur. 9.

9. Flower stem leafy; leaves lobed or divided irregularly. 10.

9. Flowers on slender leafless scapes; leaves compound with three

leaflets. Coptis.
10. Petals narrow, linear, with a nectariferous pit at the base; carpels 9
or more. Trollius.

10. Petals small, green, tubular cups; carpels usually fewer than 8.

HeUehoriis.

1 1 . Leaves alternate or whorled. 12.

11. Leaves large, opposite, compound, twining; our species slightly

woody climbers. 20.

12. Flowers yellow; leaves simple, entire, renifomi or cordate. Caltha.

12. Flowers not yellow; leaves compound, lobed, or dissected. 13.

13. Flowers solitar}^ umbelliferous or paniculated. 14.

13. Flowers in large branched or simple racemes. 19.

14. Scapose flowers with three sepal-like bracts immediately below the

flower. . Hepatica.

14. Not with sepal-like bracts immediately below the flower. 15.

15. Flowering stem with two alternate, palmately lobed leaves; flowers

solitar}'; perianth deciduous. Hydrastis.

15. Flowering stem with an involucre or with more than two alternate

leaves. 16.

16. Flowers solitary or few in an umbel. 17.

16. Flowers in large, tenninal panicles; often diecious. Thalictrum.

17. Flowers umbellate or solitary subtended by a definite involucre. 18.

17. Flowers not involucrate; ovules several. Isopyrum.

18. Carpels very numerous; each flower usually solitary on a large

peduncle, subtended by an involucre. Anemone.

18. Carpels 4-15; flowers usually umbellate. Syndcsmon.

19. With one carpel, petals spatulate or narrow. Actaea.

19. With 1-8 carpels, petals 2-lobed or none. Cimicifuga.

20. Flowers panicled; sepals and stamens recurved or spreading.

Clematis.
20. Flowers usually solitary; .sepals and stamens erect. Viorna.

108 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Ranunculus (Tourn.) L. Crowfoot, Buttercup.

Perennial or annual herbs with simple, or usually compound
or divided alternate leaves. Flowers solitary, or few in a
cluster; yellow or rarely white; usually with five petals and
sepals; stamens and carpels numerous, distinct, spirally
arranged. Achenes tipped with a minute or elongated style.

1. Leaves entire, terrestial or swamp plants, stems rooting at the

nodes. R. obtusiuscidus.
1. Leaves finely dissected, aquatic plants, achenes callous margined.

R. delphinifoJius.

1. Some or all of the leaves divided or lobed, terrestial plants or in

wet places. 2.

2. Some or all basal leaves merely crenate or entire. 3.

2. Leaves all lobed or divided. 5.

3. Basal leaves cordate or orbicular, crenate, occasionally some may

be 3-lobed, flowers inconspicuous, achenes smooth. 4.

3. Basal leaves 3-lobed, divisions linear, the lowest may be entire,

flowers conspicuous. R. arvensis.

4. Basal leaves cordate, stems glabrous. R. abortiviis.

4. Basal leaves more or less orbicular, not cordate; stems villous

below. R. micranthus.

5. Flowers inconspicuous, less than 3-S inch broad. 6.

5. Flowers conspicuous, 3^-1 inch broad. 8.

6. Stems glabrous, achenes merely apiculate. R. sceleratus.

G. Stems densely hirsute, achenes with short or recurved beak. 7.

7. Divisions of leaves wedge-shaped or lanceolate, deeply incised, fruit

oblong or cylindrical. R. pennsylvanicus.
7. Divisions ovate, lobed, fruit globose. R. recurvatus.
S. Carpels with a short style or beak. 9.
S. Carpels with a long prominent st^ie or beak. 11.
9. Stems erect; divisions of the leaves deeply and abundantly cleft. 10.
9. Stems recumbent or creeping by stolons; divisions of the leaves

only moderately cleft, the lobes rather broad. R. re pens.
U). Stem with a thick bulbous base; leaves appearing pinnate, ultimate

divisions narrow; clayx reflexed. R. bulbosus.

10. Stem without bulbous base; leaves palmately divided, the ultimate

seginents linear; calyx spreading, not reflexed; inflorescence much
branched. R. acris.

11. Stem leaves sessile, lowest basal leaves may be entire. R. arvensis.

11. Leaves all petioled and divided. 12.

12. Leaf segments broad, bases cuneate. 13.

12. Leaf segments narrow, appearing pinnate; roots thickened or

fascicled. R. fascicularis.

13. Stems glabrous or jjubescent; achenes with a long stout style.

R. septentrionalis.
13. Stems usually denseh^ villous or hispid; achenes abruptly tipped
by a subulate style. R. hispidus.

Feb., 11)17] The Crowfoot Family in Ohio 109

1. Ranunculus abortivus L. Kidney-leaf Crowfoot. Pale
green, succulent, branching herbs, H-l}^ ft. high, glabrous or
slightly pubescent. Basal leaves cordate or reniform, crenate,
occasionally 3-lobed, long petioled; stem leaves 3 to 5 parted,
segments linear or cuneate, sessile. Flowers inconspicuous,
pale yellow, petals shorter than the reflexed sepals. Achenes,
tipped by a short beak, forming a globose head. In shady
places. Cicncral and abundant.

2. Ranunculus micranthus Nutt. Rock Crowfoot. Stems
branched, spreading, villous, 6-18 in. high. Basal leaves
3-lobed, crenate, dark green; stem leaves sessile, divided into
linear, entire, or sharp-toothed segments. Flowers inconspic-
uous light yellow. Head of fruit ovate, receptacle linear
glabrous. Open deciduous woods, often on rocks. Clermont
County.

3. Ranunculus sceleratus L. Celerv-leaf Crowfoot. A
tall, stout stemmed branching herb, 3^2-2 ft. tall. Basal leaves
3-5 lobed, long broad petioles; stem leaves, except upper
ones, petioled, parted into linear segments, entire or several
toothed. Flowers inconspicuous, pale yellow, petals scarcely
exceeding sepals. Head of fruit oblong, achenes apiculate.
Swamps and wet ditches. Rather general.

4. Ranunculus recurvatus Poir. Hooked Crowfoot. Erect,
branching, hirsute herb, 3/2"- ft. tall. Leaves 3-parted, divisions
ovate, toothed and lobed, hirsute. Flowers inconspicuous,
pale yellow, petals shorter than, or about equal to the reflexed
calyx. Head of fruit globose, achenes with a recurved beak.
General and abundant.

5. Ranunculus ^cris L. Tall Buttercup. Tall, erect herbs,
branching above, pubescent. Basal leaves 5-7 parted, the
divisions sessile, cleft into linear segments, stem leaves small,
3-parted, sessile. Flow'ers in a spreading cyme, bright yellow,
waxy; petals obovate, much longer than the sepals. Head of
fruit globose, achenes compressed, beak short. In fields and
meadows. From Europe. Rather general, except in southern
part of state.

6. Ranunculus bulbosus L. Bulbous Buttercup. Erect,
branching, pubescent stems, from a thickened bulbous base.
Basal leaves 3-parted, lateral divisions sessile, terminal one
stalked giving the leaf a pinnate appearance; divisions cleft,
ultimate segments narrow. Flow^ers conspicuous, bright, glossy

110 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

yellow, sepals reflexed. Head of fruit globose; achenes com-
pressed beaks very short. Fields and roadsides. From Europe.
Columbiana County.

7. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. f. Bristly Crowfoot. A
branching leafy herb with erect densely hirsute stems, 1-2 ft.
tall. Leaves all divided, segments stalked, cuneate or lanceo-
late, sharply notched, hispid. Flowers inconspicuous. Head
of fruit short, cylindrical, achenes smooth. Wet open places.
Cuyahoga, Perry, Lucas, Fairfield, Licking, Ottawa, Lake,
Wayne.

8. Ranunculus repens L. Creeping Buttercup. A low
herb, creeping by runners and forming large patches. Stems
pubescent. Leaves all petioled, 3-divided, divisions wedge-
shaped, cleft and lobed, usually stalked, often blotched. Flowers
conspicuous bright yellow. Head of fruit globose, achenes
margined and tipped by a short stout beak. Wet ground in
fields, or in roadsides. From Europe. Columbiana, Scioto.

9. Ranunculus septentrionalis Poir. Swamp Buttercup.
Erect or ascending herbs, 1-3 ft. tall; later stems decumbent
.and may root at the nodes; almost or quite glabrous, rather
:stout. Leaves 3-divided, divisions stalked, 3-cleft, and cut,
cuneate. Flowers conspicuous, 1 in. broad, bright yellow;
petals obovate, much longer than the sepals. Head of fruit
globose or oval, achenes fiat, tipped by sword-shaped style.
Low moist or swampy ground. General.

10. Ranunculus hispidus. Mx. Hispid Buttercup. Similar
to R. septentrionalis, but densely villous when young, less
hispid when old. Does not send out runners. Dry woods and
thickets. General.

11. Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl. Tufted Buttercup.
Ascending or spreading, low plant growing in a tuft from a
cluster of fleshy roots. Stems pubescent. Lateral leaf-sections
sessile, terminal one stalked, giving the leaf a pinnate appear-
ance; ultimate divisions linear or slightly oblong. Flowers
conspicuous, bright yellow. Head of fruit globose, achenes
flat, margined and tipped with a long style. Woods and hill-
sides. Ottawa, Lucas, Cuyahoga.

12. Ranunculus arvensis L. Corn Crowfoot. Erect,
branching herbs, 6 in. to 1 ft. tall. Stems glabrous or slightly
pubescent. Basal leaves broad petioled, 3-cleft, divided into
linear segments, lowest ones may be entire; stem leaves similar,

Feb., 1917] The Crowfoot Family in Ohio 111

sessile. Flowers pale yellow, petals longer than the sepals.
Achenes spiny-tuberculate on both sides and margins. Waste
places. From Europe. No specimens.

13. Ranunculus obtusiusculus Raf . Lance-leaf Buttercup.
Stems ascending, 1-3 ft. long, often rooting at the nodes.
Leaves lanceolate, entire or denticulate, petioles clasping.
Flowers panicled, bright yellow, ^-^ in. broad. Fruit com-
pressed achenes, forming a globose head. Wet ditches and
swamps. Licking, Cuyahoga, Lorain, Lake, Franklin, Erie,
Jackson.

14. Ranunculus delphinifolius Torr. Yellow Water Crow-
foot. Aquatic or partly immersed herbs with long branching
stems rooting at the nodes. Immersed leaves finely dissected;
emersed leaves 3-5 divided. Flowers yellow, Y^-^Yi in.
broad. Head of fruit globose, achenes callous margined and
tipped by a straight beak. Ashtabula, Darke, Auglaize,
Lucas, Wood, Wyandot, Huron, Williams, Marion.

Ficaria (Rupp.) Huds. Golden-cup.

Succulent, perennial herbs with fleshy tuberous roots.
Stem leaves alternate, simple, entire or crenate. Flowers
yellow and solitary; sepals 3-5, deciduous; petals 7-12; stamens
and carpels numerous. Achenes in a head; cotyledon only one.

1. Ficaria ficaria (L.) Karst. Golden-cup. A low herb,
3-5 in. high, found in moist places. Leaves cordate, 1-23/2 in.
broad, obtuse crenate, with broad petiole. Flowering stem
scapose with broad petiole. Flowering stem scapose with one
or two leaves. Flowers 1-1 3^-^ in. in diameter. From Europe.
Lake County.

Batrachium S. F. Gr. Water-crowfoot.
Aquatic, perennial herbs; usually with dissected leaves;
the immersed ones very finely dissected. Flowers solitary on
peduncles borne opposite the leaves; white or the claw of the
petals yellow; sepals and petals usually 5; stamens many;
carpels several. Achenes transversely wrinkled.
1. Leaves petioled, flaccid when taken from the water. B. trlchophyllum.
1. Leaves sessile or nearly so, rigid when taken from the Avater.
B. cU'cenetum.

1. Batrachium trichophyllum (Chaix) Schlutz. White Water-
crowfoot. Leaves all under water and dissected, larger than
1 in. broad. Rather general.

112 The Ohio Journal of Scieiice [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

2. Batrachium circinatum (Sibth) Rchb. Circinate Water-
crowfoot. Leaves all under water; 1 in. broad or smaller,
standing at right angles to the stem. Auglaize, Licking.

Trollius L.

Erect perennial herbs with glabrous palmately parted
leaves and a solitary terminal flow^er. Sepals yellow, whitish or
purplish, petaloid, 5-7 in number; petals 15-25, very small,
linear, with a nectar pit at base; stamens and carpels numerous.
Follicles forming a head. Marshy places.

1. Trollius laxus Salisb. American Globe-flower. Stems
slender, }2r'^ it. high. Leaves usually 5-parted, l-}/2 in.
broad, upper leaf sessile. Flowers greenish-yellow; sepals
obovate, spreading. Stark and Columbiana.

Helleborus (Tourn.) L. Hellebore.

Erect perennial herbs. Leaves palmately-parted, basal ones
large, petioled; stem ones sessile. Flowers solitary, white,
greenish or yellowish; sepals 5, obovate, claw^ed; petals 8-10,
tubular, shorter than the stamens; stamens numerous; carpels
fewer than 8. Capsules.

1. Helleborus viridis L. Green Hellebore. Stems stout,
8-24 in. high. Leaves alternate, usually 3-5 parted, those at
base of branch may be bract-like. Sepals green, petaloid.
Waste places. Stark, Miami, Gallia, Franklin.

Nigella (Tourn.) L.

Slender stalked, erect herbs with very finely dissected
leaves. Flowers solitary, terminal and subtended by an
involucre which overtops it; sepals 5, petaloid; petals minute,
cupshaped; stamens numerous; carpels 5, united. Fruit a
capsule. A cultivated plant which sometimes escapes.

1. Nigella damascena L. Love-in-a-mist. Leaves alter-
nate, pinnately dissected, 1-3 in. long. Flowers about 2 in.
in diameter, showy, bluish. Seeds black aromatic. From
Eurasia. Hamilton, Erie.

Coptis vSalisb.
Low erect herbs, 4-6 in. high, from a slender, yellow, root-
stock. Leaves basal, glabrous, evergreen, shining, 3 leaflets;
sepals 5-7, petaloid, deciduous; petals 5-7, minute, clubshaped,

Feb., 1917] The Crowfoot Family in Ohio 113

cucullate; stamens numerous; carpels 3-7, stipitate, forming
follicles in fruit. In damp mossy woods.

1. Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb. Gold-thread. Leaf -blades
reniform, 1-2 in. broad, 3 leaflets, ovate, prominently veined,
rich green, paler beneath. FolHcles on stipes, spreading.
Summit, Stark, Portage, Geauge, Defiance.

Aquilegia (Tourn.) L. Columbine.
Erect, perennial herbs, with ternately decompound leaves
and conspicuous nodding flowers. Sepals 5, petaloid; petals 5,
spurred, spurs projecting backward between the sepals; stamens
numerous; carpels 5, separate, forming spreading follicles in
fruit. Rocky woods and thickets.

1. Spurs straight, knobbed at tip. A. canadense.
1. Spurs curv^ed inward. A. vulgaris.

1. Aquilegia canadense L. Wild Columbine. Stem
branched, 1-1 H ft. high, glabrous or very slightly pubescent.
Basal leaves slender-petioled, leaflets palmately lobed or
parted; upper stem leaves nearly sessile. Flowers sohtary,
terminating the branches, longer than broad, red with yellow
lips, spurs straight, stamens and carpels exserted. Fruit
erect, follicles tipped with filamentous style. General.

2. Aquilegia vulgaris L. European Columbine. Stem
stout, erect, pubescent or nearly glabrous, slightly branched.
Flower as broad as long; blue, purple, pink or white; stamens
and carpels hardly exserted. From Europe; escaped from
gardens. Fulton County.

Aconitum (Tourn.) L. Monkshood.

Erect or trailing, slender, perennial herbs. Leaves alter-
nate, palmately-cleft ; lower ones slender petioled, the upper
nearly sessile, 3-5 cleft, substending flower peduncles. Flowers
1/^-2 in. broad, conspicuous; the upper two concealed in the
hooded sepal, very small, the others when present are minute;
stamens numerous; carpels 3-5 distinct, sessile forming folHcles
in fruit.

1. Aconitum noveboracense Gray. New York Monks-
hood. Erect plants, llor- t"t. high. Leaves glabrous, thin,
2-4 in. long, deeply cleft, Panicles few-flowered; flowers blue,
whitish below, hood with a prominent descending beak. Summit
and Portage.

114 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Delphinium L. Larkspur.

Erect annual or perennial herbs. Leaves alternate, cut
and divided. Flowers in showy terminal racemes; sepals 5,
petaloid, upper one spurred; petals 2-4, the upper ones pro-
longed backward into the spur, the lateral ones small or wanting ;
gtamens numerous; carpels 1 or 3. Follicles. Open woods,
meadows or roadsides.

1. Carpels 1. D. ajacis.

1. Carpels 3. 2.

2. Leaves 3-5 cleft; division wedge-shaped, 3 cleft at apex; roots

elongated and woody; 2-6 ft. tall. t). exaltatum.
2. Leaves 5-7 cleft; division linear; roots short and tuberous; 1-3 ft.
tall. D. tricorne.

1. Delphinium tricorne Mx. Dwarf Larkspur. Stem rather
stout, finely pubescent. Flowers deep blue in usually few-
fiowered recemes; petals bearded. Pods divergent. General.

2. Delphinium, exaltatum Ait. Tall Larkspur. Stems
slender. Leaves large. Racemes dense, elongated; flowers
blue or purplish; petals bearded. Pods erect. Franklin,
Stark.

3. Delphinium ajacis L. Garden Larkspur. Erect, much
branched annuals. Leaves finely dissected into narrow linear
divisions; lower ones petioled, upper ones nearly or quite
sessile. Flowers blue or rarely white, numerous on spicate
racemes, spur long and slender. Belmont, Ashtabula, Adams,
Knox, Montgomery, Lake, Madison, Hamilton, Franklin,
Wayne, Muskingum, Monroe, Preble.

Anemone L. Anemone.

Erect perennial herbs, with palmately compound or parted
leaves. Basal leaves long-petioled, stem leaves forming an
involucre below the peduncled flower or flowers. Sepals
petaloid; petals none; stamens and carpels numerous. Achenes.

1. Leaves of involcure sessile; stems usually 2-several flowered.

A. canadensis
\. Leaves of involucre petioled. 2.

2. Small, 4-12 in. high, stems slender, almost glabrous. A. quinquefolia.

2. Tall, 2-3 ft. high, stems pubescent. 3.

3. Leaf divisions narrow, wedge-shaped. A. cylindrica.
3. Leaf divisions broad, ovate. A. virginiana.

Feb., 1017] The Crowfoot Family in Ohio 115

1. Anemone cylindrica Or. Long-fruited Anemone. Tall
plants, l-o ft. high, softly pubescent, purplish, branching at
the involucre. Leaves 2-4 in. broad, 3-5 parted, the divisions
narrow, notched and toothed; basal leaves tufted. Flowers
greenish- white, 1-1 J 2 in. broad. A head of woolly achenes
each tipped by a short style. Open places. Wyandot, Erie,
Ottawa, Wood.

2. Anemone virginiana L. Virginia Anemone. Herbs, 1-3
ft. tall, pubescent, branching at the involucre. Basal leaves long
petioled, 4-8 in. broad, broader than long, lobed and notched;
stem leaves petioled. Flowers solitary, greenish- white, 1-13^
in. broad. A head of downy achenes tipped by divergent
styles. River banks and open woods. General.

3. Anemone canadensis L. Canada Anemone. Erect herbs
with rather stout somewhat pubescent stems, branching at
the involucre, 1-1}^ ft. tall. Basal leaves long petioled, 3-5
]Darted, cleft and toothed; stem leaves sessile, 4-8 in. broad.
Flowers white, I-IV2 i^^- broad, sepals obovate, obtuse. A
globose head of flat achenes each tipped by the persistent
st3de. General.

4. Anemone quinquefolia L. Wind-flower. Erect herb;
4-12 in. tall, with slender frail-looking, nearly glabrous simple
stems, from a slender rootstock. Leaves 5-parted, slender
petioled, 2-3 in. broad; basal leaves appear later than the
flowering stem. A globose head of oblong achenes. Open
woods and thickets. General, except southern and south-
western parts of state.

Hepatica (Rupp.) Mill. Liver-leaf.

Perennial herbs, with 3-lobed evergreen basal leaves and
solitary white, pink or purplish flowers on hairy scapes. An
involucre of 3 small sessile leaves substends the flower. Sepals
petal-like, petals wanting, stamens numerous. Fruit, short-
beaked, pubescent achenes.

1. Lobes of leaves obtuse or rounded. H. hepatica.

2. Lobes of leaves acute or pointed. H. acutiloba.

1. Hepatica hepatica (L.) Karst. Roundlobed Liver-leaf.
Scapes 3-8 in. Leaves reniform, 2-3 in. broad, with slender
hairy petioles. Flowers }/2~^4 i^i- broad; sepals oval or oblong,
longer than the stamens. Several achenes forming a head.
General.

116 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

2. Hepatica acutiloba DC. Sharplobed Liver-leaf. Differs
from the preceding species only in having the stem leaves and
the lobes of the basal leaves acute or pointed. General.

Clematis L. Clematis.

Woody vines, climbing by means of petioles twisted about
the support. Leaves opposite, compound; 3 ovate, stalked
leaflets; or simple, 3-lobed. Flowers in loose many-flowered,
cymose, panicles, nearly diecious; sepals 4-5 spreading, petaloid;
petals none; stamens numerous, spreading; carpels numerous,
long-styled. Achenes with long plume-like, persistent style.

1. Clematis virginiana L. Virginia Virgin's-bower. A long
vine, found on fences and bushes. Leaves glabrous. Flowers
white. General.

Viorna Reichb. Leather-flower.

Woody vines or erect herbs, with opposite simple or com-
pound leaves with the petiole prolonged into a tendril. Flowers
solitary, bell-shaped; stamens and carpels numerous; styles
plumose. Achenes with long persistent style.

1. Viorna viorna (L.) Small. Leather- flower. A vine
growing to the height of 10 ft. or more. Leaves mostly com-
pound, with petiole prolonged and tendril-like; leaflets ovate,
entire, often trifoliate. Calyx purple, with very thick sepals;
petals none. Anthers long and slender. Southern half of
State; also in Auglaize County.

Caltha (Rupp.) L. Marsh-marigold.

Succulent perennials with alternate reniform, crenate or
entire leaves and conspicuous solitary yellow, white or pink
flowers. Sepals 5-9, petaloid, stamens and carpels numerous.
Follicles.

1. Caltha palustris L. Marsh-marigold. Stems hollow,
erect, 6-15 in. tall. Leaves crenate, 3 in. broad or less. Flowers
bright yellow, waxy, }'2~1 ii^- broad. In swamps. General.

Hydrastis Ellis. Golden-seal.
Erect perennial herbs with a thick, knotted, yellow root-
stock. Stem pubescent with 2 alternate palmately lobed
leaves near the summit. Flowers small, solitary, greenish-
white; sepals deciduous; petals none; stamens and carpels
numerous. Fruit a crimson aggregate berry.

Feb., ll)17j The Crowfoot Family in Ohio 117

1. Hydrastis canadensis L. Golden-seal. About 6 in.
tall. Lower leaf long-petioled, 5-9 lobed; upper leaf sub-
tending the flower. Filaments flattened. Fruit ovoid. Rich
woods. General.

Actaea L. Baneberry.

Erect perennial herbs, with ternately compound leaves and

terminal racemes of white flowers. Sepals 4 or 5, petaloid,

deciduous; petals very small, flat, clawed, narrow; stamens

numerous with slender filaments; carpels united, forming a

single ovulary; stigma sessile, 2-lobed. Fruit a berry.

1. Pedicels slender, fruit red. A. rubra.
1. Pedicels stout, fruit white. A. alba.

1. Actaea rubra (L.) Wild. Red Baneberry. Tall herbs,
1-3 ft. high. Lower leaves long petioled, decompound,
divisions ovate, incised. Pedicels slender. Open woods. San-
dusky, Erie.

2. Actaea alba (L.) Mill. White Baneberry. Leaflets
more deeply incised than preceding species; lowest ultimate
leaflet may be compounded. Pedicels as thick as peduncles.
Open woods. General.

Cimicifuga L. Bugbane.

Tall, erect perennial herbs, with large ternately decompound
leaves and white flowers in terminal compound racemes.
Sepals 4 or 5, petaloid, deciduous; petals 1-8, minute, clawed,
2-lobed; stamens numerous; carpels 1-8, forming pods.
Open woods.

1. Cimicifuga recemosa (L.) Nutt. Black Cohosh. Slender,
3-8 ft. tall. Divisions of leaves ovate or oblong, cleft.
Racemes densely flowered, conspicuous, 1-23/^ ft. long.
Stigmas sessile. Pods oval, beaked. Eastern half of state to
Erie, Fairfleld and Clermont Counties.

Syndesmon Hoffing. Rue-anemone.

Low, glabrous, perennial herb. Basal leaves slender petioled,
ternately compound; stem leaves in a whorl subtending an
umbel of white or pinkish flowers; sepals numerous. Achenes.

1. Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) Hoffm. Rue-anemone.
Stems very slender, 4-9 in. high, from a cluster of tuberous
roots. Open woods. General and abundant.

118 The Ohio Journal of Scie?tce [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Isopyrum L.

Erect glabrous herbs, with slender stems and ternately
decompound leaves. Roots fibrous. Flowers white, solitary,
terminal; sepals 5-6 petaloid, deciduous; stamens numerous;
carpels 2-20. Follicles forming a head.

1. Isopyrum biternatum (Raf.) T. & G. False Rue-
anemone. Stems branching. Basal leaves with long slender
petioles, thin, ultimate leaflets 3-lobed, broadly ovate. Sepals
5, white, }>4 in. long; petals none; carpels about four. Follicles
spreading, tipped with a beak. Moist woods and thickets.
South-west fourth of state; also in Cuyahoga County.

Thalictrum (Tourn.) L. Meadow-rue.

Tall erect perennial herbs with ternately decompound
leaves. Stem leaves alternate. Flowers small, greenish- white,
in loose panicles; sepals deciduous; petals none; stamens
numerous; carpels several; may be diecious. Achenes usually
beaked.

1. Filaments slender, fibrous. 2.

1. Filaments stout, nearly as broad as the anthers; leaflets sub-orbicular;

plant stout and tall. T. polyganmm.

2. Leaflets .sub-orbicular; plant slender, 1-3 ft. tall. T. dioicum.
2. Leaflets oblong; plant stout, tall. T. dasycarpum.

1. Thalictrum dioicum L. Early Meadow-rue. Stems
slender, glabrous. Leaves slender, petioled, ultimate leaflets
orbicular, thin, pale beneath, 5-9 lobed. Flowers diecious
green, in spreading panicle of lateral umbels or corymbs;
anthers long. Achenes ribbed. Open woods and fence corners.
General.

2. Thalictrum dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall. Purplish Meadow-
rue. Stems stout, purpUsh, 4-7 ft. tall, leafy branching.
Leaves sessile, leaflets oblong or obvate, 3 apical lobes, glabrous,
dark green above, lighter and pubescent below. Panicles
loose, compound. Achenes with 6 or S wings. Open woods
and meadows. General.

3. Thalictrum polygamum Muhl. Tall Meadow-rue. Stems
stout, branching and leafy, 3-11 ft. tall. Stem leaves sessile;
leaflets obovate or lanceolate, some with 3 apical lobes. Pan-
icles compound, leafy. Anthers short. Rather general.

A PRELIMINARY LIST OF CICADELLID^ (HOMOPTERA)

OF SOUTH CAROLINA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF NEW SPECIES.

Frank H. Lathrop.

During the summer of 11)14 the writer began the collection
of Cicadellidae or "Jassids" of South Carolina for the purpose
of making a systematic study, which was submitted in 1915 to
the Ohio State University as a thesis required for the master's
degree. At present the work is still being prosecuted with a
view of making the paper more complete and of bringing in
additional material along other than purely systematic lines.
It seems desirable now, however, to publish a list of species
and descriptions of new forms found in the State.

All species not otherwise indicated were collected by the
writer. Besides this material, the collections at hand include
species secured by Professor Herbert Osborn at Colum-
bia and Clemson College, Mr. H. C. Eagerton at Marion,
Mr. G. M. Anderson at Walterboro, Mr. L. L. Ferebee at
Ridgeland, and Professor G. H. Pearce at Sievern.

The nomenclature proposed by Van Duzee in his recent
check list* has been used in this paper.

Subfamily bythoscopin.e Burmeister.

Bythoscopus robustus Uhler. Orangeburg, Eutawville, St.
George.

Idiocerus nervatus Van Duzee. Clemson College.

Agallia constricta Van Duzee. Clemson College, Columbia
(Professor Osborn), Orangeburg, Denmark, Eutawville,
Eutaw Springs, Ferguson, Marion (H. C. Eagerton),
Walterboro (G. M. Anderson,) Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee),
Charleston.

Agallia novella Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg.

Agallia 4-punctata Provancher. Orangeburg.

Agallia sanguinolenta Provancher. Columbia (Professor Osborn) ,
Orangeburg, Denmark, Eutawville, Eutaw Springs, Fer-
guson, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), St. George, Walterboro
(G. M. Anderson), Charleston, Isle of Palms.

*Van Duzee, Edward P., Check List of the Hemiptera of x\merica. North of
Mexico, N. Y. Ent. Soc, 1916.

119

120

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Agallia immaculata n. sp. (Fig. 1). Form and structure closely

similar to A. sangiiinolenta Prov. but smaller, and lacking

the color markings.

The entire surface minutely granulated. Vertex nearly parallel
margined, the posterior margin evenly arcuate and slightly elevated.
Pronotum slightly more than twice as wide as long, faintl3^ transversely
striated on the disc; the posterior margin with a shallow emargination.
Scutellum slightly shorter than its basal width, the apex produced.

Fig. 1. Agallia immaculata n. sp.
a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view of head; c, Face; d, Female
genitalia; e, Elytron; f, Male genitalia.

Elytra broad and short, the apex bluntly rounding, nervtues distinct,
raised. Face somewhat longer than the width on the base, the sutures
depressed, the suture between the front and the clypeus obsolete.
Front broad on the base, abruptly narrowing before the middle; below
this the margins are straight and nearly parallel, abruptly rounding to
the clypeus.

Coloration: nearly uniformly tawny, somewhat intensified on the
pronotum, the humeral margins of the elytra, and the front. The ocelli
red; eyes dark fuscous, irregularly margined with red. The males are
darker, varying to fuscous, and in very dark specimens there may be

Feb., 1917] CicadeU idee of South Carolina 121

a pair of indistinct spots near the posterior margin of the pronotum, a
pair on the disc of the vertex, which, with the frontal sutures, the
antennal sockets, and indistinct arcs on the front arc fuscous or blackish.
The elytra sometimes fuscous with the venation a trific lighter. Below,
light fuscous, somewhat darker in the males.

Genitalia: d^ valve short and wide, distinctly narrowed posteriorly;
posterior margin truncate; plates short, broad on the base, sharply
narrowing to behind the middle, then nearly parallel margined to the
obtusely rounded tips. 9 ultimate ventral segment somewhat cres-
centiform, the posterior margin roundingly emarginate.

Length: cT 2.75 mm., 9 2. 75-3 mm.

Described from twelve males and five females from Orange-
burg, Denmark, St. George, Charleston and Isle of Palms.

Macropsis viridis Fitch. Clemson College.

Subfamily cicadellin^e Van Duzee.

Aulacizes irrorata Fabricius. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, P'erguson, Marion, (H. C. Eagerton), Walter-
boro (G. M. Anderson), Isle of Palms.

Oncometopia undata Fabricius. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Ferguson, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), St. George.

Oncometopia lateralis Fabricius. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, Ferguson, Marion, (H. C. Eagerton), Ridge-
land (L. L. Ferebee).

Homalodisca triquetra Fabricius. Orangeburg, Ferguson,
Charleston.

Cicadella occatoria Say. Orangeburg, Walterboro (G. M.
Anderson), Marion (H. C. Eagerton).

Kolla bifida Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg, Eutawville,
Walterboro (G. M. Anderson).

Kolla geometrica Signoret. Clemson College, Orangeburg.

Graphocephala coccinea Forst. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
St. George, Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Marion (H. C.
Eagerton), Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Graphocephala versuta Sa}^ Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Ferguson, Denmark, St. George, Marion (H. C. Eagerton),
Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Charleston, Isle of Palms.

Draeculacephala mollipes Say. Orangeburg, Eutaw Springs,
vSt. George, Walterboro (G. M. Anderson). Variety
7-guttata Walker. Orangeburg, Walterboro (G. M. Ander-
son). Variety minor Walker. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Eutawville, Eutaw Springs, Denmark, St. George, Marion
(H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Ridgeland
(L. L. Ferebee), Charleston.

122 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Draeculacephala reticulata Signoret. Clemson College, Colum-
bia (Professor Osborn), Sievern (G. H. Pearce), Orange-
burg, Eutawville, Eutaw Springs, Ferguson, Denmark,
St. George, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M.
Anderson), Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee), Charleston.

Subfamily gyponin.'E Berg.
Gypona striata Burmeister. Clemson College, Orangeburg,

St. George.
Gypona octolineata Say. Silver (H. C. Eagerton).
Gypona pectoralis Spangberg. Orangeburg.
Xerophloea viridis Fabricius. Orangeburg, Ferguson, St. George,

Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Charleston.

Subfamily jassin.^ Am. and Serv.

Xestocephalus pulicarius Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orange-
burg, Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Xestocephalus tesselatus A^an Duzee. Orangeburg, Walterboro
(G. M. Anderson).

Spangbergiella vulnerata Uhler. Orangeburg, St. George.

Parabolocratus flavidus Signoret. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, St. George, Isle of Palms.

Platymetopius cuprescens Osborn. Orangeburg.

Platymetopius acutus Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Platymetopius slossoni Van Duzee. Orangeburg.

Platymetopius cinereus Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg.

Platymetopius angustatus Osborn. Orangeburg, Denmark.

Platymetopius parvus n. sp. (Fig. 2). Quite similar in form to
P. angustatus Van D., but more heavily inscribed with
fuscous above, and marked with fuscous below.

Vertex moderately acute in the female, shorter in the male and
nearly right angled. Pronotum broad and short, posterior margin
broadly, shallowly emarginate. Elytra broadly rounded on the apex.

Coloration: the vertex a dull testaceous, with the markings in the
form of irregular, pale, longitudinal vittac. Face pale yellow, mod-
erately infuscated on the outer portions of the genae and the base of the
front. A pale angulate line on the base of the front, continued behind
the eyes. Pronotum tinged with yellow on the anterior border, the disc
mottled with fuscous and marked with five, rather obscure, pale vittas.
Scutellum dull testaceous, tinged with orange near the outer angles.
Elytra closely inscribed with fucsous, which is intensified on the apical
region. The pale areola spots distinct. A number of deep fuscous
recurved veins on the costal area. Below, fuscous, marked with \)3\e
yellow and white. Legs pale, spotted with black.

Feb., 1017]

CicadeUidcc of South Carolina

123

Genitalia: d^ valve large, shield-shaped, fuscous on the base, the
tip pale. Plates rather long, triangular, the outer margins set with short
s]3ines. 9 ultimate ventral segment tapering from the base, slightly
produced and feebly notched on the middle, the outer angles rounding.

Length: cf 3.5 mm., 9 4 mm.

Described from seven males and two females from Orange-
burg, Denmark, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M.
Anderson"). Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee), and Isle of Palms.

Fig. 2. Pl.\tymetopius p.\rvus n. sp.

a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view

of head; c. Face; d, Female genitalia;

e. Elytron; f, Male genitalia.

Fig. 3. Pl.\tymetopius c.\rolixus n. sp.

a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view

of head; c, Face; d. Female genitalia;

e, Elytron; f, Male genitalia.

Platymetopius frontalis Van Duzee. Orangeburg, Denmark,

Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M. Anderson),

St. George, Charleston.
Platymetopius carolinus n. sp. (Fig. 3). Resembling P. aciitiis

Say in form, but somewhat smaller and with a much

shorter vertex.

Vertex short and little more acute than a right angle, sides some-
what convex. Posterior margin of the head strongly emarginate.
Posterior margin of the pronotum truncate, humeral angles distinct.
Elytra broadly rounding on the apex; the appendix rather narrow.

Coloration: vertex dull testaceous with an interrupted, trans^•erse
vitta midway between the eyes and the apex. A narrow longitudinal

124 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

dash on the apex, and sometimes a pair of median longitudinal vittce
extending from the base to the transverse vitta, pale. Anterior margin
of the head pale. Face testaceous, approaching fulvous, with minute
pale mottlings; a pale angulate line on the base of the front and con-
tinuing behind the eyes. Pronotum testaceous, the longitudinal vittae
and mottlings obscure. Scutellum testaceous, four points on the
anterior margin and the angles of the apical field, pale. Elytra washed
with testaceous, and moderately inscribed with fuscous points, the pale
areola spots rather small but fairly distinct. Venation fuscous, inten-
sified on the apex and the recurved nervures along the costal margin.
Below, testaceous marked with fuscous and white in the female, darker
in the male. Legs pale, marked with fuscous points.

Genitalia: cf valve rather small, apex bluntly rounded; plates long
and narrow, margins set with a few bristles ; pygofers about equalling the
plates in length. 9 ultimate ventral segment tapering from the base,
the posterior margin broadly, roundingly produced.

Length: d^ -i mm., 9 4.5-4.75 mm.

Described from two males and two females collected at
Walterboro by Mr. Anderson and one female collected at
Orangeburg by the writer.

Platymetopius pyrops Crumb. Orangeburg, Denmark.

Deltocephalus reflexus Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg, Marion
(H. C. Eagerton), Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee), Isle of Palms.

Deltocephalus weedi Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orange-
burg, Denmark, Ferguson, Eutawville, St. George, Walter-
boro (G. M. Anderson), Isle of Palms.

Deltocephalus compactus Osborn and Ball. Clemson College.

Deltocephalus obtectus Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg, Ridge-
land (L. L. Ferebee).

Deltocephalus apicatus Osborn. Orangeburg.

Deltocephalus flavocostatus vStal. Clemson College, Orange-
burg, Ferguson, St. George, Walterboro (G. M. Anderson),
Charleston.

Thamnotettix morsel Osborn. Orangeburg.

Thamnotettix shermani Ball. Orangeburg.

Thamnotettix nigrifrons Forbes. Clemson College, Orange-
burg, Eutawville, Ferguson, St. George, Walterboro (G. M.
Anderson), Charleston, Isle of Palms.

Thamnotettix colonus Uhler. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, Ferguson, St. George, Isle of Palms.

Scaphoideus auronitens Provancher. Orangeburg.

Scaphoideus scalaris Van Duzee. Orangeburg, Ferguson.

Scaphoideus productus Osborn. Orangeburg.

Feb., 1917] Cicadell idee of South Carolina 125

Scaphoideus immistus Say. Orangeburg.

Euscelis exitiosus Uhler. Clemson College, Sievern, Orange-
burg, Denmark, Eutawville, Ferguson, St. George, Marion
(H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Ridge-
land (L. L. Ferebee), Charleston.

Euscelis anthracinus Van Duzee. Clemson College.

Euscelis bicolor Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Ferguson, St. George, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Walter-
boro, (G. M. Anderson), Charleston.

Euscelis obtutus Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orangeburg, St.
George, Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Ridgeland (L. L.
Ferebee) .

Driotura robusta Osborn and Ball. Clemson College.

Driotura gammaroidea Van Duzee. Clemson College (H. C.
Eagerton).

Chlorotettix necopina Van Duzee. Clemson College.

Chlorotettix galbanata \^an Duzee. Orangeburg, Eutaw Springs,
St. George.

Chlorotettix tunicata Ball. Clemson College (H. C. Eagerton),
Marion (H. C. Eagerton).

Chlorotettix viridis Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, Eutawville, St. George, Marion (H. C. Eager-
ton), Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Charleston, Isle of
Palms.

Chlorotettix balli Osborn. Orangeburg, Marion (H. C. Eagerton).

Chlorotettix tergata Fitch. Orangeburg.

Chlorotettix rugicollis Ball. Isle of Palms.

Chlorotettix spatulata Osborn and Ball. Marion (H. C. Eager-
ton.

Eutettix strobi Fitch. Orangeburg, Walterboro (G. M.
Anderson ) .

Eutettix seminuda Say. Orangeburg, Denmark.

Eutettix cincta Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg.

Phlepsius cinereus \^an Duzee. Orangeburg, Charleston.

Phlepsius fuscipennis Van Duzee. Charleston.

Phlepsius costomaculatus Van Duzee. Orangeburg, St. George,
Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Phlepsius irroratus Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg, Eutaw-
ville, Ferguson, St. George, Marion (H. C. Eagerton).

126

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

Phlepisus torridus n. sp. (Fig. 4).
irroratus.

In form resembling P.

Vertex one-half longer on the middle than against the eyes, obtuse,
nearly right angled, moderately impressed on the disc, anterior edge
bluntly angulate. Margins of the front below the antennas, nearly
straight; clypeus broadened apically; outer angles of the genae prom-
inent, broadly rounded. Pronotum strongly rounded in front, hind
margin broadly sinuate. El^'-tra rather narrow.

Fig. 4. Phelpsius torridus n. sp.
a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view of head; c, Face; d, Female

genitalia, e, Elytron.

Coloration: vertex pale yellow, mottled with fuscous; front and
genas fuscous, a few indistinct arcs and numerous fine irrorations, pale
yellow; lorae and clypeus lighter. Pronotum pale yellow on the
anterior margin, sordid whitish behind, the entire surface mottled with
fuscous. Scutellum fuscous, coarsely marked with pale. Elytra
whitish, rather evenly inscribed with fuscous; venation fulvous, vary-
ing to fuscous on the apical region. Below dark fuscous, marked with
deep testaceous. Legs deep testaceous with black and fuscous markings.

Genitalia: ultimate ventral segment with a large, almost semi-
circular, shiny black lobe on the middle of the posterior margin, the
apex of which bears a small, but distinct, triangular notch, lateral angles
prominent.

Length, (i mm.

Described from one female collected at Oranegburg.

Feb., 1917]

Cicadellidcc of South Carolina

127

Phlepsius carolinus n. sp. (Fig. 5). Quite similar to P. fran-
coniana Ball in form.

Vertex little longer on the middle than against the eyes, obtusely
angled, moderately impressed across the disc, anterior edge distinct.
Face broad and short; front rather broad, strongly narrowed to the
clypeus; margins below the antennae nearly straight; clypeiis broad-
ened apically ; the outer angles of the genae rounded. Pronotum broadly
rounded in front, posterior margin rather strongly sinuate.

Fig. 5. Phelpsius carolinus n. sp.
a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view of head; c, Face; d Female

genitalia; e. Elytron.

Coloration : vertex pale yellow, mottled w4th fuscous ; front fuscous
with numerous irrorations and a few arcs, pale. The rest of the face
pale yellow, mottled with fuscous. Pronotum pale yellow before, sordid
whitish on the posterior margin, the whole coarsely mottled with
fuscous. Elytra whitish, the pigmentation forming three very faintly
indicated oblique bands. Below, pale yellowish; legs pale testaceous,
marked with black.

GenitaHa: ultimate ventral segment narrowed posteriorly; a
median and two oblique, lateral carinas on the disc; a broadly rounded
lobe on the middle of the posterior margin, notched on the apex ; lateral
angles exceeding the median lobe.

Length, 7 mm.

Described from one female from Orangeburg.

128

The Ohio Jounial of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

sp. (Fig. (3),

Resembling P. collitiis Ball

Phlepsius similis n.

in form.

Vertex distinctly, though obtusely angled. Face broad, weakly
impressed across the base; front strongh' narrowed to the clypeus;
clypeus distinctly broadened apically; outer angles of the genre broadly
rounded. Anterior margin of the pronotum strongly rounded, the pos-
terior margin broadly emarginate.

Coloration: vertex pale yellow, irrorate with coalescing fuscous
points. Face pale yellow, closely irrorate with fuscous; a few obsolete
arcs on the front, the apex of the front, the disc of the lors, and the middle

Fig. 6. Phelpsius similis n. sp.

a, Dorsal view of female; b. Lateral view of head; c. Face; d, Female
genitalia; e, Elytron; f, Male genitalia.

of the clypeus, immaculate. Pronotum pale yellow on the anterior
portion, darker on the disc and posterior portion, the whole strongly
irrorate with fuscous. Scutellum pale yellow, obsoletely mottled with
fuscous, four dark spots on the hind margin. Elytra whitish; the
venation and numerous irrorations fuscous. The claval veins ending
in white points surrounded by fuscous. Below, pale, marked with
fuscous and black.

Genitalia: cf valve obtusely triangtdar; plates broadly triangular,

tips rather blunt, a row of short spines on the lateral submargins.

9 ultimate ventral segment about twice as long as the penultimate, the

posterior margin rather strongly sinuate on each side of a minute

median notch, lateral angles prominent.

Length: d^ 7 mm., 9 7.75 mm.

Described from one male and one female from Clemson
College, and two females from Orangeburg.

Feb., KHT

Cicadellidcc of South Carolina

120

Phlepsius coUitus Ball. Orangeburg, Eutaw Springs, St. George.
Phlepsius franconianus Ball. Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).
Phlepsius excultus Uhler. Orangeburg, Denmark, St. George,

Alarion (H. C. Eagerton), Walterboro (G. M. Anderson),

Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee), Isle of Palms.
Phlepsius superbus Van Duzee. Clemson College (H. C.

Eagerton) .
Phlepsius decorus Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg.

Fig. 7. Phelpsius distinxtus n. sp.

a, Dorsal view of female; b, Lateral view of head; c, Face; d, Female

genitalia; e. Elytron.

Phlepsius distinctus n. sp. (Fig. 7). Similar to P. ovatus in form,
but the strongly contrasting black and white coloration
easily distinguishes this from other species of the genus.

Vertex twice as wide as long, roundingly angled, sloping, feebly
impressed on the disc, anterior edge obtuse; gense broadly sinuate below
the e^^es, outer angles about on line with the apex of the front. Pro-
notum two and one-half times as wide as long ; posterior margin broadly
sinuate, nearly parallel to the anterior margin; the surface rugulose and
minutely punctate except on the anterior portion. Scutellum obscurely
rugulose on the apex. Elytra rather broad, venation distinct.

Coloration: ivory white, strongly contrasting with the fuscous
markings. A broken transverse band on the disc of the vertex, and
irregular markings on each side of the apex, fuscous ; the median suture
margined by pale yellow which extends as a faint line to the apex. The

130 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

facial sutures, the antennal sockets, and irrorations on the front, clypeus,
and lorae, fuscous. Pronotum ivory white, marked with fulvous and
fuscous on the anterior portion, sordid white and obscurely marked
behind. vScutellum with two large areas within the basal angles, the
anterior margin, two spots on the disc, and an inverted "Y" on the
apex, fuscous. Elytra ivory white, opaque, with irregular subhyaline
areas, the venation and large irregular splotches at the tips of the claval
veins and on the anteapical, discal, and costal cells, dark fuscous or
black. Ventral portion of the abdomen, fuscous, in-orate with fulvous,
the lateral margins of each segment, and the lateral angles of the
ultimate segment, ivory white.

Genitalia: ultimate ventral segment, short and broad, the posterior
margin roundingly emarginate, about half the depth of the segment, a
median notch in the bottom of the emargination ; lateral angles
prominent, rounded.

Length: 5 mm.

Described from one female sent from Ridgeland by Mr.
Ferebee.

Phlepsius majestus Osborn and Ball. Orangeburg.

Acinopterus acuminatus Van Duzee. Clemson College, Orange-
burg, Walterboro (G. M. Anderson), Ridgeland (L. L.
Ferebee) .

Neocoelidia tumidifrons Gillette and Baker. Charleston.

Paracoelidia tuberculata Baker. Marion (H. C. Eagerton).

Jassus olitorius Say. Orangeburg.

Jassus melanotus Spangberg. Walterboro (G. M. Anderson).

Cicadula 6-notata Fallen. Clemson College, Marion (H. C.
Eagerton), Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Cicadula variata Fallen. Clemson College, Orangeburg.

Eugnathodus abdominalis Van Duzee. Clemson College,
Orangeburg, Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Alebra albostriella Fallen. Clemson College.

Dicraneura abnormis Walsh. Clemson College (G. G. Ainslie),
Orangeburg, Charleston.

Dicraneura fieberi Low. Clemson College (G. G. Ainslie).

Empoasca unica Provancher. Orangeburg.

Empoasca obtusa Walsh. Clemson College, Orangeburg, Eutaw
Springs.

Empoasca mali LeBaron. Clemson College.

Feb., 1917] Cicadellidcc of South Carolina 131

Empoasca flavescens Fabricius. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
Denmark, Eutawville, Marion (H. C. Eagerton), Charles-
ton, Isle of Palms.

Empoa rosae Linnaeus. Orangeburg.

Erythroneura trifasciata Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg.

Erythroneura tricincta Fitch. Clemson College, Orangeburg,
St. George.

Erythroneura comes Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg, Den-
mark, St. George, Charleston. Variety rubra Gillette. St.
George. Variety ziczac Walsh. Clemson College. Variety
octonotata Walsh. Orangeburg, Denmark. Variety infus-
cata Gillette. Clemson College, Ridgeland (L. L. Ferebee).

Erythroneura illinoiensis Gillette. Orangeburg, Denmark.

Erythroneura obliqua Say. Clemson College, Orangeburg.

ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOG OF OHIO VASCULAR

PLANTS FOR 1916.

John H. Schaffner.

The following are among the plants that have been added
to the state herbarium during the year 19 IG. They represent
important extensions in range or distribution as given in the
Catalog of Ohio Vascular Plants and also a number of new
species. The collector's name is given with each number.

18. Pellaea atropurpurea (L.) Link. Purple Cliff-brake. Iron-
ton, Lawrence County. Lillian E. Humphrey.
G8. Pinus strobus L. White Pine. West slope near Rock

Run schoolhouse, FaUsburg, Licking County. Forest

W. Dean.
69. Pinus rigida Mill. Pitch Pine. Upper part of Rocky

Fork valley near Hickman, Licking County. About

8 miles south of Knox County line. Forest W. Dean.
79. Sagittaria cuneata Sheld. Arum-leaf Arrow-head. Cedar

Point, Erie County. E. L. Fullmer.
93. Potamogeton praelongus Wulf. White-stem Pond weed.

Biemillers' Cover, Cedar Point, Erie County. John H.

Schaffner.
101.1. Potamogeton filiformis Pers. Fihform Pondweed.

Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.
139.1. Cyperus ovularis (^Ix.) Torr. Globose Cyperus. In

fields. Madisonville, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E.

Lucy Braun.
195. Carex diandra Schr. Lesser Panicled Sedge. Cranberry

Island, Buckeye Lake, Licking County. Freda Detmers.
316. Change name from Panicularia fluitans (L.) Ktz. to

Panicularia septentrionalis. (Hitch). Bickn.
321. Panicularia pallida (Torr.) Ktz. Pale Manna-grass.

Phalanx, Trumbull County. Almon N. Rood.
41(). Phalaris canariensis L. Canary-grass. In damp ground.

East Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.
455.1. Paspalum setaceum Mx. Slender Paspalum. East

Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.

132

Feb., 191 7J Catalog of Ohio Vascular Plants 133

532.1. Commelina communis L. Asiatic Day-flower. From

Asia. Escaped from gardens in Cleveland and East

Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.
578. Blephariglottis leucophaea (Nutt.) Farw. Prairie Fringed-

orchis. Sandusky, Erie County. E. L. Fullmer and

P. W. Fattig.
617. Ranunculus fascicularis Muhl. Tufted Buttercup. In

open woods, Miamiville, Clermont County. E. Lucy

Braun.
703.1. Thlaspi perfoliatum L. Perfoliate Penny-cress. Miami-
ville, Clermont County. In gravel soil. E. Lucy Braun.
742.1. Dentaria multifida Muhl. Multifid Toothwort. Madi-

sonville, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. In Beechwoods.

E. Lucy Braun.
750. Diplotaxis muralis (L.) DC. Sand Rocket. Change

name to D. tenuifoha (L.) DC.
755. Cleome spinosa L. Spider-flower. Steubenville, Jeffer-
son County. Harriet Smurthwaite.
776. Linum medium (Planch.) Britt. Stiff Flax. In dry soil

near California, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E. Lucy

Braun.
780. Zanthoxylum americanum Mill. Prickly-ash. Warrens-

ville, and on road east of Cleveland, Cuyahoga County.

Edo Claassen.
792. Croton monanthogynus Mx. Single-fruited Croton. In

gravel soil on terraces. Broadwell, Hamilton County.

E. Lucy Braun.
816. Callitriche heterophylla Pursh. Larger Water-starwort.

Richmond Twp., Huron County. W. L. Shuman.
829. Hibiscus moscheutos L. Swamp Rose-mallow. In swamps

near Glcnwood, Warren County. E. Lucy Braun.
866.1. Viola walteri House. Walter's Violet. Near Hayden's

Falls, south of Dubhn, Franklin County. Emery C.

Leonard.
880. Viola triloba Schw. Three-lobed Violet. Dry woods on

steep hillsides. Anderson's Ferry, Cincinnati, Hamilton

County. E. Lucy Braun.
885.1. Passiflora incarnata L. Passion-flower. Along river

bank, Ironton, Lawrence County. Lillian E. Humphrey.
887. Sagina procumbens L. Procumbent Pearlwort. East

Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen.

i;-34 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

912. Silene latifolia (Mill.) Britt and Rend. Bladder Cam-
pion. Railway freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron

Count}^ John H. Schaffner.
923. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) Britt. Cow-herb. Freight yards,

Chicago Junction, Huron County. W. L. Shuman.
952. Chenopodium leptophyllum (Moq.) Nutt. Narrowleaf

Goosefoot. Put-in-Bay, Ottawa County. E. L. Fullmer.

Sandusky, Erie County. John H. Schaffner.
962. Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult. Tumbleweed.

Freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron County. W. L.

Shuman.
9G5.1. Corispermum hyssopifolium L. Bugseed. Freight yards,

Chicago Junction, Huron County. W. L. Shuman.
980. Tracaulon arifolium (L.) Raf. Halbert-leaf Tear-thum.

In swamps, Madison ville, Cincinnati, Hamilton County.

E. Lucy Braun.
1027. Rubus strigosus Mx. Wild Red Raspberry. Bog at

Celeryville, Huron County. John H. Schaffner.
1098. Chamaecrista nictitans (L.) Moench. Omit Stark County

from distribution.
1330.1. Grossularia missouriensis (Nutt.) Cov. and Britt.

Missouri Gooseberry. On rocks, Newton, Hamilton

County. E. Lucy Braun.

1344. Raimannia laciniata (Hill.) Rose. Cutleaf Evening-
primrose. In gravel pits, near Camp Dennison, Hamil-
ton County. E. Lucy Braun.

1345. Kneiffia pratensis vSmall. Meadow Sundrops. In wet
meadows. Deer Park, Hamilton County. E. Lucy
Braun. Specimens in the Herbarium also from Lorain,
Cuyahoga, Summit, Richland and Clark Counties.

1347. Kneiffia fruticosa (L.) Raim. Common Sundrops. In

upland meadows. College Hill, Cincinnati, Hamilton

County. E. Lucy Braun.
1397. Rhododendron maximum L. Great Rhododendron.

Ironton, Lawrence County. Lillian E. Humphrey.
1419. Phlox glaberrima L. Smooth Phlox. In open woods,

north of Oxford, Butler County. E. Lucy Braun.

1473. Bartonia virginica (L.) B. S. P. Yellow Bartonia.
Richmond Township, Huron Count3^ W. L. Shuman.

1474. Menyanthes trifoliata L. Buckbean. Richmond Town-
ship, Huron County. W. L. Shuman.

Feb.. 1017] Catalog of Ohio Vascular Plants 135

154(). Veronica hederaefolia L. Ivyleaf Speedwell. Ander-
son's Ferry, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E. Lucy
Braun.

1507. Linaria canadensis (L.) Dum. Blue Toadflax. Rich-
mond 'rownshi]^, Huron County. W. L. Shuman.

1613. Verbena canadensis (L.) Britt. Large-flowered Verbena.
Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E. Lucy Braun.

1634. Hedeoma hispida Pursh. Rough Pennyroyal. Castalia
prairie, near Castalia, Erie County. E. L. Fullmer.

16S1. Monarda punctata L. Horsemint. Near Madisonville,
Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E. Lucy Braun.

1722.1. Thaspium pinnatifidum (Buckl.) Or. Cutleaf Meadow-
parsnip. In open woods, College Hill, Cincinnati,
Hamilton County. E. Lucy Braun.

1727. Foeniculum foeniculum (L.) Karst. Fennel. In waste
places. Sandusky,. Erie County. John H. Schaffner.

1756. Houstonia angustifolia Mx. Narrow-leaf Houstonia.
Rattlesnake Island, Ottawa County. John H. Schaffner.

1759. Spermacoce glabra Mx. Smooth Button wood. Rocky
shores. Ohio River bank, at Seven Mile, Hamilton
County. E. Lucy Braun.

1760. Diodia teres Walt. Rough Buttonweed. East Cleve-
land, Cuyahoga County. Edo Claassen. Freight yards,
Chicago Junction, Huron County. W. L. Shuman.
Near Mt. Washington, Hamilton County. E. Lucy
Braun.

1760.1. Galiiim verum L. Yellow Bedstraw. Near Old Man's
Cave, South Bloomingville, Hocking County. From
Europe. Emery C. Leonard.

1781.1. Viburnum rufidulum Raf. Southern Black Haw.
College Hill, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. In woods.
E. Lucy Braun.

1786.1. Triosteum aurentiacum Bickn. Scarlet-fruited Horse-
gentian. Woods on steep hillsides. Riverside, Cin-
cinnati, Hamilton County. E. Lucy Braun.

1825. Xanthium spinosum L. Spiny Cocklebur. Freight yards,
Chicago Junction, Huron Count^^ W. L. Shuman.

1827. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. Western Ragweed. Rail-
way freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron County.
John H. Schaffner.

136 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 4,

1856. Helianthus petiolaris Nutt. Prairie Sunflower. Rail-
way freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron County.
John H. Schaffner.

1863. Coreopsis tinctoria Nutt. Golden Tickseed. Railway
freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron County. John
H. Schaffner.

1882. Silphium terebinthinaceum Jacq. Prairie Dock. Clay
bluffs, Miamiville, Clermont County. E. Lucy Braun.

1883.1. Parthenium integrifolium L. American Parthenium.
Euclid Heights, Cleveland, Cuyahoga County. Edo
Claassen.
.1886. Helenium nudiflorum Nutt. Purple-headed Sneeze-
•weed. Hyde Park, Cincinnati, Hamilton County. E.
Lucy Braun.

1901. Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh) Dun. Broad-leaf Gum-
plant. Railway freight yards, Chicago Junction, Huron
County. John H. Schaffner.

1942. Aster phlogifolius Muhl. Thin-leaf Aster. On shaded
clay bluff's. Aliamiville, Clermont County. E. Lucy
Braun.

1988. Elephantopus carolinianus Willd. Carolina Elephant's-
foot. In open woods. Hamilton County. E. Lucy
Braun.

2028.1. Centaurea maculosa Lam. Spotted Star-thistle.
Roadsides near Elizabethtown, Hamilton County. E.
Lucy Braun.

2030.1. Centaurea solstitialis L. Barnaby's Star-thistle. Road-
sides, AVest Fork Creek, Hamilton County. E. Lucy
Braun.

2035. Hypochaeris radicata L. Long-rooted Cat's-ear. Cedar
Point, Erie County. E. L. Fullmer.

Date of Publication, February 17, 1917.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

I'LIU.ISHKD BY THE

Ohio State University Scientific Society

Volume XVII MARCH, 1917 No. 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hubbard — Geograph}- in the Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 137

Mote — Observations on the Distribution of Warble Flies in Ohio 169

GEOGRAPHY IN THE COLUMBUS, OHIO,
QUADRANGLE.*

George D. Hubbard.

introduction.

The Columbus quadrangle (Fig. 1) includes an area which
has had a long complex ph^^siographic history, and yet today it
presents very simple topography.

Paleozoic strataf, essentially limestones in the west, shales
through the central part and sandstones in the east, underlie
the whole area and are almost horizontally disposed. Subjected
to stream erosion from the date of its uplift to the beginning of
the glacial period, the region was apparently almost completely
base leveled; and then the streams were rejuvenated, at least
before Illinoian time, and young valleys were carved below the
peneplain. During the glacial period at least two distinct ice
invasions occurred and each modified the topography both by
erosion and deposition. In interglacial stages, streams devel-
oped youthful valleys which were subsequently drift-filled. As
the last or Wisconsin ice melted off, the present stream cycle was
begun. In post-glacial time, the streams have carved several
long narrow valleys with multitudes of short minor tributaries. {

*Published with permission of the Ohio State Geologist. A part of the cost
of illustrating this article was covered by a grant from the Emerson McMillin
Research Fund, Ohio Academy of Science.

fOhio Geological Survey, Vol. 3. p. 599f. U. S. Geol. Surv. Folio 197.

JA full description and discussion of the stratigraphic and physiographic
history of this region may be found in Bulletin 14, 4th series, Geological Survey of
Ohio, by the author in co-laboration with Drs. J. A. Bownocker and C. R. Stauffer.

137

138

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

The present stream cycle may be said to be in an advanced
stage of youth, developed on a remarkably level till plain,
which is varied in places by crescentic moraines and feeble
out wash, kame and esker deposits.

Most of the quadrangle belongs to the prairies of the more
nearly level type; but the Allegheny Plateau occupies the

OHIO

Fig. 1. The Columbus Quadrangle in relation to Ohio counties. Columbus here

shows as a Greek cross.

eastern margin, though its characteristic features are nearly
concealed through the leveling effects of the drift mantle. An
active, growing city, and a prosperous farming community with
their transportation, manufacturing, and residence elements
have developed and fitted down upon these physical features,
until there exists today a good degree of adjustment and
harmony of physical and cultural factors.

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 139

It is the purpose in this paper to point out these adjustments,
the relations obtaining, and the influence operating between
the physical and cultural features.

EARLIEST RESPONSES TO GEOGRAPHIC CONDITIONS.

Mound-builders, Indians* and the earliest white people to
occupy this territory were attracted to it by the opportunities
to hunt and probably, to some extent, to engage in a primitive
kind of agriculture; but the real call to colonization, to settle-
ment and actual occupation was a call which reached the people
of the central group of the original colonies and led them to the
level fields, fertile soils and occasional open prairie tracts for the
purpose of fixed agriculture. It was easy to put the land under
cultivation, for like most of the prairie it was not fully timbered,
and only a part needed to be cleared before all could be turned
over by the plow, and planted. So level, too, was the land that
none was really waste, unless too wet; and communication
either by canoe in stream or by wagon was easy in all directions.
The timber along streams and over parts of the upland plains
furnished all lumber needed for the quickly-built log houses,
fences and stock shelters, and provided ample fuel for all early
needs, but was not so heavy, dense or widespread as to depress the
people or obstruct their progress in agriculture and intercourse.

The region earl}^ gained prominence because of the proximity
to the Scioto and Olentangy rivers and to their junction near
the center of the area. Further, its position, central in the
Territory of Ohio, led to the selection of its chief town as the
State Capital as soon as such a place was needed. This political
asset in turn has ministered to the development of many
interests in the region.

DEVELOPMENT IN HARMONY WITH ENVIRONMENT.

When once the farming and concomitant trading population
was established in the region the favorable conditions for agri-
culture— moist temperate climate, deep fertile soils and river
access to markets — encouraged the inhabitants to develop what
they already had; and soon Franklin County which contains
most of the Columbus quadrangle became known as one of the
most prosperous agricultural counties in Ohio.

*Suggcstions here and at several subsequent points have come from Prof.
Frank Carney's papers on Ohio Geography in Bull. Den. Sci. Lab. 1910-11.

140 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

The abundance of limestone lying in plain view and very-
accessible along the Scioto River cliffs invited quarrying for
building purposes; and the presence of wood made possible the
burning of the stone for lime. Thus the foundations of two
early industries were laid; the quarrying has persisted and
grown to the present, but the burning of lime has long ceased
because better lime could be made near by from rock of no
value for building.

At an early date, also, waterpower was developed on the
Scioto and Olentangy rivers and on the Darby, Alum and
Walnut Creeks and even on some minor streams. Valleys nar-
rowing and widening as they passed from rock to drift and
again to rock, because they intersected buried interglacial
valleys, formed tempting sites for grist or saw mills. Many
more of these sites might have been used.

Springs, and good wells where springs were wanting, have
furnished excellent waters which have made for comfort and
health from the days of earliest settlement. These wholesome
waters are possible because of the abundance of glacial drift
both stratified and unstratified. A few in the eastern part come
from the sandstones.

Communication and transportation early demanded atten-
tion because the till, especially when wet, made rather treach-
erous roadbed. The abundant glacial gravels in out wash, kame
and esker deposits were used most extensively for wagon roads
over the till plain until a few years ago when crushed rock sprang
suddenly into almost universal use. The rock used for miles
around the capital is limestone, quarried and crushed at various
openings along the Scioto River within the area studied. Both
gravel and crushed rock have been extensively used for railroad
ballast also. By making use of these resources, here so abundant
and near at hand, a much better roadbed is made than could be
constructed of the other available materials, logs, planks, drift
and cinders. In this instance again the more close the adjust-
ment to the physical conditions — the more thorough the use of
resources — the better it is for the people. And, again, the
longer the people study the situation and work out their prob-
lem, the more they make use of their resources and become
adjusted to the whole environment.

When the canal system was being constructed in Ohio,
Columbus citizens desired water connections with Lake Erie and

Mar., 1917] Columhiis, Ohio, Quadrangle 141

with the Ohio River but the divide between them and the lake
is high, hence neither of the through lines selected traversed the
capital. One line did, however, come from Newark to Lock-
bourne and proceed southward to Portsmouth, and the Colum-
bus people took advantage of one side of the Scioto flood plain
for an easy canal route south to Lockbourne, as shown on the
topographic* map. From that town, the main canal led down
the flood plain about five miles, and then at a point where the
river crowded close to the canal- (east) side of the flood plain the
canal turned aside into an abandoned glacial overflow channel
and continued southward out of danger from the menace of
the river.

CULTUR.\L LOCATIONS GEOGRAPHICALLY DETERMINED.

Houses. — Outside of the towns the houses are usually placed
with reference to some physiographic feature. A number are
located on alluvial fans, partly because the fan furnished a little
elevation above the flood plain, allowed better drainage or a
more inspiring view than the lower plain, partly because it was
desired to build at the junction of two valleys or two valley-
determined roads.

Throughout the eastern sixth of the area many house sites
were selected because of the proximity of a spring. Springs are
common here, the water rising from the sandstones. Essentially
all spring water is softer than well water from the drift, and it
is always cool.

Along the Scioto, Olentangy and Big Darby a number of
houses have been built upon rock terraces. f (Fig. 2.) These
afford pleasing outlooks, and a residence far enough above the
flood plain to be out of danger of floods yet not as far away
from the flood plain fields as would be a residence back on the
upland. A spring at the rear of the terrace has given some
terraces an advantage over others, and some parts of large
terraces over other parts.

Bluffs overlooking the flood plain have proven very attractive
to both Mound-builder and Caucasian. At Arlington, west of
Columbus, the best residences fringe the bluff from the Marble

*At this point and many others the readers will find it advantageous to have
at hand the four local topographic maps published by the U. S. Geol. Survey and
the physiographic maps in the folio Xo. 197 and the Ohio Survey Bulletin 14,
mentioned in the opening paragraph.

fOhio Nat., Vol. IX (1908-09), pp. 397-403.

142 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Cliff station on the Pennsylvania Railroad south and east for
two miles. Even the car from the city to Arlington is called
the Grandview car. North of Columbus for two or three miles
along the pike on the east Olentangy bluff there is being built a
beautiful residence section. (Fig. 4.) In the city much more
attention has been paid to the sesthetic in house location during
the past ten years than ever before.

fcrfc-.-i.? rj«-c--.«*-.-

'/I ■?

*'^^''::^:--?^^^^^^^^^

i

:d

Fig. 2. The rock terrace at Marble Cliff in the Scioto Valley. This level stretch,

many acres in extent, stands some 50 feet above the river level and at least

an equal distance below the upland. Looking nearly north.

Over very much of the area even outside the specific moraine
belts are strewn moraine hummocks, little swells in the till
plain. Literally hundreds of farm and village houses are built
on these hummocks. The slightly greater altitude gives better
outlook and better drainage than has the plain in general. In
a few instances, an esker ridge has furnished a place attractive
enough for the farmer builder.

Railroads. — North of Columbus in the central part of the
area four railroads connect the city with Toledo, Sandusky,
Cleveland and intermediate centers. The Hocking Valley, on

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 143

the interstreani strip between the two major streams, climbs
from its flood plain station in the western part of the city, up
the bluff obliquely for seven miles until it emerges on the
upland, and then almost immediately plunges into a deep cut
with ascending grade through the Powell moraine to a still
higher inter-morainal till plain beyond the town of Powell.
Two engines are employed to pull nearly every freight train
this far out from the city. Where the road is well up on the
interstream area it swings away from the main stream beyond
the head ends of the little fringing tributaries bordering the
Olentangy River. This is done to find a more nearly level
course and to avoid building so many bridges.

The Big Four, Pennsylvania and former Cleveland, Akron
and Columbus, now a Pennsylvania line — the other three roads
to the north — leave the Union Station on the east bluff of the
Scioto River; hence do not need to make a climb but at once
strike out on the interstream till plain. (Fig. 3.) The first and
second are essentially parallel as far as the northern boundary
of the area with no curves, bridges, cuts or fills, because they
are so far from the major streams that the till plain is still
undissected. (See topographic map.) One small bridge over a
stream while still really within the city, and a slight grade
south of, and a shallow cut through, the Powell moraine con-
stitute the only exceptions to this generalization. If it were
not for this adjustment — if, for example, the route of either
railroad had been laid out one to one and one-half miles nearer
the Olentangy stream — thirty-five to forty bridges would have
been necessary with almost continuous cutting and grading.
No road follows either of the four valleys north from Columbus
because the interstream areas afford a much more practicable
route.

All the roads east, south and west lie on the level till plain
paying no particular attention to valley or stream, because
none is far below the till plain. No railroad out of Columbus
follows a valley even for a short distance, except the Pennsyl-
vania, the Toledo and Ohio Central, and the Big Four west for
two or three miles, and the Hocking Valley and the Toledo and
Ohio Central south for an equal distance. In all these cases,
exit from the valleys is made as quickly as possible in order to
use the level upland till plain. Not only do the roads out of the
city avoid the valleys but over the whole area no railroads can
be found in valleys at all.

144

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Mar., 191 7J

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

145

cfq'

■-1

^

U

en

c

&

O

n

3

TO

o

fi)

o

0)

p

t/l

J*

^-^

P

-1

r.

fB

-^

^?'

% C

P

P 3

1-1

(^C

r =

3

r- ^

r^

c* r*

-

O O

2

o <-

?rc

r^

p '^

n

d^-r

3

C^-

1^ ■

^

p

3

r/:

rs 3

POrq

„ t/;

'T.

r*

' — >

n^

P L-
3 r<

gp

"< O

O p
P 3
3 CTQ

C

146

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Railroad Bridges. — The valleys are often so narrow in this
area that the railroads cross on bridges supported on tall trestles.
The Baltimore and Ohio over Big Darby Creek at Harrisburg
has a bridge 90 feet high and about one-fourth mile long.
(Fig. 5.) The Pennsylvania crosses the Scioto River at Marble
Cliff west of Columbus on a high bridge and leads up a long
rock terrace slope at the east end of the bridge to gain sufficient
height for the crossing. (Fig. 2.) The Cleveland, Akron and
Columbus crosses Big Walnut near Sunbury on a bridge high
enough to be flush with the till plain, and the Baltimore and
Ohio crosses Black Lick at Black Lick station in precisely the
same manner.

Fig. 5. Bridge of Baltimore and Ohio railroad over Darby Creek at Orient.

The track dips but little to make this crossing. Such a high level

bridge is possible because the valley is in the youthful stage,

and advisable because the valley is so deep.

Alluvial fan slopes are sometimes used by the electric rail-
roads in getting out of and into a valley. The Arlington-
Grandview car so ascends from the Scioto flood plain across a
fan and up a little ravine to reach the upland till plain. All
these harmonious adjustments of railroads are responses of the
cultural to the physical.

Wagon Roads. — It is probable that as many examples of
wagon road adjustment could be found as of railroad responses.
Many roads were laid out in "bee-line" from Columbus to the
neighboring towns, in order to facilitate communication between
them. Parallels and meridians are occupied by a few roads;

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 147

but mail}' miles of road are directed by streams or valleys. The
Scioto River is followed by one road all the way from Columbus
to the northern limits of the area and frequently by two for
short distances. Similar response is found along the Olentangy
River. Alum and Big Walnut valleys have proved sufficiently
influential to have at least one road follow each most of the
distance across the northern half of the area, but the road is
upon the till plain a portion of the way. The valleys are crooked
and streams more so, and the latter crowd closely under one
bluff then under the other necessitating many bridges if the
valley floor be followed.

Wagon Bridges. — Over most of the smaller streams wagon
bridges have been built where the fords were formerly, or so
near, that obviously the ford crossing and its road connections
determined the bridge site; but this is not the case with many
of the larger bridges. Often narrow places, or sites with rock
banks on one side or both, or specially good drift or gravel
banks have been sought out for bridges, just the conditions
that were avoided when the fords were located. This has
necessitated the laying out of new roads and the construction
of crooked, indirect roads across the valleys in many places.
The bridge over Big Darby, midway between Georgesville and
Harrisburg, and the upper bridge at the latter place are good
illustrations of this principle. The bridge is located at a desir-
able place with reference to the stream, but where considerable
circuitous driving is necessary to use the bridge. So common
is this kind of response that a bridge, so placed as to make the
road straight across the stream, and continuous with roads on
opposite sides, is a rather rare feature in the area.

In many places the suitable crossing, whether ford or bridge,
and particularly if a bridge, is approached by several roads.
A convergence of three, four and even five roads from one side
of the bridge and a corresponding divergence on the other side is
a frequent occurrence.

Quarries. — Many opportunities are afforded by the physio-
graphy for access to the rock. Valleys are youthful and deep
enough to have been cut wtII into the rock. The steep-sided
valleys of the Scioto and several of its tributaries, and of the
Darby creeks are, in more than a score of places, the sites of
limestone quarries. Several old quarries are found south of

148

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

the Scioto, where it runs eastward, west of Columbus. Four
or five more newer and much larger ones are located just north
of the Marble Cliff bend; and then a series of lesser quarries,
some old and some new, occupy favorable sites from these
larger ones northward even to the northern boundary of the
area. Not only have the streams carved deep cuts into the
rock and thus accomplished all the preliminary work of opening,
but they have cut so deeply that large quarries can be worked
above river level with no fear of water to trouble the workmen.

Fig. 6. Drain tile plant situated near Black Lick, because the soft Bedford shales

are here available.

Another item which makes quarrying easy is the fact that the
glacier, scouring over this region removed nearly all partly
decayed rock, leaving the fresh solid limestone, shales and
sandstones at the surface; and again as the larger streams have
made their valleys they have removed nearly all drift that the
glaciers left, on these future quarry slopes.

In the northwest portion of the area preglacial interstream
ridges of limestone are so thinly mantled, and so thoroughly
cleared by the glaciers of their partly weathered rock, that
quarries have been opened in them without the aid of the rivers.

Just as the streams and glaciers have prepared easy quarrying
of the limestones in the western half, so in the eastern half of

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 149

the area the same agencies have made sandstone quarrying
easy. The sandstone is not nearly as good of its kind as is the
limestone.

Brick and Tile Plants. — The softer beds of the Devonian
shales are exposed in several places and have determined the
location of a sewer pipe plant in North Columbus and a brick
and tile plant on East Fifth Avenue. Both factories find a large
local market and do an extensive business. With the develop-
ment of the brick industry on an abundant natural resource, and
with the exhaustion of the timber has come a change in the
kind of buildings from frame to brick houses. There should be
much less of the former type of construction and much more
of the durable limestone and brick construction in Columbus,
and undoubtedly this adjustment will continue. A brick plant
and a tile factory are located at Taylor's, some nine or ten miles
east of Columbus, where the purple and red soft Bedford
shales come to the surface. Another tile factory at Canal
Winchester uses the same Bedford formation (Fig. 6). No
factories of these kinds occur in the western part of the quad-
rangle, because the suitable shales are wanting. Several minor
tile- and brick-making establishments are using the glacial
drift. Some take it directly from the till plain, others are
drawing from glacial kettles which have been more or less filled
with clay during post-glacial time. Some plants using the
drift are located at Pickerington, in the south part of Columbus,
near Greencastle and near Hilliards.

Tile for draining the nearly level till plain finds considerable
market over most of the area. Thus the needs, purely geo-
graphic, is readily supplied by using natural resources already
in place when the need arose.

Sand and Gravel. — Sand for building purposes and gravel for
wagon and railroad beds are abundant. Outwash deposits
occur in and around Columbus and southward in abundance.
Others are found along the streams north of the city. Eskers
in North Columbus, Pickerington and southwest of Canal
Winchester, and kames south of Columbus at Bakers and
Spanglers Hills furnish much gravel, easily available. The
Hocking Valley railroad company has built a spur to Bakers and
expects to remove the whole hill. The demand for both
sand and gravel is great in recent years in the building trade,

150

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

and a company has thereby been called into being to dredge
the Scioto River in Columbus, through which great quantities
of both sand and gravel are supplied to the local market.

Diversified Agriculture. — In the early part of the agricultural
history of this region, general farming was the rule, but it has
now been recognized that most of the land is better suited to
some one class of farming than to others*. Certain uplands
are given over almost entirely to timothy hay, or to pasture.
Many small stream floodplains are now used for pasture alone,
because they are too wet in most years for cultivation. Large

Fig. 7. Alluvial tracts southwest of Columbus adapted for and devoted to

truck farming.

flood plains have been leveed and with the terraces or second
bottoms are repeatedly planted to corn. A rotation of oats, corn,
wheat and clover or alfalfa is used on many upland farms, for
without a rotation any one of the grain crops soon fails. Some
cold, heavy, upland fields are put into buckwheat, a crop especi-
ally adapted to such soils. Orchards and fruit have been put
upon many well drained slopes. This is particularly true
near Columbus, where fruit markets are largest.

A lake bed of about forty acres, four and one-half miles
south of South Columbus, is devoted year after year to onions.
The soil is especially adapted, being black with organic matter,
rich, loose and warm. Many other similar tracts, though
rarely so large, could be thus used for onions or celery. Around

*Map 20, Columbus sheet. Bur. of Soils, Rept. Field Operations, 1902. Map
30, Wcstcrville sheet, ibid., 1905.

Mar., 1917]

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

151

152

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Columbus and particularly southward are hundreds of acres
devoted to intensive gardening. This is partly a response to
the call of the market, but the specific location of many of the
gardens is determined by the fertile, alluvial, deposits of second
bottoms south and west of the city (Fig. 7). Here and north-
west of Columbus are the two most favored gardening sections.
North and east of town this specialized phase of agriculture
does not occur, although all conditions but soil are probably
as suitable, as in the two sections used.

Fig. 9. Genera] view of tlae steel plant at South Columbus, at intersection of

three railroads.

Windmills. — Over most of the western half of the area the
drift is deep and wells range from 50 to 150 feet in depth.
In response to this combination, himdreds of farmers have
erected windmills to pump the water. Winds usually move
over this level country with force enough to do the pumping.
Occasionally the deep well seems to necessitate the installation
of a gasoline engine, because the wind is scarcely able to do
the pumping.

In a strip four to eight miles wide along the eastern part
of the area, springs from the sandstone are so common that
wells are rare; and wells, when needed, are so shallow that
windmills are still less common. The spring-house, however,
and the roadside watering trough are constant reminders to
the traveler of the different conditions. Springs also occur
in the gravel streaks of the glacial drift (Fig. 8).

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 153

Industries Lacking Geographic Reasons for
Location Here.

A few examples of industries in which adjustment cannot
be made, may profitably be mentioned. In such a city and
community large quantities of cement are used and one might
think a cement plant would be built here, but the natural
resources limit the project. The limestone is n6t suitable for
cement, and no suitable clays exist wdthin man^^ miles. Hence
all cement must be shipped in, thus establishing geographic
connections with a broader environment. The iron industry is
rooted here in South Columbus (Fig. 9), but there is no element
to encourage it beyond the local market and good flux lime-
stone. Further, the plant sells but very little product in Colum-
bus. Coal and iron must both be hauled many miles. While
so much coal mining is financed from Columbus in the Hocking
Valley and other districts to the southwest, that coal mining
is considered the largest single business in Columbus, not a
particle of coal is actually mined anywhere within the
quadrangle. The iron ore for the iron and steel industry
comes by way of Toledo from Lake Superior iron mines.

A glass factory is running in the eastern part of Columbus,
with quartz sand from Toledo and gas from 30 miles southeast.
Market, labor and transportation facilities are about the only
favorable conditions for this industry. No industry making
heavy demands on lumber has located here, because of the
natural scarcity of timber. Limitations of this sort are ])ut
upon many lines of manufacturing.

The Growth of Columbus.

Starting on the grounds formerly selected and used by the
Wyandotte Indians for a straggling town, the village of
Columbus began to take shape along the east bluff of the
Scioto River one half mile to one mile below the mouth of the
Olentangy. At this place the ground is high and gravelly,
affording good drainage and in general much better conditions
for building than most places near by.

Nearly parallel with the general direction of the Scioto
and Olentangy, along the slight elevation at the crest of the
bluff, very appropriately came High Street (Fig. 10). And in
distinction from many shorter streets leading eastward, one
was called Long Street, Broad Street was laid out wider than

154

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 155

any other, hence its name. The intersection of High and
Broad streets, both leading far into the country, became the
chief center and the State House corner. This pre-eminence
was further augmented when Broad Street west became the
national pike and High Street north the Columbus-Sandusky
pike. Main Street lies along the national pike east and early
became a leading street. Because of the relation of High
Street to the river, and of the relation of the two leading streets
to the incoming pikes, the town has pushed out in four direc-
tions, making a great Greek cross, (Fig. 1) ; and not until quite
recently has there been much filling in of the corners. Ten or
twelve years ago Columbus reached seven miles north and
south and almost seven miles east and west, with an area of
scarcely twenty square miles and nearly two of these bare
flood plain.

The older manufacturing plants, such as the carriage factories
and shoe factories were located in the heart of town, in order
to be in touch with river, canal and later the first railroads.
Of course they still remain there and enjoy these locational
privileges. Several later plants, as the Kilbourne-Jacobs and
Kinnear machinery factories, and the Pennsylvania railroad
shops and some of the State Institutions have been built up
on the periphery of the old town, the former along the railroads,
the latter on the attractive streets, east, north and west. And
now, a later chain of manufacturing plants has been swung
around the recent city three or four miles from the center and
along the railroads; — the steel plant (Fig. 9), starch factory and
fire apparatus factory on the south, where the Hocking, Toledo
& Ohio Central and Norfolk & Western railroads part company;
the lithograph company, at the intersection of the Big Four
and Fifth Avenue east; foundaries, machine shops and cold
storage and butterine plants along the west side of the north
arm of the city on the short spur from the railroad yards just
north of the mouth of the Olentangy. The asylums for the
insane (Fig. 11) and the feeble-minded stand on beautiful sites
on the Scioto bluffs far out in the western arm. Many other
plants owe their general location away from the center to their
late arrival and the crowded condition of the business district;
and their specific location to the intersection of two railroads
or to some other transportational facility.

156

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

The presence of the manufacturing district in the northeast
corner of Columbus has prevented the spreading of the residence
section into that corner until recently; and now, in the last
five years, there has been a phenomenal growth between the
factories and shops of this corner and the State Fair Grounds.
This recent growth has occurred also still farther northeast
beyond the Fair Grounds and the State University. Alum
Creek also served as a temporary barrier for many years on
the east, but these same recent years have seen a great expansion

Fig. 11. State Asylum for the Insane. The flood plains below are used for

gardens, the wooded slopes for walks and the level upland

for the buildings, drives and lawns.

beyond that stream over the till plain for a mile and a half east,
and for three miles north and south. Likewise there has been
added to the city about four square miles of residence blocks in
the southeast corner of the Greek cross. This tract was wet
and undesirable for city lots, was poorly drained, untouched
by street car service which for years had been confined very
closely to the four cardinal arms of the city and was far from
much of the business and manufacturing. But with the estab-
lishing of factories and mills even beyond this district, and the

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 157

crowding from within the city business section, the necessity
of improving this 4-milc tract has been forced upon the city;
and now much needed improvements have come, beginning
with thorough draining, the paving of the main thoroughfares
(the old country roads) and the building of car lines along
several of these established highways.

In a similar manner, and by almost the same steps, the
northwest corner, Marble Cliff-Arlington district, is now filling
in. As stated above, the Scioto bluff in this section has for many
years had a fringe of comfortable looking residences and club
houses located with reference to the "grandview" to the south
and west; but the less attractive till plain is now well drained
and taken up for residences, stores, school houses, and offices.

Probably, however, the most attractive residence section
now being built, is along the Columbus-Sandusky pike north.
This road, now completely rebuilt and in excellent condition to
keep pace with its surroundings, skirts along the Olentangy east
bluff and is followed by the Columbus, Delaware and Marion
electric railroad. Now for fully two miles cross streets have
been laid out leading up the beautiful wast-facing bluff; and
hundreds of houses have been built. (Fig. 4.) Clinton ville,
almost five miles north of the Union station is now structurally
a part of Columbus.

The city is, in a large way, a manufacturing, commercial and
mercantile city and thus a product of the influence of the
geographical conditions. As pointed out, transportation has
from the start been easy, and now the many radial lines of
steam railroad, electric railroad and pike are very influential in
the growth of the city. The flne farming lands, calling for a
numerous, active, well to do agricultural population, have been
responsible for the great development of manufacturing of
buggies, wagons, 'shoes, and other leather goods, farm machin-
ery, iron and steel goods, and for the growth of the meat-
packing, tile-making, and many other industries. Further, the
coal, oil, and gas, and limestone nearby have called for manu-
facture of well-drilling, mining, quarrying and electric appa-
ratus. And. with the growth of these industries, have come
subsidiary, dependent or related industries in considerable
numbers as in any other city.

158

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Influence of State Institutions. — While so much is in large
degree a response to physical conditions here before the town
came at all, and is a measure of the adjustment already accom-
plished, no small importance must be attached to the location
of the State Capital, the State University, and a half dozen
other State Institutions in and about the city. But since these
came partly because of the opportunities already offered and
are now a part of the geographic environment, they may be
considered among the geographic factors aiding in the growth
and importance of the city. They each bring many workmen,
skilled and otherwise, whose homes are a part of the residence
districts, and whose expenditures add a large item to the busi-
ness of the city. Not only through their employes but directly

Fig. 12. Drives, shade and conservatory in Franklin Park. Sags and swells of
moraine may be seen among the trees on both left and right.

through their own maintenance do these institutions each con-
tribute to the importance of the city. Further, most of them
owe no small part of their size and usefulness to the fact that
they are in the midst of a large, growing, prosperous community.
Parks and Drives. — Columbus has taken advantage of but
little of its narural beauty and attractiveness in its park and
drive system. Two parks in the thickly settled parts of town
and the U. S. Barracks in the midst now of a manufacturing
district constitute all that could be called park until the out-
skirts of the city are reached, and all these lie on the exceedingly
level uninspiring till plain. Franklin Park on the eastern
border along Alum Creek is part flood plain and part till plain,
with a rolling somewhat sandy intermediate zone of charming
country suitable for drives, shrubbery and flowers. Some use of

Mar., 1917]

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

159

of this tract is already being made. (Fig. 12.) The stream itself
is not made use of, and its borders within the park are essentially
waste. Broad Street (Fig. 13) and Bryden Road (Fig. 14),
shady well kept residence streets, connect the park with the
business district. At the west end of the city, two State Insti-
tutions, the Asylums for the Insane and for the Feeble-minded
have spacious green and shade areas lying over the definite
bluffs of the Scioto and on both the till plain above and the
flood plain below. (Fig. 11.) Neither reaches the river. They

Fig. 13. East Broad vStrect. Fine residence properties and splendid drives on

the even till plain.

are not in any sense public parks, yet in some respects they
serve that function and might be greatly beautified by taking
advantage of more of their geographic setting.

In a similar manner the State University grounds (Fig. 15),
well north in the city, lie over the bluffs and upon adjacent
upper and lower plains along the Olentangy River and a small
tributary ravine. A very little effort has here been made to use
natural beauty by restraining the waters of a group of springs
for a lake, and limiting their flow to one large spring bowl. Not
half as much has been accomplished as might be to make
attractive a really pretty natural site. A private company has

160

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Fig. 14. Bryden Road, the better residence part-^^of East Town Street.

Fig.^15. A beauty spot over the bluffs of a little ravine tributary to Olentangy
River, now a part of the State University Campus.

Mar., 191 7J

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

161

selected a beautiful place at the northern limits of town, on the
Olentangy River and a tributary ravine, and has there built up
an amusement and picnic park. Much has been done to make
the site over the slopes attractive by buildings, walks, stairs and
seats. A suggestion is here given of what the city might do.

East from this park, up the ravine about a mile, the glen,
here possessing a small flood plain, is now used for a park.
Paths and seats, with rustic bridges over the stream and a well
or two constitute the chief improvements but they are sufficient
to draw the public to the pretty site for picnics and pleasure
walks. No true boulevards are to be found at Columbus.

Fig. 16. Concrete Storage Dam, which retains 1,000,000,000 gallons of water in
the Scioto gorge. Built where the youthful gorge narrows suitably.

City Water Supply. — For many years the shallow well S3^stem
of water supply was used in Columbus as in the country districts
around, but finally the waters of the Scioto River were drawn
upon, and a city waterworks plant was put into operation thus
laying under control another item in the environment. This
was, however, surface water, hard, variable both in supply, and
in freedom from mud, and always open to contamination from
a thousand upstream sources. The Scioto valley, while essen-
tially a rock gorge across the entire northern half of the quad-
rangle, and narrow enough to be effectively obstructed by a
large dam, is wide enough to make a very satisfactory reservoir.
About twelve years ago the city council decided to take another
step in the adjustment to the physiographic conditions by
building a massive concrete dam across the river. (Fig. 16.)

162 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

The site selected was six miles above the city, at a place where
the valley walls were fairly close together, and above which the
valley widened a little. The dam was built on solid limestone
all the way across and set into limestone bluffs on each side.
Rock removed to build approaches and abutments was crushed
and used in the concrete construction. When completed, the
dam was high enough to pond the water back for fully four
miles or almost to the Dublin bridge. The mouths of little
tributary gorge valley's and several little quarries were drowned.
The old Dublin road had to be raised or reconstructed 50 to 100
feet higher up the bluffs. This improvement with a large filtra-
tion, softening, and pumping plant most admirably situated
near the junction of the two large rivers has put Columbus in
touch with one of the best water supplies to be found.

Natural slopes toward the Scioto River from all parts of the
city, and the great gravel and sand beds south of the city for
settling tanks and filters have been taken advantage of in the
construction of a sewage system and disposal plant.

Floods. — The young valleys of the Scioto and Olentangy
rivers with their considerable drainage basins above are subject
to floods of devastating dimensions. Nearly every spring a
moderate flood arrives at Columbus, and in years with excep-
tional combinations of circumstances the quantity of water
becomes alarming. The valleys above the city are rather steep
floored and at the city there is a decided decrease in the fall of
the stream with a widening of the valley. The unfortunate
condition is still further accentuated by several railroad grades
and wagon roads across the flood plain in the western part of
the city. These grades were built in part to keep the traffic up
and out of the water and in part to make easy grades for trains
getting in and out of the valley. They do not have enough
bridge section but are solid earth and stone walls nearly all the
distance across the valley and hence obstruct greatly the ready
egress of the water poured out upon the flats from the steeper
upper stream courses.

The flood of 1913* proved the most destructive in the
history of the city, and made it very plain that measures should
speedily be taken to provide for this variable geographic
factor — the river flood stage. Among necessary improvements

*Griggs, Julian, Engineering Xews, April, 1913.

Mar., 1917] Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle 163

are the rebuilding of the various grades so that they shall offer
as little obstruction as possible, the straightening of the river
channel in two large curves in the south part of town, the
removal of encroaching buildings and bridge abutments at
several points, together with more careful levee building.
Much of this work would lend itself to the general scheme of
city beautification.

FUTURE OF THE DISTRICT.

The general directions along which adjustments to geo-
graphic conditions in the area shall move, are already clearly
indicated by present progress. There is no reason to believe
that material change in the industrial or commercial tendencies
will be called for by the environment. Relative values however,
may change considerably. Because of the soil, climate, and
market conditions prevailing in the region the farm lands will be
devoted to agriculture, except where needed for the growth of
the towns. The diversification already begun will continue.
Market gardening, and fruit growing will each seek out the most
favorable places and conditions for their respective expansion,
and they will greatly increase at the expense of general agricul-
ture. This is because of the general call of increasing population
for more intensive agriculture and a greater supply of products
from a smaller area, and because of the particular call of the
larger population through the local markets. Stock-raising for
meat wdll increase for the same reason.

Minor Ceiiters. — Small tow^ns will yet spring up at many
points W'ithin the area, partly as residence suburbs of Columbus
and partly to care for the commercial and mercantile interests
of communities becoming more densely populated. These latter
will be mainly at intersection points of railroads or of railroads
and electrics or even in some places at improved road
intersections.

Probably nothing new in the development of mineral
resources w^ill come to this district ; but several industries now in
their early and unimportant stages wdll greatly enlarge. Brick
manufacturing has good opportunities, and it will yet grow much
because of the abundance of shales, adjacent coal and gas, and
the increasing demand for brick buildings. Stone quarrying, for
crushed rock, cement and road material will become a larger
industry; and quarrying for building stone may be more than

164 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

restored to its former significance as the desire in the city for
more permanent buildings increases.

Manufacturing, along many lines, especially those catering
to the local markets, will increase. New plants will arise at
various points along the railroads and may form the nuclei for
some of the new towns predicted above, but most of the factories
will cling to the borders of the city.

The City. — Columbus may be expected to expand industri-
ally, commercially and artistically for many years to come.
Industrially, many building sites along river and railroad will be
occupied; and commercially, as the population and manufactur-
ing increase, the facilities for communication and transportation
must needs be augmented. No doubt new electric lines will yet
be built, and certainly several steam lines will doubletrack to
increase the external relations and connections of the city.
Possibly a new railroad or two may yet be demanded to care
for the products coming into and going out from this city.

While the industrial development of Columbus may be
expected to be concentrated along the railroads, and to run in
some places, miles into the country, the residence districts will
as certainly be built up between railroads. This points def-
initely to three districts beside the tract north of town and east
of the Olentangy, already discussed, which may look for great
improvement and a rapidly growing population. One of these,
and if geographic conditions are to count for much, the first to
receive attention, is the beautiful well drained, easily reached,
upland between the two large rivers. Already much progress has
been made in the southern part of this tract but the farms north
of Fifth Avenue in both Clinton and Perry Townships must pass
from farming lands to town lots, streets, drives and school yards,
and city car lines must reach out along the present roads.

The next most desirable district is' between the Big Four
tracks north from Columbus and the Pennsylvania track north-
east, in the vicinity of Linden. One electric line connecting with
Westervihe already runs close to this tract; others will come.
The farms in this section are now so valuable for residences that
they are not profitable for farming and the response must
soon come.

The third district lies south-west from the city beyond the
cemeteries and between the Baltimore and Ohio railroad, and

Mar., 11)17]

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

165

the Big Four. Its gently rolling topography and its moderate
slope eastward to the Scioto, insuring good drainage, added to
the short distance from the manufacturing plants in the western
part of the city and the pressure of population from the same
parts, constitute the chief reasons for development of this
section for residences.

Scarcely a city in Ohio excels Columbus in the matter of
opportunities to beautify and adorn itself with parks, drives,

Fig. 17. Hay den Falls, three miles above the Storage Dam, which should be

made available by good road connections with the city.

(Photo by C. R. StaufEer.)

shade and shrubbery. Two or three natural water-ways lead out
of the city along which roads and walks could be constructed for
recreation walks and drives. The most attractive of these is
unquestionably the Scioto valley. A good automobile road now
runs up the valley as far as the storage dam on one side, but there
might be a grassed strip with shade, rest benches, and flowering
shrubs from the business district along the valley westward, then
northward past Marble Cliff, the quarries and the dam and then
along the water supply reservoir a considerable distance or even
to its upper end. Grass, shade, comfort stations, and seats along

166

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

the lake shore would make a most attractive walk or drive all the
way from the dusty city to the storage reservoir, any part or all
of which could be used for a walk, by the thousands who at
present seek outdoor exercise on dirty old roads. A return drive
less elaborate could be made on the west side of the lake and
river past Hayden's Falls (Fig. 17) coming into the city along
West Broad Street. Golf grounds, the Wyandotte Club,
Country Club and the Columbus Fishing and Gun Club are
already along this route, and there might well be an amusement

Fig. 18. A pool, with shady walks, drive and picnic grounds

in Schiller Park.

park somewhere well out, perhaps on a part of the large terrace
a little above the dam but approached by a car line from the
city.

Similar shaded walks and drives with comfortable seats,
attractive shrubbery and tree clusters at suitable points,
constructed up the Olentangy valley from Fifth Avenue or
even Goodale Street, past the State University and the
Olentangy amusement park to Worthington, would constitute
a delightful place, and would fit admirably into a naturally
beautiful setting. This walk would of necessity require an
artificial levee part of the way, until beyond the city limits.

Mar., 1917]

Columbus, Ohio, Quadrangle

167

From Franklin Park northward, up Alum Creek to Minerva
Park, about eight miles, are many beautiful places which
could be similarly tied together by a broad boulevard and shady
walks. A cross line up a shady ravine, east of Linden, through
that suburb and down another ravine, or through Clintonville
to the Olentangy drive, or still further north from Minerva
Park to Worthington, would complete the northern loop.

A loop is invited in the southeast part of the city from
Franklin Park down Alum Creek, past the Driving Park and
Infirmary and return to the Scioto Valley, through Schiller
Park (Fig. 18) about two miles south of the State House.

. miwk
-.Pi*

i9

L.J^^ -

Fig. 19. The ancient ill-kept residences and old shops along the Scioto banks

which should be removed to make place for a public drive, bordered

with grass and shade. (Photo by R. F. Griggs.)

Instead of the unsightly, ancient, tumbled-down, unsanitary
houses and shops now crowded along the river (Fig. 19) from
Broad Street south, a broad, shady drive or walk on a large
levee could be built, which would devote natural scenic beauty
to the uses for which it is best adapted, and not strain it beyond
recognition to make sites for hovels of squalor. The people
living along these alleys would be vastly better off, too, if
forced to find more cleanly, homelike quarters in real residence
sections.

Of course not all this forecast can come true at once, any
more than the present city with its maze of geographic adjust-
ments has arisen in a year. But the progress of the century

168 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

gone suggests that another century should see most of the
mentioned opportunities taken advantage of, both in city and
country. With the progress of civiHzation, culture and industrial
development will come closer adjustment to the geographic
conditions. More items in the environment will be used,
and a larger proportion w^ll be used for the things to which
they are best adapted.

Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio.

ANNOUNCEMENT.

The 27th Annual Meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science
will be held in the Botany-Zoology Building at Ohio State
University, Columbus, on April 6th and 7th. There wiU be
an informal meeting of incoming members at the Ohio Union
on the evening of April 5th.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF WARBLE

FLIES IN OHIO.

Dox C. Mote.

The following discussion is based on a study of the numbers,
dates of occurrence, and distribution in Ohio of the Ox Warble
flies (Hypoderma bovis and Hypoderma lineata) as determined
from an examination of 628 grubs and 15 adult flies collected
for the most part during the years 1914 and 1916. The general
object of the study is to determine (1) whether both species

FiG.l. Larvae were taken from the backs of different cattle at the positions marked X.
The part of the animal in which the grubs are found during their last stages
is the back. Here they may be found distributed for the most part from the
loin to just back of the shoulder. Less frequently they may be found on the rump,
or some distance down on the side or on the shoulder. The choice of the back
region to go through the last stages has some advantages. Here they are less
likely to be injured; there is less pla}^ of the muscles, and the animal itself is less
likely to receive serious injury.

occur within the state; (2) which of them are numerous enough
anywhere and at any time to be notably injurious in the grub
stage to dairying and the beef cattle industry; (3) the local
and regional distribution of the grubs; and (4) to learn, if
possible, ■ what are the conditions favoring the increase or
decrease in numbers of the species in the not unreasonable hope
that this knowledge may help in the solution of the problem
of combatting these parasites.

Location of Collections. — ^Of the 32 counties throughout
the state from which collections were obtained, 10 were in
northeastern, 10 in northwestern, 10 in southwestern, and 2

169

170

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

in southeastern Ohio. If reports of the occurrence of warble
fly grubs not accompanied by specimens are included, then the
number of counties infested reach 57; 8 additional counties in
northeastern, 5 in northwestern, 1 in southwestern and 9 in
southeastern Ohio.

Counties in Which Collections or Reports Were Made.

Numbers of each.

Northeastern
Counties

Northwestern

Counties

1

Southwestern
Counties

Southeastern
Counties

Counties

O

t/i

Counties

0
0

a
Pi

Counties

'0

1
2

1
2
2

1

3'

1
1
1

a
Pi

Counties

"o
0

a
Pi

Ashtabula. .
Lake . . .

2

"2
2
7
4
2
3
2
2
2
2
7
2
1
1
3
1
1

Wood

Williams. . .
Seneca

1

T

Miami

Franklin... .

Clarke

Greene

Montgom'y

Preble

Clinton

Highland.. .

Brown

Clermont...
Hamilton...

'3
3

'2'
5

'3

Fairfield. . .
Perry

1
1

Cuyahoga

r

Muskingum
Guernsey. . .
Noble

1

Lorain

Huron

Hancock. . .

Van Wert. .

1 Mercer

■ Allen

2
1

2
1

3

1
1

Medina

Summit ....

Belmont... .
Hocking... .
Washington
Athens

2
1

Portage. . . .
Trumbull...

1

2
2
1
6
1
3

r

' Auglaize... .
: Hardin

Marion

Delaware...

Union

Logan

Shelby

Darke

1

1

2

?,

Columbiana
Stark

'2'
1

1
1

Meigs

Jackson . . .

1

1

Wayne

Richland. . .

Knox

Holmes... .

Coshocton..
Tuscarawas
Harrison. . .

Totals..

20

44

11 II6

15

16

2

12

The localities within these counties from which specimens
were obtained were 20 in northeastern, 2 in southeastern, 15
in southwestern and 11 in northwestern Ohio — a total of 48
separate points or farms. If the reports not accompanied by
specimens are included, then 44 additional localities in north-
eastern, 16 in northwestern, 16 in southwestern, and 12 in
southeastern Ohio may be added — making a total of 136 herds
or farms infested with ox warble flies.

Early in the investigations the two species of warble flies
(H. bovis and H. lineata) were recognized. Contrary to
expectation, H. bovis was much more abundant. The number
of representatives of H. bovis was 404, or 83.5 per cent of the
total collection.

Mar., 1917] Distribution of Warble Flies in Ohio

171

Before entering upon a detailed discussion of the distribution
of each species, a word concerning the distribution of the warble
flics in this and other countries may be of interest.

• Hypoderma bovis found.

■ Hypoderma lineata found.

■*■ Herds reported free.

Numbers — Herds reported infested.

In the early entomological notes and observations, the
bot fly of the United States was commonly referred to as H.
bovis De Geer. In 1891, Dr. Curtice (Journal Comparative
Medicine and Veterinary Archives, Vol. XII, pp. 265-274,
June 1891) became convinced that the American species was
H. lineata DeVilliers and not H. bovis, while Riley (Insect Life,
Vol. 4, No. 9 and 10, 1892) after careful examination of all the

172 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

material at hand, concluded that the older Ox-bot fly, H. bovis,
hitherto supposed to be the common species of both America
and Europe, is in realit}^ either a very rare insect in this country
or possibly does not occur at all. Aldrich (Cat. N. America
Diptera, 1905) states that H. bovis is not positively reported
from North America.

Later investigators have become accustomed to refer to
the North American warble fly as H. lineata.

H. lineata was first described by DeVilliers from Europe.
It was later described by Brauer from grubs taken from the
back of a Bufi^alo in Colorado. According to Brauer, the
species occurs throughout Europe, having been taken in
Switzerland, Norway, Crimea, the Balkans, the Caucasus,
England, Ireland, Lower and Upper Austria. H. bovis likewise
occurs in these regions and also in Styria and Hungary.

In June, 1910, C. W. Johnson (Psyche, Vol. XVII, p. 231,
Dec, 1910) reared an adult fly of H. bovis from a larva collected
at Manchester, Vt. In 1912, Dr. S. Hadwen (Bulletin 16,
Health of Animals Branch, Canada Department of Agriculture,
pp. 20, plate 9) announced the common occurrence of H. bovis
at Agassiz, B. C, and in 1914, Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt (Canadian
Entomology, Vol. XLVI, pp. 1-2) reported that he had examined
specimens of this species from Nova Scotia, Quebec, Ontario,
Alberta and Saskatchewan, thus indicating a distribution from
the Atlantic to the Pacific in Canada.

In 1915, Bishopp (Annals Ent. Soc. of America, Dec. 1915)
reports that probably H. lineata occurs in every state in the
Union, although it appears to be more abundant in the southern
and central western states; while the so-called European species,
H. bovis, predominated over H. lineata both in distribution and
abundance in the northeastern states. In the western two-
thirds of the United States, H. bovis appears to be found in
rather restricted and well separated areas.

While the warble flies are seen to be very generally dis-
tributed over the world, they are not prevalent in every country.
Some countries are taking measures to prevent the introduction
of warble flies. Australia, for instance, has issued a proclama-
tion relating to the importation of cattle from warble infested
countries. In order to prevent the introduction of the warble
flies, "no cattle shall be imported into Australia from Great
Britain, Ireland, the United States of America, or Canada,
except those shipped between October and May."

Mar., 1917] Distribution of Warble Flies in Ohio 173

Discussion of H. bovis. — Hypoderma bovis appears to be
much the most abundant species in the state, comprising
nearly 83.5 per cent of all the specimens. In the northeastern
section, 257 specimens, or nearly 53 per cent of all the specimens
were obtained. This should not be taken to indicate that the
northeastern section is more heavily infested than any other.
When the collections made in the vicinity of the Ohio Station
are excluded, the northeastern and northwestern collections
of H. bovis specimens are about equal, that of the latter com-
prising 100 grubs. It may be pointed out, however, that the
fly seems to be more generally distributed in the northeastern
section. A study of the map shows much larger number of
herds free from infection in the northwestern section than in
any other section of the state.

As only one collection of 3 specimens came from vSouth-
eastern Ohio, very little can be said of the distribution of bovis
in that section. In southwestern Ohio, bovis was taken in
five counties. Eight separate collections were made from these
five counties, comprising 38 specimens.

It was hoped that a sufficient number of specimens could
be obtained to compare the relative annual abundance. But
the number of localities represented and specimens obtained
the first year are too meager for such a comparison. Many
stockmen, however, claim that there were fewer grubs during
the late winter and spring of 1916 than of 1915.

The earliest collections containing fourth stage grubs were
received early in Aiarch from northeastern Ohio. The earliest
specimen (one fourth stage grub) came from Ashtabula County.
At this date it was the only grub to be found in the cattle's
backs. Later (May 3) most of these cattle were reported to be
infested. The latest collections were received on June 6 and 10,
from southwestern Ohio. In the Ohio Station herd one warble
was observed on July 14. On July 20, the grub had emerged.
As only H. bovis grubs have been taken from the Station herd
for more than three years, it is assumed that this specimen was
a representative of H. bovis. Thus H. bovis grubs may be
emerging from the first of March until the middle of July.
The greatest number of fourth stage grubs were received during
April and the next largest number during May. The length
of the season in which the grubs make their appearance is of
very great importance in deciding what time of year is best
to undertake the eradication of the grubs.

174

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

Hypoderma lineata. — Only eighty specimens of lineata are
represented in the collections, or 1G.5 per cent of the total
number obtained. This species is most abundantly represented
in northeastern and southwestern Ohio, only 2 collections of
1 and 8 individuals coming from the other sections. Eight
localities, just as many as is represented by bovis, are rep-
resented in the collection from southwestern Ohio, the total
number of specimens received being 27. Seven localities are
represented in northeastern Ohio, the total number of specimens
amounting to 44.

The earliest lineata collection came from Highland county,
on March 25. The latest collection, consisting of 2 specimens,
came from Brown county on May 11. The largest number of
collections and specimens were received during April, only one
collection being received after April 20, the one from Brown
county.

Seasonal Succession of the Species. — That H. bovis is
generally later in emerging from the backs of cattle in the
spring than H. lineata, is a fact noted by several investigators.
This order of their succession is borne out by a study of the
data collected in Ohio. It should be stated that in view of the
fact that the grubs were squeezed out, many of them were
removed at an earlier date than they would have come out
naturally. The figures, then, in Table II do not represent the
total number of grubs received or removed from cattle, as many
of the grubs were not in the fourth stage and hence could not
be classified. However, H. lineata is apparently the earlier
fly, as only two fourth stage grubs were received after April 20,
and an adult fly has been taken as early as May 16. In the
H. bovis life history experiments at Wooster, when the grubs
were allowed to come out naturally, 17 out of 21 came out in
May.

TABLE II.

Species of Warble Grubs

March

April

May

June

July

H. lineata

8
42

70
231

2*
115

16'

H. bovis

It

*Prof. Hine has a specimen of an adult fly, H. lineata, taken at Columbus,
May 16, 1915. In life history experiments, adults of H. bovis have been obtained
in April under laboratory conditions at Columbus, and not until June under natural
conditions at Wooster.

fThis grub was observed in the back of a dairy cow on July 14. On July 20
it was discovered to have emerged. As none but bovis have been found in these
cattle for several years, it is assumed that this grub belonged to H. bovis.

Mar., 1917] Distribution of Warble Flies in Ohio 175

Comparison of Sections of the State. — Perhaps there is
little justification for dividing the state into four sections and
comparing the warble-fly population of each section. The
dift'erences in the number of cattle in each section is not exces-
sive. Northeastern Ohio returned according to the assessors'
1915 report, 414,954 cattle, an average of 17,289 per county.
More than 50 per cent of the cattle in this section are dairy
cattle, while 17,957 are classed as beef cattle. The total number
of cattle in the Northwestern section is 403,140, an average of
14,931 per county, of which 213,295 are classed as dairy cows and
27,786 as beef cattle. More beef cattle are found in the North-
western section than in any other section, while more dairy
cattle are raised in the Northeastern section of the state.
The Southwestern section returned a total of 296,000 cattle, an
average of 14,800 per county, of which 155,166 are dairy cows,
20,147 beef cattle, and 120,722 other cattle. In the South-
eastern section 252,668 cattle were found, an average of 14,862
per county, of which 108,659 w^ere dairy and 11,422 were beef
cattle.

As has been shown, the warble fly population, based upon
the reports and specimens, is greater for Northeastern Ohio,
with Northwestern Ohio a close second. However, a more
intensive survey would need be made before drawing any
general conclusions. One striking feature brought out by a
study of the data is shown in the map, page 171. There
appears to be a greater per cent of free herds in Northwestern
Ohio than in any other section, especially is this true of the
Northwestern tier of counties. At present there is no suitable
way of accounting for this, as other factors as well as good care
must be at work. Dr. Sheets, of Van Wert county, reports that
as a general rule, native cattle are free, only imported cattle
being infested. Some stockmen report that they never have
had grubs in their cattle, while others state that their cattle
have had grubs in the past, but are now free, due to a systematic
campaign of squeezing them out.

Relative Attractiveness of Young and Old Cattle. — It is a

common observation among stockmen that 3^oung stock are
more heavily infested than older animals. Whether this is
due to the selective action of the flies, or whether the young
stock are more accessible, or whether there is any very great

176

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 5,

difference, are questions that arise in this connection. Many
of the reports read as follows: "All cattle infested save those
kept in the barn;" or, "all young cattle and dry cows turned
out to pasture during spring and summer." It is a' general
practice to turn young dairy stock out in the spring and leave
them out all summer.

The following is a list of animals upon which notes were
taken, giving the number of w^arbles appearing on each animal

and the age of the animal:

TABLE III.

Number

Age

Number
OF Grubs

Number

Age

Number
OF Grubs

1

15 years

12 years

10 years

10 3'ears

9 years

17

1

4

5
15

3

4

9 .

1

2
12

3

1
11

1*

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10
11
12

2 years

2

2
3

4
5*

2 years

1 year, 9 months
1 year, 9 months
1 year, 9 months
1 year, 6 months
1 year, 4 months
1 year, 4 months
1 year, 3 months

1 year

1 year

1 year

17

13

5

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

7 years

6 years

5 years

4 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

4
2
1
2
14
10
8

Total

88

73

Average

6.2

6.0

With the exception of two, Nos. 5* and 1*, all the animals
belong to one herd. If those animals 2 years old and under are
considered young stock, and those over 2 years, old stock,
then the reader will note that there is very little difference in
warble infestation. However, if the animals in the one herd
only are considered, then the infestation is slightly heavier
in the young animals.

Date of Publication, March 10, 1917.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

PUBLISHED BY THE

Ohio State University Scientific Society
Volume XVII APRIL, 191,7 No. 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORMAN AND Reed — Tuniors in Dogs 177

FoERSTE— Notes on Silurian Fossils from Ohio and Other Central States. . . . 187

Williams— Scientific Drawing in Biology 205

Drake — New and Noteworthy Tingidie from the United States 213

News and Notes 216

TUMORS IN DOGS.

Jonathan Forman and Carlos I. Reed.

I. Carcinomas of the Thyroid Gland.

This paper embraces the anatomical description of fifteen
enlargements of the thyroid glands of dogs and an attempt to
correlate these with well known types of thyroid carcinoma in
the human as well as with the general principles of oncology.

The frequent occurrence of tumors among vertebrates is
well recognized. Numerous workers have reported the occur-
rence of malignant new-growths in both wild and domestic
animals. Cancer has been found more frequently among the
domesticated animals. The incidence curve of malignancy in
dogs approaches that of the human.

In his discussion of the frequency of cancer in dogs, Wolff
('13) cites,, one series of dogs reported from the Berlin vet-
erinary clinic in which 1.9% of all sick dogs exhibited some
form of malignanc3^ In another series, the incidence was 3%,
while in a third series there was an incidence of 5.5%; a fourth
series showed an incidence of 7% and a fifth series showed a
malignancy incidence of 8%. From these data it was also
shown that the greatest incidence of cancer among dogs occurs
at about the eighth year of life. Goodpasture and Wislocki ('16),

i77

178 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

who have made a study of fifteen old dogs, report a remarkable
series of multiple tumors. There were fourteen cases each of
tumor of the liver, spleen, and adrenals; eight cases each of
tumor of the gall-bladder and prostate ; five cases each of tumor
of the stomach and ovary; four of the subcutaneous tissues;
two cases each of the submaxillary gland, testes, and breast;
one case each of the following: pancreas, parotid, thymus, skin,
hypophysis, blood vessels and bladder. In only one of these
cases, that of a malignant tumor arising from the medulla of
the right adrenal, was there any metastatic manifestation found
and in this case there were metastatic nodules in the liver. All
the other tumors were primary. In five dogs of this series
there were also multiple carcinomas of the thyroid gland which
were primary. In three cases, both lobes were involved.

Several other workers have reported cases of primary
carcinoma of the thyroid gland of dogs. Sarcomas are very
rare. Wells ('01) and Schoene ('09) have each reported a case
occurring in a dog in which the thyroid tumor was composed
of connective tissue and epithelium — the so-called sarco-
carcinomas.

During the school year of 1915-16 a systematic search was
made for tumors occurring in the dogs used in the Laboratories
of Physiology and Pharmacology. Especial attention was given
to the thyroid gland. Every gland was routinely sectioned and
microscopical preparations were made. There are 234 glands
in this series. During the first four months of the present
school year (1916-17), 37 additional thyroid glands have been
routinely examined in the same way, making a total of 271
cases in the complete series. In these 271 thyroid glands, five
malignant tumors were encountered. This gives an incidence
of 1.8%. During the two previous years, such tumors as
attracted attention in these Laboratories were sent to the
Pathological Laboratory for examination. Five cancers of the
thyroid were observed in this way. At various times specimens
of tumors occurring in dogs have been presented to the labora-
tory. In this series are five cancers of the thyroid gland. No
sarcomas of the thyroid were encountered. This study is,
therefore, based upon fifteen specimens of carcinoma of the
thyroid of dogs. Since the specimens fall into four distinct
groups, individual protocols have been omitted and those cases
resembling each other closely have been described as a group.

April, 1917] Tumors in Dogs 179

Group 1. Two tumors fall into this group. Each presents
a fairly definitely encapsulated nodule in a gland, both of whose
lobes are enlarged to about an equal extent. The one was from
an old male and the other from a rather old female in a late
stage of pregnancy. In the gross, each nodule is buried in the
substance of the gland, but its outline can be distinctly made
out on the surface before sectioning. Each nodule is surrounded
by dense fibrous tissue and composed of a soft and apparently
very cellular tissue.

Microscopical examination reveals compressed, but fairly
normal thyroid tubules surrounding the nodule. The cells of
these tubules are cuboidal. The lumina are irregularly ovoid
in shape due to compression. The secretion is small in amount
and only faintly stained with eosin. Within a capsule of dense
connective tissue can be seen a mass of epithelial cells resting in
scant stroma. (Fig. 1). There are, however, a few trabeculae
running through the tumor and these have taken on a mucoid
appearance, a change which is frequently seen in the connective
tissue supporting the tumors of the thyroid. Among the tumor
cells, every stage of transition can be seen from solid cords of
cells to tubules containing colloid and resembling closely those
of the normal gland. Mitotic figures are difficult to find. On
account of the greater lack of differentiation on the part of the
epithelium, the more extensive necrosis and the more definite
invasion of the capsule, the distinct impression is gained that
the second tumor is growing much more rapidly than the first.
It is of especial interest since pregnancy usually exerts an
inhibitory influence of neoplastic activity. In both specimens
the point of invasion of the capsule is adjacent to the cells,
showing the greatest lack of differentiation. As was noted in
the second specimen a goodly portion of the center of the nodule
has undergone necrosis. At the margin of this necrotic area,
the cells have arranged themselves concentrically around blood
vessels. The intervening tissue is necrotic, so that a peri-
theliomatous appearance is given to the tumor at these points.
In the second specimen, also, tumor cells are observed growing
in the lymph spaces. No metastasis is demonstrable in either
instance.

The enlargement in these glands is due to a definite cancer
not unlike the so-called proliferating struma seen in the thyroid
gland of man. Apparently, also, here as in man, the tumor

180 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

does not belong to the more malignant variety. The presence
of a growth in the lymph spaces suggests, however, that
metastasis would have occurred at no distant date had the
animal been allowed to live.

Group 2. Into a distinct group fall two other cases. Both
of these tumors occurred in old males. The gland is extensively
involved by the new-growth. Some seven or eight nodules are
found in a single lobe. These vary in size from 5 to 20 mm. in
diameter. The centers of the nodules in some instances are
necrotic. The tumor substance itself is yellowish white. A
striking coloring is lent to the gross sectional appearance of the
specimen by the necrosis and by the presence of hemorrhage
both into the tumor mass and into the gland substance.

Bands of connective tissue separate the masses of tumor
cells, giving an alveolar arrangement to the tumor. The stroma
in both cases has taken on a mucoid appearance and presents
many slit-like cavities from which crystals have been dissolved.
There is little in these neoplasms as seen microscopically to
remind one of the thyroid gland. In the one specimen, a few
tubules which are normal in appearance can be seen (Fig. 2),
but the arrangement of the tumor cells in and around these
reefs of thyroid tubules makes it seem more probable that
these are remnants of the normal gland structure than that the
tumor cells should have differentiated in such an oddly shaped
zone. In certain areas, the typical tumor cells are small and
round with deeply staining nuclei (Fig. 3). In certain other
areas, however, the tumor cells have assumed a spindle shape
and this makes it difficult to distinguish this tumor from a
sarcoma composed of small round and spindle-shaped cells. It
would, indeed, be very easy, upon casual examination to mis-
take the growth for the so-called sarco-carcinoma. One rnust
be careful to distinguish these growths from those tumors of the
thyroid in which both the connective tissue and epithelial ele-
ments have taken on a neoplastic character. The progression
from the areas of an undoubted carcinomatous nature to areas
of a sarcomatoid character can be followed without interruption.
A study of the pulmonary metastasis which has occurred in one
of these cases reveals a typical carcinomatous secondary
growth. These facts, it seems, warrant the diagnosis of
carcinoma.

April, 1917] Tumors in Dogs 181

Fig. 4 is introduced from a spindle cell carcinoma occurring
in the thyroid gland of a horse. The elongated epithelial tumor
cells may be seen arranged in a kind of bundle formation so
that the resemblance to neoplastic connective tissue cells (a
sarcoma) is even more striking than in the canine specimens.
Areas can be found in which the carcinomatous cells appear to
be distinct from the sarcomatoid groups. If these strands of
spindle cells are followed, it is observed that the cells change
to spherical shape and then are arranged into more or less
definite tubules. So that, while these specimens, upon casual
examination appear to be adeno-sarcomas or sarco-carcinomas,
a more careful study makes it appear that there is only one
type of tumor cells present and that these are epithelial cells.
This is in agreement with the observation of Ewing ('16) that
epithelial tumors may from their inception appear like spindle
cell sarcomas as, in the spindle cell carcinoma of the thyroid.
It is becoming more and more apparent that many so-called
sarcomas of the organs are in reality spindle cell carcinomas."
A more decided lack of differentiation of the tumor cells in
both specimens and the presence of metastasis in the one
instance indicate that this is a more malignant type of cancer as
compared to those in Group 1.

Group 3. Ten specimens are placed in this group w^hich
appear much the same as carcinoma seen in other organs and
as seen most frequently in the thyroid gland of man. A whole
lobe and often both lobes are involved in the growth. The
tumor substance is of a pearly white color except where it has
undergone necrosis or a hemorrhage has occurred into it. The
tumor is subdivided into smaller spheroid masses, measuring
1 to 5 cm. in diameter, by strands of fibrous tissue. The gross
sectional appearance and the extent of the involvement can be
seen in Fig. 9.

The tumor cells vary in size, shape and arrangement. Six
of these specimens show a tendency to form tubules. The cells
are cuboidal for the most part. In certain tubules, however,
they are high columnar. An occasional tubule is well formed
and contains colloid.

All stages of transition from the more nearly normal tubules
to strands of typical tumor cells, and further still, to masses of
cells with no definite arrangement, supported in a delicate

182 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

stroma. These masses may be separated by bands of dense
connective tissue and thus given an alveolar arrangement. It
is in these masses, that the greatest variation is seen, both in
the same tumor and in different tumors. In seven of the spec-
imens, the cuboidal cell is the predominating one. Occasion-
ally a mass of large spherical cells with clear, lightly staining
cell bodies and small dark nuclei are encountered. In three of
the specimens, this same type of cell predominates so that these
specimens appear to be of the medullary type of carcinoma.
In many instances the blood vessels are filled with the growth.
In six of the cases, definite metastatic nodules are present in
the lungs (Fig. 10). Unfortunately, a search through the
marrow of the bones of each animal could not be made. Since
this is a frequent site for the secondary growth of thyroid
tumors, no doubt, instances of metastasis might have been
found. In the lungs presenting metastatic nodules, many of
the vessels are filled with tumor cells. One of these specimens
illustrates defense against the tumor cell which has found its
way into the circulatory system. That is, there is a prolifera-
tion of endothelium and an ingrowth of connective tissue in
and around the embolic mass of tumor cells to such an extent
that the tumor cells have been completely crowded out. (Figs.
5, 6, 7, S). These tumors are distinctly malignant. The
number of metastases indicates this as well as the histological
picture.

Group 4. Another form of thyroid malignancy is illustrated
by a single specimen in our series. The greater part of this
tumor was not brought to the laboratory, but was used by
Drs. Scott and Dodd in an unsuccessful experiment in trans-
plantation. Our description of the specimen, therefore, rests
on the findings in four blocks of tissue embedded in celloidin.
The growth is composed of whitish nodules and cystic cavities
filled with the tumor growth.

Microscopical examination reveals dilated gland lumina into
which extend many papillary growths of connective tissue cov-
ered with epithelial cells of columnar type. (Fig. 17). The
tendency to develop into a papuliferous growth is seen even in
the more solid nodules of the tumor. The papillary cyst-
adenoma is encountered occasionally in the human and is
usually placed in a class between benign and malignant growths.

April, 1917] Tumors in Dogs 183

Two of the four specimens studied by MuUer and Speese ('06),
had undergone carcinomatous change. The character of these
solid nodules is definitely carcinomatous. This specimen is,
therefore, to be classed as a cystocarcinoma papilliferum.

SUMMARY.

These enlargements of the thyroid gland are all due to a
new growth of the glandular epithelium. The cells of this new
growth do not present the differentiation typical of thyroid
epithelium. They have lost for the most part their polarity and
normal arrangement. In certain instances these losses are so
marked that from individual sections it could not be ascertained
that the tissue was at all related to the thyroid gland. All
gradations between this and definite tubules containing colloid
are observed. The growths are not localized but have infiltrated
more or less the surrounding glandular structure. In the more
advanced cases, secondary nodules are found in distant parts,
particularly in the lungs. Since infiltration and metastasis are
late manifestations of most carcinomas, it is not surprising to
find that several of these tumors taken from dogs which were
apparently healthy should present secondary nodules and that
the infiltration seen in the specimens presenting only single
small nodule should not be as yet extensive.

The incidence of malignancy in our series is somewhat higher
than in the human. In 5,000 goitre patients treated at the
Mayo Clinic, ('13), 52 carcinomas were found. It is to be
noted that this series of dogs, not selected but taken as they
came into the laboratory, and therefore, representing the
average healthy dogs of Columbus, present a malignancy
incidence nearly equal to that of the Mayo series of humans
selected because of diseased thyroid glands. In Ohio (1910-
1913), the mortality from goitre was 21.2 per 100,000 persons
living. Many of these were non-malignant diseases of the
gland since all fatal diseases of the thyroid are returned as
goitre.

Because of the source of the material, the exact ages of the
dogs could not be determined except in one instance in which
by accident the dog was known to be twelve years old. All
the others, however, appeared to be old dogs as judged by the
general appearance and activity of the animals and the condi-
tion of their teeth.

184 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

These groups of carcinoma are similar to those already
described for thyroid carcinoma in man. This is in agreement
with the findings of others concerning the wide zoological
distribution of cancer and serves to emphasize the fact that
the cancer problem has a wide biologic connection.

REFERENCES.

1901. Wells, H. G. Multiple Primary Malignant Tumors: Report of a Primary

Sarco-Carcinoma in the Thyroid of a Dog with mixed Sarcomatous and

Carcinomatous Metastasis. Jour. Path, and Bact. June, 1901, p. 357.
1906. Muller and Speese. Malignant Disease of the Thyroid Gland. Univ of

Penna. Med. Bull., June, 1906.
1909. Schoene, G. Sarkom und Karcinom in einer Schildruse beim Hunde.

Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. Vol. 19.5. p. 169.
1913. Marine, D. Benign Epithelial Tumors of the Thyroid Gland. Jour. Med.

Res., Vol. XXVII. p. 229.
1913. Mayo, Chas. H. Surgery of the Thyroid, Observations on 5000 Operations.

Jour. Am. Med. Assn., Vol. LXI, p. 10.
1913. Wolflf, J. Die Lehre von der Krebskrankheit. Vol. Ill, p. 211.
1916. Goodpasture and Wislocki. Old Age in Relation to Cell Overgrowth and

CancL-r. Jour. Med. Res., Vol. XXXIII, p. 455.
1916. Ewing, J. Pathological Aspects of Some Problems of Experimental Cancer

Research. Jour. Can. Res., Vol. I, p. 71.

Laboratories of Pathology and Physiology,
Ohio State University.

Ohio Jourxal of Science.

Vol. XVII, Plate VI.

f IG 2

-3«1

*?K:^^-vS5?25:^^i»^?5;^^

Fig. 5.

*;

'km^

Fid. 3

Fig 4.

Fig. 6.

Jonathan Forman and Carlos I. Reed.

Ohio Journal of Science.

Vol. XVII, Plate VII.

Fio.9.

\?

^.-^Tr'^

Fin.;

I'Ki S,

Fio.lO.

Jonathan Forman and Carlos I. Reed.

NOTES ON SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM OHIO AND OTHER

CENTRAL STATES.

Aug. F. Foerste.

The order of succession of Silurian strata in southeastern

Indiana and the adjacent parts of Kentucky, in descending

order, is as follows:

Louisville limestone,
Waldron shale,
Laurel limestone,
Osgood clay and limestone,
Brassfield limestone.

The Waldron clay shale has not been traced north of
Waldron, St. Paul, and Milroy, the latter village being seven
miles south of Rushville, Indiana. The Louisville limestone
thins out eastward, beneath the Devonian, there being an
unconformity between the top of the Louisville exposures and
the base of the Devonian. Typical Louisville limestone can
be traced eastward as far as Madison and the outcrops along
Big Creek, southeast of Dupont. Between Vernon and Milroy
the equivalent of the Louisville limestone is poorly supplied
with fossils and rarely exceeds ten feet in thickness. Farther
north it has not been recognized as a distinct horizon, separable
from the general upper Niagaran section. Neither the Waldron
nor the Louisville member has been recognized in Ohio.

The order of succession of Silurian strata in the northern
tier of counties in southwestern Ohio, including Preble, Mont-
gomery, Greene, Clarke, Champaign, Miami and Darke
Counties, in descending order, is as follows:

[Cedarville dolomite
Durbin formation < Springfield dolomite

[Euphemia dolomite
Laurel limestone
Osgood clay shale
Dayton limestone
Brassfield limestone.

The Euphemia dolomite is the very porous Mottled Zone
of Prosser (The Classification of the Niagaran Formations of
Western Ohio, Journal of Geology, 1916, pp. 334-365), and
was identified by Orton with his West Union formation, of the
more southern counties of Ohio. The Euphemia dolomite
can not be identified west of New Paris, nor south of Cedarville,
Ohio.

187

188 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

The same statement may be made regarding the Springfield
dolomite. It also has not been identified west of New Paris
nor south of Cedarville. Where the pike crosses the creek,
half a mile w^est of Port William, fourteen miles south of
Cedarville, the lower strata belonging to the dolomitic Niagaran
series no longer can be identified definitely as Springfield.
The Springfield dolomite is regarded as a lithologic phase of the
dolomitic Niagaran series. Similar fine-grained strata, but not
so well bedded, are known also higher in the section. The
Euphemia dolomite is regarded as inaugurating this dolomitic
series, and the term Durbin formation is proposed, to include
them all: the Euphemia, Springfield, and Cedarville dolomites.
Durbin is a railroad station about a mile west of the Mills
quarries which are located south of the railroad from Spring-
field to Troy, about a mile southwest of Springfield, Ohio, and
the exposures here form the type section. The Springfield and
Cedarville dolomites are well exposed also immediately northeast
of Durbin.

The Laurel limestone, containing Pisocrinus gemmiformis
and Stephanocrinus, is represented by typical exposures at
New Paris, Ohio. At the Carl quarry, three miles southwest of
Lewisburg, near Brennersville, there is another typical exposure,
containing the same fossils. East of this locality, the Laurel
limestone is identified only stratigraphically, the name being
employed for those strata which intervene between the Osgood
clay and the base of the Euphemia dolomite.

In the vicinity of Osgood, and southward in Indiana and
Kentucky, the Osgood formation consists of a clayey section, a
relatively thin limestone, frequently fossiliferous, and a second
clay section, also thin, and occasionally also fossiliferous. The
characteristic Osgood fossils occur chiefly in the Osgood lime-
stone, but, locally, are abundant also in the upper parts of the
lower Osgood clay and in the lower part of the upper Osgood
clay. Even the characteristic cystids, described by S. A. Miller
as species of Holocystites, are found in the lower part of the
upper Osgood clay (21st Ann. Rept. Indiana Geol. and Nat.
Resources, 1897, pp. 248, 252, 254, 257), demonstrating that
this upper clay should be referred to the top of the Osgood and
not to the base of the Laurel section. Fossils occur at this
horizon at several localities between Madison and New Marion,
Indiana.

April, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 189

North of Osgood, both the lower and the upper Osgood
clays tend to become more indurated. This is true especially
of the lower Osgood clay, which becomes a more or less impure
limestone northward. The upper Osgood clay, on the con-
trary, although frequently reduced to a thickness of less than
two feet, usually may be recognized as the very characteristic
soapstone layer, immediately beneath the base of the Laurel
limestone, in Decatur and Franklin Counties. It is this upper
Osgood clay or soapstone horizon which is most readily identi-
fied, lithologically, in the Niagaran sections near Lewisburg,
Ludlow Falls, and Covington, Ohio, as forming a part of the
Osgood section in that area. Whatever rock occurs between
this clay horizon and the Euphemia dolomite is referred to the
Laurel limestone, and, in a similar manner, whatever rock
occurs between this clay horizon and the top of the Brassfield
Hmestone is included, along with the clay itself, in the Osgood
formation. Since there is little change in the thickness of the
Laurel limestone and of the Osgood clay in proceeding from
Lewisburg eastward to Ludlow Falls and Covington, it is prob-
able that these members of the Niagaran section extend farther
eastward, but no equivalent to the Laurel limestone is present
in the sections at Springfield, Yellow Springs, or Cedarville, and
the clayey section at those localities evidently is the northward
extension of the Crab Orchard clays of southern Ohio and
eastern Kentucky, and may not be the exact equivalent of the
Osgood clay of Indiana. Between Ludlow Falls and Covington,
on the west, and Springfield and Yellow Springs, on the east, no
clear exposures of the Niagaran strata immediately below the
Euphemia horizon are known. This evidently was the reason
why Prosser did not follow his Niagaran sections farther
eastward (Journal of Geology, 1916, pp. 334-365).

In the more southern counties of Ohio, chiefly in Highland
and Adams Counties, the Niagaran section, in descending
order, is as follows:

Cedarville dolomite, with sandy layers near top.

West Union formation/ Vilify member

[Bisher member
Crab Orchard clay shale
Dayton limestone
Brassfield limestone.

190 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

At Hillsboro, Ohio, the West Union formation is separable
into two members containing a very different fauna. The
upper, or Lilley member, exposed at various localities on
Lilley Hill, consists of about twenty feet of massive limestone
usually overlaid by two or three feet of clay. It has been
identified with certainty so far only in the vicinity of Hillsboro.
The lower, or Bisher member, typically exposed northeast of
the Bisher dam, contains a very characteristic fossil horizon
about nine feet above its base, and several other layers, less
abundantly fossiliferous occur between twelve and twenty feet
farther up. This lower horizon appears to have a much wider
horizontal extension. Along the creek, half a mile west of
Port William, about seven miles north of Wilmington, the total
thickness of West Union formation is less than five feet. It
immediately underlies the Cedarville dolomite, and appears to
represent the fossil horizon which at Hillsboro occurs nine feet
above the base of the Bisher member. Farther northward, the
West Union formation appears to be entirely absent.

In the vicinity of Hillsboro, Ohio, the Crab Orchard forma-
tion consists of 62 feet of clay underlaid by the Dayton lime-
stone, 3.5 feet thick. The latter contains Pentamerus oblongus
at several localities: Two miles west of Peebles, two miles
south of Bellbrook, and near Dayton (Ohio Geol. Survey, 1870,
p. 280). This Dayton limestone may correspond approx-
imately to the Walcott limestone division of the Clinton
formation in Niagaran section at Rochester, New York.

In the upper part of the Crab Orchard clay shale, in northern
Kentucky and southern Ohio, thin layers of indurated shale
occur which contain Liocalymene clintoni, Beyrichia lata-
triplicata, and other fossils. Fossils have been found at this
horizon in the exposures a mile west of Peebles, Ohio, and the
horizon probably may be traced as far northward as Hillsboro,
Ohio. It evidently corresponds to the typical Clinton of New
York, as exposed at Clinton, in that state.

North of Hillsboro, Ohio, the Crab Orchard clay shale
section changes rapidly in character. No equivalent to the
upper fossiliferous part of the Crab Orchard clay shale may be
recognized at Leesburg, 11 miles northward. Here the clay is
represented by a more or less indurated and imbedded rock
which may soften up under the influences of weathering, but

April, \\)lt\ Siliiriau Fossils from Ohio 191

which does not resemble the softer clay sections of more
southern areas. The same lithological appearances are pre-
sented by the exposures on following the stream westward from
the first exposures of the Crab Orchard formation, half a mile
west of Port William, 18 miles northwest of Leesburg. They
characterize the exposures also west of Cedar ville, west of
Clifton, and at Yellow Springs. At Centerville, the more or
less indurated clayey strata, overlying the Dayton limestone, are
interbedded with thin layers which are sufficiently calcareous
to suggest impure limestones. Near the Soldiers' Home, west
of Dayton, the limestone layers interbedded with the more
shaly courses in the equivalent of the Crab Orchard section are
more calcareous, and thicker, frequently attaining a thickness
of three or four inches, or more, and resemble the underlying
Dayton limestone, which is softer and less white here than
southeast of Dayton, and at Centerville. At Lewisburg, Lud-
low Falls, and Covington, the equivalent of the Crab Orchard
section has become a continuous succession of limestones no
longer to be readily differentiated from the typical Dayton
limestone beneath.

In the present state of our knowledge it seems probable that
the Osgood clay of the Lewisburg section belongs above the
Crab Orchard clay section of Highland and Adams Counties,
in Ohio, and is not merely an attenuated equivalent of the latter.

The Dayton limestone is regarded as forming merely the
base of the Crab Orchard formation. The Liocalymene clintoni
horizon, at the top of the Crab Orchard formation, may belong
below the Rochester shale, rather than be equivalent to the
latter.

The discrepancies between the Niagaran sections east and
wfest of the present Cincinnati geanticline suggest an origin at
least as early as the early Niagaran.

Holophragma calceoloides Lindstrom.
Plate VIII, Figs. 3A-K.

1865. Hallia calceoloides, Lindstrom. Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., XXX,

L. C, p. 289, pi. 31, figs. 9-11. Id. Nomina Foss. Sil. Gotl. p. 7.
1879. Cvathophvllum calceoloides, Quenstedt. Petrefactenkunde Deutsch-

lands. Pt. I. vol. 6, p. 410, pi. 156, figs. 90-92.
1885. Cvathophvllum calceoloides, Lindstrom. List of Fossils of Gotland, p. 19.
1888. Cvathophvllum calceoloides, Lindstrom. List of Fossil Faunas of Sweden,

Pt. IL p". 21.
1896. Holophragma calceoloides, Lindstrom. Bihang t. K. Sv. Vet. Akad.

Handl. vol. 21, Afd. IV, No. 7, pi. VI, figs. 74-86.

192 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

Corallum simple, usually not exceeding 35 millimeters in length, but
occasionally attaining a length of 40 millimeters. Cardinal side strongly
flattened, giving the calice a subtriangular outline (Fig. 3D). Lateral
margins of corallum more or less strongly angular. Viewed from the
side, the transverse wrinkles are seen to incline from the cardinal side
strongly forward and downward, and the cardinal side is straight or
only moderately curved for the greater part of its length. Toward the
calice, the corallum frequently curves more strongly forward, (Fig. 3B),
and the outline of the calice becomes transversely oval or nearly circular
(Fig. 3H). At the same time, the lateral diameter of the corallimi
frequently becomes shorter, and sometimes the antero-posterior diameter
also becomes less, suggesting gerontic conditions. The two narrow
longitudinal ridges locating the cardinal septum usually are distinctly
defined along the lower half of the cardinal side of the corallum, but
become less conspicuous along the upper half. The alar septa are
located along the lateral angles of the corallum.

From 25 to 30 larger septa line the interior of the calice, alternating
with which are an equal number of short septa confined to the upper
part of the calice. The cardinal septum is only slightly more conspicuous
than the remainder. Those septa which are intermediate between the
cardinal and alar septa tend to meet at the bottom of the calice, in the
more triangular forms, so as to present the appearance of two groups,
one on each side of the cardinal septum (Fig. 3K). In the calices
with more circular outlines, this tendency toward grouping is not
conspicuous, and it varies greatly in different individuals. Occasionally
the second or third one of the larger septa on the right and left of the
cardinal septum becomes more conspicuous than the rest, (x in Fig. 3K).
Together with the cardinal septum, they form a group of three somewhat
more prominent septa, chiefly in specimens retaining their triangular
outline even at the aperture of the calice. In most specimens, especially
those with a circular outline at the aperture, these septa are not more
conspicuous than the rest.

In Anisophyllum trifurcatum, Hall, it is the two alar septa
which in conjunction with the cardinal septum, form a group
of three somewhat more conspicuous septa.

In Ilolophragma calceoloides, the septa are not twisted
together at the center, as in Streptelasma, and the cardinal
septum is not located in a fossula, as in Zaphrentis.

Typical Ilolophragma calceoloides occurs in layers c and d
of the Silurian of Gotland. It is recorded from the coast at
Wisby, Guisvard, Staf, Nyrefsudd in Tofta, Likkershamm,
Kristklint, Hallshuk, on west shore of Kapellshamn.

The specimens here figured and described were obtained in
the upper part of the West Union formation, in the Silurian at
Hillsboro, Ohio. Here they are most abundant at the Zink or

April, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 193

Corporation quarry, immediately south of the Marshall pike,
in the eastern part of the town. At this quarry, the Pentamerus
bearing dolomite, correlated with the Cedarville dolomite of
the more northern sections in southwestern Ohio, is underlaid
by two feet of clay shale, and next by fourteen feet of a bluish,
apparently argillaceous limestone, rather massively bedded.
Fossils are abundant in the clay shale, much less abundant in
the upper part of the massive limestone, and comparatively
scarce in the middle and lower parts of this limestone. Holo-
phragma calceoloides also is common in the two-foot clay shale,
and occurs in moderate numbers in the upper half of the
underlying massive limestone.

At the Trimble, Beech, or Railroad quarry, a third of a mile
north of the Zink quarry, the Pentamerus bearing dolomite,
correlated with the Cedarville dolomite, is underlaid by clay
shale, three feet three inches thick. Below this occurs the full
section of the blue massive-bedded limestone seen in the lower
part of the Zink quarry. Here its total thickness is 21 feet,
and it is underlaid by well-bedded, laminated, cherty limestone
in which fossils are few. Holophragma calceoloides occurs here
both in the clay shale and in the upper half of the underlying
massive limestone, but in much smaller numbers than at the
Zink quarry.

Holophragma calceoloides occurs also at two localities along
the Danville pike, west of Hillsboro. The first locality is a
quarry south of the pike, about a quarter of a mile west of the
town. Here it occurs in the upper part of the massive blue
limestone. The clay shale is absent, and the overlying dolomite
does not contain Pentamerus. The second locality is a quarry
north of the pike, and about an eighth of a mile farther west
than the first quarry. Here Pentamerus is common at the top
of the quarry. Below the Pentamerus bearing horizon is a
section ten feet thick in which the dolomite contains no
Pentamerus. Below this ten-foot section occurs the massive
blue limestone, containing Holophragma calceoloides in its upper
half. At neither of these two localities is the Holophragma
common. At the first locality, south of the Danville pike, the
shaly, thin-bedded, cherty rock, seen at the base of the Trimble
quarry, is exposed.

The two-foot clay shale layer, and the 21 -foot massive blue
limestone section at the Trimble, Beech or Railroad quarry,

194 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XYII, No. 6,

east of Hillsboro, Ohio, contain a fauna quite distinct from that
found in the lower third of the West Union formation, northeast
of the Bisher dam, a mile southeast of Hillsboro, on Rocky-
Fork. It is sufficiently distinct to merit a separate designation
locally, and hence the name Lilley bed or member is here pro-
posed, to include both the clay shale and the underlying lime-
stone, since they contain the same fauna. Both the Zink and
the Trimble quarries are located on the western side of Lilley
hill, along the eastern edge of Hillsboro. For the underlying
part of the West Union formation the term Bisher member is
proposed, the typical fauna occurring northeast of Bisher dam,
a mile southeast of Hillsboro, and outcropping along the hillside
northward as far as the lower part of the valley immediately
southeast of the town. The most abundant fossil horizon is
about nine feet above the base of the formation, another
fossiliferous layer occurs from 12 to 20 feet farther up.

Zaphrentis digoniata, sp. nov. Plate VIII, Fig. 1 A, B, C, D,

E, F, G.

Corallum strongly compressed laterally, the antero-posterior angle
varying from 40 to 45 degrees, and the lateral diameter equalling from
45 to b':) hundredths of the antero-posterior diameter. The two narrow
longitudinal ridges locating the position of the cardinal septum are
somewhat more conspicuous than the other longitudinal ridges marking
the exterior of the corallum, at least along the lower half of the corallum,
and are located along the posterior angle. The anterior and posterior
angles are equally well defined, and vary from almost acute, in some
specimens, to more or less strongly rounded. Frequently the specimens
are more acutely angled at the base and more strongly rounded toward
the top. The specimens usually do not exceed 35 millimeters in length.
The tip of the base of the corallum frequently curves slightly forward,
and the transverse striae also slope slightly downward from the rear
toward the front, on lateral view.

The calice varies from 10 to 15 millimeters in depth. A deep but
narrow fossula is located on the cardinal side of the corallum and
extends as far as the center of the calice. The cardinal septum appears
to have varied greatly in the extent to which it extended inward from
the wall of the corallum toward the center of the calice. If alar fossulae
existed, these must have been shallow and inconspicuous. The number
of septa apparently varies in different specimens from 30 to 40, alter-
nating with an equal number of much smaller size, which could be
described as acute septal ridges.

Zaphrentis digoniata is not rare in the two-foot clay shale and
in the upper part of the massive blue limestone, forming the
Lilley member of the West Union formation, at the Zink or

April, 1017] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 195

Corporation quarry, in the eastern part of Hillsboro, Ohio. It
occurs at the same horizon, but in smaller numbers, at the
Trimble or Railroad quarry, a third of a mile north of the Zink
quarry. Specimens occur also in the upper part of the massive
blue limestone exposed in the quarry a quarter of a mile west
of Hillsboro, on the Danville pike.

Specimens not to be distinguished from t^^pical Zaphrentis
digoniata, from the Lilley member of the West Union formation,
at Hillsboro, occur in the upper third of the quarry at Cedarville,
Ohio, where only the Cedarville dolomite is exposed. Since the
upper limits of the Cedarville dolomite can not be determined
in the area surrounding Cedarville, nothing more definite
regarding the stratigraphic position of these Cedarville spec-
imens can be stated at present. The specimens occur chiefly as
casts of the calices, but impressions of the exterior of the entire
corallum also occur.

In Streptelasma angiilatiim, Billings, from the English Head
and Charleton formations, in the Richmond of Anticosti, and
in some of the younger specimens of Streptelasma robustum,
Whiteaves, from the Richmond of the Red River Valley, in
Manitoba, the corallum is more or less strongly angulate along
the convex curvature of the corallum. In both species, the
anterior outline is distinctly concave, and the posterior or
cardinal outline is strongly convex, when the corallum is viewed
from the side.

Since no attempt ever has been made to locate the exact
horizon of the rich fauna in the quarry at Cedarville, Ohio, in
that part of the Silurian section usually referred to the Cedar-
ville dolomite, the following notes may be of service. At the
quarry immediately north of the railroad and about a third of a
mile west of the railroad depot, the top of the exposed rock is
about two feet above the level of the railroad track. The
section here is as follows, given in descending order:

Cedarville dolomite, richly fossiliferous 12 ft.

Amphicoelia costata horizon
Cedarville dolomite, fossils common 7 ft.

Horizon 1003 feet above sea level.
Cedarville dclomjite, massive, breaking up into irregular lavcrs; fossils

few ■ 3 ft.

Cedarville dolomite, massive, crinoidal, fossils few 7 ft., 6 in.

Cedarville rock, not exposed, covered by water collecting at bottom

of quarry ; fossils few 11 ft.

196 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

Half a mile west of the quarry, but on the northern side of
the Columbus pike, is a house below the level of the pike. A
lane leads past the eastern side of the house downward into the
ravine formed by Massie Creek. The house if about 1005 feet
above sea level, and rock occurs at about the same level along
the lane leading toward the creek. Here the following section
is shown, in descending order:

Cedarville dolomite, massive 38 ft.

Horizon about 967 feet above sea level.
Dolomitic limestone, breaking up into thin layers, and regarded as

equivalent to the Springfield dolomite 13 ft.

Dolomite, massive, showing bedding toward the top, regarded as

equivalent to the Euphemia dolomite 7 ft., 6 in.

The dip of the rock within this half mile, from the exposure
on Massie Creek to the quarry north of the railroad in Cedar-
ville, is not known, but is regarded as low. If this be true,
the level at which fossils become common in the quarry is about
36 to 40 feet above the base of the Cedarville dolomite, as identi-
fied along Massie Creek. Since the total thickness of Cedar-
ville dolomite exposed at the eastern Mills quarry, at Limestone
City, southwest of Springfield, is only 19 feet, the level at
which fossils become common in the Cedarville quarry appar-
ently is about 17 to 20 feet above the top of the highest part of
the Cedarville dolomite exposed at the eastern Mills quarry.
Since most of the fossils collected in the quarries southeast of
Springfield come from the lower, more massive and porous part
of the Cedarville dolomite, the level at which fossils become
more common in the Cedarville quarry may be estimated at
from 25 to 30 feet above the level of the top of the zone from
which most of the fossils collected southwest of Springfield have
been obtained. This difference in level between the richly
fossiliferous zone in the Cedarville quarry and that in the
quarries southeast of Springfield accounts readily for the dif-
ferences in faunal content noted.

At the Mills Quarries, southwest of Springfield, the following
order of succession, in descending order, is noted:

Cedarville dolomite:

Porous rock 3 ft.

Less porous rock 1 ft., 6 in.

Thin bedded, fine grained rock 3 ft., 3 in.

Massive, porous, richly fossiliferous rock 11 ft.

Springfield dolomite, fine-grained, well bedded 10 ft.

Transition rock, dense, but somewhat mottled 4 ft.

Euphemia dolomite, porous 8 ft.

April, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 197

Cyathophyllum roadsi, s]). nov. Plate IX, Figs. 1 A-J.

Corallum clon^^itc turbinate in its younger stages, with a tendency
toward eylindrical form in its later stages. Basal angle usually varying
between 20 and 30 degrees, but sometimes the corallum begins as a
narrow, sub-cylindrical growth, enlarging more rapidly later, and then
becoming subcylindrical again. Corallum sometimes changing its
direction of growth in a more or less abrupt or geniculate manner.
Epitheca ^\dth distinct longitudinal septal furrows, numbering 40, 41,
43, 44, 46, 46, 46, and 51 in the specimens here illustrated. Along
the interior of the wall of the corallum there is a corresponding number
of septa. These are alternately short and long, the shorter ones usually
extending scarce! >' a millimeter from the wall. In the spaces between
the shorter septa and the longer septa on each side dissepiments occur
in greater or smaller numbers, dividing the spaces into more or less
irregular vesicular compartments. This vesicular tissue usually does
not extend more than a millimeter from the wall of the corallum.
Even the longer septa usually do not reach the center of the corallum,
but terminate as ridges on the upper surfaces of the tabulae, leaving
the central parts of the latter more or less free. In some of the specimens
the vesicular tissue -unites the proximal free margin of the shorter septa
to one of the adjacent longer septa in such a manner as to produ^ce the
appearance of the bifurcation of the longer septa in a distal direction.

Tabulae distinctly developed and complete, at least as far as the
narrow vesicular zone, forming a conspicuous part of vertical sections
of the corallum. Tabulae usually irregularly concave. When the calice is
deep and funnel-like, the depth equalling or exceeding the width,
the tabulae are correspondingly more concave and the vesicular spaces
are elongated in a direction more or less parallel to the lateral walls of
the calice. When the calice is more shallow^ the tabulae are less
strongly concave. No fossula has been detected.

Along the basal half of the exterior of the corallum the location of
the cardinal and alar septa may be recognized distinctly by means of
the septal furrows, as in typical Zaphrentida. The cardinal septum
almost invariably lies along the convexly curved side of the basal part
of the corallum. In that part of the corallum where the dissepiments
are most abundant, usually within one millimeter of the wall, there
appears to be a tendency toward the deposition of steroplasm.

From the Lilley member, forming the upper part of the
West Union formation, in the Zink or Corporation quarry, in
the eastern part of Hillsboro, Ohio. Named in honor of Miss
Katie M. Roads, who for several years has been giving special
attention to the fauna of the West Union formation in the
vicinity of Hillsboro, Ohio.

Among Silurian forms, this species is sufiQcientl}^ character-
ized by the narrow vesicular zone, the broad area occupied by

198 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

the tabulae, and the tendency of even the longer septa to ter-
minate before reaching the center of the corallum. The fre-
quency with which the proximal free margins of the longer
septa show evidence of twisting or contortion, even when not
reaching the center of the corallum, is another characteristic
feature.

Acervularia (?) paveyi, sp. nov. Plate X, Fig. 10.
Corallites forming astraeiform colonies 12 centimeters or more in
diameter. Corallites polygonal, usually more or less six-sided, the
transverse diameters varying from 13 to 20 millimeters, with 15 milli-
meters as a fair average. The walls are thin and distinctly defined.
The central part of the calice appears to be surrounded by a cylindrical
wall varying from 6 to 10 millimeters in diameter, with 7 or 8 millimeters
as a fair average. In general, the cylindrical walls are situated about
half way between the center of the calice and the middle part of the
surrounding polygonal walls. Between 45 and 50 septa extend from
the polygonal walls toward the central part of the calice; of these
practically all appear to pass into the space within the cylindrical wall
although "only a part reach the center of the calice. The septa are con-
nected" by dissepiments in the spaces both within and without the
cylindrical wall. In the specimen here figured, dissepiments are_ clearly
preserved within several of the circular spaces included by the cylindrical
walls, but are much less satisfactorily indicated in the exterior part
of the corallites, between the central cylindrical wall and the outer
polygonal wall. In none of the corallites is there any evidence of
horizontal tabulae within the central space enclosed within the cylindri-
cal wall. In one of the corallites there apparently is evidence of
horizontal tabulae resting on vesicular tissue, but in all of the other
corallites there is no clear evidence of the presence of tabulae.

From Strombodes, the species here described is readily dis-
tinguished by the conspicuous development of septa extending
vertically throughout the corallites and the absence of numerous
infundibuliform tabulae, resting on a conspicuous vesicular tis-
sue. From true Acervularia, it differs in the absence of numer-
ous tabula within the central area, enclosed by the cylindrical
wall. The continuation of the septa from the exterior prismatic
wahs of the coralHtes to within the space enclosed by the
central, cylindrical wall, indicates that the structure of the latter
needs further elucidation, but this apparently can not be fur-
nished by the silicified specimen at hand. From Prisma-
tophyllum, it differs in the presence of the central cylindrical
wall, and in the absence of numerous tabulae within the central
cylindrical part of the corallites.

April, 1917] Sihii'iiui Fossils from Ohio 109

From the Lilley member, forming the upper part of the
West Union bed, in the Zink or Corporation quarry, in the
eastern part of Hillsboro, Ohio. Named in honor of Henry
Pavey, an eminent member of the bar of southwestern Ohio,
who has also given considerable attention to the geology of
the area surrounding Hillsboro.

Grabauphyllum johnstoni, gen. et sp. nov. Plate XI; Fig. 9.

Corallum composite, composed of large polygonal corallites from
20 to 30 millimeters in diameter. Calices comparatively shallow,
varying from 10 to 12, occasionally 15 millimeters in depth. Walls
separating the corallites with vertical ribs, evidently corresponding to
the septal ridges of other corals. Outer part of the corallites coarsely
vesiculate. Near the lower part of the calices this vesiculate tissue
extends to a distance of 3 to G millimeters from the walls between the
corallites toward the center of the calices, leaving a circular or elliptical
space, in the center, having diameters varying from 15 to 20 millimeters,
in which this coarsely vesicular tissue is absent. On their lower surfaces,
the plates forming this vesicular tissue are smooth; on their upper
surfaces they frequently show septal lines, more or less denticulate as
in some species of CystiphyUum. In the outer zone of the central
circular area, for a distance of 3 to 4, sometimes 5 millimeters, radiating
septa are numerous and well defined. The number of these septa
varies from 45 to ob in the difterent corallites. They are connected
laterally by numerous short dissepiments. Tabulae are abundant
in the central parts of the corallites. These are chiefly elliptical in
outline in the specimen at hand, and vary from 6 to 10 millimeters in
width, and from 10 to 15 millimeters in length. Viewed from the
lower side they appear smooth, but it is probable that septal ridges
extended over their upper surfaces for some distances toward the
center; how far, can not be determined from the specimen at hand.

Found in the Niagaran dolomite near McCook, 5 miles west
of Chicago, Illinois, by William Johnston. Genus named in
honor of Prof. Amadeus Grabau, of Columbia University in
recognition of his valuable contributions to our knowledge of
corals.

The distinguishing features of GraiihauphyUmn are the
composite corallum, the outer coarsely vesicular zone, the
intermediate septate zone, and the central tabulate area.

It is not unlikely that Acervidaria clintonensis, Nicholson,
may prove to be congeneric. This species was described (Ohio
Pal. II, 1875, p. 227, PI. 23, Figs. 2, 2a) as coming from the
Clinton group at Yellow Springs, Ohio. Fortunately, it is
known that specimens of fossils from the Cedarville dolomite in

200 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

early days occasionally were labelled erroneously as coming
from the Clinton. For instance, the specimen of A try pa
nodo sir lata, Hall, from the Cedarville dolomite at Yellow
Springs, Ohio, which is numbered 12103 in the collections at
Columbia University, is there labelled as coming from the
Clinton, and in former da3''s I have seen similar erroneous
labelling elsewhere. Under these circumstances it is not unlikely
that Acervidaria clintonensis may prove to be a Cedarville
dolomite species. It is a much smaller species than Graubau-
phyllum johnstoni. The corallites average about 8 mm. in
diameter. The outer zone is described as consisting of loose
vesicular tissue in which the septa often are imperfectly devel-
oped. The intermediate zone consists of 40 to 46 slender septa,
alternately large and small, united laterally by transverse dis-
sepiments. Since no dissepiments are indicated in the central
parts of the corallum, this part may correspond to the abun-
dantly tabulate part of Grabauphyllnm. The present location
of the type of Acervidaria cli?itonensis is unknown. It is
assumed to have been destroyed in the fire which consumed the
collections of Toronto University, years ago.

Calostylis parvula sp. nov. Plate VIII, Figs. 2A, B, C, D, E, F;

Plate IX, Fig. 5.

Coralla simple, usually not exceeding 25 millimeters in length, but
sometimes equalling 35 millimeters. Most of the specimens are curved
strongly toward the base, producing a concave outline anteriorly,
and convex outline posteriorly, when the corallum is viewed from the
side. The wall of the corallum is thin, and is marked by distinct
transverse striae and by more or less indistinct longitudinal lines,
intermediate in position to the septa on the interior. Frequently
the wall has weathered away, especially along the upper part of the
corallum, exposing the septa.

Larger septa, about 30 to 35, extend toward the center, and there
form a central mass (Fig. 2F), occupying about one-third of the width
of the corallum. This central mass probably rises only a very short
distance above the bottom of the calice. Within this central mass the
proximal parts of the septa can be followed only a short distance since
they fomi an irregularly vesicular growth, transversed by irregularly
communicating pores. If any part of this central structure is to be
interpreted as equivalent to tabulae, then these tabulae also are pen-
etrated by pores.

Pores also traverse the septa, but vary greatly in number. Between
the larger septa, which extend from the wall of the corallum as far as
the central vesicular mass, there is an equal number of shorter septa,
alternating with the larger ones. In some specimens, the shorter

April, 1917J Silurian Fossils from Ohio 201

septa extend about half way from the wall of the corallum toward
the central vesicular mass (Figs. 2 E, F); in others, they are shorter
(Fig. 2 D). The larger and shorter septa are connected laterally
by lainellose structures traversed by pores similar to those traversing
the septa. These lamellose structures evidently correspond to the
dissepiments of other corals.

In some specimens, the proximal edges of the shorter septa appear
united to one side of one of the adjacent longer septa, usually the one
nearer the cardinal side (Fig. 2F). Between the proximal edges of the
shorter lamellae and the central vesicular mass, the number of dis-
sepiments connecting the sides of the longer septa usually is compara-
tively small.

The pores traversing the central vesicular mass frequently equal
a quarter of a millimeter in diameter. Pores of equally large dimensions
have been noticed also traversing some of the septa, but the pores vary
greatly in size, and some of them scarcely equal a twelfth of a millimeter
in diameter.

Calostylis parvula has been found so far only in the upper
part of the Laurel limestone in the Reinheimer quarry, at New
Paris, Ohio. Here it is associated with Pisocrinus gemmiformis,
Stephanocrinus osgoodensis, Heliolites subtubidatus, and Atrypa
reticularis.

Since the Reinheimer quarry section is the most western one
at which all of the Silurian strata occurring north of the Ordo-
vician area in southwestern Ohio have been identified, and
since this identification presents some difficulties, the following
data may prove of some interest. The section is given in
descending order:

Cedarville dolomite.

Porous dolomite, massive 6 ft.

Thinner bedded dolomite 1 ft. 3 in.

More massive dolomite 2 ft.

Porous massive dolomite, containing Pentameriis oblongus and Phanerotrema
occidens 17 ft. 6 in.

Springfield dolomite.

Rock resembling Dayton limestone, with Pentameriis oblongus common

within 6 inches of the top 5 ft. 6 in.

Rock resembling overlying layers, but very cherty 7 in.

Euphemia dolomite.

Rock blotchy and porous, weathering darker. The blotches are 2 to 3

inches wide 2 ft.

Transition rock, with white blotches, but not porous 8 in.

Laurel limestone.

Rock resembling Dayton limestone, free of chert 8 ft. 4 in.

Very cherty white limestone, with Pisocrinus gemmiformis, Stephanocrinus

osgoodensis, and Calostylis parvula near top 16 ft. 9 in.

Base of Reinheimer quarry. Underlying strata are exposed along ditch

leading west from cjuarry.

202 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

Osgood formation.

Represented here by soft limestones, partly thinbedded and interbedded
with thin clayey layers 4 ft.

Dayton limestone.

Whitish limestone, poorly exposed 7 ft. 6 in.

Brassfield limestone.

Only the top of this limestone is exposed, near the western end of the ditch.

The name Euphemia dolomite is proposed here for that
horizon which Prosser, in his paper on The Classification of the
Niagaran Formations of Western Ohio (Journal of Geology,
1916, pp. 334-365) called the Mottled Zone. The type locahty
for the Euphemia dolomite is located at the quarry described by
Prosser as the Lewisburg Stone quarry. This quarry lies a mile
northwest of Lewisburg. Euphemia is located a half mile
north of Lewisburg and is a little nearer to the quarry, so that
this name is available for the Mottled zone.

Calostylis has been identified hitherto only from one horizon
and area in American strata, namely, in the Waco limestone
member, in the lower third of the Alger formation of eastern
Kentucky, where Calostylis spongiosa, Foerste, is found. This
Alger formation corresponds stratigraphically with the so-called
Niagara shales of the various reports written by Prof. Edward
Orton for the former Ohio Geological Survey. There is no
evidence, however, that any equivalent of the Waco member is
to be found within 40 miles of the Ohio River, even in eastern
Kentucky. Apparently it is only the overlying part of the Alger
formation, consisting of the Estill clay, which extends into
southern Ohio. It has been assumed at times that the Alger
formation of eastern Kentucky and the adjacent parts of Ohio
correspond stratigraphically with the Osgood formation of
Indiana and the adjacent parts of Ohio, but this assumption
never has been verified.

Calostylis denticidata, Kjerulf, the type of the genus, was
described from Wisby, on the island of Gotland, Sweden, where
it ranges for 18 miles along the shores of the Baltic. It occurs
also at Malmo, an island near Christiania, Norway. Judging
from the figures of this species presented by Lindstrom, the
central vesicular mass is not well developed in young specimens,
the septa apparently reaching the center. The tendency of the
proximal edges of the shorter septa to unite with the lateral
edge of one of the adjacent longer septa also is shown. Two

April, 1U17J Siliiriiui fossils from Ohio 203

species of Calostylis have been described also from the Silurian
of Great Britain. Of these, Calostylis lindstromi, Nicholson and
Etheridge, occurs near Girvan, in Scotland, and Calostylis (?)
andersoni, Nicholson and Lydekker, in Shropshire, England.

Calostylis belongs to an increasing number of peculiar genera
whose distribution suggests a former connection of American
epicontinental seas during Silurian times with those of the
Baltic area, and with Great Britain.

Calostylis belongs to the Tetracoralla. This relationship is
more apparent in Calostylis parviila, here described, than in
the type species, owing to the simpler construction of the septa.
In Calostylis denticulata the septa of the older specimens tend
to have a spongy structure. In Calostylis parvula the pinnate
arrangement of the septa, diagnostic of the Tetracoralla, fre-
quently is distinct. (The Relation of the Tetracoralla to the
Hexacoralla, W. I.Robinson, 1917. Trans. Connecticut Acad.,
p. 173.)

Holocystites greenvillensis, sp. nov. Plate IX, Figs. 3A, B, C;

Plate X, Fig. 8.

Three specimens, none of which preserves either the base or the
summit; each retaining five horizontal rows of plates, each row con-
sisting of eight plates. In each specimen the third horizontal row is
located at mid-length, and forms the widest part of the theca. All of
the plates, as far as retained, are hexagonal in outline, excepting possibly
the uppermost series, which may have been pentagonal. At one side
of the upper end of each of these specimens there is evidence of a pro-
tuberance which is regarded as locating the anal opening. Orienting
the specimens in such a manner as to place this protuberance at the
rear, it is noticed that the plates along the middle part of the right
side of the theca (Figs. 3 A, B) are narrower, while those on the left
side (Fig. 3 C) are wider than the remainder. The thickness of the plates
is about half a millimeter. The surface of the plates is distinctly and
irregularh- granulose, the larger granules equalling about three-eights
of a millimeter in width.

Among described species, Holocystites greenvillensis resem-
bles most closely the type of Holocystites abnormis, Hall (Twen-
tieth Annual Report, State Cabinet of Natural History, New
York, 1868, PI. 12, Fig. 7), however, the plates of the upper
two rows are very much narrower, especially on the right side
of the theca. Moreover, the general outline is more fusiform,
and the outline near the anal protuberance tends to be more or
less distinctly concave. In addition, the size is much smaller.

204 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

Compartively little is known regarding the genus Holo-
cystites at present. If Holocystites cylindriciis, Hall (Log. cit.
PI. 12, Fig. 4) be regarded as the type of the genus, then only
the six specimens figured by Hall under the terms Holocystites
cylindricus, H. abnormis, and H. alternatus are congeneric
among described forms referred to this genus. The material
at hand is not sufficient to determine whether these six spec-
imens are to be referred to only three species, as done by Hall,
or whether they represent six distinct species.

The type of Holocystites cylindricus (Loc. cit., PI. 12, Fig. 4)
is labelled as obtained by Dr. Daniel, near Grafton, Wisconsin.
It retains seven horizontal rows of plates, with eight plates in
each row. At the base, there is a trace of an eighth row, and
there may have been more. The oral and anal apertures are
not preserved. The surface of the plates probably was orna-
mented by low, broad pustules. The more or less radiating,
short, hnear markings figured by Hall probably represent short
horizontal pores immediately beneath the epithecal layer of the
plates. The interior of the plates may have been traversed by
numerous, coarse, vertical pores.

In the second specimen figured by Hall under the term
Holocystites cylindricus (Fig. 5) the number of plates in the
horizontal rows is uncertain. The oral aperture is six milli-
meters in diameter and was either circular or subpentagonal in
form. At a distance of two millimeters from this aperture, on
the side opposite to that figured by Hall, is the anal aperture,
circular in form, and almost five millimeters in diameter. This
anal aperture is located in the lower part of the uppermost row
of those plates which are distinctly outlined, but the possibil-
ity of a row of very short plates immediately surrounding the
oral aperture can not be disproved. This, and the following
specimens, are from Racine, Wisconsin.

In the third specimen figured by Hall under Holocystites
cylindricus (Loc. cit. PI. 12, Fig. 6; PI. 12a, Fig. 8) there are
eight horizontal rows of distinct plates, with a possibility of a
ninth, circum-oral row, consisting of very short plates. Neither
the oral nor anal aperture is distinctly indicated. The surface
of the plates is covered by low, broad pustules. The segments
of the column are only indistinctly indicated.

{To be continued.)

SCIENTIFIC DRAWING IN BIOLOGY.

Stephen R. Williams.

Drawing is done with one of three purposes in mind:

1. By the student as a record of his laboratory work.

2. For teaching purposes on blackboard or chart.

3. For reproduction in the illustration of scientific articles.

AS A RECORD OF THE STUDENT'S WORK.

Scientifically not free hand drawling. Free hand drawing is
intended to suggest to the observer, to cause his mind to supply
what is lacking in the representation. Scientific drawing is a
precise record of specific details.

All agree that the mechanical reproduction of details of
structures studied is a highly valuable means of aiding the
powers of observation, the memory and therefore preserving
material w'ith w^hich to think. Reduced to the lowest terms a
laboratory drawing is a careful proportional outline of two
dimensions of the object studied. It is a graphic record of
mental impressions received through the eye. All the impor-
tant points should be fully labeled in a neat manner. It is then
not a question of artistic ability but of ability to measure and
to record the data. The alleged inability to draw of which the
teacher is often told is merely a confession of unwillingness to
be precise in measuring or recording or both.

Boundaries of structures are what is desired, shadows, colors
or curvatures or other such phenomena are not needed. These
secondary details, if put in, conceal the accuracy or inaccuracy
of the student's measurements and therefore of his observations.

A drawing should be to scale and in my opinion, larger than
natural size whenever the size of the object and of the drawing
paper permit. The beginner is likely to draw what he sees
through the microscope too small so that he is unable to put in
the details adequately. He should be warned along this line at
the first meeting. If the student draws a faint vertical line in
the region which is to be the chief axis of his drawing, he may

205

206 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

locate the important points of his specimen proportionately on
this line. The width of the specimen to the scale of magni-
fication selected may then be laid off at these points. When a
sufficient number of points in the outer boundary of the drawing
have been located thus by precise measuring, a faint line may be
drawn through them, giving the outline of the specimen. The
outline should then be compared with the dimensions of the
original and any lack of proportion corrected. Then the out-
lines of appendages or of interior structures may be put in.

Any important line in an object may be projected to the
other side of the outline of the object. Any two points in a
drawing may be connected by a line and this line continued
until it strikes some other important structure. This is a val-
uable way of checking the correctness of the proportions of
the drawing and as the lines need not be actually drawn, the
process of checking up can be a very rapid one.

It helps the beginner if he is asked to partially close both
eyes as he looks at the specimen being studied, for the important
lines and especially the boundary lines persist after the details
of color or marking disappear.

All the constructional lines should now be carefully removed.
The boundary lines of all structures must be definite continuous
clear-cut lines. If the drawing is to be inked over, the pencil
boundary should be left faint and does not need to be made so
uniform as if the pencil is to be the final instrument.

The lines leading from structures to their names, known as
lead lines should be very carefully made. They should be
horizontal and parallel to the top and bottom edges of the
drawing paper though exceptionally they may be vertical lines.
They should be discontinuous or broken lines with the parts of
about equal length. This enables one to distinguish lead lines
from structural lines at a glance. As a transparent ruler for
making lead lines a common 3x1 glass slide is very satisfactory.

The drawing should be labeled at the top with an identifica-
tion mark, either a serial number or the name of the organism
from which it was taken and should bear the student's name or
initials. The date is also desirable unless this is stamped on by
the critic at the close of each laboratory period.

April. 10171 Scientific Drawing in Biology 207

SCIENTIFIC DRAWING FOR TEACHING PURPOSES.

Blackboard Drawing.

Blackboard drawing is most important. It is rapid and is
simultaneous with or follows the explanation. This combination
affects both sight and hearing and thereby makes mental efforts
easier and more successful.

If you have complicated drawings to make, they should be
done before the lecture. A thing which takes some time to
make and which might be used more than once should be made
as a chart which can be left hanging for reference. The simpler
drawing constructed as the idea is being presented has great
advantages as the student is able to transcribe it into his notes.

Do not shade a black board drawing since the natural order
of things is reversed and the dark boundary is being reproduced
as white. Make your outlines heavy for easy vision.

For differentiation of structures use such colored chalks as
will easily show at the back of the room. It is artistically ille-
gitimate, but you can give an impression of relief by using
thicker lines where the shadows should be. This is useful, for
example, in drawing cleavage.

A blackboard drawing is for the moment only and need
possess little artistic merit. I have seen an elaborate blackboard
drawing hamper teaching because it was made so well that no
one had the heart to erase it.

Charts.

For making charts one should have a drawing table at least
52 inches wide whose four sides are squared so that a T square
43^ feet long can be used on it. If you use the Metric system of
measurement enlargements can be made more easily.

The best chart material is canvas backed bristol board.
This can be purchased in various sizes. I have gotten two sizes.
Rectangles, 16 inches by 24 inches, convenient for small dia-
grams and continuous rolled material a yard wide from which
charts of any desired length can be made. Heavy Manila paper
will do but is likely to tear along the edges after years of putting
up and taking down. The smaller charts are easily hung
using thumb tacks while the larger ones rolled on wood need
some sort of hooks.

208 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

For enlarging drawings there are several methods possible.

1. Take an important axis and erect ordinates. Assume a
scale of magnification and find the length of the axis magnified
and locate the ordinates also magnified. This method reversed
will also serve in case one wishes to reduce the dimensions of
an object.

2. Use the method of small squares, drawing them faintly
but definitely over the drawing to be enlarged, or outline the
original drawing on transparent (tracing) paper and draw the
squares over this outline.

Then on your chart draw squares whose dimension is the
number of times larger than the small squares that you wish
the drawing magnified and redraw on the new area, placing the
points and lines on the large squares in positions corresponding
to those shown in the small squares.

3. A modification of this method is to use a gelatin sheet,
draw a net of squares on it with a sharp point. This may be
placed over the picture and the outline traced as in No. 2.

If such a transparent outline be elevated and a small aper-
ture arranged above it so that the eye looks from what is essen-
tially one point the outline can be traced as projected on the
chart on the drawing table. Large drawings can not be traced
in this way because of one's inability to reach lines beyond a
certain distance from the eye.

4. ■ Use a Pantograph or multiplying apparatus. A good
one costs $6-$8, the cheaper ones are useless.

5. By using a reflectoscope if you have one, you may
project your diagram or drawing on the drawing paper pinned
to the screen and outline it perfectly.

The order of making a chart is as follows:

1. Lay out the chart.

2. Copy figure with faint lines of a fairly soft pencil (3 H).
Clean with a sponge rubber which will not spoil the grain of the
paper if water color is to be used.

3. Put in shades. This will be described in the next section
of the paper. For large shades use absorbent cotton and the
color, and it will give a fairly evenly shaded area.

April, 1917] Scientific Drawing in Biology 209

SCIENTIFIC DILWVING FOR REPRODUCTION.

Photography.

This is very useful for whole objects, gross dissections and
the like, being precise and a great time saver.

The common photograph gives no color differentiation as
most colors have too near the same value. If you have a print
from the negative made on Whatman paper you can color on
this. Never try to color from memory, alwa\^s have the object
or a similar one. One is likely to expect too much of micro-
photography. Diatoms, Desmids, Bacteria, Golgi prepara-
tions, anything with clear outlines and single colors will give
good results. High powers of things like cell division or tissues
cells are not so satisfactory for the average photographer. The
investigator himself sees a mental image into the photograph
while outsiders are bothered by details and get an unsatisfactory
image. A photographic plate does not distinguish between
opaque and transparent structures. This can be expressed in
water colors in a drawing. A photograph reproduces every-
thing with equal value; a grain of dust, an air bubble, a crack
or a fault in the section, all these are faithfully repeated. The
microscopic field is not quite flat so that details near the edge
will not show. One can photograph only one focus at a time,
whereas your drawing is the result of the study of the structure
at a number of levels. It gives the results of brain work on the
facts before you. Everything in the drawing must be in the
slide but everything in the slide does not have to be in the
drawing. The drawing should be diagrammatic but not a
diagram and is superior to the photograph both in clearness and
in truth; in clearness because unnecessary things are omitted
and in truth because the essentials are not obscured by
unessentials as in the photograph.

Drawing.

A scientific drawing for reproduction should be made with
reference to the method of reproduction. Of these there are
several types.

It is obvious that those methods of reproduction will be
cheaper which are entirely mechanical and can be carried
through by the ordinary, intelligent workman. Those, on the

210 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

other hand, which involve great technical skill in the worker
are expensive.

Etching on metal, lithography and wood cutting since they
involve skilled technicians are costly reproductions as compared
to the half tone method and the method of zinc engraving which
utilize photography directly.

For all methods involving photography it is best to have
black ink drawings on a white ground. Good pencil drawings
can be used, but the ink gives the greater contrast.

In making drawings it is often necessary to transfer to a
clean sheet of Bristol board or water color paper. Paste tracing
paper with unboiled flour paste (which will not spot paper) on
your drawing. Trace over the outlines lightly, then loosen the
tracing paper, reverse it on a window pane or on the glass
top of a box containing an electric light, go over the outlines
with heavy, soft pencil, and by careful pressure you have the
outline transferred to the fresh Bristol board. The use of car-
bon paper for transferring is somewhat dangerous as other
blotches may be transferred to the clean sheet beside the lines
which you wish. For erasing use sponge rubber or Fabers
kneaded rubber so that you will not injure the surface for
water colors.

To lay a flat tint use a brown or red sable brush — common
camel's hair is not good. The brush should jar to a perfect
point, it should be large so as to hold much liquid. It must be
elastic so as to spring to position instantly. You must not lay
it down flat, always keep brushes in a glass, point up, to preserve
the point.

The water color paper or Bristol board must be wet all over
first to keep from spotting it with your wash or colors. A
camel's hair brush can be used to take up excess of color when
laying a tint. If you have too much color, add water and take
up with nearly dry camel's hair brush. The evenest washes
are those made with Prussian blue, carmine, olive green, indigo,
neutral tint, vandyke brown, most of the yellows. Those which
dry too quick and so are likely to make spotty work, cobalt,
Vermillion, ultramarine, most of the greens, most of the blacks,
burnt sienna and sepia unless very thin. When one wants very
rich reds or browns as in drawing of kidney, it is not obtainable

April, 1917] Scientific Drawing in Biology 211

with water color so finish the drawing and then put in the color
wanted with pastel (crayon) . This rubs badly unless fixed with
shellac fixatif.

It is best to lay on several light washes instead of a heavy
one to avoid spotting.

For the very finest lines or most delicate stippling in water
color you can use a lithographic pen. For pen drawing water-
proof ink is best; such as Higgins or Winsor and Newton. To
get an even outline keep turning the papers so that you draw in
the most favorable direction. Draw only short sections at a
time so as to follow the boundary precisely.

Where you have heavy outlines to draw take a broken
ebony scalpel handle, sharpen it like a pencil and let it soak a
while in ink. Do not try to use it on your drawing first after
the ink but on another piece of the same paper. This same
thing holds with a ruling pen or a common pen. You can stipple
or make small thick lined circles very nicely with this ebony
point.

The shadow of an object is darker than the darkest shade on
the object. It is tacitly accepted all over the world that the
light is to come from the left side. In shading with ink to indi-
cate rough surfaces use short, stubby lines, for smooth surfaces
use long, fine lines, and for very light shades use fine, broken
lines. These long lines should be drawn parallel to the surface
you are shading. Never use over two layers of lines in a shadow
and these never at right angles to each other. Shades can be
stippled in and they will reproduce well. This requires great
care in spacing to give the correct shadows and is hard on the
eyes.

A drawing or photograph, can with advantage, be made
larger than the size it is to be reproduced. If it is to be reduced
to three-fourths of its size, that is known as one-fourth off.
If to half the size, it is one-half off. Reduction can be carried
only so far before the finer lines will merge into each other. The
advantage of reduction is that if the drawing is made large, the
lines can be made reasonably wide and uniform. Attempts at
very fine lines usually result in lines of uneven width which
reproduce poorly. All drawings which are to be on a single
plate must be reduced in the same proportion.

212 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

This brings up the question of lettering. The letters used
with a drawing or photograph that is to be reduced in repro-
duction must be chosen with the reduction in mind. Any shad-
ows as of edges of paper can be removed from the zinc plate if
they are far enough away from structures that must be kept so
that the graving tool can cut them away. If none of the
natural background of a structure in a photograph is wanted,
the structure must be carefully cut out of its setting with a
sharp instrument and pasted on a white surface. The lettering
can then be placed on this. Cut-out letters of almost any size
with gummed backs can be pasted on a plate unless this is to
be rolled. Rolling up is likely to spring the letters off from their
particular place and so ruin the labeling.

One will learn the method with which he is most successful
by trial. Care in making drawings will always be repaid in the
appearance of the printed paper. For the beginner ink-drawn
text figures will probable be the most satisfactory. Photo-
graphs should be printed out by a method which will reproduce
successfully. Those papers which have bluish tints should be
avoided and also those which are finished with a gloss.

Miami University.

NEW AND NOTEWORTHY TINGID^ FROM THE

UNITED STATES.

By Carl J. Drake.

In studying numerous American specimens of this heterop-
terous family I have recently recognized a few forms new to the
fauna of the United States. These forms are listed and
described herein so that their names will be available for future
work in the family.

Acalypta cooleyi spec. nov.

Form elongate. Head long, strongly deflected, armed with two
prominent, blunt, porrect spines (one on each side of the median line
just above the antenna) ; a rather long, blunt, straight tubercle on each
side of the head between the eye and antenna. Eyes large, prominent,
the facets few and large. Antennae moderately long and stout; basal
segment greatly swollen, twice as long as the second; second segment
moderately swollen, short, obconical; third segment slenderest, a
little longer than the other three conjoined; terminal segment moder-
ately swollen, fusiform, a little longer than the first and second together.
Pronotum coarsely punctate, tricarinate, the carinae considerably
raised and each composed of a single series of areolae. Hood moderately
large, reaching slightly over the base of the head, the anterior margin
almost triangular. Lateral membraneous pronotal margins moderately
broad, reflected, angularly dilated behind the middle, biseriate in greater
jmrt, but with two or three extra areolae at the anterior end and with
only a single series back of the angle. Posterior process of pronotum
triangular, distinctly reticulate. Thorax punctate beneath. Rostral
sulcus deep; rostrum reaching slightly beyond the meso-metasternal
suture. Elytra extending considerably beyond the apex of the abdomen,
broadly rounded at the apex, overlapping on the inner margins, the
outer margins straighter than in A . lillianis Bueno ; costal area with one
com]jlete and partial series of areolae at the base and near the posterior
end; subcostal area long, narrow, with three rows of areolae; discoidal
area reaching a little beyond the middle of the elytra, with five rows of
areolae at its widest part; sutural area broad, the inner margin, excepting
a few cells at the base, with the areolae regularly arranged. Wings
a little longer than the abdomen. Apex of abdomen concealed by the
point upon which the insect is mounted. Length, 2.9 mm.; width,
1.2 mm.

Color. General color dark grayish-brown. Head and thorax
blackish. Antennae blackish, except third segment grayish-brown.
Legs dark grayish-brown, the tips of tarsi becoming darker. Posterior
portion of bucculae and rostral sulcus margined with whitish.

One specimen, taken at Bozeman, Montana, June 13, 1913,
by Prof. Cooley. Type in the author's collection.

213

214 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

KEY TO THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF DOLICHOCYSTA.

Size small (length, 2 to 2.21 mm.); hood strongly depressed behind;
membraneous pronotal margins narrow, biseriate, very strongly
reflected just in front of the middle; elytra with a small tumid
elevation, with the costal area uniseriate D. acuta n. sp.

Size larger (length, 2.33 to 2.75 mm.); membraneous pronotal
margins broader, with three to four series of areolae; elytra
with a large tumid elevation, costal area biseriate in greater
part D. venusta Champion

Dolichocysta venusta Champion.
Seven specimens, taken at Fort Collins, Colorado, July 23,
1898. The species is new to the fauna of United States. It
was described from three specimens, two of which were from
Guadalupe, Low^er California, the other being without a definite
locality. The Colorado specimens are slightly larger than the
measurements given by Dr. Champion, but I can find no
characters that will separate them from the original description
and the excellent figure of the species. It is not very closely
allied to D. acnta n. sp. described herein.

Dolichocysta acuta spec. nov.

FoiTTi ovate, the apiceS somewhat acute. Head with a blunt
jirocess on each side between eye and antenna, the bucculae very large.
Eyes large, prominent, granulate. Antennae moderately slender,
reaching a little beyond the middle of the pronotum ; first segment
more swollen and a little longer than the second; third segment slen-
derest, cylindrical; about twice as long as the fourth; fourth segment
swollen towards the tip, clothed with a few rather long hairs. Pronotum
not very coarsely 'punctate, tricarinate, the carinae arranged as follows:
median carina rhost strongly raised, extending from the apex of tri-
angular process to the hood- and conjoined with the median raised
nervure of the hood; the lateral carinae united with the outer margins
of triangular process and extending almost to the outer posterior margin
of the hood, sinuate. Membraneous pronotal margins not very broad,
thin, biseriate, very strongly reflected just in front of the middle and
at this place tangent or nearly tangent with the dorsal surface of the
pronotimi. Hood moderately large, rather flat, strongly depressed
behind, the posterior margin rounded. Rostral sulcus not very deep,
the rostrum reaching between the intennediate coxae. Elytra with
costal area composed of a single series of large, irregular areolae; dis-
coidal area quadriseriate and reaching slightly beyond the middle of
the elytra. Wings not visible. Claspers in the male strongly curved.
Length, 2 to 2.21 mm.; width, .9 to 1.1 mm. The outer margin of the
elytra is emarginate in the macropterous form and rounded in the
brachypterous individuals.

April, 1017] Tin gidcB from the United States 215

Color. General color dirty white, with a few nervures marked with
brown. Antennae and legs dirty white, the ti])S of tarsi brownish.
Pronotum brownish or dirty white. Head, thorax and abdomen
reddish-brown or blackish-brown. The color markings vary slightly
in different specimens.

Several specimens: Glascow, Montana, Nov. 6, 1915; Fort
Collins, Colorado, June 26, July 29, and August 17, 1S9S;
Boulder, Colorado, Sept. 1, 1898. Type in my collection; para-
types in the collections of Prof. Cooley, Dr. Osborn, Prof.
Lovett, Dr. Gillette, and the California Academy of Science.

Corythucha padi spec. nov.

Hood large, highly elevated, rather coarsely reticulate, very abruptly
constricted about the middle, narrow in front and nearly semiglobose
behind. Antennae clothed with a few long hairs, the first segment
almost three times the length of the second. Pronotum punctate;
median carina moderately raised, composed of one complete series of
areolae and with three or four extra cells at the highest part just in
front of the middle; lateral margins broad, renifonn, evenly and rather
closely reticulate, the outer margins armed with short spines; posterior
process triangular, not very distinctly reticulate. Rostral sulcus
broad, the sides considerably raised, reticulate (usually four areolae
on each side). Rostrum reaching between the intermediate coxae.
Elytra long, broadly rounded at the apex, the outer margin concave,
sinuate, and armed with short spines, except the distal third; costal
area broad, with three complete and a partial series of areolae at the
base, the cells at the base smaller than the distal ones. Length, 3.S mm. ;
width, 2.4 mm.

Color. General color whitish, marked with brown. Antennae
testaceous, the apical segment embrowned. Hood brownish, the sides
in front whitish. Pronotum brown, the posterior process whitish;
median carina whitish, with a brownish spot near the middle; lateral
margins whitish, with a small brownish s])ot about the middle near
the outer margin; areolae hyaline. Elytra whitish, with a broad band
near the base, another near the apex, a spot on tumid elevation, and
more or less of some of the nervures near inner margins brown. Legs
testaceous, the tips of tarsi brownish. Body black beneath, the margins
of bucculae, rostral sulcus, and posterior margin of prothorax
embrowned. Claspers in male brown; middle portion of genital seg-
ment in the female embrowned.

Numerous specimens, taken on western choke cherry at
Missoula, Montana, May 20, 191G, by Mr. J. R. Parker, and at
Corvallis, Oregon, May 25, 1909, by Mr. J. C. Bridwell. Type
in my collection; paratypes in the collections of Prof. R. A.
Cooley, Prof. A. L. Lovett, Dr. Herbert Osborn, and the Cal-
ifornia Academy of Science. In some specimens the apical

216 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 6,

band of the elytra becomes more or less evanescent towards the
inner margin. The Oregon specimens are a little lighter in color
than the type from Montana, probably being teneral forms.
The species is very distinct from the two forms, C. pruni and
C. associata, found on wild cherry in the eastern portion of
United States and readily separated from them by the shape and
size of the hood which is larger than the former species and
smaller than the latter.

NEWS AND NOTES.

The Staff for the 1917 Session of the Lake Laboratory at
Cedar Point has been announced as follows: Prof. F. H. Krecker,
Ohio State University, Acting Director; Prof. S. R. Williams,
Miami University; Prof. Paul S. Welch, Kansas State Agricul-
tural College; Prof. M. E. Stickney, Denison University;
Prof. Chas. H. Otis, Western Reserve University. Prof.
Herbert Osborn will also be at the Laboratory at frequent
intervals.

The session will open on Monday, June 18, and will continue
until Friday, July 27. As usual students desiring to do inde-
pendent work will have the opportunity of remaining longer.
The courses to be given this year are Aquatic Zoology, Prof.
Krecker; Invertebrate Zoology, Prof. Williams; Entomology,
Prof. Welch; Plant Ecology, Prof. Otis; Systematic Botany,
Prof. Stickney. Prof. Osborn will devote his time to research
and will also be able to direct the work of students carrying on
investigation in entomology. Anyone who wishes to obtain
further information should write to Prof. F. H. Krecker,
Department of Zoology, Ohio State University.

Date of Publication, April 16, 1917.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

PUBLISHED BY THE

Ohio Statp; University Scientific Society

Volume XVII MAY. 1917 No. 7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Traxskau — The Algte of Michigan 217

FoERSTE— Notes on Silurian Fossils from Ohio and Other Central States. . . . 233
(Concluded)

HiNK^Descriptions of North American Tabanidse 269

News and Notes 272

THE ALGJE OF MICHIGAN.*

Edgar Nelson Transeau.

The following notes on the algce of Michigan are based
primarily upon collections made during the summer of 1915.
Under the direction of the Michigan Biological Survey, the
writer visited the ponds, lakes and streams on the west side
of the lower peninsula during the last week of May and the
first week of June. A second trip was made during the first
two weeks of August to Mackinaw and points on the northern
peninsula. The writer also' examined some collections made by
Mr. T. L. Hankinson in the course of his work on the fishes of
Michigan. Several collections from Isle Royale were furnished
by Dr. Wm. S. Cooper, and collections from the vicinity of
Douglas Lake were sent me by Dr. Alexander Ruthven,
Director of the Survey.

The list includes only the species which could be identified
to the specific name. Many species belonging to the genera
Spirogyra, Zygnema, Nostoc and Oedogonium were present
in a vegetative condition.

As no work on the algae of Michigan has been reported in
recent years, the records for species are for the most part
new to the state.

*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, Ohio State University, No. 96.

217

218 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

In addition to the records, there are some indications
regarding the distribution of the freshwater algae that are of
interest. Taken in connection with the extensive collections
made by the writer in central Illinois, it is very evident that as
one goes northward the variety and abundance of the green
algae decrease notably. The genera Spirogyra and Oedogonium
are represented by but few species north of Berrien County.
In Illinois the same number of collections made at corresponding
dates would have contained many more species. The genus
Microspora is poorly represented in Illinois, but increases in
abundance and variety in the upper part of the lower peninsula
and in the northern peninsula. The Blue Green Algae also
form an increasingly conspicuous part of the algae of the northern
parts of the state.

The occurrence of Zygnema cyanospermum Cleve at
Manistique and Mackinaw is of interest, as this species has
been previously reported only from Greenland.

The study of the distribution of algae, in both Michigan and
Illinois, shows that the bulk of the algae grows in pools, ditches,
ponds and swamps. This has an important bearing on the
matter of fish culture in Michigan lakes. The lakes with large
shallow-water areas and swampy margins are the lakes in which
algae are most important. Those without such margins, and
with sand beaches are comparatively free of algae. As the
algas furnish the primary food of all fishes, it is readily seen
that only those lakes with an abundant algal flora can ever
support a large number of fish. The secondary food supply
of fishes is made up of Crustacea; Chironomous, mosquito and
other insect larvae. These too depend absolutely on the alg«.
It is evident, therefore, that a quantitative survey of the algae
of a lake is a sure indication as to whether a lake is worth
stocking w^th fish or not.

Lakes with rapidly sloping sand beaches are the best for
summer resorts because of their comparative freedom from
mosquitoes. They are not adapted to the growing of fish,
however, and it is useless for the state to stock this type of
lake with fish fry, as the food supply is adequate for only a
limited number of fish.

May, 1917J The Al gee of Michigan 219

MYXOPHYC^.

CHROOCOCCACE^.

Chroococcus minutus (Kiitz) Nag. Previously recorded by

Collins from Maine. On soil in bog near Carp Lake,

Emmet Co., Aug. 9, 1915.
Chroococcus turgidis (Kiitz) Nag. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,

Aug. 9, 1915; Twin Lake, Muskegon Co., June 2, 1915.
Aphanocapsa grevillei (Hass.) Rabenh. Indian River, Man-

istique, Aug. 11, 1915.
Gloeocapsa atrata (Turp.) Kiitz. Trout Lake, Chippewa Co.,

Aug. 10, 1915. Previously reported from Alaska.
Gomphosphaeria aponina Kiitz. Railroad ditch, Manistique,

Aug. 11, 1915; bog pool, Mackinaw, Aug. 9, 1915.
Coelosphaerium kuetzingianum Nag. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Aphanothece stagnina (Spreng.) A. Br. Walnut Lake, Oakland

Co., ]\Iay, 190() (Hankinson).
Aphanothece saxicola Nageli. Pond, Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.
Merismopedium. glaucum (Ehrenb.) Nag. Trout Lake, Chip-
pewa Co., Aug. 10, 1915; bog near Carp Lake, Emmett

Co., Aug. 9, 1915.
Merismopedium elegans A. Br. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,

Aug. 9, 1915; Twin Lake, Muskegon Co., June 2, 1915.
Merismopedium tenuissimum Lemmerman. Carp Lake, Aug.

9, 1915.

OSCILLATORIACE^.

Oscillatoria chalybea Mertens. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Oscillatoria princeps Vaucher. Whitefish Point, Aug., 1913,

(Hankinson); Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.
Lyngbya estuarii (Mert.) Liebman. Breedsville, Van Buren Co.,

June 4, 1915; Bangor Lake, Van Buren Co., June 4, 1915;

Caloma Junction, Berrien Co., pasture pools, June 4, 1915.
Microcoleus lacustris (Rabenh.) Farlow. Seney, Aug. 15, 1915;

Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.

NOSTOCACE.^i;.

Anabaena flos-aquae (Lyng.) Breb. Walnut Lake, Oakland

Co., June 24, 1916, (Hankinson).
Anabaena variabilis Kiitz. Railroad ditch, New Buffalo, May

31, 1915.
Anabaena circinalis Rabenh. Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.

220 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

SCYTONEMACE.^.

Scytonema ocellatum (Dillwyn) Thuret. Walnut Lake, May 19

190t). (Hankinson).
Tolypothrix tenuis Kiitz. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915; Lake

Rowland, Houghton Co., 1905. (Hankinson); Caloma

Junction, June 4, 1915.
Tolypothrix lanata (Desvaux) Wartmann. Bog near Carp

Lake, Emmet Co., Aug. 9, 1915.
Tolypothrix limbata Thuret. Pasture pools, Caloma Junction,

June 4, 1915; railroad ditch, Mackinaw, Aug. 9, 1915.

STIGONEMACE.-E.

Stigonema informe Kiitz. Railroad pools, Mackinaw, Aug. 9,
1915.

RIVULARIACE.E.

Rivularia compacta ColHns. Whitefish Point, Aug., 1913,

(Hankinson). Previously reported from Massachusetts

and Connecticut.
Rivularia natans (Hedwig) Welwitsch. Carp Lake, Aug. 9,

1915; Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.
Rivularia pisum Ag. Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915; Breedsville,

June 4, 1915; Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915; Walnut Lake, 1906.

(Hankinson).

CHLOROPHYCE^ HETEROKONT^.

TRIBONEMACE.^.

Chlorobotrys regularis (West) Bohlin. Railroad pool, Macki-
naw, Aug. 9, 1915.

Ophiocytium cochleare (Eichwald) A. Br. Railroad ditch,
Breedsville, June 2, 1915; Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915; stagnant
pool, Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.

Conferva minor Klebs. Railroad ditch, Breedsville, June 2, 1915.

Conferva bombycina Ag. Railroad ditch. New Buffalo, May
31, 1915; Seney, Aug. 12, 1915; Spring, Manistique,
Aug. 11, 1915; Saugetuck, June 1, 1915; Isle Royale, 1911,
(Cooper).

Conferva bombycina forma tenuis (Hazen) Collins. Railroad
ditch, Breedsville, June 2, 1915.

Conferva utriculosa Kiitz. Railroad pool. New Buffalo, May
31, 1915; Seney, Aug. 12, 1915; Spring, Manistique,
Aug. 11, 1915; Saugetuck, June 1, 1915; Orchard Lake,
Aug. 15, 1915.

May, 1917] The Algce of Michigan 221

AKONT^.

DESMIDIACE.E.

Netrium digitus (Ehrcnb.) Itzigs. & Rothe. Bog near Caffey,

Mackinaw Co., Aug. 13, 1915.
Penium margaritaceum (Ehrenb.) Breb. Small stream, New

Buffalo, .May 31, 1915.
Penium spirostriolatum Barker. Bog north of Twin Lake,

June 2, 1915.
Closterium angustatum Kiitz. Bog near Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915.
Closterium striolatum Ehrenb. Bog near Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915;

railroad ditch, New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Closterium cuspidatum Bailey. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

Probably should be in another genus. The terminal

spines are 15-20/x in length, chromatophore with 6 prom-
inent ridges and several pyrenoids in each half. Outer

margin about 180° of arc; greatest diameter about 85m>

length between apices 165jU-
Closterium pseudodianae Roy. Pond near Orchard Lake, Aug.

15, 1915.
Closterium intermedium Ralfs. Bog east of Caffey, Aug. 13,

1915.
Closterium rostratum Ehrenb. Pond near Orchard Lake,

Aug. 15, 1915.
Closterium ehrenbergii Menegh. Bog near Saugetuck, Allegan

Co., June 1, 1915; Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915; pond near

Orchard Lake, Aug. 15, 1915.
Closterium kuetzingii Breb. Bog near Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915;

Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Closterium lineatum Ehrenb. Bog near Saugetuck, June 1,

1915.
Closterium leibleini Kiitz. Bangor Lake, June 4, 1915.
Closterium acerosum (Schrank) Ehrenb. Breedsville, June 4,

1915.
Closterium didymotocum Corda. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Pleurotaenium nodosum (Bail.) Lund. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Pleurotaenium coronatum (Breb.) Rabenh. Twin Lake, June

2, 1915.
Pleurotaenium truncatum (Breb.) Nag. Twin Lake, June 2,
1915.

222 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Pleurotaenium ehrenbergii (Breb.) DeBary. Bog pool, Seney,

Aug. 12, 1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Pleurotaenium ehrenbergii var. elongatum West. Pond near

Orchard Lake, Aug. 15, 1915.
Pleurotaenium trabecula. Bog north of Blaney, Schoolcraft

Co., Aug. 12, 1915.
Pleurotaenium trabecula (Ehrenb.) Nag. var. rectum (Delp.)

W. & G. S. West. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Euastrum gemmatum Breb. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Euastrum ansatum Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Euastrum bidentatum Nag. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Euastrum denticulatum (Kirchn.) Gay. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915; bog near Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Euastrum pinnatum Ralfs. Bog east of Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915.
Euastrum didelta (Turp.) Ralfs. Bog near Carp Lake, Emmet

Co., Aug. 9, 1915.
Euastrum crassum (Breb.) Kiitz. Bog near Carp Lake, Aug. 9,

1915; bog near Tw4n Lake, June 2, 1915.
Euastrum verrucosum Ehrenb. Railroad ditch. New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Euastrum verrucosum var. planctonicum W. & G. S. West.

Railroad ditch, New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Micrasterias oscitans Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915; Trout

Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.
Micrasterias oscitans var. mucronata (Dixon) Wille. Bog near

Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Micrasterias radiata Hass. Twin Lake, Muskegon Co., June 2,

1915.
Micrasterias rotata (Grev.) Ralfs. Bog near Caffey, Mackinaw

Co., Aug. 13, 1915; bog pond near Mackinaw City,

Cheboygan Co., Aug. 9, 1915; bog north of Blaney, Aug. 12,

1915.
Micrasterias crux-melitensis (Ehrenb.) Hass. Bog pond near

Mackinaw City, Aug. 9, 1915.
Micrasterias pinnatifida (Kiitz) Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Micrasterias papillifera Breb. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Micrasterias papillifera var. glabra Nordst. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Micrasterias apiculata (Ehrenb.) Menegh. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.

May, 1 U 1 7 1 The A I gee of Michigan 223

Micrasterias americana (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Railroad ditch, New

Buffalo, ^lay 31, 1915.
Micrasterias denticulata Breb. var. angulosa (Hantzsch) W. &

G. S. West. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Micrasterias torreyi (Bailey) Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Micrasterias truncata (Corda) Breb. Bog near Carp Lake,

Aug. 9, 1915; railroad pool near Seney, Aug. 15, 1915;

bog near Caffcy, Mackinaw Co., Aug. 13, 1915.
Cosmarium subcostatum Nordst. Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Cosmarium taxichondrum Lund. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Cosmarium cyclicum Lund. Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Cosmarium botrytis Menegh. Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915; bog

pond near Mackinaw Cit3^ Aug. 9, 1915.
Cosmarium portianum Arch. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Cosmarium pachydermum Lund. Bog north of Balney, Aug. 12,

1915.
Xanthidium antilopaeum (Breb.) Ktitz. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Staurastrum meriani Reinsch. Small stream, New Buffalo,

Berrien Co., May 31, 1915.
Staurastrum punctulatum Breb. Small stream, New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Staurastrum arctiscon (Ehrenb.) Lund. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Arthrodesmus triangularis Lagerh. forma triquetra W. & G. S.

West. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Cosmocladium constrictum (Arch.) Josh. Pool near Seney,

Schoolcraft Co., Aug. 12, 1915.
Cosmocladium pulchellum (Arch.) Josh. Twin Lake, June 2,

1915.
Sphaerozosma excavatum Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Spondylosium papillatum W. & G. S. West. Trout Lake,

Chippewa Co., Aug. 10, 1915.
Spondylosium pulchellum Archer. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915;

bog near Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915.
Hyalotheca dissiliens (Sm.) Breb. Railroad pool, Manistique,

Aug. 11, 1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915; bog near Sauge-

tuck, June 1, 1915; bog north of Blaney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Desmidium baileyi (Ralfs) De Bary. Railroad pool, Seney,

Aug. 12, 1915.

224 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Desmidium swartzii Ag. Railroad pool, Seney, Aug. 12, 1915;

Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915;

bog north of Blaney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Desmidium cylindricum Grev. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Gymnozyga moniliformis Ehrenb. Bog east of Caffey, Aug. 13,

1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

ZYGNEMACE.t.

Spirogyra afRnis (Hass.) Kiitz. Small stream, Saugetuck,
June 1, 1915. Very typical material. Previously reported
from Jamaica and Alaska.

Spirogyra varians (Hass.) Kiitz. Slow stream near Douglas
Lake, July 21, 1914; railroad pool, New Buffalo, May 31,
1915; estuary, Holland, June 3, 1915; bog north of Blaney,
Aug. 12, 1915.

Spirogyra dubia Kiitz. Bog stream, Saugetuck, June 1, 1915;
stagnant pool, Orchard Lake, Aug. 16, 1915.

Spirogyra jugalis (Dillw.) Kiitz. Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.

Spirogyra nitida (Dillw.) Link. New Baltimore, Aug. 8, 1915.

Spirogyra ellipsospora Transeau. New Baltimore, Aug. 8,
1906 (Hankinson) ; Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.

Spirogyra fluviatilis Hilse. New Baltimore, Aug. 8, 1906
(Hankinson) ; White Fish Point, Aug. 17, 1914 (Hankinson).
Vegetative material, probably of this species, was found
in all parts of the state.

Spirogyra reflexa Transeau. Railroad pools. New Buffalo,
May 31, 1915. Previously recorded only from prairie
ponds in south central Illinois. This material is of par-
ticular interest as it contains aplanospores as well as
zygospores.

Spirogyra protecta Wood. Stream pool, Breedsville, Van
Buren Co., June 4, 1915. This material contained a few
aplanospores, together with the zygospores.

Spirogyra tenuissima (Hass.) Kiitz. Railroad ditch. New
Buffalo, May 31, 1915.

Spirogyra majuscula Kiitz. Lake, Bangor, June 4, 1915.

Spirogyra maxima (Hass.) Wittr. Van Etten Creek, Oscoda,
Iosco Co., Aug. 12, 1916, (Hankinson).

Mougeotia calcarea (Cleve) Wittr. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,
Aug. 9, 1915. This material contains zygospores abund-
antly. The diameter of the vegetative cells varies from
8 to 10 microns. Previously recorded from Illinois, but
there found only with aplanospores.

May , 1 1) 17] The A Igcc of Michigan 225

Mougeotia bicalyptrata Wittrock. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,
Aug. 9, 1915. Occurring with the last, with vegetative
cells 10 to 12 microns in diameter. The zygospores
resemble in every particular the type material for this
species. It is evidently closely related to M. calcarea, and
perhaps should be recognized as a variety rather than as a
distinct species.

Mougeotia parvula Hassall. Small stream, New Buffalo, May
;n, 1915.

Mougeotia gracillima (Hass.) Wittrock. Bog north-east of
Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

Mougeotia elegantula Wittrock. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

Mougeotia viridis (Kiitz.) Wittr. Bog stream, Saugetuck,
June 1, 1915. This material contains scattered aplano-
spores as well as zygospores, and adds another species to
the list in which both spore forms have been found.

Mougeotia robusta (DeBary) Wittr. var. biornata Wittrock.
Railroad pool, New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.

Mougeotia (?) genuflexa (Dillw.) Ag. Common in many of the
collections. The dimensions and genuflexing habit are
characteristic for this species, but I have not found any
spores.

Mougeotia quadrangulata Hass. Railroad pool, Mackinaw
City, Aug. 9, 1915; pond, Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.

Debarya decussata Transeau. Trout Lake, Chippewa Co.,
Aug. 10, 1915. Abundant in all the collections from this
lake. The material contained only zygospores and veg-
etative filaments.

Zygnema cyanospermum Cleve. Railroad ditch, Manistique,
Aug. 11, 1915; railroad pool, Mackinaw City, Aug. 9, 1915.
Previously reported only from Greenland.

ISOKONT^.

VOLVOCACEiE.

Gonium pectorale Aliiller. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Pandorina morum (Mull.) Bory. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;

Breedsville, June 4, 1915.
Eudorina elegans Ehrenb. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915; small stream,

New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.

22G The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

PALMELLACE.E.

Palmodactylon varium Nag. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915. Previously

reported only from Maine.
Tetraspora lubrica (Roth) Ag. Breedsville, June 4, 1915;

Saugetuck, June 1, 1915. All of the specimens seen were

less than four inches in length. In Illinois specimens a

foot in length are common and lengths of four feet are

attained.
Tetraspora lubrica var. lacunosa Chauvin. Pool in swamp

near Douglas Lake, July 10, 1914. (Ruthven).
Tetraspora cylindrica (Wahl.) Ag. Rocky shores of Isle

Royale, July, 1911. (Cooper).
Tetraspora limnetica W. & G. S. West. Bog stream near

Blaney, Aug. 12, 1915. No pseudocilla present. Cell

diameter, 4;U.
Apiocystis Brauniana NageU. Lake, Bangor, June 4, 1915;

Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.
Gloeocystis gigas (Kutz) Lagerh. Ponds, New Buffalo, May

31, 1915; railroad ditches, Breedsville, June 4, 1915; bog

near Caffey, Aug. 13, 1915.

DICTYOSPHAERIACE/E.

Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood. Trout Lake, Chippewa
Co., Aug. 10, 1915.

Ineffigiata neglecta W. & G. S. West. Railroad pools, Man-
istique, Aug. 11, 1915; Twin Lake, Muskegon Co., June 12,
1915; bog north of Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

PROTOCOCCACE^.

Coelastrum microporum Nageli. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,

Aug. 9, 1915; railroad pool, Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Coelastrum sphericum Nageh. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915;

Seney, Aug. 12, 1915; Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Coelastrum cambricum Archer. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915;

Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915; bog near Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Coelastrum scabrum Reinsch. Railroad pool, Mackinaw

City, Aug. 9, 1915; bog near Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.

Not previously reported from America.
Coelastrum proboscidium Bohlin. Railroad ditch, New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Sorastrum spinulosum Nageli. Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.

May, 1917] The Algce of Michigan 227

Crucigenia rectangularis (A. Br.) Gay. Railroad ditches, New

Buffalo, Ma}^ 31, 1915. Previously reported from Green-
land, Massachusetts and Illinois.
Scenedesmus bijugatus (Turp.) Kiitz. Carp Lake, Emmet

Co., Aug. 9, 1915; Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915; New Buffalo,

May 81. 1915.
Scenedesmus denticulatus Lagerheim. Carp Lake, Aug. 9,

1915.
Scenedesmus obliquus (Turp.) Kiitz. New Buffalo, May 31,

1915; Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.
Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp.) Breb. Manistique, Aug. 11,

1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915; Carp Lake, Mackinaw,

Aug. 9, 1915.
Dimorphococcus lunatus A. Br. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.

Not ])reviously reported from America.
Ankistrodesmus falcatus (Corda) Ralfs. New Buffalo, May 31,

1915.
Ankistrodesmus falcatus var. spiralis West. New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Quadrigula closterioides (Bohlin) Printz. New Buffalo, May

31, 1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915. Not previously

reported from America.
Kirchneriella lunaris var. dianae Bohlin. Twin Lake, June 1,

1915.
Oocystis elliptica West. Twin Lake, June 1, 1915; railroad pool,

Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915. Not previously reported from

America.
Oocystis crassa Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Nephrocytium agardhianum Nageli. Railroad ditch, Man-
istique, Aug. 11, 1915.
Nephrocytium obesum. West. Railroad ditch, Manistique,

Aug. 11, 1915. Not previously reported from America.
Zoochlorella conductrix Brandt. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915, in

Hydra.

IIYDRODICTYACE.E.

Pediastrum tricornutum Borge. Twin Lake, Muskegon Co.,
June 2, 1915. Previously reported from Greenland.

Pediastrum duplex Meyen. Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.
Pediastrum duplex var. clathratum A. Braun. Trout Lake,
Aug. 10, 1915.

228 The Ohio Journal of Science [\o\. XXll, No. 7,

Pediastrum vagum Kiitz. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Pediastrum tetras (Ehrenb.) Ralfs. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Pediastrum boryanum (Turp.) Menegh. Carp Lake, Emmet
Co., Aug. 9, 1915; railroad ditch, Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.

SIPHONE/E.

Vaucheria dillwynii (Web. & Mohr) Ag. Cedar Swamp, on
soil, near Douglas Lake, Aug. 17, 1914. (Ruthven.)
Reported previousl}^ from Maine and New Jersey.

Vaucheria sessilis (V^auch.) De Candolle. Pool in swamp,
Douglas Lake, Aug. 17, 1914. (Ruthven).

Vaucheria geminata (Vauch.) DeCandolle. Pool in swamp,
Douglas Lake, Aug. 17, 1914. (Ruthven).

Vaucheria geminata var. racemosa (Vauch.) Walz. Pool in
pasture, Douglas Lake, July 13, 1914; Breedsville, June 4,
1915.

Vaucheria geminata var. depressa nov. var. Similar to the
type, except that the fertile branch is shorter, and the
oogonial branches are longer and depressed, bringing the
oogonia down to the level of the main filament or below.

Filamentis antheridiis et oogoniis ut in typo; ramo sporifero curto,"
oogoniis 2-4, pedicellatis; pedicellis oogonii longis, recurvatis et depressis.

New Buffalo, May 31, 1915; previously collected at
several stations in central Illinois. In none of these
collections have forms been found intergrading with the
species.

Vaucheria orthocarpa Reinsch. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Previously reported from California.

Dichotomosiphon tuberosus (A. Br.) Ernst. Walnut Lake,
190G, (Hankinson).

CLADOPHORACE.^.

Chaetomorpha chelonium Collins. Walnut Lake, 1906 (Han-
kinson). Record based on the type material.

Rhizoclonium hieroglyphicum (Ag.) Kiitz. White Fish Point,
1913 (Hankinson; Holland, June 3, 1915.

Rhizoclonium crassipellitum W. & G. S. West. Estuary,
Holland, June 3, 1915. Although not previously reported
from America, the specimens seem best classified under this
name. The filaments are unbranched, 40-48ju in diameter,
with cell walls 8-12/x in thickness.

May, 1917] The Algce of Michigan 229

Cladophora callicoma Kiitz. Little Traverse Bay, Aug. 21,
1916. (Hankinson).

Cladophora glomerata (L.) Kiitz. Manistee River, Manistee,
Aug. 29, 1910. (Hankinson); Swift stream, Caloma
Junction, June 4, 1915.

Cladophora fracta (Dillw.) Kiitz. Estuary, New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915; lake, Holland, June 1, 1915.
Pithophora varia Wille. Alma, Gratiot Co., Oct., 1905.

ULOTRICHACE.E.

Ulothrix zonata (Web. & Mohr) Kiitz. Isle Royale, July 30,
1910 (Cooper); White Fish Point, Aug. 1913 (Hankinson).
On rocky shores along all the Great Lakes.

Ulothrix tenuissima Kiitz. Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915. Pre-
viously reported from New York and Alaska.

Geminella interrupta Turp. Railroad ditches, New Buffalo,
May 31, 1915. New to America.

Radiofilum irregulare (Wille) Brunthaler. Carp Lake, Emmet
Co., Aug. 9, 1915. Not previously reported from America.

Radiofilum fiavescens G. S. West. Twin Lake, June 2, 1915.
Not previously reported from America.

HERPOSTEIRACE.E.

Herposteiron confervicola NageH. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;
lake, Bangor, June 4, 1915; ditch, Mackinaw City, Aug. 9,
1915; bog pool, Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.

CHAETOPHOR.A.CE^.

Chaetophora elegans (Roth) Ag. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;
Saugetuck, June 1, 1915; railroad ditch, Breedsville, June
4, 1915; Trout Lake, Chippewa Co., Aug. 10, 1915; bog
pools. Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.

Chaetophora incrassata Hazen. Indian River, Manistique,
Aug. 11, 1915; Vermillion Lake, Chippewa Co., Aug. 1,
1913 (Hankinson) ; Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915; slow stream,
Douglas Lake, July 3, 1914 (Ruthven) ; Carp Lake, Aug. 9,
1915; New Buffalo, May 31, 1915; bog stream, Saugetuck,
June 1, 1915. All the specimens are small when compared
with the specimens from Illinois.

Stigeoclonium amoenum Kiitz. Ditch near Douglas Lake,
July 3, 1914 (Ruthven); Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.

230 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Stigeoclonium lubricum (Dillw.) Kiitz. Lake Rowland, Hough-
ton Co., 1915 (Hankinson).

Stigeoclonium aestivale (Hazen) Collins. Lake Rowland,
Houghton Co.. 1905 (Hankinson), (fide Collins).

Stigeoclonium tenue (Ag.) Kiitz. Carp Lake, Emmet Co.,
Aug. 9, 1915.

Stigeoclonium glomeratum (Hazen) Collins. Bog stream, Sauge-
tuck, June 1, 1915; bog north of Blaney, Aug. 12, 1915.

Draparnaldia plumosa (Vauch) Ag. Walnut Lake, Oakland
Co., May 1, 1906. (Hankinson); ditch, Douglas Lake,
May 1, 1906 (Hankinson); stream. New Buffalo, May 31,
1915; Carp Lake, Aug. 9, 1915.

MICROTHAMNIACE.E.

Micro thamnium exiguum Reinsch. Bog near CafTey, Mackinac
Co., Aug. 13, 1915; bog pool, Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.

Gongrosira lacustris Brand. Au Sable River, Grayling, Craw-
ford Co., Aug. 24, 1916 (Hankinson). Not previously
reported from America.

COLEOCHAETACE.E.

Coleochaete irregularis Pringsheim. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Coleochaete nitellarum Jost. Twin Lake, Muskegon Co.,

June 2, 1915. On Chara sp.?
Coleochaete scutata Brebisson. Railroad pool. New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915; pond east of Manistique, Aug. 11, 1915.
Coleochaete pulvinata A. Br. Trout Lake, Chippewa Co.,

Aug. 10, 1915.

CYLINDROCAPSACE.^.

Cylindrocapsa geminella WoUe. Saugetuck, June 1, 1915; ditch
at Breedsville, June 4, 1915.

MICROSPORACE.E.

Microspora stagnorum (Kiitz.) Lagerh. Beach pools. Isle

Roy ale, Aug. 1, 1910 (Cooper).
Microspora amoena (Kiitz) Rabenh. Pools, New Buffalo, May

31, 1915; Twin Lake, June 2, 1915; bog, Saugetuck, June 1,

1915.
Microspora crassior (Hansg.) Hazen. Bog pool, Saugetuck,

June 1, 1915; ditch, Breedsville, June 4, 1915.
Microspora pachyderma (Wille) Lagerh. Pool, New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.

May, 1917] The AlgcE of Michigan 231

OEDOGONIACEyE.

Oedogonium acrosporum DeBary. Railroad pool, New Buffalo,

May 31. 1915; pool, Seney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Oedogonium borisianum Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31,

1915.
Oedogonium concatenatum Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31,

1915.
Oedogonium crenulato-costatum Wittrock. Carp Lake, Emmet

Co., Aug. 9, 1915.
Oedogonium crassum Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;

bog north of Blaney, Aug. 12, 1915.
Oedogonium crispum Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Oedogonium crispum var. inflatum Hirn. New Buffalo, May

31, 1915. Variety new to America.
Oedogonium cryptoporum vulgare Wittrock. New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Oedogonium cyathigerum Wittrock. Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.
Oedogonium fragile Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.
Oedogonium gracillimum Wittr. & Lund. New Buffalo, May

31, 1915.
Oedogonium braunii Ktitz. Railroad pool, Seney, Schoolcraft

Co., Aug. 12, 1915.
Oedogonium grande Kiitz. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;

Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.
Oedogonium grande var. angustum Hirn. Ditch, Breedsville,

June 4, 1915.
Oedogonium irregulare Wittrock. Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.
Oedogonium laeve Wittrock. Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.
Oedogonium paludosum var. parvisporum Hirn. New Buffalo,

May 31, 1915.
Oedogonium pratense Transeau. Railroad ditch, Mackinaw

City, Aug. 9, 1915.
Oedogonium rufescens Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915;

Saugetuck, June 1, 1915.
Oedogonium rugulosum Nordstedt. New Buffalo, May 31,

1915.
Oedogonium americanum sp. nov. Dioecious, macrandrous;

oogonia single, globose to depressed-globose, pore superior;

oospore globose, ellipsoid-globose, or depressed-globose,

filling the oogonium or only partly filling it, spore wall

232 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

of three layers, median layer scrobiculate ; male fila-
ments somewhat smaller than the female; antheridia
1-5-celled, frequently alternating with vegetative cells;
sperms two, division horizontal; basal cell of filament
elongated; terminal cell obtuse.

Diam. veg. cells, female, 28-48ai; length 40-100^
Diam. veg. cells, male, 24-30m; length 40-100/x.
Diam. oogonia, 40-76/^; length 48-70^.
Diam. oospore, 38-74/i; length 46-56/i.
Diam. antheridial cells, 20-28^; length 4-12/i,

Oedogonium dioicum, macrandrium; oogoniis singulis, globoso-ellip-
soideis vel globosis vel depresso-globosis, poro superiore apertis; oosporis
globoso-ellipsoideis vel globosis vel depresso-globosis, oogonia complentibus
vel fere complentibus, membrana triplici; episporio (in latere exteriore)
laevi, mesosporio scrobiculato, endosporio laevi; plantis masculis paullo
gracilioribus quam femineis; antheridiis 1-5-cellularibus, saepe cum cellulis
vegetativis alternis; spermatozoidis binis, divisione horizontali ortis; cellula
fili basali forma, ut vulgo, elongata, cellula terminali apice obtusa; crassit,
cell, veget. plant, fem. 28-48^, altit. 40-100/^; crassit, cell, veget. plant,
masc. 24-30ju, altit. 40-100^; crassit oogon. 40-76m, altit. 40-70/^; crassit
oospor. 38-74m, altit. 46-56ai; crassit cell, antherid, 20-28;u, altit. 4-12)u.

New Buffalo, May 31, 1915. Originally found in pool
on Newmans farm, northeast of Charleston, Illinois,
May 21, 1914.

Oedogonium undulatum (Breb.) A. Br. White Fish Point,
Chippewa Co., July, 1913. (Hankinson).

Oedogonium undulatum var. americanum nov. var. A new
variety with vegetative cells as in the type, but with
oogonia much larger, diameter 58-68^; length 60-80^;
oospore 48-60^ x 48-56/1.

Var. cellulis vegetativis ut in typo; oogoniis comparate ad cellulas
vegetativas magis tumidis, crassit, 58-68)U, altit. 60-80p; oosporis oogonia
complentibus vel fere complentibus, crassit. 48-60/:, altit. 48-o6/i.

Trout Lake, Aug. 10, 1915.

Bulbochaete crassiuscula Nordst. Mackinaw City, Aug. 9,
1915.

Bulbochaete crenulata Pringsheim. New Buffalo, May 31,
1915.

Bulbochaete insignis Pringsheim. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.

Bulbochaete rectangularis Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31,
1915.

Bulbochaete varians Wittrock. New Buffalo, May 31, 1915.

NOTES ON SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM OHIO AND OTHER

CENTRAL STATES.

Aug. F. Foerste.

[Concluded from April Number.]

In the type of Ilolocystites abnormis (Fig. 7) six horizontal
rows of plates are indicated distinctly. Several accessory plates
are intercalated between the fourth and fifth rows from the
top. There is a possibility of a series of very short circum-oral
plates. The more or less circular oral aperture apparently had
a diameter of five or six millimeters. At a distance of about
4 mm. from the oral aperture, there is an anal protuberance,
about 5 mm. in diameter, interrupting the uppermost row of
plates. The anal aperture lies along the left margin, but on
the rear surface of the specimen as figured by Hall. The
granules of this figure represent the internal casts of the numer-
ous vertical pores on the interior of the plates. The surface
probably was ornamented by low and rather numerous pustules.

In the second specimen figured by Hall under Ilolocystites
abnormis (Fig. 8) accessory plates are present between the fifth
and sixth, and between the sixth and seventh rows from the
top. The protuberance along the upper left-hand margin of
the figure is due, at least in part, to imperfection of preservation.

In the type of Holocystites alternatits (Loc. cit. V\\ 12, Fig. 9;
PI. 12a, Fig. G; see also PI. 4, Fig. 4, in the present paper) there
appears to have been a more or less circular aperture about six
mm. in diameter. About 6 mm. from this aperature is the anal
protuberance, about o.b mm. in diameter. From this pro-
tuberance the gut appears to have extended downward, ver-
tically, close to the inner wall of the theca for at least 5 mm.
The cast outlining the gut is most distinctly defined on the right
side. It appears possible to distinguish certain of the horizontal
rows of plates as primary, and others as secondary. The primary
plates are larger and appear to number eight in each horizontal
row. The secondary plates are smaller and number about 16 in
each row; these secondary plates alternately truncate the pri-
mary plates or occupy the angles between the latter. In addi-
tion to the primary and secondary plates there is a series of
accessory plates, of which a pair, instead of a single plate, trun-
cates the primary plates. With this interpretation in mind, the
anal protuberance may be said to be located between the first
and second rows of primary plates. These are followed, in
descending order, by the first row of secondary plates, the third
row of primary plates, another row of secondary plates, a

233

234 The Ohio Journal of Science [\^ol. XVII, No. 7,

fourth row of primary plates, a partial row of accessory plates, a
third row of secondary plates, another partial row of accessory
plates, a fifth row of primary plates, and a broken end beyond
which there may have been additional rows of primary plates.
The surface of the plates probably was marked by low pustules.
The interior of the plates evidently was traversed by numerous
coarse pores, more or less perpendicular to the surface.

With this group of Ilolocystites, from the Racine limestone
of the Silurian of Wisconsin, Holocystites greenvillensis is corre-
lated chiefly on account of the presence of horizontal rows of
plates, successive rows alternating, and consisting of eight
plates each. The anal protuberance is located between the first
and second rows of the distinctly outlined plates. The general
outline is similar, and there appears to have been a similar
absence of arms.

The specimens of Holocystites greenvillensis here figured were
found in the Cedarville dolomite, about four and a half miles
east of Greenville, Ohio, at Brierly's quarry, on Greenville
Creek. No exposures exist here at present, the site having long
been covered by soil washed in by rains, and rising waters. The
elevation here is 980 feet above sea level. At the Lewisburg
Limestone Quarry, a mile northwest of Euphemia, the base of
the Cedarville limestone is about 975 feet above sea level. For
19 miles south of Euphemia the Brassfield limestone dips
between 4 and 5 feet toward the north. Euphemia being
about 17 miles south of the Brierly quarry, east of Greenville,
this suggests a dip of fully 70 feet northward within that
interval, provided the amount of dip does not change. Hence, at
the Brierly quarry, the base of the Cedarville dolomite should
be about 905 feet above sea level, and the strata formerly
exposed in the Brierly quarry should be about 75 feet above
the base of the Cedarville limestone, and therefore above the
level of the highest strata exposed at Cedarville, Ohio. The
Brierly quarry in former days furnished a large number of
crinoids and cystids, some of which were listed by A. C. Linde-
muth in his Report on the Geology of Darke County, in Volume
III, of the Ohio Geology, (p. 515) in 1878. Here the species
described in this paper as Holocystites greenvillensis was identi-
fied as Holocystites abnormis.

Most of the species described by S. A. Miller from the
Osgood formation of Indiana as Holocystites evidently belong to

May, 1017

Silurian Fossils from Ohio

235

Jaekel's genus, Trematocystis. The remainder belong to closely
allied genera. None belong to true Ilolocystites.

There is no evidence that Ilolocystites ovatiis, II. scutellatus,
II. winchelli, II. sphcericus, or //. jolietensis, from the Racine of
Wisconsin and Illinois, are closely related to the Osgood forms
of Trematocystis. Although apparently not congeneric with
Ilolocystites as here defined, they nevertheless may prove
closelv related.

Hallicystis imago, Hall. Plate XI, Fig. 2.

The type of Apiocystites imago, Hall, numbered 2025, is
preserved in the American Museum of Natural History, in New
York City. It is figured in the Twentieth Report of the New
York State Cabinet of Natural History, on plates 12 and 12a,
and the arrangement and outline of the plates has been dia-
grammed by Schuchert in his paper On Siluric and Devonic
Cystidea and Comarocrinns, published in the Smithsonian Mis-
cellaneous Collections in 1904. No occasion for further com-
ment on the type specimen would remain were it not for the
fact that it presents certain features not noted in any of the
preceding studies.

Fig. 1. Plate diagram of type of Hallicystis imago, Hall. The dotted lines
crossing the plates indicate the direction of the faint angulations. The double
character of plate 23 can not be determined from this type.

In studies of the CaJlocystidcc it is evident that plate 3 sup-
ports plates 7, 8, and 9, and thus takes the place of two plates,
one alternating with the bases of plates 7 and 8, and the other
alternating with the bases of plates 8 and 9. This is true also
of the specimen of Ilallicystis imago diagrammed by Schuchert
in the publication cited above.

'236 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

In the type of Apiocyslis imago, however, plate 3 is represented by
two plates. The one alternating with the bases of plates 8 and 9 is
completely preserved, and the other, alternating with the bases of plates
7 and S, is preserved for at least two-thirds of its width. Plates 9 and 5
are in contact with the bases of plates 15 and 16 respectively, being
truncated by the latter. Plates S and 19 also truncate each other.
Plate 24, on the contrary, does not appear to truncate plate 13, and the
division of plate 23 into two distinct plates could not be verified in this
type specimen, even the outlines of this plate being obscure. The
pectinirhombs on plates 14 and 15 apparently were small and discrete,
the intervening distance being about 5 millimeters. The cast of the
anal orifice is protuberant, and the gut passed from this orifice downward
and a little toward the right for a distance of at least 5 mm., the right
margin of the cast of the passage along the interior of the theca being
more sharply defined on the right side.

Apparently there are obscurely defined remnants of the ambulacral
ray No. 5. which terminates at the top of plate 19. There are also
weakly defined depressions between plates 20 and 21, and between
plates 21 and 22, terminating at the tops of plates 15 and 16 respectively,
which suggest the fonner presence here of rays No. 4 and 3. If these
observations are correct, they would confinn Schuchert's reference
of HaUicystis to the ApiocystincB.

The exterior of the thecal plates apparently was moderately angu-
lated; the direction of the angulations is indicated on the diagram by
means of dotted lines. On the basal plates, the median angulation is
rather prominent at its lower end.

HaUicystis imago occurs in the Racine dolomite, in the
Niagaran division of the Silurian, at Racine, Wisconsin.

Callocystites jewetti-elongata, var. nov.
PlateXI,Figs. 6A, 6B,3.

The internal cast of the theca, (Figs 6 A, B), presenting distinct
outlines of all of the plates excepting those on the anal side, is at hand.
Even on the anal side sufficient traces remain to warrant the diagram
here presented, which evidently is that of a typical Callocystites. The
line of separation between plates 13 and 24 is unknown, and the double
character of plate 23 can not be determined. That half of the pectin-
irhomb which is on plate 15 is triangularly lunate, and its nearest part
is one millimeter from the intermediate suture line; the other half is
nearer, but its outline is indistinct. That half of the pectinirhomb
which is on plate 5 is slightly incurved on the proximal side, and its
nearest part is slightly over 3 mm. from the intermediate suture line;
the other half is 3 mm. from the suture line, but its outline is distinctly
preserved.

Found in the Cedarville colomite at Cedarville, Ohio.

May, U)17]

Silurian Fossils from Ohio

237

Compared with typical CaUocystites jewetti, from the Roch-
ester shale of New York and Ontario, the theca is slightly longer
and narrower, being less inflated at mid-length. Moreover, the
halves of the pectinirhomb on plates 1 and 5 are much more
widely separated from each other. It also is probable that if
perfect specimens were at hand that other differences might be
noted but the Cedarville specimen evidently is closely related
to the Rochester shale species.

Fig. 2. Plate diagram of CaUocystites jewetti-elongata. Poorly preserved
outlines indicated by broken lines. The suture lines between plates 13, 19 and
24 are unknown.

At the eastern Mills quarry, southeast of Springfield, Ohio,
another fragment of CaUocystites (Fig. 3) was found in the
Cedarville dolomite which evidently also is closely related to
CaUocystites jewetti. The specimen is a fragment of a cast of
the exterior of the theca and shows the characteristic deeply and
coarsely pitted surface; the sharply elevated margin and
elliptical outline of that half of the pectinirhomb which is
located on plate 14, and the less strongly elevated margin and
more triangular outline of that half which is on plate 15.
Plates 9 and 10 are pentangular, 9 with the angle directed
downward, 10 with the angle directed upward. The smooth
depressed linear area left by the falling off of the ambulacrum
is unbranched, and its median part passes somewhat diag-
onally toward the left of the suture hne between plates 9 and 10.
Parts of plates 4, 16, 19, 20, and 21, also are present. There is
a possibility of this cast of the exterior of the theca being
identical specifically with the cast of the interior from the
Cedarville dolomite, at Yellow Springs, described in the
preceding lines.

238

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Callocystites sphaeroidalis, sp. nov. Plate XII, Fig. 5.

Theca globular; only the cast of the exterior of a single specimen is
known, but this includes almost half of the specimen. That half of the
pectinirhomb which belongs to plate 15 is present and assists in orienting
the specimen. Plate 15 truncates plate 9, and plate 16 truncates plate 5;
moreover, there is evidence of the coinplete series of deltoids, 20 to 24,
forming the fourth row in Callocystites. A crack extends along the left
margin of plate 22, along the right margin of the ambulacrum on plate
16, across the left corner of plate 11, and then across plate 5 in a direction
parallel to its left margin, where in contact with plate 10. A slight
displacement has taken place along this crack, the left part of the
specimen being slightly depressed and pushed under the right part.
The ambulacrum crossing plate 16 divides dichotomously near the center
of this plate, one branch (d) following the line of contact between
plates 10 and 5, while the other branch (c) crosses the middle of the
latter plate. In addition to this there appears to be evidence of a third
branch (x) of the same ambulacrum, passing along the right hand
margin of plate 5, intruding slightly on plates 11 and 6. The bifurcation
for the third branch takes place near the left angle of plate 11. This
second bifurcation of the ambulacrum, although not observed hereto-
fore in Callocystites, is to be expected in view of the repeated bifurca-
tions in the later forms included under Sphaerocystites. That half of the
pectinirhomb which is present on plate 15 possesses about 15 dichopores;
it is semilunate in form, there is no evidence of a prominent border, and
it is not in contact with the margin of the plate. The surface of the
thecal plates is ornamented by small granules, about 4 in a length of
2 millimeters.

Found in the Cedarville dolomite, in the eastern Mills
quarry, southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

'6"+

Figure 3. Callocystites sphaeroidalis. Plate diagram on left side, and dia-
gram of ambulacra on right, both only partially preserved; the latter was drawn
from a cast of the exterior and, therefore, is inverted from right to left. H, hydro-
pore; p, pectinirhomb; a, b, branches of left posterior ray; c, d, branches of left
anterior ray; x, y, apparently supplementary branches; e, f, branches of the
anterior ray; the left anterior and anterior rays are indicated only by the grooves
left by the fallen-olT ambulacrals.

May, 1U17| Silurian Fossils from Ohio 239

The specimen here described differs from both Callocystites
jeivetti, Hall and Callocystites canadensis, Billings, from the
Rochester shale, in its globular rather than olive-shaped form,
and in its granulose rather than deeply pitted surface.

No comparison with the type of Ilemicosmites subglobosiis,
Hall (Twentieth Report, New York State Mus. Nat. Hist.,
pi. 12, fig. 13, 1868) is possible, for me, since, after repeated
attempts, I am unable to orient this type so as to identify the
plates. It is evident that the description of the species pub-
lished by Hall was not based on this type, but upon material
similar to that used by Schuchert in his description of Coelocystis
subglobosiis.

The specimen diagrammed by Schuchert as a typical spec-
imen of Coelocystis subglobosiis agrees so closely with the plate
diagram of Callocystites jewetti that I am unable to determine
upon what features the generic distinction is to rest, unless it
be the small size and considerable distance between the discreet
halves of the pectinirhombs and the slightly different position
and form of plate 24 and of the immediately adjacent deltoids.
Since only the internal casts of Hemicosmites subglobosiis, Hall,
and Coelocystis subglobosiis, Schuchert, are known, further
comparisons are impossible at present.

Lampterocrinus inflatus-minor, var. nov. Plate X, Figs. 2A, B.

1868. Lampterocrinus inflatus. Hall, 20th Rep. New York State Cab. Nat. Hist.,

p. 328, pi. 10, fig. 6.
1900. Lampterocrinus inflatus, Weller, Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., Nat. Hist.

Surv., 4, pt. 1, p. 81, figs. 2, 3.

General shape of the calyx as in Lampterocrinus inflatus, apparently
with similar pendant, laterally compressed, tubular arms. Ventral
disk greatly inflated posteriorly, but the center of radiation of the
ambtilacra appears to be more nearly central. Height of caljTC 22
millimeters, of which the tegmen forms a little more than a third.

Infrabasals, basals, and radials and first costals as in Lampterocrinus
inflatus. The median part of the second costals curves strongly outward
and forms part of the lower side of the pendant arms. The second
costals evidently are followed directly by the distichals. Interbrachials
apparently as in Lampterocrinus inflatus. First anal plate larger than
the first plate in the interbrachial areas, higher than wide, followed by
three plates of which the middle one is conspicuously longer. The upper
half of this middle plate is surrounded by a semicircular series of five
plates, of which the end plates reach about the same level as the top
of that middle plate which the five plates in question .surround.

240 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Found in the Euphemia dolomite, in the Jackson quarry,
about two miles south of Covington, Ohio. Differing from
Lampterocrinus inflatus, from the Racine dolomite of Wisconsin
and Illinois, in its much smaller size and in the less conspicuous
elevation of the inflated part of the tegmen on the left side of
the posterior interambulacral area.

Habrocrinus benedicti, Miller. Plate X, Figs. 5A, B.

1894. Saccocrinus laencdicti, Miller, 18th Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana,

p. 283, pi. 5, figs. 1. 2.
1908. Habrocrinus benedicti, Slocom, Field Columbian Mus., 2, Geol. Ser., p. 295,

pi. 87, figs. 6, 7.
1902. Periechocrinus chicagoensis, Weller, Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., Nat. Hist.

Surv., 4, p. 131, pi. 13, figs. 7, 8.

Basals, three; radials, five, forming a single transverse row along
with the first plate of the anal interradial area. Each radial followed
by two costals; the first, hexagonal; the second, pentagonal, leaving
room for distichals, but not for palmers before reaching the base of the
free arms. At these ann bases the upper part of the dorsal cup projects
strongly as in Habrocrinus benedicti. Traces of ornamentation, similar
to that characteristic of the latter species, remain. The general appear-
ance of the specimen, including that of the base, is similar to Habrocrinus
chicagoensis, as figured by Weller.

Found in the lower part of the quarry west of the river at
the Wire Works, in the eastern part of Muncie, Indiana, where
it is associated with HaJy sites labyrinthiciis, Petalocrinus sp.,
LeptcBna rhomhoidalis , Pentameriis oblongiis, Gypidula rcemeri,
Uncinidus stricklandi, Platyceras niagarense, Phanerotrema occi-
dens, and Calymene celebra. It underlies a horizon, consisting
of about a foot and a half of clay shale and very thin bedded
limestone, in which there is a recurrence of the Waldron fauna,
including the following species: Duncanella borealis, Favosites
forbesi-occidentalis, Favosites spinigerus, Hallopora elegantida,
Diamesopora osciilum, Trematopora singidaris, Eucalyptocriniis
sp., A try pa reticidari-newsomensis, Aiiastrophia intcrnascens,
Camarotcechia acinus, Leptcena rhomboidalis, Rhipidomella hy-
brida, Rhynchotreta cuneata-americana, SchucherteUa subplana,
Spirifer crispus-simplex, WhitfieldeJIa vitida, Cypricardijtia arata,
Diaphorostoma 7iiagarense, and Dalmanites verrucosus. The
clay shale containing this recurrence of the Waldron fauna
occurs 45 feet below the level of the railroad track following
the western side of the river, at the quarry. Its elevation is
approximately 900 feet above sea level.

May, VMt] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 241

According to the well record presented by E. P. Cubberley,
on page 241 of the Eighteenth Annual Report of the Geological
Survey of Indiana, cited above, the thickness of Silurian rock
underlying Muncie, Indiana, is 265 feet. This would place the
clay shale in the Muncie quarry, containing the recurrence of
the Waldron fauna, about 220 feet above the base of the Silurian.
Considering the fact that at St. Paul, in the northwestern part of
Decatur County, Indiana, the thickness of the Laurel limestone,
which directly underlies the true Waldron shale, is 50 feet ; that
of the underlying Osgood formation, about 8 feet, and that of
the Brassfield limestone, if present at all, certainly not more
than 20 or 30 feet as the extreme, it is impossible to regard the
clay shale layer in the Muncie quarry as identical with the
Waldron shale of the more southern parts of Indiana, although
evidently containing a recurrence of the Waldron fauna. In
fact, it is possible that the fauna exposed in the quarry at
Muncie belongs stratigraphically above any Niagaran strata
included in the Louisville limestone in southern Indiana, and
also above any Niagaran strata referred to the Cedarville
dolomite in western Ohio.

Several facts suggest that the clay shale horizon in the
Muncie quarry is of later age than the typical Waldron shale.
The entire thickness of rock exposed beneath it is massive,
without well marked bedding planes, and is strongly dolomitic.
Moreover, Phanerotrema occidens so far has not been found
below the level of the Louisville limestone and Cedarville
dolomite.

The rock immediately above the clay shale horizon in the
Muncie quarry, for a thickness of 25 feet, is very porous and
massive, strongly resembling the Cedarville dolomite of Ohio
lithologically. It contains a Fistulipora resembling Fistulipora
neglecta-maculata in general appearance, also a species of
Conchidium, Dalmanites verrucosus , and the unnamed species of
Bumastiis from northern Indiana described by Kindle under
IllcEnus insignis.

Above the massive, very porous rock, in the Muncie quarry,
there is a series of thin bedded limestone, the individual layers
of which are 3 to 4 inches thick, the total of the layers exposed
equalling 12 feet. This is the richly fossiliferous part of the
exposures at Muncie. It is best exposed, for purposes of
collecting, directly east of the quarry, on the opposite side of the

242 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

river. Here it contains: Cladopora sp., Haly sites lahyrinthicus ,
Favosites niagarensis, Favosites spinigenis, Spirorbis sp.,
A nastrophia inter nascens, A try pa reticularis-niagarensis, a strongly
convex form of DalmaneUa elegantula, Leptcena rhomboidalis,
Pentamerus compressa, Platystrophia biforata, Spirifer cf. radi-
atiis, Uncinulus stricklandi, Calymene celebra, and the Bumastus
of northern Indiana described by Kindle under Illcenus insignis.
Pentamerus compressiis, Kindle and Berger, is a very dif-
ferent species from Pentamerus cylindricus , Hall, and belongs to
a much higher horizon. Pentamerus cylindricus occurs about
50 feet above the base of the Louisville limestone in the area
northeast of Louisville, along the Ohio River. It is unknown
in northern Indiana, where the form identified as Pentamerus
oblongus cylindricus is only a variation of Pentamerus compressiis.
Pentamerus compressiis was described from the Noblesville
dolomite at Delphi, Indiana, and it is to this horizon that the
upper part of the exposures at Muncie are referred.

Habrocrinus sp. Plate X, Fig. G.

Basals three; in the cast they diverge strongly producing a lateral
outline of about 110 degrees for the base of the calyx. The five radials
and the first plate of the anal series are closely similar in size and shape,
differing only in the fact that those plates which are directly above
the basals are hexagonal in outline, while the intermediate plates are
heptagonal. Costals, two, slighth^ smaller than the radials; the first,
hexagonal; the second, heptagonal, supporting a pair of distichals,
followed by a second pair. The latter arc sejiaratcd by at least one
inter-distichal plate. Apparently no palmers enter into the formation
of the dorsal cup ; for this reason the specimen here described is referred
to Habrocrinus.

The first plate of the anal interradial area is followed b}^ three
plates, of which the middle one is hexagonal, and the two lateral ones
are pentagonal in outline, in each case with a horizontal suture-line at
the top. These are followed by a second set of three plates, of which
the two lateral plates are hexagonal, and the middle plate is irregularly
octagonal in outline. The two .sets of three plates just described
are subequal in size, and are only moderately smaller than the adjacent
costals. The two lateral plates of the second set are each followed
by a plate irregularly hexagonal in form, which is only moderately
smaller than the plate upon which it rests. The middle, irregularly
octagonal plate of the second set, however, is followed by three much
smaller plates of which the middle one is hexagonal, and the two lateral
ones are pentagonal in shape, one of the angles of the latter being
directed upward. These three smaller plates arc followed by a trans-
verse series of five plates, also of distinctly smaller size, and the latter
by other plates whose arrangement can not be determined from the
specimen at hand.

May, 191/ j Silurian Fossils from Ohio 243

From the Cedarville dolomite, at the eastern Mills quarry,
one mile southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

The tegmen of the specimen from Springfield, Ohio, here
described, is not preserved. This prevents the elucidation of
the following anomalous structure. Apparently an anal tube
extends from the upper margin of the right posterior inter-
brachial area diagonally upward and toward the left. Possibly
the right side of the tegmen was crushed in and a part of the
anal tube preserved in such a position as to give the present
misleading appearance.

The specimen here described differs from Ilabrocrinus
ornatus. Hall and Whitfield, from the Cedarville dolomite at
Yellow Springs, Ohio, in several important particulars. The
form of the dorsal cup is more obovate-globose, and the arrange-
ment of the plates in the anal interradial area is different.

In Ilabrocrinus ornatus, Hall and Whitfield, the first anal
plate supports a transverse set of three plates whose upper
margins are sufficiently near the same level to cause the next
set, consisting of five instead of three plates, also to form a
transverse row. The latter is followed by another transverse
row consisting also of five subequal plates, and the latter are
followed by five plates of smaller size, beyond which extend the
basal plates of the anal tube.

In Habrocrinus benedicti, Miller, from the Laurel limestone at
St. Paul, Indiana, the first anal plate supports a transverse set of
three plates, followed by a transverse set of five plates of which
the middle and two end plates occupy a distinctly higher posi-
tion, and the latter are followed by two additional zigzagging
sets of five plates. At the bases of the free arms the upper
margin of the dorsal cup projects outward. The same general
form and arrangement of plates is found in Ilabrocrinus chicago-
ensis, Weller, from the Racine of Bridgeport and Joliet, Illinois.

In Habrocrinus howardi, Miller, the first plate of the anal
interradial area is followed by two sets of transverse plates of
plates each, and these by a transverse set of five plates which
are not in line; but the middle three plates of the last set are
not conspicuously smaller than the end plates, the base of the
calyx is truncated, and the upper part of the dorsal cup projects
strongly at the bases of the free arms.

244 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

In Habrocrinus farringtoni, Slocom, from the Racine near
Lemont, Illinois, the arrangement of the plates of the anal
interradial area agrees with that of Habrocrinus benedicti.

In Habrocrinus lemontensis , Slocom, from the Racine near
Lemont, Illinois, the small size and quadrangular form of the
first costals is sufficient to distinguish this species from any
other described form of Habrocrinus.

Periechocrinus tennesseensis, Hall and Whitfield. Plate X, Fig. 3.

Saccocrinus tennesseensis, Hall and Whitfield, Geol. Surv. Ohio, Pal. 2, 1875,
p. 125, pi. 6, fig. 10.

This Species was described and figured from a specimen
collected by Prof. Edward Orton in the Cedarville limestone at
Cedarville, Ohio, but it is evident that he regarded a specimen
in the Troost collection, from the Brownsport division of the
Niagaran in western Tennessee, as the type. (Wood, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 64, 1909, p. 76, pi. 6, fig. 10).

In the Ohio specimen figured by Hall and Whitfield, the
sides of the calyx diverge at an angle of about 20 degrees, the
basal plates diverging apparently at an angle of 105 degrees.
At the summit, the calyx is quite abruptly truncated, the
tegmen being comparatively flat.

In another specimen, here figured, from the same horizon
and locality at Cedarville, Ohio, the lower radials and inter-
radials are slightly broader; and the lateral diameter of the
calyx is slightly greater; otherwise it agrees closely with the
type.

Periechocrinus cylindricus, sp. nov. Plate X, Figs. lA, B.

Calyx, above the basals, sub-cylindrical, the sides diverging at
angles of about 10 degrees, or less. The convex basals diverge so as
to form an angle of about 90 degrees with the basal part of the calyx.
The top of the calyx is abruptly truncated, the tegmen being compar-
atively flat, as in Periechocrinus tennesseensis, to which the species may
be regarded as closely related. Four arms for each ray.

Area of attachment for the column very small, not exceeding 2
millimeters in diameter. Three basals, convex. Radials and first
plate of the anal series considerably elongated, the length in extreme
cases equalling twice the width. The suture line between the radials
and the first one in each of the series of costals is very narrow, the
latter also being conspicuously elongated and tapering to a narrow
width at the base. As in other species of Periechocrinus, there are two
costals, two pairs of distichals, and four pairs of palmers in each ray.
The first interbrachial plate is large, the first and second pairs of inter-

May, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 245

.brachials become rapidly smaller, and the third and following pairs
arc conspicuously smaller than the rest. Length of largest specimen
here figured, 66 millimeters; lateral diameter at top of calyx, 30 milli-
meters; antero-postcrior diameter, 23 millimeters; specimen probably
compressed in a direction from front to rear.

Cedarville dolomite, at the eastern Mills quarry, a mile
southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

Dalmanella springfieldensis, sp. nov. Plate XI, Figs. 5A-E.

Pedicel vah'e strongh' convex, the convexity equalling from five-
tenths to six-tenths of the width in the more convex specimens. The
beak is strongly incurved. Some of the specimens tend to be angiilate
along the median line, but this is not a constant feature. Specimens
rarely exceed 12 millimeters in length. Casts of the interior indicate
the presence of strong dental lamellae, which extend forward from the
hinge-line for a distance of two to two and a half millimeters.

Brachial valve only moderately convex or comparatively fiat and
with the greater convexity about one-third of the length of the valve
froin the beak; depressed along the median line. Length varying
from slightly less to slightly more than the width. Casts of the interior
indicate the presence of a small and narrow cardinal process, of strong
crural processes, and, in mature specimens, of strongly defined muscular
impressions. The median elevation separating the muscular impres-
sions is strongly defined, especially posteriorly where it separates the
posterior adductor impressions. The anterior adductor impressions
are not strongly differentiated from the posterior impressions, nor are
they strongly limited anteriorly, but laterally both sets of impressions
are clearly defined.

Surface inarked by narrow radiating striae, about 5 to 6, sometimes
7 occurring in a width of 2 millimeters.

From the Cedarville dolomite, at the eastern Mills quarry,
southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

This species is characterized by its small size, the great con-
vexity of its pedicel valve, and the tendency toward elongation
of the latter. The second specimen figured by Nettelroth
(Kentucky Fossil Shells, 1889, PI. 32, Figs. 55, 56, 57) from the
Louisville limestone of Kentucky, evidently is closely similar,
and the first figured specimen (Ibid., Figs. 52, 53, 54) illustrates
one of the less elongated specimens of the same species.

Dalmanella elegantula, Dalman, (Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Handl., 1828, p. 117, PL 2, Figs. 6 a-g) is a much more tri-
angular shell. For the Waldron shale species, so well figured
by Hall (28th Rep. New York State Mus. Nat. Hist., 1879,
P. 150, PL 21, Figs. 11-17) the term Dalmanella waldronensis is
here proposed.

24G The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Stropheodonta (?) sp. Plate IX, Fig. 4.

Valve convex anteriorh', the present flattening of the shell posteriorly-
assumed to have been due, in part at least, to pressure; assumed to be
a cast of the exterior of the pedicel valve. The original convexity
may have equalled 3 millimeters. Radiately striated with coarse and
fine striae. The coarser striae tend to be from three-quarters of a
millimeter to nearly a millimeter apart, additional striae being inter-
calated at about one-third of the length of the shell, and also at two-
thirds the length of the shell from the beak. Betw^een these coarser

.^.h of the shell from
striae there are much finer striae, about four or five occurring between
each pair of coarser striae. Shell wrinkled concentrically in a peculiar
zigzag manner, excepting along the hinge-line where the wrinkles are
obliquely inclined in such a manner as to suggest an acute prolongation
of shell at the postero-lateral angle. The zigzag wrinkling suggests
the crossing of two sets of wrinkles at angles varying from 70 to 90
degrees on different parts of the valve. Since the specimen consists
of a natural cast of the exterior of the valve, no evidence regarding
its interior is offered.

Found nine feet above the base of the Cedarville dolomite,
at the Lewisburg Stone Company quarry, located a mile north-
west of Euphemia, a village directly north of Lewisburg, Ohio.
This is the type locality for the Euphemia dolomite. Here
the following section is exposed, in descending order:

Cedarville dolomite, lower part very porous 14 ft. 6 in.

Springfield dolomite, dense, bedded 7 ft. 9 in.

Euphemia dolomite, rock very porotis, and mottled or with whitish

blotches 4 ft 6 in.

Laurel limestone, whitish, resembling Dayton limestone 8 ft. 10 in.

Osgood clay, middle part shaly, upper and lower part more

indurated 4 ft.

Dayton limestone, light blue, dense 8 ft.

Brassfield limestone, estimated from drill-hole at 22 ft.

Strophomenoid shells ornamented with zig-zag wrinkles, or
with two systems of wrinkles crossing at various angles, have
been known for many years. This type of ornamentation how-
ever, probably is not limited to a single genus.

In 1848, Barrande described from the Silurian strata of
Bohemia, under the name Leptcena stephani (Brachiopoden der
Silurischen Schichten von Bohmen, Vol. 2, PL 20, Figs. 7 a-h)
a form which appears to be a Stropheodonta with an ornamenta-
tion similar to that of the Devonian species Stropheodonta
patersoni, Hall, but with a greatly elongated hinge-line and
with a remarkably strong curvature antero-posteriorly.

May, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 247

That Leplcena lovcui, Vcrneuil (184cS, Leptaena a crochet
perfore, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, p. 31 of reprint, PI. 4, Fig. 5),
from the Silurian of Gotland, is not a true Strophomena is shown
by the general concavity of the brachial valve and convexity of
the pedicel valve. The species probably is more stropheodon-
toid than strophomenoid although it presents some anomalous
characteristics, and probably should be relegated to a distinct
genus. Its surface ornamentation is somewhat similar to that
of Leptccua stephani, Barrande, but the transverse markings are
described as zig-zag in direction.

Orthis loveni, Lindstrom (Gotlands Brachiopoder, Oversigt
af K. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., 17, 1861, P. 369, PI. 13, Fig. 12),
from the Silurian of Gotland, is a species of Rhipidomella closely
resembling Rhipidomella hybrida and does not present the
transverse zig-zag ornamentation here in question (Hall and
Clarke, 1894, Pal. New York, 8, Pt. 2, P. 359).

Strophomena Julia, Billings (Palaeozoic Fossils, Canada,
1865, P. 127, Fig. 105, a, b) from the Jupiter River division of
the Silurian on Anticosti Island, also appears to be a stropheo-
dontoid species, judging from the very narrow deltidium and
the interior of the brachial valve. The transverse undulations
cross each other more or less in zig-zag manner.

Similar forms of shells, probably stropheodontoid in char-
acter, were described by Kindle (Mus. Bull. 21, Canada Geol.
Surv., 1915, P. 13, 14, PI. 1), from the Silurian dolomite of the
lower Saskatchewan River valley in Manitoba, Canada, under
the terms Leptceiia sinuosus (Figs. 1-4) and LeptcEim parvula
(Figs. 5-9). Transverse wrinkles cross each other more or less
in zig-zag manner.

Orthis (?) glypta, Hall and Clarke (1894, Pal. New York, 8,
Pt. 2, P. 359, PI. 84, Figs. 8, 9), from the Racine dolomite near
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, with diagonally intersecting wrinkles,
also may be a stropheodontoid, rather than an orthoid shell.

Of the forms here cited, Leptccua stephani, Barrande, has
little in common with the remaining species. The remainder
may be congeneric. Too little is known at present, however,
regarding their internal markings to verify this suggestion.
Although apparently stropheodontoid in character, they may
form a distinct genus, not because they have a similar surface
ornamentation, but because these Silurian representatives of
the stropheodontoid group may present characteristics not
shared with the typical late Devonian species of Stropheodonta.

248 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7

Stricklandinia (?) louisvillensis, Nettelroth. Plate X, Figs. 7A,B-

1889. Stricklandinia louisvillensis, Nettelroth, Kentucky Fossil Shells, p. 65,
pi. 34, figs. 31-34.

Brachial valve from 20 to 23 millimeters in length, with maximum
convexity between one-fourth and one-third of the length of the valve
from the beak. This convexity equals about 5 millimeters, and there
is a tendency toward flattening anteriorly. Low and broad plications
mark the valve medially and along the anterior margin, where frequently
they are three millimeters in width, varying to two millimeters on the
sides of the valve. In one specimen the plications along the median
part of the valve are conspicuously narrower than the remainder.
Toward the beak and along the postero-lateral parts of the valve the
plications become obsolete. The hinge-area apparently was low, and
the beak did not curve beyond the plane of junction of the two valves.
Two sharp parallel narrow ridges, about one millimeter apart and
eight millimeters in length, extend forward from the beak, on the
interior of the valve, and are interpreted as crural ridges, terminating
posteriorly at what appear to be triangular crural plates.

Three valves, from the Cedarville dolomite at the eastern
Mills quarry, southwest of Springfield, Ohio, of which two are
figured here, closely resemble the type of Stricklandinia
louisvillensis, preserved in the U. S. National Musuem.

The two parallel crural ridges of the brachial valves here
described do not suggest a spiriferoid shell, nor would they be
expected in a species of Stricklandinia. They might occur,
however, in a pentameroid shell. It is evident that more
material is needed for the elucidation of the affinity of these
shells. Nothing is known of the interior of typical Strick-
landinia louisvillensis, as found in the Lousiville limestone at
Louisville, Kentucky. Only the exterior of the type is known,
and in this the beaks of both valves are closely appressed and
no delthyrium is seen. Its generic relationship remain uncertain.

Two pedicel valves, having about the same size and form as
Stricklandinia louisvillensis, and marked by similar low broad
plications, were found in the Cedarville dolomite at Cedarville,
Ohio. They dififer however, in other particulars. The cardinal
area has a height of at least three millimeters; the beak has a
correspondingly greater prominence, and probably extended
considerably beyond the beak of the brachial valve although
only moderately incurved. The sides of the open delthyrium
form an angle of about 40 degrees. There is a faint depression
along the median part of the shell, its sides forming an angle of
about 20 degrees with each other. This depression is almost

May, l\)it\ Silitriaii Fossils from Ohio 249

flat, or is occupied by a single, almost obsolete, low, broad
plication. Two thin dental plates extend forward from the
beak for a distance of 6 mm. Where they rest on the interior of
the valve, they form an angle of about 30 degrees with each
other. Midway between them there is a low but thin and sharp
median ridge, as in some species of Spirifer, and the general
aspect of these pedicel valves is spiriferoid. In this respect
they differ from the ventral valve of the type of Stricklandinia
louisviUensis, so that it is possible that the pedicel valves are
even generically distinct from the brachial valves described
above, notwithstanding their general resemblance. (Figs. 7
A, B, on plate XII.)

Dictyonella reticulata, Hall. Plate X. Figs. 4A, B.

The first published figures of Dictyonella reticulata, from the
Waldron shale, at Waldron, Indiana, occur in the Twentieth
Report on the New York State Cabinet of Natural History,
page 275, 1867. Here Figures 1 and 2 indicate the presence, on
the brachial valve, of a median fold distinctly defined from the
beak to the anterior margin, the sides of the fold forming an
angle of 30 degrees. These figures are reproduced in the Elev-
enth Report on the Geology and Natural History of Indiana,
1881, where they form Figures 53 and 54 on Plate 26. An
examination of the series of type specimens, preserved in the
American Museum of Natural History, and there numbered
1,944, indicates the presence of four individuals, including all of
those figured in the Indiana report. In none of these is the
median fold as distinctly defined as indicated in the figures
mentioned above; in fact, it is readily distinguished only under
cross illumination, and then only anteriorly, the posterior part,
toward the beak, being almost obsolete. Moreover, the angle
made by the sides of the median fold, if the lateral slopes of the
latter be included, is nearer 35 degrees. The specimen first
figured by Hall, regarded as the type of the species, is illustrated
in the present publication by Figure 7 on Plate XL

In Dictyonella corallifera, Hall, figured on Plate 58, of the
second volume of the Paleontology of New York, from the
Rochester shale of New York, both the median fold on the
brachial valve and the corresponding sinus on the pedicel valve
are distinctly defined from the beak to the anterior margin.

250 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

The fold is higher and narrower, and therefore, more convex,
the angle made by the sides averaging 20 degrees or less. The
specimen iUustrated by Figure 5c in the Paleontology of New
York is represented by Figure 8 on Plate XI of the present
publication.

At Harrods Creek, about five miles northeast of Louisville,
Kentucky, a specimen of Dictyonella was found in the Upper
Osgood clay, which here forms a layer about three and a half
feet thick, 20 feet below the level of the traction bridge, about
200 yards up stream from the bridge. Here it is associated
with Cyathophyllum calyculum, Eucalyptocrinns, Hallopora ele-
ganluJa, Orthis flabellites, RhipidomeUa hybrida, Leptcena rhom-
boidalis, A try pa reticularis, and Diaphorostoma ?nagarensis.
The Upper Osgood clay is underlaid by the Osgood limestone,
six feet thick, with one of Miller's species of "Holocystites''
{Trematocystis ?) at the base. This is underlaid by the Lower
Osgood clay, consisting, in descending order, of massive, indu-
rated clay rock, 9 feet thick, spalling where exposed to weather-
ing; chiefly purplish clay, 3 feet thick; and more indurated clay
rock, 8.5 feet thick. In the underlying Brassfield limestone
Orthis flabellites is associated with Rhinopora verrucosa.

The Dictyonella found in the Upper Osgood clay is scarcely
distinguishable from the Dictyonella reticulata occurring in the
Waldron shale. It possesses the same low median fold, not
strongly defined laterally, and becoming more or less obsolete
toward the beak. The surface markings are closely similar,
and, although appearing more circular on some parts of the
sheU, are equally quadratic on others. (Figs. 4 A, B, on plate X.)

It is interesting to note that this Osgood form of Dictyonella
finds its nearest relative in the Waldron species, Dictyonella
reticulata, rather than in the Rochester form, Dictyonella
cor alii f era.

Camarotoechia roadsi, sp. nov. Plate XII, Figs. 6 A-E.

General outline rotund subtriangular, especially when viewed from
the side of the pedicel valve. Pedicel valve only moderately convex in
appearance since the antero-lateral parts have almost the same eleva-
tion as the umbonal parts of the valve. Brachial valve strongly convex,
especially anteriorly, along the median fold, where the median parts are
conspicuously elevated above the lateral parts of the valve. Median
fold with four plications, the lateral ones narrower and at a some\yhat
lower elevation. Lateral plications, on each side, five or six, sometimes

Ala>-, I'.'l/J Siluriiui FossiLs from Ohio 251

seven. Median sinus with three plications. The pHcations are rel-
ativel\' low and rounded and are separated by shallow grooves; pos-
teriorly they usually are inconspieuous and in some specimens are
almost obsolete. The cuncate muscular area of the brachial valve
evidently was slightly raised above the general level of the inner sur-
face. This muscular area is traversed by a median septum which
di\ndes posteriorh' into a narrow spondylium. A similar but broader
muscular area, without a median septum, characterizes the pedicel
vah'c. The dental lamellae of the pedicel vah'c extend downward so as
to rest upon the inner surface.

From the richly fossiliferous limestone layer about nine feet
above the base of the West Union formation, in the valley on
the southeastern margin of Hillsboro, Ohio. Named in honor
of Miss Katie Roads.

Camarotoechia roadsi belongs to a group of species charac-
terized, by low rotmded plications tending to become obscurely
defined or even almost obsolete posteriorly. Compared, with
Camarotcechia obtusiplicata, Hall, from the Rochester shale of
New" York, the outline is more triangular, the plications are
lower and more nearly obsolete posteriorly.

Rhynchonella pisa. Hall and Whitfield, was described by
them as "globular in full-grown specimens" and therefore
figures 18 and 19, accompanying the original description, must
be regarded as illustrating the type. The angulate course of the
plications of the brachial valve in figure 19 explains w^hy "the
more ventricose forms resemble very closely small specimens of
Rhynchonella nudeolata, Hall," a typical species of Uncinuhis
according to the present system of classification. The type of
Rhynchonella pisa was obtained from the same horizon as
Camarotoechia roadsi, in the lower or Bisher member of the West
Union formation, at Danville, southwest of Hillsboro, Ohio.

Trochurus phlyctainodes, Green. Plate XI, Figs. lA-D. Plate

XII, Figs. lA-D.

1837. Calymene phlyctainodes, Green, Amer. Jour. Sci., 32, p. 167.

Median lobe of glabella most strongly arched from front to rear at a
point one-sixth of its length, measured along its surface, from the
posterior end; widest one-third of its length from the rear, narrowing
to four-fifths of this width anteriorly, and to three-fifths of this width
posteriorly. Compound anterior lateral lobes widest slightly anterior
to mid-length, equalling in width the immediately adjacent part of the
median lobe; strongly defined from the median lobe by deep fiurows
at least a millimeter in width, equally well defined from the third lateral

252 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

lobes by almost equally deep but narrower furrows; viewed from the
rear, these lobes lie distinctly below the general surface of the median
and third lateral lobes. Third lateral lobes equalling in width the
posterior end of the median lobe, pyriform with the narrow end directed
toward the median axis of the glabella ; distal end about four millimeters
from the suture line at the palpebral lobe. Occipital lobes small,
triangularly ovate, with the narrower end directed toward the axis
of the glabella, the width equalling three-fourths of the length, sharply
defined from the third lateral lobes and from the occipital segment by
narrow furrows. In width, these occipital lobes equal almost one-half
of the width of the third lateral lobes, but they are low and much less
conspicuous. Occipital segment subtriangular when viewed from the
front, owing to the prolongation of the median parts into a spine.
The length of this spine can not be detennined from the specimen at
hand since only the basal portion remains. Immediately anterior to
the occipital segment and posterior to the median lobe the surface
of the glabella is strongly depressed. Anteriorly the median and com-
pound anterior lateral lobes are strongly defined from the border of the
cephalon by a deep furrow, fully a millimeter and a half in width anterior
to the median lobe. The facial suture is about 3 mm. distant from the
lateral margins of the compound anterior lateral lobes, as far as the
very small palpebral lobe, beyond which it ctu-ves almost rectangularly
outward, its further course not being shown by the specimen at hand.
General surface of the glabella thickly covered with tubercles of various
sizes. Some of the larger of these probably supported short spines.
Several of these may have been scattered along the middle third of the
median lobe and one or two may have been present near the middle
of the third lateral lobes. It is certain that the two conspicuous spines
near the anterior end of the median lobe, and the single conspicuous
spine at the distal end of the third lateral lobes, figured by Weller
(Trilobita of Niagaran limestone in Chicago area, Chicago Acad.
Sciences, 1907, pi. 22, figs. 1-4) from the species of Trochurus
occurring in the Chicago area are absent in the Ohio specimen here
described.

From the Cedarville dolomite at the eastern Mills quarry,
southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

The type of Trochurus phlyctainodes, (Plate XII, Figs. 1 A-D),
described by Green under Calymoic, was fovmd within two miles of
Springfield, Ohio, in limestone used to construct the National Pike.
To anyone acquainted with the Springfield area it is evident that the
only limestone within a convenient distance from the National Pike is
located west of Springfield, north of Mad River, within a mile of the
eastern Mills quarry at Limestone City, and that the so-called limestone
was the rock known at present as the Cedarville dolomite. Casts of
this type, numbered 54 in the series of casts prepared by Green, are
preserved in the U. S. National Museum at Washington, at the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural Historv in New York Citv, and elsewhere. In

May, 191 /J Silurian Fossils from Ohio 253

these casts, the narrow median lobe of the glabella, huniped posteriorly
and narrowing sHghtly anteriorly, closely resembles that of the Mills
quarry specimen, here figured and described, thus ])rcsenting the most
characteristic feature displa\-ed b\' the latter. The compound anterior
lateral lobes and the anterior outlines of the third lateral lobse also are
similar but it is evident that the posterior part of the third lateral lobes
was cut away in cleaning the original specimen, thus producing a
straightness of outline which is entirely misleading. Moreover, the
transverse furrow between the posterior end of the median lobe and the
connecting ridge joining the third lateral lobes, and the furrow between
this connecting ridge and the occipital segment, both are unnaturally
deep, and narrow, showing distinct tool marks in some of the casts.
Evidently the cleaner thought that these furrows should agree in sharp-
ness and depth with the furrows separating the compound anterior
lateral lobes from the median and third lateral lobes. In a similar
manner, the posterior margin of the occipital segment shows evidence of
the cleaners tool, and it is not at all unlikely that in the original of the
cast, before cleaning, this segment was subtri angular in outline, as in
the Mills quarry specimen here figured. Compared with the latter, the
ornamentation on the surface of the cast is much coarser, and there is no
evidence of numerous smaller papilla among the coarser pustules; this,
however, could scarcely be regarded as a specific distinction, in the
absence of other well-marked differences. There is no trace of occipital
lobes, nor of any remnant of the anterior border visible in these casts.

Trochurus hanoverensis, Miller and Gurley (Plate XII, Figs. 2
A-D), from the Laurel limestone at Madison, Indiana, was found by
rock breakers while repairing the Hanover pike. Compared with
Trochurus phlyctainodes, the median lobe is much wider, and its curva-
ture from front to rear is more regular, its outline forming almost three-
fourths of a circle. There appears to have been a strong spine near the
lateral extremity of each of the third lateral lobes. The occipital lobes
are low and inconspicuous. The posterior margin of the occipital
segment is unknown.

Trochurus byrneasnus, Miller and Gurley, (Plate XII, Figs. 3
A-E), occurs in the Laurel limestone at Madison, Indiana, associated
with Trochurus hanoverensis, Sphcercxochus romingeri, and a large
Encrinurus pygidium. No Pentamcrus oblongus occurs at this horizon.
Trochurus byrnesanus is characterized by a narrow median lobe with
subparallel sides; its dorsal outline is nearly straight and anteriorly
it is strongly curved downward and backward, the outline between this
bend and the anterior border of the cephalon being gently convex. Seen
from above, the compound anterior lateral lobes have about the same
width as the median lobe, and the transverse furrow limiting the pos-
terior margin of these three lobes is almost straight. The lateral
extremities of the third lateral lobes are elevated apparently into short
spines. Only one side of the occipital segment is preserved and its
median termination is unknown.

254 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Trochurus nasutus, Weller, from the Racine division of the Niagaran
near ^Milwaukee, Wisconsin, differs chiefly in the anterior prolong^ation
of the median lobe into a spine. The lateral extremities of the third
lateral lobes are not elevated nor conspicuously spinose. The occipital
lobes are not conspicuous.

Trochurus welleri, Nov. sp. (Corvdocephahis phlvdainodes. Weller,
1907, Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., Nat. Hist. Surv., 4, pt. 2, p. 234, pi. 22,
figs. 1-4), from the Racine division of the Niagaran near Lemont, Illi-
nois, resembles Trochurus hanoverensis in the more even curvature of its
median lobe from front to rear; however, the anterior marginal part is not
curved as far backward, and the curvature is only moderate near the
posterior end of this lobe. In addition to the conspicuous spines ter-
minating the lateral ends of the third lateral lobes, there is a conspicuous
pair of spines on the median lobe, anteriorly. Named in honor of Prof.
Stuart Weller, of Chicago University.

Trochurus halli, Nov. sp. Plate XII, Figs. 4A-D; {Arges phlvctain-
odes, Hall, 1852, Pal. New York, 2, p. 314, pi. 70, figs. 2a-2c), from the
Rochester shale near Albion, New York, is closely related to Trochurus
bvrnesanus. It differs chiefly in the curvature of the median lobe of the
glabella, from front to rear; this ciu-vature is greater anteriorly, but it is
not strongly accentuated antero-dorsally, nor accompanied by a straight-
ening of the dorsal outline as in that species. Viewed from the dorsal
side, the anterior part of the median lobe is less prominent, the furrows
separating the third lateral lobes from the compound anterior lateral ones
diverge more to the front laterally, and there is no indication of spines
terminating the lateral ends of the third lateral lobes. Named in honor
of James Hall, the great founder of American Paleozoic Paleontology.

A line of progression should extend apparently from Tro-
churus halli, in the Rochester shale, through Trochurus byrne-
sanus, in the Laurel limestone, to Trochurus nasutus, in the
Racine division of the Niagaran.

Trochurus hanoverensis, from the Laurel limestone and
Trochurus welleri, from the Racine evidently belong to another
group. From one of the earlier members of this group, Tro-
churus phylctainodes could have diverged by a more bulbous
development of the posterior end of the median lobe and a
greater downward extension of the anterior parts of the cephalon.

Prof. Percy E. Raymond has called to my attention that
Corydocephalus is antedated by Trochurus as follows: Trochurus
was founded by Beyrich in 1845 (Ueber Bohm. Tril. p. 31, pi. 1,
fig. 14) on Trochurus speciosus, sp. nov. (Beyrich), this species
being illustrated by a figure of the pygidium, the name Tro-
churus (wheel) alluding to the general appearance of the pygi-
dium (a wheel with spokes). Unfortunately Beyrich described
under Trochurus speciosus also the head of a Staurocephalus.

May, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 255

His attention being called to his error privately by Barrande,
Beyrich figured the proper cephalon for his species in 1846, and
definitely designated the pygidium as the type. Corydocephalus
was not defined by Hawle and Corda until 1847 (Prodr. Mon.
Bohm. Tril., p. 139, pi. 7, fig. 4), and was based on the same
species, although the specimen he figured was regarded by him
as a new species (C flabellahis, sp. nov. Corda). Barrande
described the same species in 1846 as Lichas paJmata, owing to
Beyrich's error in his original description of Trochurns speciosus.

Appendix: Two Species of Ordovician Fossils.
Lingulops cliftonensis, Foerste. Plate X, Fig. 9.

1903. Lingulops cliftonensis, Foerste, Jour. Geol. vol. 11, p. 38.

Pedicel valve 6 millimeters long, 3.5 millimeters wide, with an
elliptical outline similar to that of Lingulops norwoodi, James, from the
upper part of the Cynthiana formation, at West Covington, Kentucky.
The distinct part of the muscular area is thickened over its entire
surface, forming a low platform, with an elevation of about a sixth of a
millimeter along its anterior margin. The lateral margins of this
platform diverge at an angle of about 25 degrees. The oblique anterior
margins converge at an angle of about 85 degrees. The width of the
platfonn at its antero-lateral angles is 1.8 millimeters. The median
muscular scar, with parallel margins as in Lingulops norwoodi, has a
width of slightly less than half a millimeter. That part of the anterior
margin of the platform which is in front of the median scar curves
acutely forward and unites with the narrow median septum, at least
a millimeter in length, which extends forward to within less than a
millimeter from the anterior margin of the valve. Anteriorly, the
median muscular scar bears a faint median striation. Posteriorly,
the lateral muscular scars of the platform are limited at a point 2.5
millimeters from the acute anterior termination of the median scar.
Half a millimeter farther back lie the posterior margins of the three
crescentic lobes of the faint muscular impression characteristic of the
genus Lingulops. Of these lobes, the median is equal to or is slightly
larger than the two lateral lobes. The faint lateral impressions, on
each side of the platform, appear to be similar to those of Lingulops
norwoodi.

From the preceding description it is evident that Lingulops
cliftonensis resembles Lingulops norwoodi much more closely
than was suspected at the time of the original description of
the species. The presence of the anterior median septum was not
known until recently, when the shell of the type specimen was
removed, so as to expose fully the natural cast of the interior of
the valve. From the latter species, Lingulops cliftonensis differs

256 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

chiefly in the more acute anterior termination of the muscular
platform. Apparently the lateral walls of this platform are
more divergent. It is doubtful whether the elevation of the
median and lateral muscular scars upon a platform may be
regarded as a distinguishing feature, since the growth of this
platform may be merely a gerontic feature.

Lingidops cliftojiensis occurs in the lower or limestone
division of the Fernvale member of the Richmond group as
exposed at Clifton, Tennessee. For the strata included in the
Fernvale member the present writer proposed the name Leipers
Creek bed, the term bed being used in the same significance as
the term member (Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. Vol. 12, 1901, pp. 432,
433). Although the term Leipers Creek bed preceded that of
Fernvale in time of publication, the latter was so much better
defined by Ulrich and Hayes (Columbia Folio, 1903), and has
entered so fully into literature that no possible good can come
of any attempt to revive the term Leipers Creek bed. v

Lingulops cliftoneyisis is of interest chiefly as being another
species occurring in Richmond strata, closely allied to species
occurring at a lower horizon than the Eden group, but not
known either from the Eden or from the Maysville group of
strata.

Schuchertella higginsportensis, Foerste. Plate IX, Figs. 2A, B.

1912. vStrophomena higginsportensis, Foerste, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., 17,

p. 37, pi. 2, figs. 3 A, B; pi. 10, fig. 4.
1914. Strophomena higginsportensis, Foerste, Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist.,

21, p. 130, pi. 1. fig. 9.

The pedicel valves, illustrated in the publications cited above, are
similar to those of Schuchertella subplana, Conrad, widely distributed
in the Niagaran rocks of North America, in the small size and general
fonn of the muscular area. The deltidium iS' well developed. The
exterior of the valve is moderately convex toward the beak, and com-
paratively straight from the beak to the anterior and lateral margins.

More recently, a single brachial valve, exposing the interior, has been
found. This also differs distinctly from Strophomena. The cardinal
process is short and bilobed. The lobes diverge from each other, and
each lobe bears on its ixpper surface a distinct groove, the two grooves
converging toward the beak, as in some species of Schuchertella. The
margin of the crural plates curves outward laterally, and tenninates
in a curve rising toward the cardinal margin. The dental sockets are
distinct. There is no evidence of a deltidial fold passing across the top
of the cardinal process as in Schuchertella subplana. There may be a
low and broad, but indistinct median elevation anterior to the cardinal
process, but it is certain that no other structure is noted.

May, 1917] Silurian Fossils from Ohio 257

The brachial valve here described was found in slabs that
had dropped from the Eridorthis horizon at Ivor, Kentucky.
At this locality the Fulton clay, characterized by the presence
of Triarthrus becki, Green, occurs 70 feet above the level of the
railroad track. A single specimen of Eridorthis once was found
in the layer of limestone immediately beneath the Fulton clay,
but the species is much more common in some of the overlying
horizons, although, owing to the steepness of the quarry-face,
the exact location of this horizon is difficult to determine here.

At the quarry west of Point Pleasant, Ohio, the Fulton clay,
containing Triarthrus becki, is about 55 feet above the level of
the pike. The immediately underlying layer of limestone is
strongly ripple marked, and a single specimen of Eridorthis was
found imbedded in its upper surface. Loose limestone slabs,
containing a greater number of specimens of Eridorthis, were
found at 14, 20, and 27 feet above the base of the Fulton layer.
Evidently Eridorthis must be abundant somewhere above these
horizons.

At the quarry in the northeastern part of New Richmond,
Ohio, the Fulton clay, containing Triarthrus becki, has a thick-
ness of at least five feet. A specimen of Eridorthis was found at
the top of the immediately underlying layer of coarse grained
limestone. Eridorthis, associated with a Leptcena, provisionally
identified as LeptcBua gibbosa, James, is comparatively abundant
in a thin layer of limestone occurring within one foot above the
base of the Fulton clay. Eridorthis occurs in situ also in a four
inch layer of conglomeratic limestone, located about 29 feet
above the base of the Fulton clay. This may have been the
horizon which furnished the loose slabs, containing Eridorthis,
in the quarry west of Point Pleasant, Ohio, and this also may
have been the approximate horizon for the specimen of
Schuchertella higginsportensis, obtained at Ivor, Kentucky.

Schuchertella has not been identified hitherto from strata
below the Silurian. It may be that when the material now
congregated under Schuchertella is studied more closely that
species here described as Schuchertella may be separated from
that genus, but at present this reference to Schuchertella appears
at least more logical than its former reference to Strophomena.

The exterior of a brachial valve, figured here (Fig. 2B) as
belonging to Schuchertella higginsportensis, is characterized by

258 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

about 21 stronger radiating striae, separated by an equal number
of finer striae. Intercalated with these two sets is a third set of
still finer striae, about 40 in number, and finally, toward the
margins, there are still finer striae, visible only under a lens, so
that the total number of radiating striae must equal about 150.
These are crossed by numerous, fine, sharp, concentric lines.
The median depression, seen in the figure, is regarded as due to
pressure, resulting in flattening and moderate distortion.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate VI IL

Fig. L Zaphrentis digoniata. A, right side; B, anterior side; C, basal view,
witli corallum inclined so as to show more of the right side; D, E, two
silicified specimens, showing the cardinal fossula, sides of calice
weathered away. F, view of cast of interior of calice; G, lateral view,
showing cast of cardinal fossula. A-E, from top of West Union forma-
tion, in Zink quarry, at Hillsboro, Ohio.

Fig. 2. Calostylis parvula. A. specimen showing pores in central area and
through the septa; also showing lateral connections or synapticula
between the outer part of the septa; also shown enlarged in figure 5, on
plate II. B, C, lateral views of two specimens. D, E, calicular views
of two specimens. F, view of E, enlarged 4 diameters, showing pores in
the central vesicular mass, and several distinct synapticula on the
left side of the figure. From the upper part of the Laruel limestone
at the Reinheimer quarry, southwest of New Paris, Ohio.

Fig. 3. Holophragma calceoloides. A, B, right side of two specimens; C, D,
anterior views; E, F, G, posterior views. H, anterior view with speci-
men inclined so as to show interior of a nearly circular calice; I, same
specimen, enlarged 4 diameters. J, K, similar views of a .specimen
with a more flattened cardinal side. In both H and J the anterior
margin of the calice is weathered away. From the top of the West
Union formation, in the Zink cjuarry, at Hillsboro, Ohio.

In all figures, a indicates the location of the alar septa; c, of the cardinal
septum; f, the cast of the cardinal fossula; x, the slightly more prominent lateral
septa in some specimens of Holophragma.

W. '.A

Aug. F. Fnersle.

260 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Plate IX.

Fig. 1. Cvathophyllum roadsi. A, B, C, D, left sides; E, F, G, right sides of
coralla; H, I, nearly straight individuals. Specimens B, E, F, and H
retain their areas of attachment. J, internal structure revealed by a
transverse break; with transverse tabula at center, with the edge
of another beneath on the right, and fragments of two more above
on the left; with septa radiating toward the center, and with disseppi-
ments numerous near the outer wall where there is a tendency toward
filling by stereoplasm; magnified 2.5 diameters. From the upper part
of the West Union formation at Hillsboro, Ohio.

Fig. 2. Schuchertella higginsportensis. A, interior of brachial valve; exterior
of another valve regarded as belonging to the same species; both
enlarged 2.5 diameters. From the Eridorthis nicklesi horizon, above
the Fulton clay, at Ivor, Kentucky.

Fig. 3. Holocystites greenvillensis. A, B, left sides; C, right side of theca;
three specimens, imperfect at top and bottom, with anal opening between
first and second row of plates from the top, that of specimen B dia-
grammed on plate III in figure 8. From the Cedarville dolomite,
4.5 miles east of Greenville, Ohio, on Greenville creek at the Brierly
quarry.

Fig. 4. Stropheodonta sp. Cast of exterior of a valve, enlarged 2.5 diameters,
assumed to have been the convex or pedicel valve since the cast is
distinctly concave anteriorly. The postero-lateral angles are not
preserved and may not have been acute, as indicated. From the
Cedarville dolomite at the Lewisburg Stone Company quarry, a mile
northwest of Lewisburg, Ohio.

Fig. 5. Calostylis parvula. Same specimen as fig. 2A, on plate I, enlarged 4.5
diameters. The presence of pores passing through the central mass
of septa and tabulae is seen near A, especially toward the right. Dis-
seppiments or synapticula connecting the septa are visible along the
lower weathered part. From the upper part of the Laurel limestone
at the Reinheimer quarry, southeast of New Paris, Ohio.

Ohio Jourxai, of Science.

Vol. XVII, Plate IX.

I A

jJ^

2 B

3 C

::^^^^^>i

> ■

1 J

^m

Aug. F. Foerste.

2G2 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

Plate X.

Fig. 1. Periechocrinus cylindricus. A, internal cast, retaining outlines of one
of the sets of interradial plates on the left, beginning with ir. B,
another cast, retaining outlines of anterior brachial series, immediately
above radial r, and also of the adjacent interradial sets of plates. From
Cedarville dolomite, at the eastern Mills quarry, southwest of Spring-
field, Ohio.

Fig. 2. Lampterocrinus inflatus-minor. A, posterior view of internal cast,
with tegmen strongly inflated on left side of posterior interradial area;
pb, posterior basal, with infra-basals beneath. B, view of right anterior
interradial area; the inflated posterior part of tegmen not seen on
account of tilting; Ar, anterior radial. From euphemia dolomite, at
Jackson quarry, two miles south of Covington, Ohio.

Fig. 3. Periechocrinus tennesseensis. Interior cast; Ar, anterior radial. From
the Cedarville dolomite at the eastern Mills quarry, southwest of
Springfield, Ohio.

Fig. 4. Dictyonella reticulata. A, brachial valve; B, same, enlarged 2.5 diame-
ters. From upper Osgood clay, at Harrods Creek, 5 miles northeast
of Louisville, Kentucky.

Fig. 5. Habrocrinus benedicti. A, anterior view, Ar, anterior radial; plates
absent from upper part of body. B, view of internal cast of tegmen,
with base of anal tube; right posterior ray terminating in two arms.
Found in lower part of cjuarry in eastern part of Muncie, Indiana, on
west side of river, above the horizon of the Cedarville dolomite of
Ohio.

Fig. 6. Habrocrinus sp. Posterior view, with upper right-hand part crushed in,
accompanied apparently by a displacement of the anal tube whose
present location is indicated by the dotted lines; X, first anal plate.
From the Cedarville dolomite at the eastern Mills c^uarry, southwest
of Sprmgfield, Ohio.

Fig. 7. Stricklandinia louisvillensis. Two brachial valves.

Fig. 8. Holocystites greenvillensis. Diagram of plates surrounding the anal
area, enlarged.

Fig. 9. Lingulops cliftonensis, Foerste. Pedicel valve, enlarged. Richmond
group, at Clifton, Tennessee.

Fig. 10. Acervularia (?) paveyi. Radiating septa apparently interrupted half
way from center by a cylindrical wall, the actual presence of which has
not been fully verified. From the upper part of the West Union formation
at Hillsboro, Ohio.

Ohio Journal of Science

W^^M^^^m

' ■■:4%^

1 0

Aug. F. Foerste.

264 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7

Plate XI.

Fig. 1. Trochurus phlyctainodes. A, dorsal view of cranidium with sub-
triangular occipital segment, exposing occipital lobes near the lateral
extremities of this segment; B, same, tilted so as to show the anterior
border; C, anterior view; D, lateral view; b, anterior border; s, probably
spinose tip of occipital segment; e, angle of facial suture at palpebral
lobe; X, broken margin of fixed cheek, outline unknown. In figure

A, the fixed cheek extends beyond the margin of the third lateral lobes;
in B, the third lateral lobes form the bulbous outlines at the rear, and
that part of the facial suture extending from the anterior border to the
palpebral lobe is not preserved; in D, the occipital lobe is indicated.
Cedarville dolomite, at eastern Mills quarry, southwest of Springfield,
Ohio.

Fig. 2. Hallicystis imago. Hall. Type, numbered 2025 in the American Museum

of Natural History in New York City. Left margin imperfect, broken
off. Indication of path of gut leading from anal orifice downward and
toward the right. Pectinirhomb on plates 14 and 1.5 visible on right
margin. Racine dolomite, at Racine, Wisconsin.

Fig. 3. Callocystites jewetti-elongata. Impression of cast of exterior of part
of a specimen showing the pectinirhomlj on plates 14 and 15, the
depressed linear area left by the dropping off of one of the ambula-
cralia, and the distinctly pitted surface. Cedarville dolomite, at
eastern Mills quarry, southwest of Springfield, Ohio.

Fig. 4. Holocystites alternatus. Hall. Type, numbered 2020, in the American
Museum of Natural History. Tilted so as to show the plates aroimd
the anal aperture; this tilting greatly shortens the length of the lower
plates in the figure. The path of the gut was downward and slightly
toward the right from the Anal orifice, A. Racine dolomite, at Racine,
Wisconsin.

Fig. 5. Dalmanella springfieldensis. A series of internal casts; A, pedicel valve;

B, anterior view; C, lateral view of another specimen, all showing the
prominent dental lamellae. D, brachial valve with beak of pedicel
valve at top; E, lateral view of the same specimen. Cedarville lime-
stone, at eastern Mills quarry, southeast of Springfield, Ohio.

Fig. 6. Callocystites jewetti-elongata. A, view of cast of interior, showing
pectinirhomb on plates 1 and 5, of which only the half on 5 is well pre-
served; the location of the pectinirhomb on plates 12 and 18 is indicated
at the upper right-hand margin. B, same specimen, showing pectini-
rhomb on plates 14 and 15. Cedarville dolomite, at Cedarville, Ohio.

Fig. 7. Dictyonella reticulata, Hall. Type, numbered 1944 in the American
Museum of Natural History. Brachial valve, and beak of pedicel
valve, enlarged 2.6 diameters. From tlie Waldron shale at Waldron,
Indiana.

Fig. 8. Dictyonella corallifera. Hall. Type, numbered 1790, in the American
Museum of Natural History. From the Rochester shale at Lockport,
New York. Original or figure 5c on plate 58 of New York Paleontology,
vol. 2, enlarged 2.6 diameters.

Fig. 9. Grabauphyllum johnstoni. Interior structure, near upper .surface of
corallum, seen from beneath. Central tabulae, smooth beneath;
intermediate zone of septa connected by disseppiments well shown at
A; exterior zone of cysts and walls separating corallites seen above and
toward the right of A. Niagaran dolomite, cjuarry near McCook, five
miles southwest of Chicago, Illinois.

Ohio Journal ok Scienck.

Vol. XVII, Plati: XI.

SE

6/1

6B

X Z.6

"^mta

X2.6

Aug. F. Foerste.

266 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 7

Plate XII.

Fig. 1. Trocliurus phlyctainodes, Green. Cast of type prepared by Green and
numbered 54 in his series of casts of Trilobites. Original found in the
Cedarville limestone at Springfield, Ohio. In this, and in the following
series of figures of species of Trochurus A represents the dorsal view of
the cephalon; B, anterior view of the dorsal part, secured by tilting the
cephalon until the anterior border is horizontal; C, anterior view of
cephalon, with the anterior border transverse to last position; D,
lateral view, with dorsal side on left in figures 1, 3 and 4, but forming
upper outline in figure 2.

Fig. 2. Trochurus hanoverensis. Miller and Gurley. Type, numbered 6141 and
preserved in the Walker Museum of Chicago University. From the
Laurel limestone at Madison, Indiana.

Fig. 3. Trochurus bymesanus, Miller and Gurley. Type, numbered 6839 and
preserved in the Walker Museum at Chicago University. From the
Laurel limestone at Madison, Indiana. A, E, enlarged two diameters.
In E, the cephalon is tilted toward the front so as to show the upper
outline of the third lateral lobes, a direct view of the occipital lobes, and
the posterior part of the fixed cheeks, their raised granulated pos-
terior border, however, being absent.

Fig. 4. Trochurus halli. Original of figures 2 a, b, c, on plate 70 of volume 2 of
the Paleontology of New York, numbered 1826 in the American Museum
of Natural History in New York City. A, enlarged two diameters.
From the Rochester shale, near Albion, New York.

Fig. 5. Callocystites sphaeroidalis. From an impression of a cast of the exterior,
crossed by a crack as described in the text; p, location of the discrete
half of the pectinirhomb on plate 15. From the Cedarville dolomite at
Springfield, Ohio.

Fig. 6. Camarotoechia roadsi. A, brachial valve; B, pedicel valve; C, lateral
view; D, anterior view showing depth of sinus; E, cast of interior of
brachial valve of a second specimen, showing muscular area and median
septum. From the lower part of the West Union formation on the
southeastern margin of Hillsboro, Ohio.

Fig. 7. Prosserella (?) sp. Two casts of the interiors of pedicel valves, showing
vertical lamella supporting the teeth, and also a median septal ridge.
From the Cedarville dolomite at Cedarville, Ohio.

Ohio Joukxal of Science.

Vol. XVII, Pi,.ATi: XII.

A tig. F. Foerste.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN TABANIDiE.

James S. Hine.

Tabanus annularis n. sp,

E\-es hairy. General color nearly black, thorax very hairy and
obscurely striped, abdomen dorsally with the posterior margin of each
segment narrowh^ reddish gray, wings hyaline with the veins dark,
first two segments of the antenna and tip of the third dark, remainder of
the third segment brown with a prominent basal process. Length, 10
to 12 nuillimeters.

Male — Eyes very distinctly hair^^ legs black with the exception of
the tibiae, each of which has the basal half or more reddish brown.

Female — Eyes plainly hairy, front of nonnal width, sides parallel,
frontal callosity as wide as the front and shining black, ocelligerous
tubercle present, denuded; otherwise front and the face gray pollinose.
Legs, especially the femora, more reddish brown than in the other sex.

Holotype male, one other male and a female in the Ohio
State University collection, taken at Ocean Springs, Mississippi,
April 18, 1916, by Max Kisluik. The female is a poor specimen
of rather diminutive size. Both sexes have the color of the
body exactly the same.

The most distinctive character of this species is the elongate
basal process of the third antenna! segment. In this respect the
species agrees with hirtioculatus Macquart.

Tabanus dseckei n. sp.

Eyes hairy. Antennae largely brown, apical two-thirds or more of
the third segment black, palpi pale, proboscis black, thorax dark brown
without stripes, legs reddish brown, slightly darker in some places than
in others, wings brownish hyaline; abdomen brown with a dorsal black
stripe and venter darkened towards the apex. Length, 14 millimeters.

Female — Frontal callosity nearly square not so wide as the front, an
unconnected line above and ocelligerous tubercle shining black. Other-
wise front and the face gray pollinose.

Male — Like the female in coloration, head small, eyes distinctly
hairy.

Holotype female from Cape May, New Jersey, June 7, 1904.
Allotype from Fort Lee, New Jersey, June 3, both collected by
E. Dcecke. One other female taken at Wallops Island, Vir-
ginia, June 2, 1913, by W. L. McAtee. In Ohio State Univer-
sity collection.

269

270 The Ohio Journal of Scie?tce [Vol. XVII, No. 7,

This species is some like Tabanus epistatus O. S., but is
smaller the wings are differently colored and the antennas are
shorter. The difference in length of the antenna in the two
species is largely in the basal part of the third segment. This is
short and wide in daeckei but elongate in epistatus. The frontal
callosity has a geminate appearance and is not joined to the
spot above in d^ckei, but is entire and joined to a linear pro-
longation above in epistatus.

Tabanus petiolatus n. sp.

Female — Eyes naked, front rather narrow, frontal callosity dark
brown decidedly longer than broad tapering above and continuing into
a linear prolongation which reaches nearly to the last fourth of the
front; remainder of the front and the face gray pollinose, cheeks with
numerous white hairs, palpi pale, proboscis dark, antenna black with
just a little brown at the base of the third segment, basal process of the
third small and acute. Thorax dark brown above with gray stripes,
scutellum dark on the disk but with a pale posterior margin, pleuras of
the thorax and the coxae gray pollinose and with some white hair. Wing
hyaline with a very faint brownish tinge, first posterior cell closed and
with a distinct petiole, anterior fork of the third vein angulate near the
base and with a very short fork or none. The holotype has this very
short fork on one side but none on the other. Front femur, apical third
of front tibia and front tarsus black, base of the front tibia pale, middle
and hind legs pale brown, femora above and tarsi dark, dorsum of
abdomen dark brown, nearly black, with a middorsal row of prominent
gray triangles and the incisures gray-margined on each side; venter
grayish brown, last segment nearly black and most of the other seg-
ments darkened at the middle. Total length, 15 millimeters.

Holotype female and two other females taken from a horse
at Lecompte, Louisiana, Augusta 25, 1906. In Ohio State
University Collection.

This species suggests melanoceras, but is smaller and lighter
colored and the first posterior cell is closed and long petiolate.

Tabanus uniformis n. sp.

Eyes naked; general color of the body brown with gray pollinose
markings, proboscis dark, palpi brown, antenna brown with more or
less darker color on the apical two-thirds of the basal portion of the
third segment which bears a short basal prominence. Thorax with
rather distinct stripes above, scutellum and pleuras uniformly gray, legs
brown throughout but in some specimens the tips of the tarsi are some-
what darker than the other parts; wings hyaline, cross-veins, furcation
of the third vein and in some specimens some of the longitudinal veins
margined with rather obscure brown. Abdomen brown above, slightly
darker towards the apex, a middorsal row of gray triangles which are

May, 191/] Xoiih American Tahanidce 271

rather small and of unifonn size throughout, venter brown darker
toward the apex and sparsely gray pollinose. Total length, 19 to 22
millimeters.

Feinale — Front moderately wide, sHghtly narrowed below, frontal
callosity shining brown, above with a narrow i)rolongation which is
soniewhat expanded apically, remainder of the front and the face gray
pollinose.

Male — Colored like the female, head of normal size, eyes with small
facets below and with an extended area of enlarged facets above,
antenna somewhat slenderer than in the other sex.

Holotype female in the Ohio State University collection
taken in Jackson County, Kansas, by J. H. Schaffner. Allotype
from Missouri. Twenty other specimens from Kansas, Missis-
sippi, Louisiana and x\labama.

The species has been in my collection for several years and
for a time it was labeled molestus. It appears entirely distinct
from molestus, however, for it is a browner insect, the femora
are not black, the abdominal triangles are generally smaller and
of uniform size, and the wings are quite differently colored.

Tabanus nantuckensis n. sp.

Female — Ej^es bare, front wide, subcallus denuded and shining
black, frontal callosity shining black and decidedly broader than high.
Whole body and all the appendages black with the exception of the
extreme base of the anterior tibia which is pale, and the wings which
have the anterior half or more brown. The division between the brown
and black of the wings is not regular but approximately all the posterior
cells, the discal cell and the axillary cell are wholly brown, while the
basal cells and the anal cell have their apexes narrowly brown. Total
length, 20 millimeters.

Holotype female taken by Benjamin Albertsen, of Phila-
delphia, on Nantucket Island, Massachusetts, August 14, 1916.
In Ohio State University collection. I have five other females
and have seen two others, all taken on the same island by the
same collector.

It is near atratus in many respects and might be considered
as a variety of that species, but the smaller size and different
wings give it a very different appearance.

There is reason to believe that this insect has become isolated
on the island for it has not been taken elsewhere so far as I can
find. Mr. Albertsen writes that he has taken several specimens
through a series of years and has found that they are uniformly
the same. With a knowledge of these facts I have chosen to
consider this and atratus separate species.

NEWS AND NOTES

The Third Annual Meeting of Entomological Workers of
Ohio was held at Ohio State University on February 2d, 1917,
with thirty members in attendance. The program consisted of
reviews of projects and reports on investigations of members of
the Ohio Experiment Station, the State Division of Orchard and
Nursery Inspection and the Department of Entomology of the
University. The following program was presented:

Distribution of Ohio Broods of Periodical Cicada with Reference

to Soil, H. A. Gossard.
General Reports from Heads of Department Organizations:

H. A. Gossard, Ohio Experiment Station.

N. E. Shaw, State Division of Orchard and Nursery
Inspection.

Herbert Osborn, Department of Zoology and Entomology,
Ohio State University.

H. A. Gossard, Review of Projects.

J. S. Houser, Review of Projects.

W. H. Goodwin, Review of Projects.

R. D. Whitmarsh, Review of Projects.

D. C. Mote, Review of Projects.

J. L. King, Review of Projects.

Richard Faxon, Nursery Imports.

F. D. Heckathorn, Winter Work in Nurseries and Sur-
roundings.

H. E. Evans, An Inspector's Itinerary for a Year.

H. J. Speaker, Report of Control of Gypsy Moth Outbreak.

C. L. Metcalf, Predaceous Insects.

C. J. Drake, Notes on Aquatic and Semi-aquatic Hemiptera
of Ohio.

Herbert Osborn, Problems with Meadow Insects.

T. L. Guyton, Aphididse of Ohio.

A permanent organization was effected and the following
officers elected for 1917--18:
N. E. Shaw, Chairman.
J. S. Houser, Secretary.

C. L. Metcalf, Secretary.

Date of Publication, May 5, 1917.

THE

Ohio Journal of Science

PUBLISHED BY THE

Ohio State University Scientific Society

Volume XVII JUNE, 1917 No. 8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Waller — Xenia and Other Influences Following Fertilization 273

KiSLiUK — Some Winter Observations of Muscid Flies 285

OSBORN AND DRAKE — Notes on American Tingidie with Descriptions of

New Species 295

Laughlin — The Brassicacete of Ohio 308

Oberholzer — Notes on the Fringilline Genus Passerherbulus and its

Nearest Allies 332

XENIA AND OTHER INFLUENCES FOLLOWING

FERTILIZATION.-

Adoli'h E. Waller.

Occurrence of Xenia.

A great deal of confusion between near and remote influences
from alien pollen has come about as the result of laxly grouping
together under the topic "xenia," a miscellaneous assortment
of phenomena more or less closely associated with fertilization
and embryo development. Xenia is hybridization exposed.
The effect of foreign pollen is made immediately apparent in
the endosperm of some angiosperms. Maize has come to be
the classic example for illustrating xenia, but VoN Rumker (1)
in 1911, and others have called attention to its occurrence in
rye. Though known best through the cultivated plants, it is
possible to have xenia in any of the angiosperms in which
differences exist in the color or composition of the endosperm.
In many species differences really present may not be known
because the endosperms are covered by other, often opaque,

*Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, Ohio State University, No. 97;
Read in New York City before the thirteenth annual meeting of the American
Genetic Association, December 28, 1916.

273

274 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

parts of the seeds. In these plants xenia would not become
patent until the seeds were cut open and the endosperm tissue
disclosed.

In members of the Graminaceas, and especially in the culti-
vated cereal crops with their superior development of endosperm,
xenia has been observed for a long time. Until recently it
has been marveled at, not only by agriculturists, who probably
first saw the phenomenon, but also by botanists, who noted,
yet were unable to account for it. Many of the latter were
unwilling to credit the possibility of an immediate effect of
pollen and they attempted to explain what they saw as the
result of previous hybridization.

Origin of the Name.

The word xenia, (Gr. xenios), means hospitality. When in
1881, FoCKE (2) first named the influence of foreign pollen, he
evidently had in mind only the genial, (or xenial), relations
existing between guest and host and in his own words, regarded
this variation from the normal form as a present from the p)lant
given pollen to the one taking it (Gastesbeschenk). He did
not limit the extent of the influence to any special tissue or
part of the plant, so we find him passing without an effort from
xenia in maize, an actual case, to an effect in peas in which
the seed coat and even the pod color is involved. He likewise
applies the name xenia to a darkening observed in grapes,
when pollen from a dark variety was transferred to a variety
of lighter color. Presumably, in this case it is the pericarp
that is to be understood. If the pericarp is meant the example
cannot be properly classed as xenia, as will be shown later.
In peas, vetches and lilies mentioned in his writings as illus-
trations of xenia the variations are more than likely due to a
previous cross fertilization and hybridity rather than to any
immediate effect of the pollen, and Focke himself so additted
by taking the precaution to state that he was not sure that
these citations were after all, xenia.

It is worth while noting that previous hybridity had always
been the stumbling block in the paths of those whose efforts
were directed towards demonstrating the existence of xenia,
and it was to disprove allegations of hybridity, I mean hybridity
resulting from a cross fertilization taking place at some unknown
time in the past, that a number of the early experiments were

June, 11)1 < J Xenia FoUounng Fertilization 275

planned, especially those of Vilmorin and of Hildebr.\ndt in
1867, and of Kornicke (3) in 1872.

Kornicke's investigations are of exceptional interest inas-
much as he concluded that the influence of the pollen is immedi-
ately apparent in those races of maize in which the color is in
the aleurone layer. Likewise that the effect of xenia does not
pass out of the endosperm or appear in any other part of the
seed. He went a step further, offering objection to Hilde-
brandt's work on the grounds that the color in the races used
by HiLDEBRANDT was located in the pericarp and therefore
could not appear as the immediate effect of the pollen.

It is plain, therefore, that nearly ten years before the term
xenia was proposed, the need of limiting it to a definite expres-
sion occuring in a definite tissue was felt. And even though
Focke's interpretation admitted of a wide range of examples
and rather indefinite ideas of the nature of this influence, maize
became the medium used for the experimental demonstration
of xenia, partly due to the fact that the results were easily
secured, and partly because those obtained for maize were
beyond dispute. This should be remembered in connection
with the more modern investigations in endosperm formation
and the discovery of triple or multiple fusion.

In 1899 both De Vries (4) and Correns (5) published papers
on xenia. De Vries, who used a pure strain of sweet corn onto
which he crossed pollen from a strain of starch corn showed
that the kernels exhibiting xenia proved to be true hybrids
when grown the second year. In other words, since he was
sure that hybridization had not taken place in the races he
was using, xenia served as an indicator to separate those seeds
which when planted would produce hybrid plants from those
which would produce the original pure strain. Correns
concluded that the influence of the foreign pollen is limited to
the endosperm, affecting only the color or the composition
of the reserve food materials.

Xenia and Triple Fusion.

On August 24, 1898 Nawaschin (6) reported for the first
time before the Russian Society of Naturalists the triple fusion
which takes place between the two polar nuclei and the second
sperm. This one finds occasionally referred to as "double
fertilization," though this name is open to serious objection

276 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

since double fertilization properly describes eggs fertilized by
two sperms. In triple fusion the fusion has nothing to do
with the fusion of the egg and the sperm, but bodies outside
the egg fuse with another sperm. Shortly after Nawaschin's
paper was read, Guignard (7) published a complete description
of triple fusion with a number of figures announcing that the
process is common throughout the angiosperms generally
instead of being limited to the Liliacese, as was first supposed.
The year before this significant morphological evidence was
made known, Correns in the paper above referred to, drew the
inference that triple fusion possibly was the means of explaining
xenia, though no detailed researches on the development
of the endosperm had been undertaken. The relation between
triple fusion and endosperm formation also was suggested.
It remained for Guignard (8) in 1901 to clear up all doubt as to
the occurrence of the same process in maize as takes place in the
formation of endosperms of other angiosperms. In a number of
different species Merrel, Land, Coulter and others have
demonstrated that triple fusion is general among the angio-
sperms, the typical case being where two polars, one micropylar
and the other antipodal, of the female gametophyte, fuse to
form the definitive nucleus. It is with this nucleus that the
second male cell from the pollen tube unites.

As soon as it became certain that there is a triple fusion
in the formation of the endosperm, xenia was no longer a mystery
but is now regarded as an occurrence as normal as seed formation
itself. The writer (9) pointed out somewhere else that it is a
simple matter to demonstrate xenia experimentally in definite
areas on an ear of corn as desired, and was able to produce an
ear, a photograph of which appears in the paper referred to, on
which about one-fourth of the grains appeared blue, while the
grains in near by rows were pure white. This was done by
careful manipulation of the silks and the application of pollen
from a race of contrasting color in the aleurone layer. The
value of this experiment is twofold, for it establishes the
fact that the variation is due to an effect of the pollen, since only
those grains within that area in which it was desired to produce
the color appeared blue, and second, because the occurrence was
in harmony with the expectation it was explainable as the
normal result of the chromosome mechanism. What is this
mechanism that causes xenia? In the processes preceding

June, 191/] Xenia Following Fertilization 277

fertilization in the angiosperms the pollen tube discharges its
contents of the two male cells into the embryo sac. One of
these cells reaches the egg cell and by fusing with it completes
fertilization. Rapid divisions take place in the fertilized egg
and the embryo is formed. In order for the endosperm to be
formed, the second male nucleus must enter into a fusion also
and with the definitive nucleus which has arisen as the result
of the fusion of the polar nuclei. Hence the name triple fusion
apth^ describes this union.

Xenia and Xeniophyte Tissue.

The resulting endosperm is therefore a unique tissue in the
Plant Kingdom. Since it is a fusion product, as is the embryo,
it must contain more than the haploid (x, or gametophytic) ,
number of chromosomes. On the other hand, although formed
similarly to the sporophyte, it contains more than the 2x or
diploid number. Since the definitive nucleus is made up of
two polar nuclei, each containing a full set of chromosomes and
another set is brought in by the male cell, the endosperm must
have at least 3x, or a triploid number of chromosomes. How-
ever, the number is not necessarily limited to three, for in some
cases adjacent cells start fusing with the polars before the male
cell joins in the fusion. Because of its unparalleled origin, the
endosperm is different from the sporophyte and yet, unlike
the so-called "endosperm" of gymnosperms, is not female
gametophyte. So Trelease (10) has named this tissue,
which he characterizes as "neglected," the xeniophyte, for
it is here and here only that xenia will be expressed if it is to
appear.

The formation of the xeniophyte is so closely associated
with the formation of the sporophyte, that one would expect
to find them closely related to one another in the plant's life
processes. This is actually the condition. They are side by
side in the seed and in sprouting the growing embryo parasiti-
cally consumes the reserve store of food materials of w^hich the
xeniophyte is composed. As far as the heredity is concerned,
this use which the plant is able to make of the stored food
materials of the endosperm disposes of the nx chromosome
number of the xeniophyte tissue, and together with that any
irregularities in the expression of the contained chromosomes.

278 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Immediate Effect of the Pollen Limited to the

Endosperm.

In view of the special mechanism operative in endosperm
formation, xenia has come to hold a limited meaning, a restric-
tion in meaning that was pointed out by one far-sighted
botanist at least ten years before the word came into print.
Certainly then, there should be no confusion in the significance
of the term with the morphological evidence as clear as we now
have it, nor is there any excuse for carrying the name of a
perfectly definite and limited effect over into another field
where the effects are from undetermined causes. But modern
textbooks are by no means clear on the subject, and even
Coulter (11) makes a statement that is so ambiguous that it
might entirely prevent one who did not already know from
finding out what xenia in corn is, instead of being able to
demonstrate it to his own satisfaction. The statement reads:
"For example, when a race of white or yellow corn is crossed
with pollen from a race of red corn, many of the resulting
kernels are red or mottled." By red corn those varieties
with red in the pericarp only are generally understood, since
corn with red pericarp is commonly enough grown as field
corn, and white corn crossed with pollen from this would not
have a red or mottled appearance. Doubtless this is one of
those small, ludicrous mistakes from which no first editions
are free; there are strains of corn with reddish endosperm,
no doubt, but they are not common nor would they first come
to mind wlien "red corn" is spoken of. If the author had
said blue or purple, instead of red, or colorless and colored
endosperm, there could have been no misinterpretation of his
meaning.

In addition to ambiguity as in the above instance, the term
xenia suffers from many misuses that likewise render its meaning
obscure. What is referred to here is the abuse of the word
by classing as xenia influences that follow fertilization, but are
not brought about by the introduction of new hereditary
factors into that tissue in which the variation appears. In
none of the examples that are to be cited as having been wrong-
fully called xenia is there a triple fusion in which the second
male nucleus from the foreign pollen adds something to the
fusion which causes a difference in the expression.

June. 191 7| Xenia Following Fertilization 279

The Nature of Some Effects Following
Fertilization.

Some of the examples that have recently been brought to
the writer's attention are: 1. The common folklore of farmers
that watermelons pollinated by pumpkin pollen have a lower
sugar content. This matter has also been made the subject
of investigation recently. 2. A report by Daniel (12) of a
walnut containing a hazel nut kernel. 3. A change in the
sugar content of dates due to pollination. 4. A change in
the color of the shell of fowl's eggs due to the influence of the
male bird.

While some of these influences are not yet fully recognized,
the author will not attempt here to confirm or deny the existence
or non-existence of any of them. But since they are being
pushed forward for discussion, those who are interested in
them should insist that they be discussed in proper terms
and not confuse them with another effect the nature of which
is just beginning to be understood, and the term used to describe
this effect just acquiring a distinct, comprehendable meaning.

In the case of the cucurbits, the date and a number of
similar examples there is an effect occurring in the fleshy
pericarp at a greater or less distance from the region of fertiliza-
tion. Focke's observations on grapes belong under this head.
Now that we know the facts about triple fusion it is obvious
that this effect cannot be xenia. Although it follows fertilization
it is not so closely connected with it that it is possible for
determiners brought in by the pollen to be expressing them-
selves. The pollen cannot produce an effect in the pericarp for
the determiners expressing themselves in the pericarp belong
to the preceding sporophyte generation. Exactly what causes
the change is not known, but one might postulate a specific
chemical reaction following a specific pollination.

This is a very different thing from xenia. In xenia there
is merely the expected expression of determiners capable of
expressing themselves in the endosperm. There is nothing
strange about it, except that they are appearing in a new
place, that is in a race or variety in which they had not previously
made an appearance. If any xenia occurred in dates or water-
melons it would have to be inside the seeds, not in the fleshy
pericarp.

280 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

In the paper by Daniel the supposed hybrid, indicating
its hybridity in xenia, is planted and sprouts. At the critical
point, one reads " malhereusement le jardinier, " etc., etc.
But there is no need to know what misfortunes befell the luck-
less gardener. Xenia could not occur in this case because
neither the walnut nor the hazelnut kernel contain any endo-
sperm. This case has a superficial resemblance to xenia, but
is simply the inheritance of dominant characters in a hybrid, if
indeed a hybrid kernel was really formed. It is like a cross
between yellow and green peas in which the color of the coty-
ledons (embryo tissue) shows through the pericarp.

An anonymous discussion of the effect of the male bird on
the color of the shell of the eggs of fowls and of canaries is to be
found in the May, 1915, number of the Journal of Heredity.
This discussion is interesting and no objection would be made
"to it if the wording of the title were similar to that suggested
'above. But with xenia dependent upon triple fusion for its
occurrence, calling any influence of the male bird, however
remarkable, by the name of xenia is unthinkable.

Many plants, if no pollination takes place, develop a cleavage
plane which cuts off not only the old flower, but frequently a
portion of the stem also to a considerable distance away from
the region of the fertilization. If pollination is successful, no
abscission layer forms. The life processes continue in the
stem which remains thick and green and capable of bearing
the weight of the fruit. One is compelled to consider therefore,
that the inheritance of the ability to form a cleavage plane
is inhibited by the developing zygote. There is an increasing
metabolism following fertilization. The ability to cut off one
portion of the plant from the rest is an older adaptation of the
individual plant than the ability to form fruits. It is resident
in the vegetative parts of the plant ; it is to be found in the lowest
orders. In apples and pears and many common fruits if
pollination is only partially instead of completely successful and
well formed seeds are not distributed evenly around the fruit,
there is a tendency towards flattening on the side where the
pollination was faulty. The writer will gladly show the
development of the cleavage plane as exhibited by the common
morning glory, Ipomoea purpurea, to anyone interested.
The examples were obtained by removing the styles from
unopened flowers. The flowers opened normally and remained

June, 1917] Xe?tia Following Fertilization 281

open as usual for several hours. In from five to seven days
after the time that fertilization would normally have taken
place, the floral organs and all of the floral stem to within a
few millimeters of the main stem of the plant dropped off.
The same plant was kept growing in the greenhouse for more
than a year during which time no flowers whose development
was not interfered with in the manner so described, were
observed to drop off. In the Chinese hibiscus, Hibiscus rosa-
sinensis, a fruit that was forming apparently normally suddenly
dropped off. Upon examination it was found to have seeds
developing in only one locule, due to imperfect pollination.
The conclusion seems warranted that the influence from the
developing zygotes was not strong enough to inhibit the forma-
tion of the cleavage plane which cut off the stem about 1 cm.
below the flower. It is not to be inferred that the writer
believes that the developing zygote is the only influence to
inhibit the formation of an abscission layer or that the lack
of proper pollination the only cause of its appearance. The
question is bound up with the plant's general metabolic pro-
cesses, especially that of food storage.

Hume (13) found that pollination or the lack of it brought
about a change in the color and texture of the fleshy material
of the fruit of Diospyros kaki, the Japanese persimmon. When
the seeds were evenly distributed the flesh was uniformly
dark colored, but when the seeds were not evenly distributed
the fruit contained both light colored astringent flesh and dark
colored edible flesh. "The dark flesh particularly when it
softens and becomes somewhat juicy, has a sort of gritty con-
sistency due to the presence of short well developed fibers,
while the light flesh lacks these and is smooth to the palate."
Clearly then, here is an influence due to an increasing metabolism
following fertilization. The effect appears in the carpellate
tissue outside the region of fertilization.

Just as fertilization is not the only influence leading up to
cleavage plane formation, so the developing zygote is not the
only cause of the coagulation of the emulsion colloid with which
the tannin is associated, or in other words, of ripening of these
fruits. Lloyd (14) has observed that the entire fruit can
become non-astringent while still green and on the other hand
that some seedless fruits lost their astringency. The accumu-
lation of carbon dioxide in the tissues influences non-astringency

282 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

by hastening coagulation. Killing the tissues also causes
softening. But while these explanations may be partially
independent of seed production they are not completely so since
the rate of the process of becoming non-astringent is greatly
hastened in the region of a large growing seed.

Another example that is more striking in certain ways, is
set forth in an interesting paper by Close (15) on the immediate
effect of cross pollination in apples. As a result of a certain
cross he obtained a difference in the outline of the fruit and a
brighter red color. "Even the fruit stems showed a variation,
for out of 25 fruits taken at random from the general group,
19 had fleshy stems. Of the 23 crosses one had a fleshy stem,
two slightly fleshy stems and the rest were slender." This
experimental work has not, in the writer's knowledge been
repeated, nor have checks been made by other observers whose
results serve as a comparison with these just quoted, there is
no reason to doubt this evidence though the data are meager.
The point to be borne in mind is that these are influences
removed some distance from the region of fertilization and not
expressed as the result of any hereditary factors brought in
by a male cell. That at once classes them apart from xenia.

How Are These Influences to be Described?

The writer proposes ectogony, (Gr., ectos, outside + o-gony,
the fertilization product), as a convenient word for properly
describing those influences which follow fertilization but are
remote from it. Ectogony covers a whole field of influences
that are the result of an increasing metabolism, or the effect of
some chemical substance, or the response to some influence
other than that brought in by hereditary factors. It would not
be limited as xenia has necessarily been shown to be in the light
of morphological researches, to an effect appearing only in
triple fusion endosperm tissue.

There is a sharp contrast in thought between ectogony and
telegony, a word derived from the same roots. Ectogony deals
with real influences though scarcely intimate ones following
fertilization. Telegony means the alleged influence of a father
on offspring, subsequent to his own. No cases of telegony
are known to exist, or to have ever existed, for in order for the
thing to be possible, the father, or the growing embryo begotten
by him would have to bring about a change in the unfertilized

June, 11)1 <j Xenia Folloiving Fertilization 283

eggs, or in the uterus of the mother which would in turn affect
the eggs, so that even after these eggs were fertilized from
another father there would still remain some influence of the
previous one.

In ectogony a change takes place outside the region of
fertilization as a result of a new influence produced by the devel-
oping zygote. In xenia, on the other hand, a change that is
more apparent than real is produced, since the new heredity
introduced by the male nucleus consists of determiners that
must express themselves in the same way that they would
in the race to which they are native. There is nothing different
from the normal, nothing unusual actually taking place in
xenia, simply old determiners in a new place offer a surprise.

Xenia can frequently be successfully employed to separate
cross pollinated from close fertilized kernels in maize, as the
writer (16) recently indicated, and its practical advantages
from the geneticist's standpoint are far reaching. The whole
subject, however is practically unexamined by investigators
to date and offers an inviting field in which much good work
can be done.

Apart from the usefulness of xenia and apart from general
interest in it as a fit subject for future investigation, the signifi-
cance of the word has been brought into the widest botanical
consideration by the introduction of the term xeniophyte.
This reason is, per se, sufficient for retaining the meaning of
xenia in its strict definiteness. If a distinction among influences
following fertilization is to be made at all, the place to begin
classifying the different effects is where the morphological
evidence shows that a natural separation exists.

The opportunity is welcomed to make public acknowledg-
ment of the gratitude felt toward Professor John H. Schaffner,
of the Ohio State University, for helpful criticism and guidance
during and before the time that the above paper was in
preparation.

Summary.

Xenia is a phenomenon limited to the endosperm of
angiosperms.

The xeniophyte, like the sporophyte, is a product of fusion.
In the latter the egg nucleus and one male nucleus fuse; in the
former there is fusion between the second male nucleus and the

284

The Ohio Joiifnal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

definitive nucleus. The definitive nucleus is formed by the
fusion of two nuclei from opposite poles of the female game-
tophyte. The fusion nuclei appear following three successive
divisions of the megaspore nucleus, during which the egg is
differentiated.

Ectogony is suggested as a necessary word to describe
those influences which are due to the developing zygote. In
xenia the variation appears as the direct result of the introduc-
tion of hereditary factors.

1907. (15

1899. (5

1910. (11

1916. (12

1899. (4

1881. (2

1899. (7

1901. (8

1913. (13

1872. (3

1916. (14

1899. (6

1916. (10

1911. (1

1916. (9

1917. (16

Literature Cited.

Close, C. P. Immediate effect of cross pollination in apples. Proc.

Soc. Hort. Sci., p. 47.
CoRRENS, C. Untersuchungen uber die Xenien bei Zea mays. Ber.

Deutsch. Bot. Gesel. 17:410.
Coulter, J. M. (Barnes and Cowles). A textbook of botany. Vol.

1, p. 271.
Daniel, L. Sur un fruit de noyer contenant une amande de coudrier.

Rev. Gen. Bot. 325:1.
De Vries, Hugo. Sur le fecondation hvbride de I'albumen. Compt.

Rend. d. I'Acad. Sci. 120:973.
FocKE, Wilhelm Obers. Die Pflanzen Mischlinge. pp. 511-517.
GuiGXARD, L. Sur les antherozoides et la double copulation sexuelle

chez les vegetaux angiosperms. Compt. Rend. 128:869.
GuiGXARD, L. La double fecondation dans le mais. Jour. d. Bot.

15:1.
Hume, H. H. The effect of pollination on the fruit of Diospyros kaki.

Proc. Soc. Hort. Sci. p. 88.
KoRNiCKE, Friedr. Vorlaufige Mittheikmgen uber den Mais.

Sitzungsber. Nieder. Gesel. Nat. und Heilkunde in Bonn. pp. 63-72.
Lloyd, F. E. The red colour of the mesocarp of seeded frttits in the

persimmon.
Nawaschin, S. Resultate eines Revision des Befruchtungsvorgange

bei Lilium martagon und Fritillaria tenella. Bot. Centralb. 77:62.
T RELEASE, Wm. Two new terms, cormophy taster and xeniophyte

axiomatically fundamental in botany. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 53:3.
Von Rumker, Carl. Etude sur le coloris chez le seigle. Proc.

Int. Genet. Conf. 332-335.
W.\LLER, A. E. Xenia in maize. Am. Bot. 22:2.
W.^LLER, A. E. A method for determining the percentage of self

pollination in maize. Journ. Am. Soc. Agron. 9:1.

SOME WINTER OBSERVATIONS OF MUSCID FLIES.*

AIax Kisluk, Jk.

If the hibernation of the house-fly (Musca domestica L.)
and the other disease disseminators of the same family
(Muscidae) could be prevented, the early spring and summer
generations would be controlled. Although these flies are the
most common domestic pests the economic importance of a
thorough study of their hibernation stages was but recently
recognized. It seems that in the past too much had been
assumed without actually experimenting to prove the assump-
tion. With the knowledge of several diverging theories in
mind, the author began a study of the hibernating stages
of 'Musca domestica L. at College Park, Maryland, 1914-15,
under the direction of Prof. E. N. Cory, Maryland State
College, and continued, 1916-17, at Columbus, Ohio, under
the direction of Prof. Jas. S. Hine, Ohio State University.
(Dr. Gary deN. Hough's keys w^ere utilized in determining the
species herein discussed).

In order to find out experimentally, how long adults of the
house fly would live confined in cages under otherwise natural
winter conditions, tests extending throughout the winter were
conducted in a large screen insectary and in an unheated stable
at College Park, Maryland. The flies which were used in the
above experiments were confined in rectangular wire cages
(breeding cages — 12 x 12 x 24 inches), which had a hole 6 inches
in diameter in the upper half of one of the long sides. This
opening was protected by a black-cloth sleeve and was used as a
convenient method for admitting or replacing adults, food
and manure. The adults were fed with fresh milk, which was
daily supplied them in small dishes, packed with absorbent
cotton. Fresh manure was also placed daily in a small flat
dish in each cage as a medium in which eggs might be deposited.
When one lot of adults died they were removed and a new lot
installed. The new lots of flies were bred out in the greenhouse
as will be described elsewhere in this paper.

These experiments show the greatest longevity of the adult
to be 44 days (December 12, 1914-January 29, 1915), extreme
temperatures 15° -63°, mean 45°, in the unheated stable

♦Extract from a thesis written as part requiremental for a master's degree
at Ohio State University.

28.S

286 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

and but 30 days (December 16, 1914-February 2, 1915) extreme
temperature 13°-62°, mean 30°, in the insectary. Eggs were
not deposited in the insectary until April 20, while in the stable
they were noted on May 6th. These trials therefore show that
the adults died under modified winter conditions after a short
exposure.

These experimental results colaborate those obtained by
Dr. F. C. Bishopp (1915), "Notes on Certain Points of Economic
Importance in the Biology of the House-fly, " who concludes
that, "flies which are not kept cold enough to become inactive
will either deposit if the temperature is sufficiently high or die
comparatively soon." The climatical conditions in Texas
are different from those in Maryland and Ohio. This point of
varience from Dr. F. C. Bishopp's conditions was well expressed
in his remarks that ' ' oviposition was observed to occur on warm
days in midwinter at Dallas, Texas, January 14, and at Valde,
Texas, on February 5, 1914. Depositions may be expected at
these latitudes on mild bright days in winter, especially if
these are preceded by a few days of mild weather. During
cool weather adults seem to choose places for deposition where
the sun is bright and the wind is cut off."

At Columbus, Ohio, several student boarding houses and
private houses were examined from roof to basement once a
w^eek throughout the winter of 1916-17. A search for flies
was also made in the vicinity of the garbage cans of these
stations. On December 17, 1916, a total of 7 males and 5
females of Musca domestica L. was collected in the kitchen.
Then no adults were observed nor collected until a comparatively
warm period about January 10, which brought 1 male and 2
females to the dining room of a private home and on January
28, two males were swept in slow flight from a gas pipe near
the ceiling of a kitchen. At the latter station (a boarding club)
no extra precautions were taken to screen food products.
As a check, however, upon such careless conditions, a private
home where every possible precaution was taken, such as
screening and covering fly-attractive substances, was examined
weekly. The latter station revealed two female Musca domestica
on November 5, 1916, as the last collected up to the present
writing, April 5th. Musca domestica was observed in flight in
a restaurant, March 10, 1916. Therefore from January 28th to
March 10th no adult houseflies were observed in dwelling houses.

June, 1917] Winter Observations of Muscid Flies 287

Sufficient artificial heat and the presence of breeding media,
however, will result in different observations. Thus in Colum-
bus, Ohio, Musca domestica was found in all stages, egg,
larva, pupa and adult, all winter in the favored environment
prevailing in an animal house where the temperature was
regulated to 70°. Similar conditions were found in the green-
house-insectary, where flies were bred from fish, meat and
manures. At the Columbus Garbage Disposal Plant these
flies were common during the winter, breeding in the thick
moist drippings from the vats. In the winter 1914-15, from
December 7th to May 21st, the author succeeded in producing
6 generations of houseflies from horse manure in a greenhouse
at College Park, Maryland.

Manure piles were also investigated for the immature
stages. Significant observations were obtained in Maryland.
Large masses of puparia were taken from the north-east corner
of a maggot trap containing horse manure on the 2nd and lOth
of December, 1914, and on the 13th of January, 1915, then again
from the south side of the same pile on the 13th of May, 1915.
Some advantageous effect produced by the trap prevented the
rearing of adults from these puparia. Probably draining the
pile, thus loosening it, retards heating by fermentation, allows
abundance of ventilation and the corresponding decrease in
temperature of the pile. Furthermore, an examination of the
puparia still in the pile in the spring revealed no emptied
pupae shells from normal emergence. The revealing of so many
puparia on the manure pile on the trap from very early winter
and then throughout the winter apparently indicates that under
natural conditions the housefly hibernates as pup«. At
Columbus, however, several scattered batches of eggs were
found but these did not hatch when placed in the insectary.
Maggots of the housefly were not taken in these situations this
winter. Puparia, however, were collected January 6th in
guinea-pig manure pile containing rabbit and pig carcasses
on west side of Animal House. They w^ere brought into the
laboratory where a male Musca domestica L. emerged the next
day. A very large mass of puparia was found February 26,
1917, about 2 inches above the surface of the ground and about
2 feet within the southwest edge of a pile of sheep manure. This
manure was undisturbed all winter, except for the addition of
cleanings from the sheep sheds. This mass of puparia was

288 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

placed in a breeding box in the insectary where one male Musca
domestica L. emerged March 10th, 1917 (13 days after isolation),
another male March 11, 1917 (14 days) and two females on
March 12th (15 days). These evidently spent most of the
winter in this resting stage. The remaining puparia of this
mass revealed a large percentage empty and showing the
evidence of emerged parasites. Of 615 housefly puparia
(identified by the structures of the posterior stigmal plates as
seen under the binocular) 196 were so injured that I could not
tell what had emerged from them. Of the more perfect 419
puparia, 385 or 91.8% had small holes characteristic of para-
sitized pupae and 34 or 8.1% had the normal T breaks at the
anterior end.

Briefly, then the above hibernating experiments and observa-
tions with Musca domestica L. may be summarized for Mary-
land and Ohio as follows:

1. All stages may be obtained in rare conditions of artificial
heat and breeding media.

2. Under natural conditions neither eggs nor maggots were
found alive in the normally perferred situations, although
the maggots will probably be found in early winter.

3. The adults did not live more than 44 days (experi-
mentally) nor were they collected during the winter proper in
houses where it was formerly supposed they were hiding.

4. The few samples of puparia taken from their preferred
environment in midwinter (February 26th, 1917) at Columbus
and then their successful emergence March 10th to 12th under
artificially heated conditions, in spite of the large number
affected by fall parasites, apparently indicates that under
natural conditions the housefly (Musca domestica L.) hiber-
nates as pup^.

The winter of 1916-17 afforded an unusually good oppor-
tunity to study hibernating conditions because the temperature
seemed to lower gradually at first and the cold part of the season
was not interrupted very frequently by unusual warm periods.
However, such interruption did occur about the 6th of January
and again on the 26th of February.

Lucilia sericata Meig.
The common greenbottle was collected outside on the 7th
of November, 1916, and was not taken again until the 24th of
March, 1917.

June, 1917J Winter Observations of Muscid Flies 289

In the presence of artificial heat and breeding media Lucilia
scricata in addition to Musca domestica was collected in all
stages in the insectary all winter. On the 25th of February,
19 1(), two males and one female were placed in a breeding cage
(of the type previously described) over some banana and
fresh beef. This female deposited 4 masses of eggs before she
died — one on the 3rd of March, 1916, containing 163 eggs (by
actual count) another on the 6th of March, containing 232 eggs
(by actual count) another on the 9th of March, containing
119 eggs (by actual count) and another on the 14th of March,
containing 200 eggs by estimate. Thus in early spring a female
of unknown age produced 714 eggs within a period of 7 days.
A female emerging March 22nd from this first mass of eggs was
placed in a cage with 3 of her brothers under conditions similar
to that of their parent. On the 7th day after her emergence
this female produced her first batch of eggs.

On the 15th of October, 1916, a fish head literally covered
with muscid eggs was taken from a garbage can at one of the
boarding-house stations and placed in a battery jar over an inch
layer of moist sand. In the insectary most of the eggs hatched
within 24 hours and shortly afterward, on the 17th of October,
the fish head became insufficient, therefore necessitating more
food. The maggots became so numerous within the jar, which
was covered with a glass plate, that they formed a horizontal
layer, standing on their heads, so that on looking down upon
the mass one could see a wave of wriggling, crowding, pushing
posterior ends. Still more fish was provided for them and when
this could not be obtained soon enough, they began feeding upon
one another. Many empty skins were found punctured with
holes made by the greedy survivors who then proceeded to
pump the body fluids from their companions.

Just as soon as these maggots pupated they were placed
over moist sand in vials (1 inch in diameter by 3 inches tall) and
covered with a tight cotton plug. These vials were placed
in a rack about 10 inches from a south window (shaded from
southwest by the front of the building) of the laboratory
where the room temperature averaged 70° all winter. Most
of the maggots pupated 15 days after hatching. Others appear-
ing to be in a pre-pupal stage were placed in vials November
1st. Of this latter lot, some pupated in 64 days, others 81 days
and still some in 101 days after hatching. The pupal period

290 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

of these persisting maggots was 27; 4-?, 15 and 16 days
respectively, thereby completing the developmental or im-
mature stage as follows :

One male on 11th November, 1916 — 27 days; one female 16th
of November — 32 days; one male on 15th January, 1917 — 92
days; one female 9th of February — 117 days; one male on 10th
of February — 118 days.

The variation of from 17 to 101 days in the maggot stage,
and this under conditions which ordinarily hastens their
development is particularly noteworthy.

Maggots of this species were taken November 10, 1916,
from the sheep manure pile, previously described. These
pupated in vials 3 days later and were placed in the laboratory
where they remained until February 28th, 1917, where 1 male
appeared after resting in puparia 107 days.

Maggots were again taken from this same manure pile on
January 6th, 1917. These pupated in vials in the laboratory
11, 17 and 19 days later and brought forth adults in 11, 15 and
16 days respectively — these emerging from January 28th to
February 10th.

vSome of the sheep manure taken January 6th was placed
in a breeding box in the cool chamber of the insectary. This
chamber became very hot, however, on sunny days. Adults
appeared in this box from 49 to 64 days after, thus emerging
from the 24th of February to the 10th of March.

Lucilia sericata Meig. was also bred from maggots found on a
dead sparrow in the autumn, from decaying cantaloupe and
from guinea-pig manure.

The above data points to the larval and pupal stages as
the hibernating condition for Lucilia sericata Meig.

Lucilia caesar L.

This species does not seem to be as common in the vicinity
of Columbus as does the sericata. Maggots, however, were taken
on the 27th of October, from the guinea-pig manure pile,
containing carcasses. One pupated in a vial in the laboratory
on the 10th of March (135 da3i^s after its removal from its
habitat). The male emerging 10 days afterward or on March
20, 1917. This remarkable period of m.ore than one-third of a
year in the immature stages of this fly is comparable with that
of the L. sericata just described.

June, 1917] Winter Observations of Muscid Flies 291

Maggots of L. caesar were again taken from guinea-pig
manure on January G, 1917, producing adults from 20 to 32
days later. From this it is suggested that L. caesar may
spend the winter in the larval stage.

Lucilia sylvarum Meig.

This species seems to occur still less frequently than the
others. A maggot of this form, however, was taken from the
guinea-pig manure pile containing carcasses on the 27th of
October and was placed in a vial in the laboratory where it
pupated 88 days later. The male emerged 33 days after this,
thereby requiring a developmental period of more than 121 days.

Phormia regina Meig.

The king of blow^fiies was taken on the 12th of November,
191G, near a garbage can at one of the stations and was not
collected again until the 24th of March, 1917, when it was
trapped with meat bait.

Among the masses of eggs taken October loth, 1915, on
the fish head described with Lucilia sericata there were also eggs
of Phormia regina. Pre-pupal maggots were transferred from
the battery jar in which they were fed, to the breeding vials
in the laboratory where they pupated in 15 to 45 days after
hatching. The pupal period was brief, extending from 2 to 7
days, adults issuing from November 7th, 1916 (23 days from
egg) to December 8, 1916 (54 days from egg). Some of these
fresh adults were placed over banana and fish in a breeding
cage in the insectary. No eggs were produced. Four males
and three females emerged and were immediateh^ transferred
to the cages on the 5th of December. In four days 1 male and
1 female were found dead, in five days another pair and still
another pair in six days. The remaining male died in eleven
days, or December 16, 1916.

A similar longevity test was made with 3 males and 6 females
emerging on the 7th of December. One female died in 2 days,
another in 3 days, a pair in 4 days, 1 male and 3 females in 5
days and the remaining male on the 10th day.

A peculiar phenom.ena in the manner of emergence was
observed at this time. Similar conditions, however, were
observed when working with puparia of Musca domestica,
Lucilia sericata and Sarcophaga sarracenia^. Apparently an

292 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

insect became reversed in some way, so that when the anterior
end of the puparum was pushed off the apex of the abdomen
was revealed instead of the head. These flies invariably died
in this condition. Although only a small number behaved in
this way, it may have some significance in nature.

As for the hibernation of this species the dates of collection
give partial evidence in favor of the immature stages.

Calliphora erythrocephala Meig.

The large bluebottle was taken in the insectary until the
8th of December, 1916, collected outside on the south and west
walls of the animal house during a brief warm period on the
6th of January and again in a meat trap on the 31st of March.
Among those taken on the 6th of January there was one whose
wings were not quite entirely expanded and its ptilinum still
extended. On the 8th of December, 1916, eggs of this species
were taken in the insectary from the cloth sleeve of a breeding
box containing fish. These hatched the next day after their
transfer to the fish, December 9th. Adults emerged in the
insectary from 26 to 28 days (Jan. 5, 1917) later.

A puparium taken on the 6th of January, 1917, from the
guinea pig manure pile containing carcasses was transferred
to a breeding vial in the laboratory where a female emerged in
38 days (Feb. 13, 1917).

A maggot taken on the 6th of January from wet earth
2 inches deep and 13^ feet southwest of the sheep manure pile
produced an adult female in 24 days (February 24, 1917).

The adult distribution and the occurrence of the living
maggots and puparia indicate the immature stages as the
hibernating forms.

Calliphora vomitoria. L.

This bluebottle was not found as adult in early winter, but
was collected in a meat trap on the 31st of March, 1917. On
January 31st, 1917, in the earth l^^ feet southwest of sheep
manure pile a maggot of this species was taken, then placed
in a breeding vial in the laboratory where an adult female
emerged on the 24th of February.

As for hibernation then this species resembles the Calliphora
previously noted.

June, 1917] Winter Observations of Muscid Flies 293

Calliphora viridescens Desv.
This species was not found in the late autumn, but freshly
emerged specimens were taken in a meat trap on the 26th of
March.

Cynomyia cadaverina Desv.

This was among the first flies to appear this spring. It was
taken in the insectary on the 25th of February and outside on
the 20th of March, over decaying rabbit. The latest autumn
occurrence for this species in Columbus was on the 13th of
November, 191(3.

Maggots taken on the 31st of January, 1917, from the earth
1^ feet from sheep manure pile were transferred to breeding
vials in the laboratory, where they pupated 4 days later (Feb-
ruary 4th) and an adult female issued from these on the 24th of
February.

The immature stage again seems to be the hibernating
condition.

Among the muscids collected early this spring and indicating
fresh emergence, as indicated by their clean, perfect condition
and comparatively soft chitin are Muscina stabulans Fall
(March 20th), Pseudopyrellia cornicina Fabr. (March 24) and
PoUeiiia rudis Fabr.

Pollenia rudis Fabr.
The cluster fl}^ was found occurring as adults every now and
then throughout the winter. About 55 were taken December
4th, 1916, in the lock round-house at the Columbus Sewage
Disposal Plant. These flies were transferred alive to a breeding
cage in the cool chamber of the insectary. During sunny days
this chamber recorded from over 100 at noon to about 20 at
night. In the extreme temperatures thus provided, they were
quite active during sunlight, while toward evening they grad-
ually closed in towards a protected corner of the cage, where
they clustered until the sunshine warmed the atmosphere
again. They were given banana as food and a layer of wet
clay for possible oviposition. As soon as the females died
their ovaries w^ere examined for the condition of development.
These ovaries were immature, almost negligible until the last
female died on the 7th of March. Here the ova were about the
size of a normal egg of Musca domestica. All the ova in this
fly appeared to be about the same size. The longevity ranged
to more than 94 days.

294 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Cluster flies were also collected outside on the 8th and 17th
of December, in the old biology building on the 10th of January,
in a bath room January 19th, and again at the Columbus
Sewage Disposal Plant, March 3, 1917. They were collected
quite abundantly outside during a warm period on March 20th.
These early specimens, however, appeared to be freshly emerged
for their thoraces glistened with the full supply of golden hairs.
In older specimens these become broken so that only a small
bunch of them remain on the pleura.

Some of these cluster flies caught in traps March 21st and
others swept from the west wall of the Domestic Science
Building, were placed in a breeding cage over banana and a
layer of wet clay, a method previously used by Hutchison.
Single eggs were found scattered on the clay on March 24th, but
these did not hatch. They were placed in petri dishes on a
moistened strip of blotting paper where they were enclosed
with a living green earthworm {Allolobophora chlorotica),
which has been reported as its host. The angleworm was
found in the truck garden near the surface in spring and
summer, but often 2 to 3 feet under the surface in winter.
These worms were brought in from the garden occasionally
in the winter and examined under the binocular, but no parasites
were observed.

On the 31st of October, 1916, puparia of Pollenia rudis were
taken in the truck garden at a depth of 2 to 6 inches. These
were placed in breeding vials in the laboratory where one female
emerged on the 1st and a male on the 11th of November.

There is plenty of evidence that Pollenia rudis hibernates
as adult, although the apparent appearance of fresh spring
specimens suggests that it hibernates in the immature stages
also.

CONCLUSION.

It has been recommended repeatedly that the adults of flies
be killed in early spring in order to reduce the numbers of later
generations, but from the evidence brought forth by these
winter observations on various Muscids, the maggots and
puparia should also receive attention. If manure piles,
rubbish heaps and the like, where larvee and pupse may winter
successfully, are given proper attention during late fall and
winter, the immature stages of these flies would be more exposed
to fatal temperatures and their numbers thereby reduced.

NOTES ON AMERICAN TINGIDiE WITH DESCRIPTIONS

OF NEW SPECIES.*

By Herukrt (Jsbokx and Carl J. Drake.

Since the publication of recent papers on Tingidae we have
examined a number of collections and specimens sent in for
determination by Professors Cooley, Lovett, Ewing, Swenk,
Doane, Ferris, and Melander. This material with our private
collections enable us to present the following notes.

Atheas insignis Heidemann.

Two specimens, one taken at Vienna, Virginia, August 8,
1913, by Mr. Barber and the other at Bladensburg, Maryland,
July 21, 189(3, by Heidemann. The Blandensburg specimen
bears the label, " Leptostyla exquisita Uhler MS," as identified
by Mr. Heidemann.

Atheas mimeticus Heidemann.

Four specimens; one specimen taken at Fort Collins,
Colorado, August 8, 1898, and the other three at Albuquerque,
New Mexico, August 30, 1888, by Wickham. The Colorado
specimen is a little darker than our New Mexican forms and
the color indicated in the original description and drawing, but
agrees in other characters.

Atheas annulatus spec. nov.

This species is closely allied to A. fuscipes Champion, from

Mexico and Central America, but readily separated from it by

the annulate first segment of the antennae, the much longer

discoidal area, the brown transverse nervures along the inner

row of cells in the costal area, and the testaceous legs.

Pronotum feebly convex, closely punctate, distinctly tricarinate,
converging anteriorly; membraneous margins narrow, slightly concave,
with a single row of small, round or oval areolae and three extra cells
along the inner margin at the widest part just in front of the middle.
Head rugulose, a little broader than long, the antenniferous tubercles
stout, pointed and slightly divergent. Antennae slender, slightly longer
than froin the apex of head to tip of triangular process of the pronotum ;
basal segment constricted beyond the middle, and forming a fairly
distinct annulus, a Httle more swollen, and nearly one and a half times
as long as the second; third segment longest, slenderest; fourth segment
thickened, twice as long as the second and a little more than one-half
the length of the third. Rostrum reaching between the intermediate
coxae. Mesostemal laminae diverging posteriorly. Elytra reaching
considerably beyond the abdomen, rounded at the tip, widest before

*Contribution from the Department of Zoology and Entomology, No. 50.

295

296 The Ohio Journal of Scieyice [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

the middle; costal area biseriate, the outer row of areolae smaller than
the inner one; subcostal area biseriate; discoidal area reaching beyond
the middle of the elytra (farther than in fuse i pes), with four rows of
areolae at its widest part; sutural area broad, the areolae along the inner
margin and distal end very large. Wings longer than the abdomen.
Length, 2.45 mm.; width, .9 mm.

Color: Head and body beneath black. Legs testaceous, the tips
of tarsi infuscated. Antennae black, except distal two-thirds of the
third segment and narrow basal portion of the fourth testaceous.
Margin of bucculae and rostral lamina whitish. Pronotum black, a few
spots on the carinae, apex of posterior process, and lateral margins
whitish. Elytra with the outer margin and areolae whitish, the areolae
nearly opaque; transverse nervures along inner row of costal area,
costate nervures that bound areas, and the inner and distal nervures
of sutural area brownish.

Described from one macropterous male, labelled "Marion
County, Arkansas, June 27, 1897."

Atheas nigricornis Champion.

We have one example of this species that was taken in the
Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, July 26, 1905, by Mr. H. G.
Barber. This seems to be the first record for the species in
the United States.

Atheas sordidus spec. nov.

Head a little broader than long, the antenniferous tubercles stout
and pointed, but more slender and longer than in annulatus. Antennae
reaching a little beyond the apex of posterior process of the pronotum;
first segment a little thicker and one and a half times as long as the
second; third segment slenderest, less than twice the length of the
fourth; fourth segment thickened towards the apex, a little longer than
the first. Pronotum closely punctate, tricarinate, the carinae more
strongly raised than in A. annulatus; lateral margins narrow, converging
forwards, with the outer margin nearly straight, with two rows of cells
at the anterior end and only a single series back of the middle, the
areolae small and round or oval. Rostrum reaching between the first
pair of coxae. Elytra reaching a little beyond the apex of the abdomen,
the outer margin rounded, with the nervures that bound the areas
distincth' raised; costal area narrow, with one complete series of areolae
and an extra row near the base and apex ; subcostal area with two rows of
areolae; discoidal area reaching considerably beyond the middle of the
elytra, with five rows of areolae at the widest part, the inner boundary
distinctly wavy. Wings not visible. Length, 2.15 mm. ; width, .85 mm.

Color: Head and body beneath blackish. Antennae black, except
the distal third or half of third segment, which is yellowish. Legs
testaceous, the tarsi infuscated. Pronotum black, the carinae, anterior
margin, apex of posterior process, and lateral margins whitish. Elytra
sordid yellowish, the lateral margins whitish, and the areolae whitish,
opaque. Margins of bucculae and rostral laminae whitish.

June, l!)l/j Arnericini TingidcB 297

Three brachypterous specimens from Iowa; two specimens
collected at Ames by Prof. Ball and the other at Little Rock,
July 2, 1897, by the senior author. This Tingid approaches
A. nigricornis Champion, which has the antenncne entirely black,
but it also differs from that species in the costal area of the elytra.

Corythucha ciliata Say.

This species is well known as the sycamore or buttonwood
Tingid and is common throughout the eastern and central
portions of the United States. West of the Mississippi River
we have specimens from Iowa, Oklahoma, Texas and California.
When heavy infestations of the insects occur the leaves of the
sycamore tree are often very much whitened and wilted. It is
not uncommon to find buttonwood trees considerably damaged
by these insects in Ohio. During the winter the adults may be
collected on the trees beneath the loose bark. The mature form
is whitish and it usually has a brown spot on the posterior
portion of the tumid elevation of the elytra. Teneral specimens
are more or less opaque and of a milky white color. The adult
is parasitised by a red mite.

Corythucha arcuata Say.

The oak lace-bug is also a well known and widely distributed
species. We have numerous records for the central and eastern
states and west to Iowa. Prof. Sanders and Mr. DeLong
observed during the summer of 1916 that the leaves of Qiiercus
macrocarpa, on the shore of Lake Wagapasset, in Wisconsin,
were discolored and almost entirely destroyed. This damage
was also noted by them in numerous other places in the state,
and the insect is of considerable economic importance in
Wisconsin. The oak Tingid is quite variable in color, especially
the color bands on the elytra. In some specimens the hood,
lateral pronotal margins, and distal portions of the elytra are
almost entirely whitish and the areolae hyaline. In some cases
the brown band near the base of the elytra is also more or less
evanescent. The life cycle of this species has been carefully
studied by Dr. Morrill (Psyche, Vol. X, page 127-132).

Corythucha juglandis Fitch.

This is a very common species on walnut, butternut, and
linden. The color of this species is also quite variable. Our
collections include specimens from low^a, Wisconsin, Ohio,
New York, Maine, Georgia and Tennessee.

298 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Corythucha salicis spec. nov.

Hood moderately elevated, abruptly constricted about the middle,
tapering in front and somewhat globose behind, widely reticulated, the
reticulations becoming smaller at the sides in front. Pronotmii with
the membraneous margins broad, renifonn, bullate about the middle,
and amied with a few spines on the anterior margins; median carina,
low, uniseriate (in some specimens with one or two cells divided near
the middle); lateral caringe raised anteriorly, with a few distinct cells.
Antennae clothed with a few long hairs, the first segment slightly more
swollen and twice the length of the second. Rostrum reaching between
the intermediate coxae. Elytra broad, the outer margin slightly
convex; costal area broad, \yith three rows of areolse, the reticulation
very large between the transverse fascias. Claspers in the male strongly
curved. Length, 3.5 mm.; width, 1.9 mm.

Color: General color whitish, marked with brown. Antenna
testaceous. Legs yellowish-brown, the tip of tibiae and tarsi infuscated.
Pronotum embrowned; lateral margins and hood with the nervures
whitish and marked with brown, the areolae hyaline and narrowly
margined with whitish opaque; posterior process and carinae whitish.
Elytra whitish, with a transverse band near the base, a more or less
oblique band near the apex, a few spots near the inner margin and
posterior portion of tumid elcA^ation embrowned. Body beneath black,
the genital segment more or less embrowned.

Middlesex Falls, Massachusetts, Wisconsin (DeLong) and
Bozeman, Montana, June 4, 1912 (Cooley). This species
infests willow and currant. Although very distinct it is
probably most closely allied to C. arciiata Say. We have seen
this species labeled ''Corythucha fiiscigera Stal, " in eastern
collections, but it is very distinct from our Mexican speci-
mens of this species.

Corythucha marmorata Uhler.

The color of this species is somewhat variable and in some
specimens the marmorate markings on the elytra are more or
less evanescent. We have specimens from Nebraska, Indiana,
Michigan, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Maine, Massachusetts, New
York, Georgia, Tennessee, Louisiana, Iowa and Colorado.
This species has been reported as causing damage in green-
houses.

Corythucha morrilli spec. nov.

This species was given the manuscript name of C. morrilli,
by Mr. Heidemann in honor of the excellent work that Dr.
Morrill has done in this genus.

Hood highly elevated, rather narrow, not very widely reticulate,
moderately constricted back of the middle; anterior portion long, the

June, li)l/J American TingidcB 299

sides depressed, with two rows of areolae on the dorsal surface; posterior
portion with the sides narrowed dorsally, the dorsal surface only slightly
broader than the dorsal surface of the anterior portion. Antennae
clothed with a few long hairs, the first segment twice the length of the
second. Pronotum punctate; median carina highly elevated, with two
rows of cells at the highest portion; lateral carina} rather long, raised
anteriorly, flaring outwardly, with six or seven areolae; lateral margins
not very broad, reniform, the outer margins amied with rather short,
closely set spines, slightly bullate near the middle, the posterior margin
slightly turned up. Rostral sulcus broad, the sides moderately raised;
rostrum reaching to the intennediate coxae. Elytra narrow, long,
reaching considerably beyond the abdomen, the outer margin slightly
concave and armed with rather short spines, except distal portion;
costal area narrow, biseriate. Length, 2.85 mm.; width, 1.82 mm.

Color: General color whitish, usually marked with brown. Antennae
and legs light testaceous, the tips of tarsi and apical segment of antennae
darker. Pronotum embrowned; lateral margins and median carina
each with a fuscous spot near the middle ; hood- distinctly marked with
fuscous. Elytra whitish, usually with four transverse fascia, a spot on
the tumid elevation, and a few spots on sutural area fuscous. Bod}^
beneath black, the genital segment partially embrowned. Margins
of bucculas, rostrum, rostral laminae and portions of thoracic pleura
embrowmed.

This species has been determined in many collections as
C. decens Stal, but it is very distinct from Champion's figure
of the species and Stal's original description. In some speci-
mens the fuscous or brown markings are almost entirely wanting.
It is a very common species in the southwestern portion of the
United States. We have numerous specimens from Colorado
and Arizona.

Corythucha coryli spec. nov.

Hood large, highly elevated, strongly deflected in front, abiaiptly
constricted near the middle, globose behind and narrowed in front,
widely reticulated, the reticulations becoming closer at the sides in
front. Antennae clothed with a few long hairs, the first segment a
little more than twice the length of the second. Pronotum rather
evenly punctate, the lateral margins slightly bullate near the middle,
renifomi, evenly reticulate, median carina strongly raised, the outer
carinae slightly raised anteriorly. Rostral laminae rather large, reticu-
late; rostrum reaching near the end of the rostral sulcus. Elytra
reaching considerably beyond the abdomen, the outer margins sinuate,
strongly concave, broadly rounded at the tip; costal area widely reticu-
late, with three rows of areolae (a few additional cells near the base).
Wings extending a little beyond the abdomen. Outer margins of
elytra and lateral margins of pronotum armed with rather long, closely-
set, strong, spines. Length, 2.8 mm.; width, 1.52 mm.

300 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Color: Body beneath black, the genital segment partially em-
browned. Claspcrs in the male brown. Hood infuscated, except the
sides in front whitish. Pronotum embrowned; explanate margins
with areolae hyaline, the nervures whitish. Elytra whitish, with a
transverse band near the base, another near the apex, and more or less
of a rather broad margin along inner border infuscate. Male claspers
brown. Antennae and legs light testaceous. Spines whitish, with the
tips infuscate.

A common Tingid that infests hazlenut, Corylus americana
Walt. We have specimens that were taken by Mr. W. L.
McAtee "near Plummers Island, Maryland, August 20, 1914."

Corythucha floridana Heidemann.

Our specimens are from Kissimmee, Florida, where they
were reported by Dr. Berger as doing a considerable amount of
damage to the oak trees. Heidemann reports the species as
being found on Cephalanthus.

Corythucha gossypi Fabricius.

Our Florida specimens were taken on the leaves of Icthyo-
nethia piscipula. We also have a few specimens from Grenada,
British West Indies.

Corythucha pergandei Heidemann.

This is a very common species that infests Alder. We have
specimens from Wisconsin, Illinois, Ohio, New Jersey, Wash-
ington, D. C, Maryland and Tennessee.

Corythucha crataegi Morrill (Osborn and Drake).

The hawthorn Tingid is common throughout the greater
portion of the United States. We have specimens from South
Dakota, Nebraska, Iowa, Wisconsin, Ohio, Pennsylvania,
Massachusetts, Maryland, Virginia, South Carolina, Georgia,
Texas and Colorado. Some w^orkers have questioned the
priority of the name, claiming that the species is identical with
C. cydonia Fitch. According to the International Code the
original description of cydonia is invalid, as it was not published
in a scientific journal. We would be glad to recognize cydonia
if the identity of the two forms can be fully established.

Corythucha pallida Osborn and Drake.

This species was described from a series of specimens that
were taken on linden, Tilia americana, by Kellicott and Hine.
During the past summer we have received numerous specimens
that were taken on mulberry. Morns rubra, in Ohio, Maryland,

June, 1917

America}! Tingidce

'M)\

Tennessee, Virginia and Arizona,
in collections under the names,
MS" and '' Corvthucha mori Heid.

This species may be found
'' CorytJiurhn adjusta Uhler
MS."'

Corythucha obliqua Osl^orn and Drake.

The authors described this species from a single specimen
that was taken in California by Mr. Dury. Our collections
now include specimens from Oregon and Idaho, besides the type
locality.

Corythucha immaculata Osborn and Drake.

The food plant of this species has not been recorded. We
have specimens from Oregon. California and Colorado.

Corythucha distincta Osborn and Drake (Fig. 1, variety).

This is a very common lace-bug throughout the western part
of the United States. Our collections include specimens from
Washington, Montana, Wyoming, Utah and Colorado. Mr.
McAfee states that he has specimens from California. In
western collections we have seen this species labeled " Corythucha
contami7iata Uhler MS." Our long series of specimens indicate
the type to be the typical form of the species. The Utah
specimens were taken on Carduus lanceolatus by Larson.

Fig. 1. Corythucha distincta spinata, n. var.; a, d^; b. 9.
(Photo by Carl J. Drake).

Corythucha distincta spinata var. nov. (Fig. 1, a and b).

This new variety is armed on the outer margins of the
elytra, except distal third, and lateral margins of the pronotum
with short spines. The color is a little darker than the typical
form. All specimens of this variety were collected at Florence,
Montana, June 1, 1912, by Mr. Parker. One specimen bears
the food plant label "thistle."

302 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Corythucha hoodiana spec. nov.

Hood moderately elevated, very broad, very abruptly constricted
at the middle, widely reticulated, the areolae becoming smaller at the
sides in front; anterior portion narrowed anteriorly, with the sides
depressed; posterior portion rounded, but not globose. Antennas
slender, clothed with a few long hairs, the basal segment nearly three
times the length of the second. Pronotum not very closely punctate,
with the lateral margins broad, reniform, bullate just back of the middle,
with the anterior and posterior margins .slightly turned up, the spines
on the outer niargin almost entirely obsolete; median carina highly
elevated, the areolae long-rectangular, except a few divided cells that
form a double row of nearly square cells ; lateral carinae raised anteriorly,
with three or four areolae. Mesosternal laminae diverging posteriorly,
the metasternal ones cordate; rostrum reaching the meso- metasternal
suture. Elytra broad, reaching considerably beyond the abdomen,
with large, nearly round, tumid elevations, with the outer margins
sinuate, slightly emarginate, and the lateral spines almost entirely
obsolete; costal area broad, unevenly reticulate, with three rather
irregular rows of areolae and a few extra cells near the base and hyaline
portion; sutural area broad, unevenly reticulate. Abdomen very broad.
Length, 2.5 mm.; width, 2.6 mm.

Color: Pronotum, a spot on each lateral margin, a rather broad
l^and near the base of the elytra, another near the apex (except two or
three cells near inner margin hyaline), a spot on the posterior portion
of tumid elevation and a few small spots near inner margin brown.
Areolae mostly hyaline, the nervures whitish. Antennas and legs
testaceous. Body beneath black.

Described from a 9 specimen, taken on Mt. Hood, Oregon.

Corythucha eriodictyonae spec. nov.

Hood low, narrow, amied with a few long spines on the sides, with
the median nervure sinuate, rather abruptly constricted back of the
middle, the anterior portion long and narrow and the posterior short.
Antennae clothed with a few long hairs; basal segment constricted
bevond the middle, more swollen and a little more than twice the
length of the second; fourth segment swollen towards the tip. Pronotum
punctate, tricarinate; median carina low, undulate, uniseriate, very
low near the middle and where it conjoins with the hoed; lateral carinas
widely separated from the hood, raised anteriorly, with 4-5 distinct
areolae; membraneous margins widely reticulate, long, rather broad,
armed with very long spines on the outer margins. Rostral sulcus
broad, the rostrum extending between the posterior coxae. Elytra
long, broad, the tumid elevations small, armed with very long spines on
thcouter margins; costal area broad, mostly triseriate, the areolae_ large
and not of a uniform size; subcostal areokc \'ery sm.all. Wings visible.
Length, 3.2 mm.; width, LS mm.

Color: Nervures of hood, pronotal margins, and elytra yellowish,
shghtly marked with brown and fuscous; areolae hyaline. Pronotum

June, 1917] American Tingidce 303

brownish, a few sj^ots fuscous. Antennae testaceous, the distal portion
of the fourth segment fuscous. Legs testaceous, the tips of tarsi
darker. All spines testaceous, \\dth tips black. Body beneath black.

Described from a good series of specimens, taken on ''Erio-
dictyon californicum/' both adults and nymphs at "San Fran-
cisquito Cr., San Mateo Co., Cal.," by G. F. Ferris. This
insect has long spines like hispida Uhler, but it can readily be
separated from it by the smaller hood, smaller size, and the
slightly shorter spines.

Corythucha fuscigera

Our specimens of this species are from Mexico. It is
probably found in the southern part of the United States, but
the specimens that we have examined labeled fuscigera have
proved to be of five or six different species. The figure in the
Biologia Centrali-Americana is an excellent drawing of the
species.

Corythucha pruni Osborn and Drake.

This species which w^as described from a series of specimens
from Washington, D. C, has not been noted in other collections.
The hood in this species is much smaller than in either of the
other two species that infests wdld cherry.

Corythucha padi Drake.

This Tingid infests choke cherry, Prunus demissa, in the
western states. We have specimens from Montana, Oregon,
Washington and Chilliwack, British Columbia. The three
cherr}' Tingids, C. pruni, C. padi, and C. associata, are very
distinct from each other, the size and shape of the hood being
the outstanding difference. In pruni the hood is small and
not highly elevated ; in associata the hood is highly elevated, very
large, very abruptly constricted near the middle, and globose
behind; in padi the hood is between the other two in size and
nearly semiglobose behind. This is a good illustration of the
number of Tingids that may feed on allied food plants, and,
although it is very desirable to know the plant or plants that a
species infests, it is not safe to assume that one has the species
known to occur on a given plant simply because it has been
found feeding or breeding on these plants. Associata is more
closely allied to acsculi than to either of the two cherry Tingids.

r

304 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Corythucha aesculi Osborn and Drake.

A very common species that infests buckeye, Aesciilus glabra,
throughout Ohio. We also have specimens from Illinois and
Kentucky. The winter is spent in the adult state in among the
leaves and grass on the ground beneath the tree.

Corythucha associata Osborn and Drake.

A common species that infests wild cherr^^ Priinus serotina,
east of the Mississippi River. Our collections include specimens
from Tennessee, Georgia, Long Island and Washington, D. C.
During the summer of 1916 Mr. L. A. Stearns found these
insects in immense numbers on wild cherry near Clarksville,
Tennessee.

Corythucha bulbosa Osborn and Drake.

Although we have no positive data, this species seems to be
known in some collections as Corythucha carbonata, a manu-
script name given to the species by Uhler and used by
Heidemann. It feeds on the American bladder nut, Staphylea
trifolia, in immense numbers. This is the largest Corythucha
known to us and very distinct from any other described species.

Corythaica constricta spec. nov.

Hood elongate, a little more arched and narrowed anteriorly than
in C carinata Uhler. Pronotum closely pvmctate, tricarinate, the
carinas arranged as follows: the lateral carinee raised anteriorly,
uniseriate, and extending from the base of posterior process to the
outer posterior margin of the hood, the median carina more strongly
raised anteriorly, with one complete row of areolee and three or four
extra cells at the highest part near the anterior end forming a double
series, reaching from the apex of triangular process and uniting with
the median raised nervure of the hood. Pronotal margins biseriate,
strongly refiexed, the outer margin following the contour of pronotum.
Bucculce large, with three to four rows of cells. Rostral groove closed
at the apex, the side reticulate; rostrum reaching between the inter-
mediate coxse. Antennae long, slender; first' segment a little longer
and more swollen than the second; third segment slender, nude, nearly
three times the length of the fourth; fourth segment swollen towards
the apex, clothed with a few long bristly hairs. Elytra reaching con-
siderably beyond the abdomen, broader and more strongly constricted
just back cf the middle than in C. carinata, the tumid elevation moder-
ately large; costal area uni.seriate, with most of the areolas very large;
subcostal area mostly triseriate; discoidal area not quite reaching the
middle of the elytra, with four rows of cells at the widest part; sutural
area broad, widely reticulate, with five or six cells at the widest part.
Length, 2.()2 mm.; width, 1 mm.

June, 1917] American Tingidce 305

Color: General color j];rayish, with fuscous markings. Body beneath
brownish, the thorax darker brown. Legs brownish, the tips of tarsi
infuscated. Antennae brownish. Pronotum brownish. Elytra grayish-
brown, with a transverse costal band in front of constriction, another
near apex, and a few apical spots fuscous.

Described from a specimen from Colorado, but without a
definite locality and date, probably Fort Collins, 1898.

Genus Alveotingis Osborn and Drake.

In this genus the subcostal, discoidal, and sutural areas are
either partially defined, poorly defined, or entirely undiffer-
entiated. The third antennal segment is more or less densely
clothed with decumbent hairs and thickened towards the
apex. In the macropterous specimens the elytra are broadly
rounded at the apex, wddely overlapping, and reaching con-
siderably beyond the abdomen ; in the brachypterous forms the
inner margins of the elytra are nearly straight, slightly over-
lapping to the apex, and reaching a little beyond the tip of
the abdomen. The bucculae are contiguous anteriorly.

The photographs of the species of Alveotingis w^ere made
from the type specimens and are all of the same magnification.
The known species of the genus may be separated by the
following key:

1. Antennae short and stout, not reaching the apex of the

posterior process of the pronotum. . . . A. brevicornis n. sp.

Antennae longer, reaching slightly beyond the apex of the

posterior process of the pronotum 2.

2. Third antennal segment very long; strongly swollen; median

and lateral pronotal carinae about equally elevated,
reticulate; subcostal, discoidal, and sutural areas only
partially or poorly defined. .A. grossocerata Osb. & Drk.
Third antennal segment more slender and shorter; pronotum
with the lateral carinae not as highly elevated as the
median one, the areolate indistinct in the lateral carinas;
subcostal, discoidal, and sutural areas wdthout the
sligi>.t6st trace of a boundary A. minor n. sp.

Alveotingis minor spec. nov.

Head a little broader than long, with the median and two posterior
spines depressed and the two anterior ones strongly curved and con-
verging. Antennas rather long, moderately slender; basal segment one
and a half times the length of the second; second segment short, swollen

306

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

towards the tip; third segment sHghtly curved, sHghtly enlarged towards
the apex, moderately clothed with rather long decumbent hairs; apical
segment subconical, beset with long straight hairs and dense pile, at its
widest part about three-fourths as broad as the apex of the third.
Pronotum widely pitted, tricarinate, the carinte not as strongly raised
as in brevicornis or grossocerata, the lateral carinse without distinct areolee;
lateral margins reflected back against the sides of the pronotum, with a
single series of areolee. Sides of thorax widely pitted. Elytra strongly
convex, reaching a little beyond the abdomen; costal area with a single
row of areolee; discoidal, sutural, and subcostal areas without a trace
of a boundary. Length, 2.51 mm.; width, 1.10 mm.

Color: General color dark grayish-brown, the areolae whitish.
Rostral laminte whitish. This species like the other two known species
in the genus has a very shining appearance, due to the polished nervures.

Described from a macropterous male, taken at Ames,
Iowa, June 14, 1897, by the senior author. It is closely related
to A. grossocerata, but readily differentiated from it by the
characters given in the key.

Fis

«, Alveotingis grossocerata Osb. & Drk.; b, A. minor n. sp.; c, A. brevi-
cornis n. sp. (Photo by Carl J. Drake).

Alveotingis grossocerata Osborn and Drake.

This species, described in Ohio Biol. Survey Bulletin, No. 8, p. 245,
has been seen so far only from Maine and New Hampshire. The figure
shows the third antennal segment slightly too thick in the middle
portion and the basal process is large and formed as in related genera.
This difference may be noted by a comparison of the figtire with the
photograph of the type presented herewith.

Alveotingis brevicornis spec. nov.

Antennae short, stout, not quite reaching the apex of the posterior
process of the pronotum (in the other two species the antennae extends

June, 1917] American Tingid<B ,307

a little beyond the apex); first segment nearly one and one-half times
the length of the second; third segment strongly swollen towards the
apex, densely elothed with rather long deeumbent hairs, about twice
the length of the first and second conjoined; fourth segment clothed
with mostly straight hairs, subconical, a little shorter than the first,
about two-thirds as thick as the apex of the third. The right antenna
is abnormal; second segment clothed with hairs like the third, the
second and third segments taken together not longer than the third
segment of the left antenna. Elytra strongly convex; costal area
uniseriate, the areolae large; sutural, discoidal, and subcostal areas
poorly defined. Pronotum tricarinate, the earinae about as highly
elevated as in grossocerata, the areolae small. Other characters about
the same as in minor and grossocerata. Length, 3.45 mm.; width,
1.4 mm.

Color: General color dark grayish-brown, shining, the areolae
whitish. Rostral laminae whitish.

Described from a macropterous female, taken by the senior
author at Little Rock, Iowa, July 2, 1897. As the figure indi-
cates, the antennae are very distinct from those of the two
known congeners

THE BRASSICACE.E OF OHIO.

Emma E. Laughlix.

Brassicaceae. Mustard Family.

Herbs, with watery sap of a pungent taste, not poisonous;
with alternate, exstipulate leaves, usually large at the base of
the stem and intergrading in form to the top of the stem.
Flowers hypogynous, bisporangiate, usually isobilateral, appear-
ing actinomorphic, regular, usually with glands, in racemes, short
at first and elongating, or in corymbs; calyx of 4 sepals, decidu-
ous, rarely persistent; corolla choripetalous, tetramerous, cruci-
form; stamens G, tetradynamous, rarely 4 or 2; ovulary com-
pound, bilocular, the parietal placentae connected by a thin
septum from which the valves separate when ripe; ovules 2
to several, campylotropous ; fruit a silique if longer than broad,
or a silicic if short, generally with 2 cavities, sometimes uni-
locular, dehiscent or in a few genera indehiscent; endosperm
scanty; cotyledons accumbent, incumbent or conduplicate.

SYNOPSIS.

I. Pod usually not more than twice as long as wide (a silicle); cotyledons accum-
bent or incumbent.

A. Pods more or less flattened parallel to the broad partition, dehiscent;
cotyledons accumbent; leaves not lobed.

1. Pubescence stellate or of forked hairs.

Alysse.c

Berteroa, Koniga, Alyssum, Draba.

2. Pubescence of simple hairs or wanting; pods very broad and flat;
leaves opposite.

LUNARIE.^.

Lunaria.

B. Pods flattened at right angles to the partition or not flattened.

1. Pubescence of forked hairs; cotyledons incumbent.

Cameline.^l.

Camelina, Bursa, Neslia.

2. Pubescence of simple hairs or wanting.

a. Pod scarcely or not at all flattened; cotyledons accumbent.

COCHLEARIE^.

Armoracia, Neobeckia, Sisymbrium, Radicula.

b. Pods strongly flattened at right angles to the narrow partition.

(a) Pod dehiscent; cotyledons accumbent or incumbent.

I^EPIDIEiE.

Lepidium, Carara. Thlaspi.

(b) Pod indehiscent; cotyledons incumbent.

ISATIDE/E.

Myagrum .

308

June, 1917] The BrassicacecB of Ohio 309

II. Pod usually clongalcd-linear, more than twice as long as wide (a silique).

A. Pod not transversely 2-jointcd.

1. Cotyledons accumbent or incumbent; pod not beaked, but often
tipped with the style; seeds usually in one row in each cavity.

a. Cotyledons incumbent.

NORTK.4-;.

Alliaria, vSophia, Chcirinia, Erysimum, Xorta, Conringia,
Hesperis, Arabidopsis.

b. Cotyledons accumbent.
Arabide.e.

Barbarea, lodanthus, Arabis, Cardamine, Dentaria.

2. Cotyledons conduplicate; pod beaked.

BRASSICEiE.

Sinapsis, Brassica, Diplotaxis. Raphanus.

B. Pod transversely 2-iointed, fleshy, indehiscent; cotyledons accumbent.

C.A.KILE/E.

Cakile.

Key to the Genera of the Brassicace.e of Ohio Based on the Flower and
Other Char.\cteristics Present at Anthesis.

1. Flowers white. 2.

1. Flowers yellow. 19.

1. Flowers purple. 32.

2. Leaves simple, not lobed. 3.

2. Leaves deeply lobed or pinnatifid. 12.

3. Stems scapose; basal leaves in a rosette. Draba.

3. Stems leafy. 4.

4. Leaves entire. 5.

4. Leaves dentate, crenate or wavy. G.

5. Petals bifid; plant hoary-pubescent. Berteroa.

5. Petals entire; plant appressed-pubescent; flowers fragrant. Koniga.

6. Basal and stem-leaves the same. 7.

6. Basal and stem-leaves different. 8.

7. Leaves broadly cordate, dentate; petals clawed. Alliaria.

7. Leaves orbicular, wavy; stems decumbent, stoloniferous. Cardamine.

8. Stem-leaves sessile; petals twice the length of the sepals. 9.

8. Stem-leaves clasping. 10.

9. Basal leaves oblanceolate, rosulate; stem-leaves lanceolate; pubescent with

forked hairs. Arabidopsis.
9. Basal leaves obovate; stem-leaves lanceolate, narrowed at each end; pods

scythe-shaped. Arabis.
10. Basal leaves oblanceolate, early deciduous; stem-leaves lanceolate; pods
broadl}' winged. Thlaspi.

10. Basal leaves obovate or spatulate, dentate; flowers less than one-third inch

broad. 11.

11. Racemes dense; silicles orbicular. Lepidium.

11. Racemes loose; siliques flat, linear. Arabis.

12. Basal and stem-leaves the same. 13.

12. Basal and stem-leaves different. 15.

13. Leaves deeply lobed or pinnatifid. 14.

13. Leaves palmately 3-lobed; stems leafless below; flowers corymbose. Dentaria.

14. Stems glabrous, aquatic, rooting at the nodes; end lobe of the leaf large.

Sisymbrium.

14. Stems .spreading; plants fetid; pods did^^mous. Carara.

15. Lower leaves pinnatifid; upper leaves dentate or entire. IG.

15. Lower leaves pinnatifid; upper leaves smaller and narrower. 18.

16. Lower leaves immersed, dissected; upper leaves lanceolate. Neobeckia.

16. Basal leaves large, rough but glabrous; root thick, pungent; pods seldom

formed. Armoracia.
16. Ba.sal leaves in a rosette or rosulate. 17.

o

10 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

17. Stem-leaves sagittate; pods triangular. Bursa.

17. vStem-leaves lanceolate, oblong or linear; pods orbicular. Lepidium.

18. Leaf-segments numerous, end one larger. Cardamine.

18. Leaf-segments very narrow; stems diffuse. Arahis.

19. Leaves simple, not lobed, entire, rarely dentate or repand. 20.

19. Leaves lobed or pinnatifid. 24.

20. Leaves spatulate or linear; sepals persistent; petals pale yellow. Alyssum.
20. Leaves lanceolate. 21.

20. Leaves ovate or oblong, cordate at the base. 23.

21. Leaves clasping by a sagittate base; silicles obovoid or globose. 22.

21. Leaves not clasping by a sagittate base; pubescent with 2-branched apprcssed

hairs. Cheirinia.

22. Stems nearly simple, glabrous or slightly pubescent; pods pear-shaped,

dehiscent. Camelina.

22. Stems branching, hispid; pods reticulated, indehiscent. Neslia.

23. Glabrous and glaucous; leaves oblong to lanceolate; longer stamens connate

in pairs. Myagrnm.

23. Glabrous, pale green; leaves obtuse; flowers pale yellow. Conringia.

24. Flowers small, less than one-third inch broad. 25.

24. Flowers large, more than one- third inch broad. 29.

25. Leaves deeply pinnatifid. 26.

25. Leaves bi-pinnatifid; sepals caducous. Sophia.

26. Plants of wet places; sepals and pedicels spreading. Radiciila.

26. Plants of dry places. 27.

27. Leaves runcinate. 28.

27. Leaves lyrate; stems angled, glabrous. Barbarea.

28. Basal and stem-leaves similar; pods appressed. Erysimum.

28. Basal leaves runcinate; stem-leaves deeply pinnatifid; pods spreading. Norta.

29. Leaves lyrate or lobed. 30.

29. Leaves various. 31.

30. Plants hispid; pods constricted, dehiscent. Sinapis.

30. Plants rough, pods spongy, indehiscent. Raphanus.

31. Basal leaves lobed or pinnatifid; stem-leaves reduced to lanceolate. Brassica.

31. Basal and stem-leaves deeply pinnatifid into narrow lobes. Diplotaxis.

32. Basal and stem-leaves similar. 33.

32. Basal and stem-leaves different. 35.

33. Leaves dentate, cordate, earliest opposite; petals clawed. Liiuaria.

33. Leaves lanceolate, oblanceolate or obovate. 34.

34. Plants tall; flowers large, fragrant. Hesperis.

34. Fleshy plants of the seashore; pods short, 2-jointed. Cakile.

35. Leaves simple, not lobed. 36.

35. Leaves deeply lobed. 37.

36. Basal leaves rosulate; stem-leaves sagittate. Arahis.

36. Basal leaves orbicular, long-petioled; stem-leaves ovate, coarsely dentate,

sessile; flowers corymbose. Cardamine .

37. Leaves pinnately lobed. 38.

37. Leaves palmately 3-lobed. Dentaria.

38. Lower leaves pinnatifid, clasping; upper leaves lanceolate; lateral sepals

slightly gibbous at the base; petals long-clawed. lodanthus.

38. Lower leaves lyrate; upper leaves small, rough; petals veiny. Raphanus.

Key to the Brassic.a.ce.e of Ohio Based Upon the Fruit and Other Character-
istics Present With the Fruit.

1. Fruit a silicic, not more than twice as long as broad. 2.

1. Fruit a silique, more than twice as long as broad. 14.

2. Pods flattened. 3.

2. Pods not flattened. 11.

3. Pods flattened parallel to the partition. 4.

3. Pods flattened at right angles to the partition. 8.

4. Stems scapose; basal leaves in a rosette; petals white. Draba.
4. Stems leafy. 5.

June, 191 7J The Brassicacece of Ohio 311

5. Leaves entire. 6.

5. Leaves dentate, cordate; flowers purple. Lunaria.

6. Sepals persistent; petals yellow. Alyssum.
G. Sepals deciduous; petals white. 7.

7. Pods elliptic, canescent; petals bifid. Berteroa.

7. Pods orbicular, glabrous; petals entire. Koniga.

8. Pods dehiscent; flowers white. 9.

S. Pods indehisccnt; flowers yellow; leaves large. Myagriim.

9. Pods triangular; basal leaves tufted. Bursa.

9. Pods didymous, rugose; leaves pinnatifid. Carara.

9. Pods orbicular. 10.

10. Pods broadly winged, several seeded; leaves dentate. Thlaspi.

10. Pods scale-shaped, smooth; leaves pinnatifid to entire. Lepidium.

11. Pods dehiscent; plant usually glabrous. 12.

1 1 . Pods indehiscent, reticulated; plant hispid; leaves lanceolate, sagittate. Neslia

12. Pods pear-shaped; flowers j'cllow; leaves lanceolate. Camelina.

12. Pods globose or ovoid; flowers white. 13.

13. Leaves various; root pungent; pods seldom formed. Armoracia.

13. Leaves immersed, dissected, and emersed. Neobeckia.

14. Pods dehiscent. 15.

14. Pods indehiscent, beaked. 32.

15. Pods tipped with the style or style none. 16.

15. Pods beaked; flowers yellow. 30.

16. Seeds in two rows in each cavit^^ 17.

16. Seeds in one row in each cavity. 20.

17. Glabrous, aquatic; leaflets 3-11; flowers white. Sisymhrium.

17. Pubescent or glabrous. 18.

IS. Leaves simple, not lobed; basal leaves tufted; flowers purplish. Arabis.

18. Leaves pinnatifid or bi-pinnatifid; flowers yellow. 19.

19. Plants of wet places; valves nerveless. Radicula.

19. Plants of dry places; valves 1-3-nerved. Sophia.

20. Leaves simple, not lobed. 21.

20. Leaves lobed or pinnatifid. 26.

21. Leaves entire, obtuse, cordate; plants glabrous, pale green; fiowers pale

yellow. Conringia.

21. Leaves not entire. 22.

22. Leaves ovate or cordate; plants glabrous or nearly so; pods long, slightly

constricted between the seeds. 23.

22. Leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate; plants pubescent. 24.

23. Leaves broad, dentate, cordate; flowers white. Alliaria.

23. Leaves sometimes lyrate; flowers purple. lodanthus.

24. Stems nearly leafless, slender; flowers white. Arabidopsis.

24. Stems leafy. 25.

25. Stems branching, rough-pubescent or hoary; flowers yellow. Cheirinia.

25. Stems simple or nearly so; flowers large, purple, fragrant. Hesperis.

26. Leaves palmately 3-lo'bed; stems leafless below; rootstocks pungent. Dentaria.
26. Leaves pinnately lobed. 27.

26. Basal and stem-leaves different. 29.

27. Leaves rtmcinate-pinnatifid. 28.

27. Leaves h'rate; pods and stems 4-angled, glabrous. Barbarea.

28. Pods appressed, 3^ in. long. Erysimum.

28. Pods spreading, 2-4 in. long. Norta.

29. Pods elastically dehiscent. Cardamine.

29. Pods not elastically dehiscent. Arabis.

30. Pods constricted; beaks long and flat. Sinapis.

30. Pods not constricted. 31.

31. Pods round; beak conic; seeds in one row% globose; basal leaves pinnatifid.

Brassica.

'.)\. Pods flattened; beak short; seeds in two rows, ovoid; all leaves deeply pin-
natifid. Diplotaxis.

32. Pods constricted, spongy; leaves lyrate; flowers yellow or purple. Raphanus.
32. Pods 2-jointed; flowers purple; fleshy seaside plants. Cakile.

312 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

1. Berteroa DC. Berteroa.

Annual or perennial, stellate-pubescent, erect herbs, with
narrow entire leaves, and white flowers in terminal racemes.
Petals bifid. Silicles elliptic, canescent, plump. Seeds several
in each cavity, winged.

1. Berteroa incana (L.) DC. Hoary Berteroa. Pale green,
1-2 ft. high, branched above; leaves lanceolate, obtuse, 3^-13^
in. long; racemes elongating, flowers small, numerous.

Recently introduced from Europe and becoming naturalized
in waste places. No specimens.

2. Koniga Adans. Sweet Alyssum.

Annual or perennial, weak ascending herbs, slightly pubes-
cent, with entire leaves and white flowers in terminal racemes.
Hairs of stem and leaves forked. vSilicles oval or orbicular,
compressed. Seeds one in each cavity.

1. Koniga maritima (L.) R. Br. Sweet Alyssum. Slightly
hoary, branching, 4-12 in. high; basal leaves oblanceolate;
stem-leaves linear, 3^-2 in. long, sessile; flowers small, sweet
scented; pods glabrous, nearly orbicular, pointed, ascending.
Escaped from gardens.

Erie County.

3. Alyssum (Tourn.) L. Alyssum.

Annual, erect, stellate-pubescent, tufted herbs, with narrow
leaves and yellow flowers in racemes. Silicles small, orbicular,
compressed. Seeds one or two in each cavity, wingless.

1. Alyssum alyssoides L. Yellow Alyssum. Dwarf hoary
herbs, branching from the base, 3-10 in. high; leaves linear-
spatulate, entire, K-IK inches long; flowers pale yellow, small,
petals entire, sepals persistent; pods margined.

In fields and meadows, naturalized from Europe.

Sandusky County.

4. Draba (Dill.) L. Whitlow-grass.
Annual or biennial low tufted herbs, with stellate-pubescence,
simple leaves mostly basal, and flowers in slender racemes.
Silicles oval or oblong, flat. Seeds many, in two rows in each
cavity, wingless.

1. Petals bifid, stems scapose. D.verna.

1. Petals entire, stems leafy below. D. caroliniana.

June, 1()171 The BrassicacecB of Ohio 313

1. Draba verna L. Vernal Whitlow-grass. Scapes numer-
ous, 1-5 in. high; leaves basal, rosulate, 3^-1 in. long, oblanceolate
pubescent, nearly entire; racemes elongating, flowers small,
cleistogamous; pods \-\ in. long, shorter than the pedicels.

In fields and on roadsides, naturalized from Europe. Portage
County and southern half of state.

2. Draba caroliniana Walt. Carolina Whitlow-grass. Scapes
short, leafy below, 1-5 in. high; leaves obovate, entire, sessile,
pubescent, ^-1 in. long; petals sometimes wanting; pods broadly
linear, crowded.

Indigenous winter-annual in sandy fields, flowering early.
Adams, Clark, Erie and Ottawa Counties.

5. Camelina Crantz. False-flax.

Erect annual herbs with entire or toothed leaves and small
yellow flowers in long racemes. Silicles obovoid, style slender.
Seeds many, oblong, in two rows in each cavity, wingless.

1. Glabrous, pods large. C. saliva.

1. Pubescent, pods small. C. microcarpa.

1. Camelina sativa (L.) Crantz. Common False-flax. Stem
simple or nearly so, 1-2 ft. high; lowest leaves lanceolate, 2-3
in. long, toothed, petioled; upper leaves smaller, entire, sagit-
tate, sessile; flowers numerous, pods obovoid, spreading,
pedicels slender.

A weed in fields, naturalized from Europe. Auglaize,
Franklin, Miami, Montgomery, Sandusky.

2. Camelina microcarpa Andrz. Small-fruited False-flax.
Stem as in C. sativa, but pubescent and more slender; leaves
lanceolate, sessile and clasping, or narrowed at the base; pods
smaller.

A weed in cultivated fields, naturalized from Europe. Clark
County.

6. Bursa (Siegesb.) Weber. Shepherd' s-purse.

Annual or winter-annual erect herbs, pubescent with forked
hairs, with rosulate basal leaves and small white flowers in
racemes. Silicles triangular, emarginate, flattened at right
angles with the partition. Seeds 10 or 12 in each cavity,
wingless.

1. Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britt. Shepherd's-purse. Stems
from a long taproot, branching, 6-20 in. high; basal leaves

314 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

many, 2-5 in. long, more or less lobed; stem-leaves few, sessile,
sagittate, dentate or entire. Flowers begin to bloom when the
stem is very short, and the stem lengthens as the flowers open.
Blooms throughout the growing season.

Naturalized from Europe. General and abundant.

7. Neslia Desv. Ball-mustard.

Annual or biennial erect branching herbs, with entire leaves
and small yellow flowers in racemes. Silicles small, round,
indehiscent, 1-celled, 1-seeded. Style slender. A monotypic
genus.

1. Neslia paniculata(L.) Desv. Ball-mustard. Stem slender,
branched at the inflorescence, rough-hispid with branched
hairs, 1-2 ft. high; leaves lanceolate, acute, sagittate-clasping,
1-2 in. long; racemes elongated; pods globose, reticulated,
spreading.

In waste places and grain fields, naturalized from Europe.
Escaped in Lake County.

8. Armoracia Gaertn. Horseradish.

Tall perennial glabrous herbs from large and long pungent
roots, with large leaves and white flowers in paniculate racemes.
Silicles nearly globular, style short. Seeds few, in 2 rows in
each cavity, wingless.

1. Armoracia armoracia (L.) Britt. Horseradish. Stems
erect, 2-3 ft. high, leafy; basal leaves rough but glabrous,
wavy, crenate or even pinnatified, 6-12 in. long, petioled;
stem-leaves smaller, lanceolate, crenate or dentate, sessile;
racemes terminal and axillary, flowers large; pods seldom
matured.

Escaped from gardens into moist ground and spreading by
the roots which furnish the well-known sauce. Naturalized
from Europe. General.

9. Neobeckia Greene. Lake Water-cress.

Branching perennial aquatic herbs, with finely dissected
immersed leaves and oblong emersed leaves. Flowers large,
white racemose, petals longer than the calyx. Silicles ovoid.
Seed few, in 2 rows in each cavity.

A monotypic genus of eastern North America.

1. Neobeckia aquatica (Eat.) Britt. Lake Water-cress.
Stems 1-2 ft. long; immersed leaves 2-6 in. long, pinnately

June, 191 /J The Brassicacece of Ohio 315

dissected into many very narrow segments; emersed leaves
1-3 in. long, oblong, entire or serrate, easily broken off; pods
1-6 in. long, with style half as long; pedicels spreading.
Detached leaves said to produce new plants.

Indigenous but local in lakes and slow streams. Coshocton,
Licking, Lucas, Madison, Perry.

10. Sisymbrium (Tourn.) L. Water-cress.

Perennial glabrous aquatic herbs, with pinnate leaves and
small white flowers in short erect terminal racemes. Siliques
broadly linear on slender pedicels, style stout. Seeds numerous,
in 2 rows in each cavity, wingless. A monotypic genus of the
Old World.

1. Sisymbrium nasturtium-aquaticum L. True Water-
cress. Stems creeping and rooting at the nodes, fleshy; leaflets
3-11, roundish, entire or notched, the terminal one largest;
petals twice as long as the sepals; pods \-l\ in. long, ascending
on spreading pedicels.

Originally cultivated, but now naturalized in shallow
brooks and spring drains. Rather general.

11. Radicula Hill. Yellow-cress.
Branching herbs with lyrate or deeply pinnatifid leaves and
small yellow flowers in lateral and terminal racemes. Siliques
short, terete dehiscent. Seeds numerous, turgid, marginless,
in 2 irregular rows in each cavity.

1. Stems creeping, leaves pinnatifid. R. sylvestris.

1. Stems erect, leaves lyrate. 2.

2. Glabrous, pods linear to ellipsoid. R. paluslris.
2. Hirsute, pods globose. R. hispida.

1. Radicula hispida (Desv.) Britt. Hispid Yellow-cress.
Resembles R. palustris, but is stouter, taller, 4 ft. high, with
lower leaves 10 in. long; hirsute with spreading hairs, especially
at the base of the plant; pods globose or a little longer than
thick.

Annual or biennial in wet places, more common eastward.
Introduced from Europe. Cuyahoga, Erie, Huron, Logan,
Monroe, Ottawa, Shelby, Summit.

2. Radicula palustris (L.) Moench. Marsh Yellow-cress.
Stems erect, bushy, glabrous, 1-3| ft. high, from fibrous roots;
leaves 3-7 in. long, lyrate-pinnatified or the upper ones smaller,
laciniate, the lobes oblong and toothed; pods short, linear-
oblong.

316 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Annual or biennial in wet places. Indigenous or introduced
from Europe. General.

3. Radicula sylvestris (L.) Druce. Creeping Yellow-cress.
Stems creeping, branches ascending; leaves 3-5 in. long, petioled,
pinnately parted, divisions toothed or lobed, obovate or
lanceolate; pods linear, style short.

A perennial in wet places, naturalized from Europe. Cuy-
ahoga, Erie, Lucas.

12. Lepidium (Tourn.) L. Peppergrass.

Erect glabrous and pubescent herbs, with entire or pin-
natified leaves and white flowers in racemes. Petals small
or wanting. Stamens 6 or 2. Silicles orbicular, dehiscent,
flattened contrary to the partition. Seeds 2, pendulous,
1 in each cavity.

1. Stem-leaves clasping by an auricled base; stamens 6. 2.

1. Stem-leaves not clasping by an auricled base; stamens 2. 3.

2. vStem-leaves sagittate-clasping; pods ovate, winged; style minute. L. campestre.
2. Stem-leaves broadly auricled; pods broad-ovate, wingless; style conspicuous.

L. draba.

2. Stem-leaves oval, deeply clasping, pods orbicular. L. perfoliatum.

3. Petals present, pods orbicular. L. virginiciim.

3. Petals wanting or rare. 4.

4. Plant fetid, petals none. L. riiderale.

4. Plant scentless, petals none or very small. L. densiflorum.

1. Lepidium ruderale L. Roadside Peppergrass. Stem
erect and branching, glabrous, G-15 in. high; lower leaves 1-4
in. long, bipinnatifid, upper leaves small, entire; pods flat,
oval, marginless, on slender ascending pedicels.

An annual in w^aste places near cities, naturalized from
Europe. No specimens.

2. Lepidium virginicum L. Virginia Peppergrass. Stems
erect, glabrous, much branched; leaves of all forms from the
large pinnatifid lower leaves to the linear entire form near the
inflorescence; lower leaves early deciduous; flowers small in
elongating racemes; pods flat, obscurely margined at the top.

An indigenous annual weed. General and abundant.

3. Lepidium densiflorum Schrad. Wild Peppergrass.
Resembles L. ruderale and L. virginicum. Leaves toothed
or pinnatifid; petals usually wanting; pods orbicular, slightly
winged at the top.

An annual, more common in the West, lately introdticed
eastward. Auglaize, Champaign, Cuyahoga, Fayette, Frank-
lin, Lake, Lorain, Wayne.

June, 1917] The Brassicacece of Ohio 317

4. Lepidium draba L. Hoary Peppergrass. Stems erect,
hoary, branching, 10-18 m. high; leaves oblong, irregularly
dentate, 1^-2 in. long, the lower petioled, the upper auricle-
clasping; flowers corymbose; pods ovate or cordate, style as
long as the pod.

Perennial in waste grounds. Fugitive from Europe. Lucas
County.

5. Lepidium campestre ih.) R. Br. Field Peppergrass.
Stem erect, hoary-pubescent, with scale-like hairs, branching
above, 10-18 in. high; basal leaves 2-3 in. long, spatulate,
tapering to a petiole, entire or lobed, somewhat rosulate at
first; stem leaves crowded, lanceolate, obtuse; pods winged
at the apex, rough.

An annual or biennial weed in fields and on roadsides,
naturalized from Europe. Rather general.

G. Lepidium perfoliatum L. Perfoliate Peppergrass. Stem
branching, erect, 1 ft. high; basal and lower leaves finely
pinnatifid, upper leaves oval, entire, deeply clasping around the
stem; pods round, on slender, spreading pedicels.

Fugitive from Europe. Portage County.

13. Carara Medic. Wart-cress.

Annual or biennial, diffuse, spreading, fetid herbs, with
pinnatifid leaves and small whitish fiowers in axillary and
terminal racemes. Stamens sometimes only 2. Silicles small,
didymous, tuberculate or rugose, indehiscent. Seeds 1 in each
cavity.

1. Carara didyma (L.) Britt. Lesser Wart-cress. Stems
tufted, slightly pubescent, branching, 2-15 in. long, prostrate;
leaves deeply pinnatifid, lower petioled, upper sessile; pods
didymous, notched at apex, rugose, separating into 2 ovoid
nutlets.

A weed in waste places, introduced from Europe. Lake
County.

14. Thlaspi (Tourn.) L. Penny-cress.

Low winter annuals with rosulate basal leaves, auriculate-
clasping stem-leaves, and small w^hite or purplish flowers in
panicled racemes. Silicles orbicular, obcordate, winged, flat-
tened contrary to the partition. Seeds 2-8 in each cavity,
wingless.

1. Lower stem-leaves not clasping; pods large. T. arvense.
1. All the stem-leaves clasping; pods small. T. perfoliatum.

318 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

1. Thlaspi arvense L. Field Penny-cress. Stems erect,
glabrous, 6-18 in. high, branching above; basal leaves petioled,
oblanceolate, entire, falling away early; stem-leaves slightly
dentate, 1-3 in. long, the lower sessile, the upper clasping
by a sagittate base; flowers very small, white; pods nearly
orbicular when ripe, \-\ in. broad, winged all around, notched
at the top.

In waste places, naturalized from" Europe. Cuyahoga,
Henry, Highland, Belmont (Laughlin Herbarium).

2. Thlaspi perfoliatum L. Perfoliate Penny-cress. Stems
slender, erect, glabrous, 3-7 in. high, usually branching at the
base; basal leaves petioled, ovate or orbicular; stem-leaves
ovate, sessile, clasping by an auricled base, ^-1 in. long, upper
leaves nearly perfoliate; flowers small, white; pods \ in. broad
or less, winged, notched at the top.

In gravel soil, adventive from Europe. Clermont County.

15. Myagrum L. Myagrum.

Annual erect branching herbs, with entire or undulate
lanceolate leaves and small yellow flowers in elongating racemes.
Longer stamens somewhat connate in pairs. Silicles obcuneate
to spatulate, indehiscent, 1-seeded. A monotypic genus.

1. Myagrum perfoliatum L. Myagrum. Stem glabrous and
glaucous; lower leaves narrowed into petioles; upper leaves
oblong, obtuse, 2-5 in. long, with rounded basal lobes; pods
as long as the ascending pedicels.

In waste places, fugitive from Europe. Lake County.

16. Alliaria Adans. Garlic Mustard.

Biennial, erect branching herbs, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent, with broad, coarsely dentate cordate or rounded leaves
and white flowers in racemes. Sepals caducous, petals long-
clawed, stamens (>. Sihques long, linear, dehiscent from the
base. Seeds in 1 row in each cavity, wingless.

1. Alliaria alliaria (L.) Britt. Garlic Mustard. Stems
tall, 1-3 ft. high, nearly glabrous; leaves broadty ovate or
cordate, petiolate, 2-7 in. broad; basal leaves round, crenate,
long petioled; flowers small, white; pods 1-2 in. long, on short
stout pedicels.

Naturalized from Europe in waste places near dwellings.
No specimens. (Erie County — Moseley Herbarium).

June, 1017] The Brassicacece of Ohio 319

17. Sophia Adans. Tansy-mustard.
x\nnual canescent or pubescent herbs with finely pinnatified
leaves and small yellow flowers in elongating racemes. Siliques
narrow, pedicelled. Seeds very smal], in 1 or 2 rows in each
cavity, wingless.

1. Canescent, pods horizontal. 5. pinnala.
1. Green, pods ascending. 5. incisa.

1. Sophia pinnata (Walt.) Howell. Pinnate Tansy-mustard.
Stems slender, erect, branching, canescent, 8-24 in. tall; leaves
finely 2-pinnatifid, 2-4 in. long; flowers very small, yellowish;
pods erect, shorter than the horizontal pedicels; seeds in 2 rows
in each cavity.

Indigenous in dry situations. Hamilton, Jackson, Miami,
Montgomery, Ottawa.

2. Sophia incisa (Engelm.) Greene. Western Tansy-
mustard, Resembling S. pinnata, but not canescent. Leaves
pinnatifid; pods ascending, about the length of the pedicels;
seeds in 1 row in each cavity.

An indigenous western polymorphous species. Erie, Miami,
Portage.

18. Cheirinia Link. Cheirinia.
Annual and biennial erect branching herbs, pubescent with
2-parted hairs, w4th lanceolate entire or toothed leaves, and
yellow flowers in racemes. vSiliques linear, 4-sided. Seeds
in 1 row in each cavity, wingless.

1. Slender, pubescent; flowers small, pods short and spreading. C. cheiranthoides.

1. Stout, pubescent, pods long and spreading. 2.

2. Leaves repand or lobed, flowers medium. C. repanda.
2. Leaves lanceolate, dentate, flowers large. C. aspera.

1. Cheirinia cheiranthoides (L.) Link. Wormseed Mustard.
Stems erect, roughish, branching, |-2 ft. high; leaves lanceolate,
usually entire, 1-4 in. long; flowers yellow; pods slender, erect,
on diverging pedicels.

A biennial, on banks of streams or in waste places, intro-
duced from Europe. Hamilton, Lake, Lucas, Portage.

2. Cheirinia repanda (L.) Link. Repand Cheirinia. Stem
pubescent, 1 ft. high, m.uch branched; leaves repand-denticulate,
lanceolate, lower ones sometimes lobed, 1-3^ in. long; flowers
larger than in C. cheiranthoides; pods long, spreading, on
stout pedicels.

Annual in waste ground, adventive from Europe. Erie,
Logan.

320 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

3. Cheirinia aspera (DC.) Britt. Western Cheirinia. Stem
nearly simple, hoary-pubescent, 1-3 ft. high; leaves narrowly
lanceolate, usually dentate, 1-2 in. long; flowers large, orange-
yellow, in a close raceme; petals orbicular, on slender claws;
pods 1-4 in. long, rough, spreading on slender pedicels, 4-sided.

An indigenous biennial, in open places. Franklin County.

19. Erysimum (Tourn.) L. Hedge-mustard.

Tall erect annual herbs, with pinnatifid leaves and small
yellow flowers in racemes. Siliques linear, round. Seeds
many, in 1 row in each cavity, marginless.

1 Erysimum officinale L. Hedge-mustard. Stem branch-
ing, somewhat pubescent, 1-3 ft. high; leaves runcinate, the
lower petioled, the upper sessile, lobes 7-13, the end lobe largest;
flowers pale yellow; pods linear, \ in. long, closely appressed
to the stem. Lower leaves sometimes rosulate.

A common weed in waste places, naturalized from Europe.
General and abundant.

20. Norta Adans. Hedge-mustard.
Erect annual herbs, with pinnatifid leaves, and medium-
sized yellow flowers in loose racemes. Siliques very long,
linear, terete, spreading or ascending. Seeds wingless, in 1
or 2 rows in each cavity.

1. Pods spreading; leaves runcinate-pinnatifid. N. altissima.

1. Pods ascending; leaves runcinate, with a large terminal segment. N. trio.

1. Norta altissima (L.) Britt. Tall Hedge-mustard. Stem
glabrous, much branched, 2-4 ft. high; lower leaves narrowly
runcinate, upper leaves pinnatifid into narrow segments;
flowers pale yellow; pods 2-4 in. long, rigid, spreading.

A bad weed introduced from the Northwest, but native
of Europe. Belmont, Cuyahoga, Erie, Greene, Jackson, Lake,
Ottawa, Portage, Wayne.

2. Norta irio (L.) Britt. Longleaf Hedge-mustard. Similar
to N. altissima. Leaves runcinate-pinnatifid, the terminal
segment large.

In waste places, adventive from Europe. Portage County.

21. Conringia (Heist.) Adans. Hare's-ear Mustard.

Annual erect glabrous herbs, with elliptic, entire sessile
or cordate-clasping leaves, and yellowish white flowers in
terminal racemes. Sepals and petals narrow. Siliques linear,
4-angled, bilocular. Seeds wingless, in 1 row in each cavity.

June, 1917] The Brassicacece of Ohio 321

1. Conringia orientalis (L.) Dum. Hare's-ear Mustard.
Stem usually simple, 1-3 ft. tall, somewhat succulent; leaves
light green, obtuse, | in. long; petals nearly twice as long
as the sepals; pods spreading.

Adventive from Europe, becoming a bad weed, more com-
mon in the Northwest. Cuyahoga, Geauga, Lake.

22. Hesperis (Tourn.) L. Dame's Rocket.
Biennial or perennial erect herbs, pubescent with forked
hairs, w^ith simple leaves and large purple flowers in racemes.
Stigma 2-lobed. Siliques long, slender, dehiscent. Seeds margin-
less, globose, in 1 row in each cavity.

1. Hesperis matronalis L. Dame's Rocket. Stem branched,
2-3 ft. tall; leaves lanceolate, serrate, acuminate, lower leaves
long petioled, 3-8 in. long, upper leaves smaller, sessile; flowers
an inch broad, fragrant, petals spreading; pods linear, 2-4 in.
long.

A native of Europe, escaped from cultivation. Belmont
(Laughlin Herbarium), Franklin, Hamilton, Portage.

23. Arabidopsis (DC.) Schur. Mouse-ear Cress.
Annual erect branching herbs, pubescent with forked hairs,
with entire or toothed leaves and small white flowers in terminal
racemes. Siliques linear, dehiscent. Seeds wingless, in 1 row
in each cavity.

1. Arabidopsis thaliana (L.) Britt. Mouse-ear Cress.
Stem slender, hairy at the base, 1-16 in. high; basal leaves
rosulate, obovate, entire or toothed, petioled, 1-2 in. long;
stem-leaves smaller, few, acute, sessile; flowers small, petals
about twice the length of the calyx; pods pointed, spreading. •

In old fields and rocky places, naturalized from Europe.
Ashtabula, Clinton, Lucas, Montgomery.

24. Barbarea R. Br. Winter-cress.
Biennial or perennial erect branching herbs, with angled
stems, pinnatifid leaves and yellow flowers in racemes. Stamens
6. SiHques linear, 4-angled. Seeds wingless, in 1 row in each
cavity.

1. Lateral leaf-segments 1-4 pairs. 2.

1. Lateral leaf-segments 4-8 pairs. B. verna.

2. Pods spreading. B. barbarea.
2. Pods appressed. B. stricta.

322 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

1. Barbarea Barbarea (L.) MacM. Yellow Winter-cress.
Stems erect, glabrous, 1-2 ft. high, often in tufts; basal leaves
rosulate, 2-5 in. long, lyrate with a large rounded terminal
division, and 1-4 pairs of lateral segments; upper leaves nearly
or quite sessile, obovate, cut-toothed at the base; flowers
bright yellow; pods obtusely 4-angled, 1 in. long on slender
spreading pedicels. The thick basal leaves are found in winter
and used as a salad.

Indigenous in the Northwest, but apparently introduced
in the Eastern States. General.

2. Barbarea stricta Andrz. Erect Winter-cress. Stem
and leaves similar to B. barbarea, except that the lateral
divisions of the leaves are broader and more acute; flowers
pale yellow, corymbose, the rachis elongating in fruit; pods
erect, appressed.

In fields and meadows, naturalized from Europe. Erie
County.

3. Barbarea verna (Mill.) Aschers. Early Winter-cress.
Similar to B. stricta, but less stout, except the pedicels which are
stouter; leaves 4-8 pairs of lateral segments; pods 1-3 in. long,
sharply 4-angled, slightly compressed.

Introduced from Europe, and flowering earlier than the
other species. Sometimes cultivated for salad and called
Scurvy-Grass. Belmont, Harrison, Portage, Preble.

25. lodanthus T. & G. Purple Rocket.

Perennial erect glabrous herbs, with dentate or lyrate
leaves, and purplish flowers in panicled racemes. Siliques
long, linear, somewhat flattened. Seeds oblong, wingless,
in 1 row in each cavity. A monotypic genus.

1. lodanthus pinnatifidus (Mx.) Steud. Purple Rocket.
Stem slender, branching, 1-3 ft. high; lower leaves ovate or
cordate, sometimes lyrate, dentate, 2-8 in. long, tapering
into a long margined petiole which is clasping at the base;
stem-leaves smaller, ovate-lanceolate, the upper nearly sessile;
flowers many, small, lavender-purple; pods about 1 in. long,
spreading or ascending.

Indigenous on low river banks or creeks. Rather general.

June, I'.il (J The Brassicacece of Ohio 323

20. Arabis L. Rock-cress.

Annual or biennial erect, glabrous or pubescent herbs, with
entire or lobed, sometimes pinnatifid leaves, and white or
purple flowers in racemes. Siliques linear, dehiscent. Seeds
in 1 or 2 rows in each cavity, winged or wingless.

1. Flowers white. 2.

1. Flowers purple or puqjlish; basal leaves spatulate; stem-leaves lanceolate. 8.

2. Basal and stem-leaves similar, pinnatifid; plant glabrous. A. virginica.

2. Basal and stem-leaves different. 3.

3. Basal leaves lyrate; stem-leaves spatulate to linear; plant glabrous above,

pubescent below. ,1. lyrata.
3. Basal leaves on marginal petioles; stem-leaves clasping; plant pubescent. 4.

3. Basal leaves petioled. 6.

4. Petals as long as the calyx. 5.

4. Petals longer than the calyx; pods erect or appressed. A . hirsuta.

5. Flowers greenish white; pods spreading. A.dentata.

5. Flowers bright white; pods ascending. A. patens.

6. Plant glabrous and glaucous; stem-leaves clasping; petals slightly longer than

the calyx; pods long. 7.

6. Plants glabrous above, pubescent below; stem-leaves not clasping; petals

twice as long as the calyx; pods scythe-shaped. A. canadensis .

7. Petals yellowish-white; pods appressed. .4. glabra.

7. Petals greenish-white; pods recurved-spreading. A. laevigata.

8. Plant glabrous and somewhat glaucous; pods close, erect. A. drummondii.
8. Plant glabrous above; purple-glaucous; pods spreading. A. brachycarpa.

1. Arabis dentata T. & G. Toothed Rock-cress. Stems
slender, upright, branching from the base, 1-2 ft. high; leaves
broad-ovate or obovate, dentate, basal leaves 2-4 in. long,
stem-leaves auricled; pods linear, ascending; seeds marginless,
in 1 row in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial or perennial. Rather general.

2. Arabis patens Sull. Spreading Rock-cress. Stem simple,
erect, leafy, 1-2 ft. high, densely pubescent; basal leaves dentate,
1-3 in. long, stem-leaves sessile, cordate-clasping, ovate or
oblong, the middle ones largest ; pods narrow, flat ; seeds narrowly
winged, in 1 row in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial. Franklin County.

3. Arabis hirsixta (L.) Scop. Hairy Rock-cress. Stem
erect, nearly simple, rough-hairy or nearly glabrous, 1-2 ft.
high; basal leaves obovate, obtuse, dentate, 1-2 in. long on
margined petioles; stem-leaves lanceolate or oblong, partly
clasping by a somewhat heart-shaped base; pods linear, 1-2 in.
long; seeds narrowly winged, in 1 row in each cavity.

A European biennial, in rocky places. Rather general.

4. Arabis glabra (L.) Bernh. Tower Mustard. Stems erect,
usually simple or branched at the base, 2-4 ft. high, glabrous

324 The Ohio Joimial of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

and glaucous, pubescent below; basal leaves 2-10 in. long,
oblanceolate, coarsely dentate or lyrate; stem-leaves smaller,
lanceolate, usually entire, with a sagittate base; petals little
longer than the sepals; pods linear, 2-3 in. long, erect and
appressed; seeds marginless, in 1 row in each cavity.

A biennial in fields and rocky places, perhaps indigenous.
Auglaize, Belmont, Cuyahoga, Franklin, Geauga, Hamilton,
Lucas, Richland.

5. Arabis laevigata (Muhl.) Poir. Smooth Rock-cress.
Stems erect, 1-3 ft. high, glabrous and glaucous, nearly simple;
basal leaves 2-3 in. long, obovate, dentate, rarely lyrate; stem-
leaves sessile, lanceolate to linear, entire or few-toothed, clasping
by an auricled base; pods 3-4 in. long, recurved-spreading;
seeds winged, in 1 row in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial in rocky woods. General.

6. Arabis canadensis L. Sickle-pod Rock-cress. Stems
erect, simple, 1-3 ft. high, smooth above; basal leaves 3-7 in.
long, dentate, narrowed into a petiole, early withering; stem-
leaves sessile, pubescent, lanceolate, pointed at each end,
toothed or entire; pods flat, 2-3^ in. long, scythe-shaped,
pendulous on hairy pedicels; seeds winged, in 1 row in each
cavity.

An indigenous biennial in woods and ravines. General.

7. Arabis virginica (L.) Trel. Virginia Rock-cress. Stems
low, diffuse, 6-12 in. long; leaves pinnatifid, 1-3 in. long; flowers
very small; pods linear, ascending; seeds orbicular, winged,
in 1 row in each cavity.

Indigenous in open situations. Clark, Clermont, Lawrence.

8. Arabis lyrata L. Lyre-leaf Rock-cress. Stems tufted,
erect, 4-12 in. high; basal leaves lyrate, 1-2 in. long; stem-leaves
spatulate or linear, entire or toothed, scattered; petals much
longer than the calyx; pods linear, ascending; seeds wingless,
in 1 row in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial in rocky places. Auglaize, Erie,
Muskingum, Pike, Wood.

9. Arabis drummondii Gr. Drummond's Rock-cress. Stems
erect, |-3 ft. tall, glabrous, somewhat glaucous; basal leaves
rosulate, oblanceolate, dentate or entire narrowed into a long
petiole; stem-leaves sagittate-lanceolate, erect, entire; flowers
pink-purple or white; pods blunt, 2-4 in. long; seeds winged,
in 2 rows in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial in rocky places. No specimens.

June, 1917] The BrassicacecB of Ohio 325

10. Arabis brachycarpa (T. & G.) Britt. Purple Rock-
cress. Stems erect, simple or sparingly branched, 1-3 ft. high,
glabrous except at the base, glaucous and purplish; basal
leaves rosulate, densely stellate-pubescent, obovate, dentate,
petioled, 1-3 in. long; stem leaves glabrous, sagittate-lanceolate,
entire or few-toothed; flowers pink-purple or white; petals
twice the length of the calyx; pods linear, 1-3| in. long; seeds
winged, in 2 rows in each cavity.

An indigenous biennial in sandy or rocky situations. Erie,
Ottawa.

27. Cardamine (Tourn.) L. Bitter-cress.
Erect and ascending branching herbs, mostly glabrous,
with tuberous rootstocks or fibrous roots, simple or pinnately
divided leaves, and white or purplish flowers in racemes or
corymbs. Stamens 6 or 4. Siliques long, flat, elastically
dehiscent. Seeds flat, wingless, in 1 row in each cavity.

1. Leaves simple, entire or coarsely dentate. 2.

1. Leaves simple, pinnately divided. 4.

2. Stems erect from a tuberous base; basal and stem-leaves different. 3.

2. Stems decumbent; roots fibrous; basal and stem-leaves similar; flowers white,

small. C. rotundifolia.

3. Plant earh^, pubescent, purplish; flowers purple. C. douglassii.

3. Plant later, glabrous, green; flowers white. C. bulbosa.

4. Stems erect. 5.

4. Stems weak; flowers white, very small. C. parviflora.

5. Flowers white or purplish, showy. C. pratensis.

5. Flowers white, small. 6.

6. Stems mostly leafless; leaves rosulate, pubescent; stamens 4. C. hirsuta.

6. Stems leafy; leaves glabrous. 7.

7. Leaflets obovate or oblong; plant 8 in. to 3 ft. tall, branched. C. pennsylvanica.
7. Leaflets linear; plant 6 in. to 1 ft. tall, branched from the base. C. arenicola.

1. Cardamine douglassii (Torr.) Britt. Purple Bitter-
cress. Stems clustered from a perennial tuberous rootstock,
usually simple, 4-15 in. high; basal leaves slender petioled,
ovate-orbicular, 1 in. broad, cordate, somewhat angular,
purple beneath; stem-leaves close, sessile, nearly dentate;
flowers in a lengthening raceme, corymbose at first, show}^; pod
1 in. long, pointed, erect.

Indigenous in low, shady, moist places. General and
abundant.

2. Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb.) B. S. P. Bulbous Bitter-
cress. Stems several from a slender tuberous rootstock,
6-20 in. high; basal leaves oblong or cordate-ovate, 1-1^ in.
long, on long petioles; stem-leaves scattered, lower petioled,
upper sessile, toothed or entire; pods as in C. douglassii.

326 The Ohio Joiirval of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Perennials in wet meadows and along streams, blooming
two or three weeks later than C. douglassii. Indigenous and
general.

3. Cardamine rotundifolia Mx. Round-leaf Bitter-cress.
Stems branching, stolonif erous ; leaves ranging from petioled
at the base to sessile near the end of the stem, oval, undulate or
entire, often cordate, 1 in. broad, occasionally with a pair of
small leaflets on the lower petioles; pods linear, pointed, ^-f in.
long.

Indigenous perennials in cool springs or shallow shaded
streams. Belmont, Noble.

4. Cardamine pratensis L. Meadow Bitter-cress. Stem
from a short rootstock, 8 in. to 2 ft. high, nearly simple; leaves
pinnately divided; leaflets 7-15, dentate or entire, the lower
large, broad and petioled, the upper sessile and narrow; petals
white or rose-color, three times the length of the sepals; pods
f-1^ in. long, style thick.

Perennials in wet meadows or bogs, introduced from Europe
but indigenous in the North and Northwest. Portage County.

5. Cardamine hirsuta L. Hairy Bitter-cress. Stem nearly
simple, 4-10 in. high; leaves chiefly basal, 1-4 in. long; leaflets
5-11, somewhat pubescent on the upper surface, the terminal
segment orbicular, entire or few-toothed, larger than the
lateral segments; stem-leaves, if any, much reduced; pods
linear, appressed, 1 in. long.

Annual or biennial in waste places. Perhaps introduced
from Europe. Lake County.

G. Cardamine pennsylvanica Muhl. Pennsylvania Bitter-
cress. Stems usually much branched, 8 in. to 3 ft. tall, some-
what fleshy, leafy; basal leaves 2-6 in. long, larger and broader
then the stem-leaves, segments 7-11, the terminal part obovate,
all more or less confluent along the rachis; racemes lateral
and terminal; pods linear, 1 in. long.

Indigenous annual, or biennial in damp places. General.

7. Cardamine arenicola Britt. Sand Bitter-cress. Stem
much branched from the base, leafy, 6-12 in. high; leaves with
numerous linear divisions, usually entire, the basal leaves
slightly larger; pods erect, less than 1 in. long.

Indigenous annuals in wet sandy soil. Perhaps a form of
C. parviflora. Lake County.

June, 1917] The BrassicacecB of Ohio 327

8. Cardamine parviflora L. Small-flowered Bitter-cress.
Stem erect or ascending, branching, 2-15 in. high, very slender,
with scattered leaves; leaves with 5-11 segments, oblong or
linear, the terminal ones often rounded, basal leaves largest;
flowers scarcely a line broad; pods slender, scarcely 1 in. long,
on a somewhat zigzag peduncle.

Indigenous annuals or biennials, in dry, rock}^ or barren
soil. Delaware, Fairfield, Hocking, Lawrence.

28. Dentaria (Tourn.) L. Toothwort.

Perennial, mostly glabrous herbs, with scaly or toothed root-
stocks of a pungent taste. Stems leafless below, leaves 2 or 3,
palmately parted or compound. Flowers white or purplish, in a
short raceme or corymb. Siliques linear, flat, dehiscent from
the base. Seeds oval, wingless, in 1 row in each cavity.

1. Basal and stem-leaves similar. 2.

1. Basal and stem-leaves different; rootstock jointed. D. heterophylla.

2. Stem-leaves 2, opposite; rootstock continuous. 3.

2. Stem-leaves usually 3; rootstock jointed. 4.

3. Leaf segments ovate or ovate-oblong. D. diphylla.

3. Leaf segments linear. D. miiltifida.

4. Leaves alternate, sometimes 2-7. D. maxima.
4. Leaves whorled. D. laciniata.

1. Dentaria diphylla Mx. Two-leaf Toothwort. Stem
stout, erect, glabrous, 8-12 in. high, from a continuous toothed
rootstock; basal leaves long-petioled, 4-5 in. broad, ternate,
ovate, dentate, often found in winter; stem-leaves similar, 2,
opposite; flowers white, petals twice the length of the sepals;
pods 1 in. long, but seldom maturing.

Indigenous in woods and meadows. Eastern half of the
state.

2. Dentaria maxima Nutt. Large Toothwort. Similar
to D. diphylla, but larger. Rootstock interrupted, tubercled;
leaves 2-7 (usually 3), alternate; flowers sometimes purple-
tinged.

Indigenous in damp woods, but local. No specimens.

3. Dentaria heterophylla Nutt. Slender Toothwort. Stem
slender, scapose, glabrous or slightly pubescent; rootstock
jointed, near the surface; whole plant purplish, flowers deepest;
stem-leaves generally 2, opposite, ternate, divisions linear,
entire, 1-1^ in. long; flowers few; pods 1 in. long, ascending.

328 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

Indigenous in damp woods. Blooms later than D. laciniata
and the whole plant soon disappears. Auglaize, Belmont,
Clermont, Hocking, Vinton.

4. Dentaria laciniata Muhl. Cutleaf Toothwort. Stem
glabrous or slightly pubescent, 8-15 in. high, from a deep,
jointed rootstock; stem-leaves 3, whorled, petioled, 2-5 in.
broad, 3-cleft, the lateral divisions often 2-cleft, all laciniate;
basal leaves similar, long-petioled, appearing after flowering
time; flowers white or purplish; pods linear, ascending.

Indigenous in woods, blooming earlier than D. diphylla.
General and abundant.

5. Dentaria multifida Muhl. Multifid Toothwort. Stem
slender, scapose, glabrous; rootstocks continuous; basal leaves
long-petioled, about 2 in. broad, ternate, segments linear,
bipinnatifid ; stem-leaves similar, but smaller; petals white,
nearly twice as long as the sepals; pods slender, ascending, long-
beaked.

In rocky woods in North Carolina to Tennessee and Ala-
bama. Hamilton County.

29. Lunaria (Tourn.) L. Honesty.

Annual or biennial erect pubescent herbs, with broad dentate
cordate leaves and large purple flowers in racemes. Lateral
sepals saccate at the base. Silicles stalked, flat, elliptic or
oblong, dehiscent. Septum hyaline, silvery. Seeds large, cir-
cular, winged, in 2 rows in each cavity.

1. Lunaria annua L. Honesty. Stems stout, branching,
2-4 ft. tall; earliest leaves opposite, broadly cordate, dentate,
3-6 in. long, petioled, later leaves alternate; flowers large, purple;
pods 1^-2 in. broad, elliptic, drooping on a slender stipe. A
European garden flower, cultivated for its shining septum.

Escaped from gardens or persisting after cultivation. No
specimens. Belmont County (Laughlin Herbarium).

30. Sinapis L. Mustard.
Annual erect, more or less hispid herbs, with lobed leaves
and large yellow flowers in racemes. Siliques terete, constricted
between the seeds and tipped with a long flat beak. Seeds
large, spherical, light-colored, in 1 row in each cavity.

1. Leaves h^ratc; pods hispid-pubescent. S.alha.
1. Leaves slightly lobed; pods glabrous. S.arvensis.

June, 1917] The Brassicacece of Ohio 329

1. Sinapis alba L. White Mustard. Stem branching,
hispid-pubescent, 1-2 ft. high; lower leaves with a large terminal
leaflet and several pairs of smaller ones, dentate, 6-8 in. long;
upper leaves smaller, to lanceolate, dentate; pods bristly,
constricted, ascending, beak as long as the pod.

A European herb, escaped from cultivation. Lucas County.

2. Sinapis arvensis L. Corn Mustard. Stem branching
1-2 ft. high; leaves like those of S. alba, but less lobed, the
upper leaves rhombic, sessile; pods glabrous, knotty, ascending,
beak ^ as long.

A troublesome annual from Europe. General, except in
southern part.

31. Brassica (Tourn.) L. Cabbage, Mustard, Turnip.

Annual or biennial erect branching herbs, sometimes tall,
with pinnatifid or lyrate basal leaves, dentate or entire upper
leaves, and showy yellow flowers in long racemes. Siliques
long, sessile, terete or 4-sided, tipped with a conic, often 1-seeded
beak. Seeds globose, wingless, in 1 row in each cavity.

1. Leaves not clasping at the base. 2.

1. Upper leaves clasping at the base. 3.

2. Plant green, hirsute; pods appressed. B. nigra.

2. Plant pale glaucous, glabrous; pods spreading. B. jiincea.

3. Leaves auricled. 4.

3. Leaves not auricled; plant glaucous-blue. B. oleracea.

4. Plant hispidulous. B. campestris.
4. Plant entirely glabrous. B. napiis.

1. Brassica nigra (L.) Koch. Black Mustard. Stems 2-7
ft. high, branching, bristly, with scattered hairs; leaves hispid or
hirsute, lower leaves with one large terminal lobe and several
small lateral ones; upper leaves lanceolate, nearly entire;
flowers bright yellow; pods linear, 4-sided, appressed; seeds
dark brown, pungent.

A common weed, introduced from Europe.

2. Brassica juncea (L.) Cosson. Indian Mustard. Stems
1-4 ft. tall, coarse, pale, glabrous and somewhat glaucous;
lower leaves lyrate, 4-(5 in. long, petioled; upper leaves much
smaller, lanceolate or oblong, nearly entire, sessile; flowers
larger than those of B. nigra; pods long, spreading.

In grain fields and waste places, recently introduced from
Asia. Portage, Wayne.

330 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

3. Brassica campestris L. Common Turnip. Stem 1-3 ft.
high, glaucous, branching; lower leaves lyrate, petioled, pubes-
cent; upper leaves lanceolate, sessile, glabrous; flowers large,
pale yellow; pods long, spreading; root fleshy; biennial.

Introduced from Europe and persisting in cultivated ground.
Auglaize, Franklin, Miami, Wayne.

4. Brassica napus L. Rape. Similar to B. campestris, but

entirely glabrous. Racemes dense.

Introduced from Europe. Franklin County.

5. Brassica oleracea L. Cabbage. Stem thick and hard.
Leaves large, fleshy, strongly-veined, forming a head the first
year.

A biennial, occasionally spontaneous. No specimens.

32. Diplotaxis DC. Rocket.

Annual or perennial herbs, similar to the Brassicas, with
pinnatifid or lobed leaves, and rather large yellow flowers in
loose terminal racemes. Siliques elongated, flat. Seeds wing-
less, in 2 rows in each cavity.

1. Diplotaxis tenuifolia (L.) DC. Wall Rocket. Stem
1-4 ft. high, leafy, branched, glabrous and slightly glaucous;
leaves 3-6 in. long, thin, deeply pinnatifid, divisions narrow;
pods 1-1§ in. long, erect on slender pedicels.

A perennial in waste places, adventive from Europe. Cuya-
hoga County.

33. Raphanus (Tourn.) L. Radish.

Annual or biennial erect herbs with lyrate leaves and showy
flowers in racemes. Siliques oblong, acuminate, coriaceous,
spongy, indehiscent. Seeds spherical.

1. Flowers yellow, turning purple or white; pods moniliform. R. raphanistnim.
1. Flowers pale purple; pods short and thick. R.sativus.

1. Raphanus raphanistrum L. Wild Radish. Stem \-2\
ft. high, much branched, slightly pubescent; lower leaves
rough, 4-8 in. long, lyrate with a large terminal lobe and smaller
lobes, all dentate; upper leaves smaller, oblong; flowers ^-f in.
broad, purple veined; pods 1-1^ in. long, constricted somewhat
like those of Sinapsis arvensis; root slender.

A troublesome weed in fields from Europe. Lake County.

1
i

June, 1917] The BrassicacecB of Ohio 331

2. Raphanus sativus L. Garden Radish. Similar to
Raphanus raphanistrum, but with pale purple flowers, and
shorter pods not moniliform.

Cultivated for the fleshy root and persistent for a year
or two. Rather general.

34. Cakile (Tourn.) Mill. Sea Rocket.

Fleshy, dift\ise, annual herbs of the seashore, with glabrous
freely branching stems, and purplish flowers in racemes. Sil-
iques short, 2-jointed, indehiscent; the joints 1-seeded, or the
lower part seedless, and the upper part breaking off when
mature.

1. Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. Sea Rocket. Stems
about 1 ft. high, ascending from a deep root, bushy; leaves
obovate, sinuate-dentate, narrowed at the base, the lower ones
3-5 in. long; flowers small, petals purplish, clawed; pods short,
upper joint larger than the lower.

Indigenous in wet sands of the seashore and of the Great
Lakes. Ashtabula, Cuyahoga, Erie, Lake.

Bamesville, Ohio.

NOTES ON THE FRINGILLINE GENUS PASSERHERBULUS
AND ITS NEAREST ALLIES.

By Harry C. Oberholser.

A careful examination and comparison of the species of
Passerherbidus at once discloses the fact that this genus as at
present constituted is a composite group. The structural
discrepancies between several of its species are such that it
seems necessary to place them in different genera. The only
other consistent course seems to be to merge Passerherbulus
with Ammodramiis and Centronyx, for the differences that
separate these genera from Passerherbulus are no more important
than the structural differences between the species of Passer-
herbulus itself. There seem to be four well-marked groups
in Passerherbulus which are thus in need of generic definition,
and this is the purpose of the present discussion.

The generic name Passerherbulus was first proposed by Mr.
C. J. Maynard in 1895/ but from that date it is merely a nomen
nudum, since the only indication of type is the citation of the
name "LeConte's Bunting" without authority or other state-
ment of origin; furthermore, this name does not occur elsewhere
in Maynard's book, for on a previous page where the bird is
described it is called LeConte's Sparrow. Therefore, according
to the International Code of Nomenclature, the name Passer-
herbulus can not be cited as valid from this publication. Its
earliest proper use seems to be by Stone in 1907,- when the
type was given as Ammodramiis lecontei; and thus, if only a
single generic term be employed for this group, it must be
Am?nospiza Oberholser, 1905.''* However, as above indicated,
this group should be separated into four, which are defined
below.

Thryospiza, gen. nov.^

Chars, gen. — -Similar to Passerherbulus Stone (type, Emberiza
leconteii Audubon), but tail shorter than the wing — about nine-tenths
of wing or somewhat more ; first primary (counting from the outennost)
shorter than the seventh; bill much lengthened, the wing only four to

iBirds Eastern North Amer., ed. 2, pt. 40, 1895, p. 707.
2Auk, XXIV, April, 1907, p. 193.
^Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 48, May 13, 1905, p. 68.
^From 6pvov, juncus; and o-T-i^a, fringilla.

332

June, 1917] FringiUine Genus Passerherbulus 333

four and one-half times the length of the exposed culmen ; bill relatively
more slender, the length of exposed eulmen decidedly more than twice
the height of bill at base, the height at base very much less than the
length of the gonys; and exposed culmen about equal to middle toe
without claw.

Description. — Tail about nine-tenths of wing or somewhat more, but
never as long as wing; first primary (counting from the outennost)
shorter than the seventh, usually about equal to the eighth; bill much
lengthened, the wing four to four and one-half times the length of
exposed culmen ; length of exposed culmen two and one-fourth to two and
one-half times the height of bill at base; the height of bill at base about
three-fourths of the length of gonys; exposed eulmen about equal to
middle toe without claw.

Type. — Fringilla maritima Wilson.

Remarks. — The seaside sparrows are, as above shown, very
distinct in structural characters from the other birds commonly
associated wath them in the same generic group, and there is
no doubt of the propriety of their generic segregation. The
very long bill and much rounded w4ng, together with their
other proportions, easily distinguish them. The species and
subspecies included in this group are as f ollow^s :

Thryospiza maritima maritima (Wilson).
Thryospiza maritima macgillivraii (Audubon).
Thryospiza maritima peninsulce (Allen).
Thryospiza maritima sennetti (iVllen).
Thryospiza maritima fisheri (Chapman).
Thryospiza nigrescens (Ridgway).

Ammospiza Oberholser.

Ammodramiis Swainsox, Zool. Journ., Ill, August to
November, 1827, p. 348, (type by original designation, Fringilla
caiidacuta Wilson) (nee Ammodramus Swainson, Philos. Mag.,
new series, I, June, 1827, p. 435, qui Coturniciiliis Bonaparte).

Ammospiza Oberholser, Smiths. Misc. Coll., Vol. 48, May
13, 1905, p. G8, (t^^pe by original designation, Oriolus caudacutus
Gmelin) .

Chars, gen. — Similar to Thryospiza, but tail decidedly shorter, not
over seven-eighths of wing ; first primary (counting from the outermost)
longer than sixth; bill stouter and only moderately lengthened, the
length of exposed culmen about twice the height of bill at base; and
exposed culmen very much less than middle toe without claw.

Description. — -Tail three-fourths to seven-eighths of wing; first
primary (counting from the outennost) longer than the sixth, sometimes

334 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

equaling the fifth; bill moderately lengthened, the wing four to four and
one-half times the length of exposed culmen; length of exposed culmen
about twice the height of bill at base ; height of bill at base about three-
fourths of length of gonys; exposed culmen much less than middle
toe without claw, often barely more than length of the two basal
phalanges.

Type. — Oriolus caudacuhis Gmelin.

Remarks. — The above-given characters clearly show that the
sharp-tailed sparrow {Oriolus caudacittus Gmelin) is not con-
generic wdth the seaside sparrow {Fri?igilla maritima Wilson).
The applicability of the generic name Ammodramus Swainson
has already been fully discussed. "^

Some recent authors have considered the Nelson sparrow
{Ammodramus caudacuhis nelsoni Allen) specifically distinct
from Ammospiza caudacuta, but the examination of a large
amount of material now shows that intermediate specimens
of varying degrees entirely connect the two, and that con-
sequently the former must be a subspecies. The same is true
of the Acadian sharp-tailed sparrow {Ammodramus caudacutus
subvirgatus Dwight), which authors now consider a subspecies
of Ammospiza caudacuta nelsoni.

The forms of this genus should, therefore, now stand as
follows :

Ammospiza caudacuta (Gmelin).
Ammospiza caudacuta subvirgata (Dwight).
Ammospiza caudacuta nelsoni (Allen).

Passerherbulus vStone.

Passerherbulus Stone, Auk, XXIV, No. 2, April, 1907,
p. 193 (ex Maynard, Birds Eastern North Amer., ed. 2, pt. 40,
1895, p. 707, nomen nudum) (type by original designation and
monotypy, Ammodramus lecontei [= Emberiza leconteii
Audubon]).

Chars, gen. — Similar to Ammospiza, but tail about equal to wing
(sometimes a little shorter, sometimes sHghtly longer); first primary
(counting from the outennost) longer than the fifth; bill short, but
moderately slender, the wing five to five and one-half times the length
of exposed culmen.

Description. — Tail slightly longer to slightly shorter than wing,
usually about equal to wing ; first primary (counting from the outermost)

iC/. Oberholser, Smiths. Coll., Vol. 48, May 13, 1905, p. 67.

June, 1917] Fringilline Genus Passerherbidus 335

longer than the fifth, sometimes about equal to the fourth; bill short,
but moderately slender, the wing five to five and one-half times the
length of exposed culmen; length of exposed culmen about twice the
height of bill at base; height of bill at base less than length of gonys;
exposed culmen less than middle toe without claw.
Type. — Emberiza leconteii Audubon.

Remarks.— The very short, somewhat slender bill and long
tail of the type species of this monotypic group sufficiently
distinguish it almost at a glance from the other related forms.
The applicability of the name Passerherbidus Stone, ex Maynard,
has been discussed above. ^

The sole species of this genus will now stand as:

Passerherbidus leconteii (Audubon) .

Nemospiza, gen. nov.-

Chars, gen.- — Similar to Passerherbidus, but tail decidedly shorter
than wing ; first primary (counting from the outermost) shorter than the
fifth; bill short and very stout, the wing only four and one-half times
the exposed culmen; length of exposed culmen one and one-half to one
and three-fourths times the height of bill at base; height of bill at base
about equal to the length of gonys.

Description. — Tail about ninety-five percent, of wing; first primary
(counting from the outermost) usually longer than sixth and shorter
than fifth; bill short, but very stout; wing foiir and one-half times the
length of exposed culmen; length of exposed culmen one and one-half
to one and three-fourths times the height of bill at base; height of bill
at base about equal to gonys; exposed culmen less than middle toe
without claw.

Type. — Emberiza henslowii Audubon.

Remarks. — The very short, stout bill and its big proportions
at once separate the type of this genus from all of the species
here treated.

The only forms of this genus are:

Nemospiza henslowii he?islowii (Audubon).
Nemospiza henslowii occidentalis (Brewster).

^Antea, p. 332.

^From v4fw%, pascuum; and cnriga, fringilla.

336 The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVII, No. 8,

The following key to the genus Passerherbiilus and the three
allied genera above diagnosed may serve to set forth more
graphically their distinguishing characteristics:

fli. Exposed culman not decidedly less than middle toe without claw; exposed
culmen decidedly more than twice the height of bill at base; first
primary (counting from the outermost) shorter than the seventh

Thryospiza.

a^. Exposed culmen decidedly less than middle toe without claw; exposed

culmen not decidedly more than twice the height of bill at base; first

primary (counting from the outermost) longer than the seventh.

6K Wing decidedly more than four and one-half times the length of

exposed culmen; tail about equal to wing; first primary (counting

from the outermost) longer than fifth Passerherbiilus.

b-. Wing not decidedly more than four and one-half times the length of

exposed culmen; tail decidedly shorter than wing; first primary

(counting from the outermost) not longer than fifth.

c^. Tail more than seven-eighths of wing; exposed culmen much less

than twice the height of bill at base; height of bill at base

about equal to length of gonys Nemospiza.

C-. Tail not more than seven-eighths of wing; exposed culmen about
twice the height of bill at base; height of bill at base decidedly
less than length of gonys Ammospiza.

Date of Publication, June 2, 1917.

INDEX TO VOLUME XVII.

Acalypta, 9.

Algas of Michigan, 217.

Ammospiza, 333.

Amiotic parthenogenesis, 97.

Boracic Acid in Foods, 66.

Brassicaceae, Ohio, 295.

Bythoscopina3, 119.

Cabbage family, Ohio, 295.

CalHphora, 292.

Carcinomas in Dogs, 177.

Cicadellidas of S. C, 119.

Cicadellinas, 121.

Columbus, Ohio, Geography, 137.

Corythucha, 11.

Crowfoot Family, 106.

Crucifers, Ohio, 295.

Cynomyia, 293.

Cytoplasm and Heredity, 1.

Dictyonella, 249.

Dogs, Tumors, 177.

Drawing, Scientific, 205.

Ectogony, 282.

Embryo of plethodon, 25.

Erax, 21.

Foods with Boracic Acid, 66.

Fossils, Silurian, 187, 233.

Fringilla, 333.

Ganglia of Plethodon, 25.

Gasserian ganglia, 25.

Geography of Columbus, 137.

Geologic literature, 52.

Geologists, Future for, 83.

Government Documents, 63.

Grabauphyllum, 199.

Gyponinas, 122.

Habrochrinus, 240.

Hallicystis, 235.

Heredity and Cytoplasm, 1.

Holophragma, 191.

Homoptera, Cicadelidae, 119.

Hypoderma bovis, 173.

lineata, 174.
Jassinas, 122.
Lace-bugs, 213.

Leontodon parthenogenesis, 97.
Lingulops, 255.

Lucilia, 288.
Melanorhopala, 15..
Merragata, N. A. Species, 101.
Michigan Algas, 217.
Monstrosity in Trillium grandi-

florum, 16.
Muscid Flies, 285.
Mustard family, Ohio, 308.
Nearctic Tingidce, 9.
Nemospiza, 335.
News and Notes, 23, 216, 272.
Ohio Acad. Sci, 26th meeting, 69.
Ohio Brassicaceae, 308.
Ohio Ranunculaceag, 106.
Ohio Silurian Fossils, 187, 233.
Ohio Vascular Plants, Additions, 132.
Ohio Warble Flies, 169.
Parthenogenesis, Amiotic, 97.
Passerherbulus 332.
Phormia, 291.
Plethodon glutinosus, 25.
PoUineia, 293.
Profundus ganglia, 25.
Ranunculaceae in Ohio, 106.
Report 26th Annual Meeting Ohio

Academy Science, 69.
Robber Flies, 21.

Rotifers, Cytoplasm and Heredity, 1.
Schuchertella, 2.56.
Scientific Drawing, 205.
Silurian Fossils, Ohio, 187, 233.
South Carolina CicadelidEe, 119.
Stricklandinia, 248.
Stropheodonta, 246.
Tabanidae, N. A., 269.
Taraxcum parthenogenesis, 97.
Thryospiza, 332.
Tingidae, Nearctic, 9.
Tingidae. 213, 295.
Trillium, 16.
Trochurus, 251.
Tumors in Dogs, 177.
Vascular Plants, Ohio, 132.
Warble Flies in Ohio, 169.
Winter observations, muscid flies, 285.
Xenia, 273.

337

338

The Ohio Journal of Science [Vol. XVIL No. 8,

New Species and Genera Described in Vol. XVII.

Animals.
Acalypta cooleyi Drake, 213.
Acalypta ovata Osborn and Drake. 9.
Agallia immaculata Lathrop, 120.
Alveotingis brevicornis, Osborn and

Drake, 306.
Alveotingis minor Osborn and Drake,

305.
Atheas annulatus Osborn and Drake,

295.
Atheas sordidus Osborn and Drake, 296.
Corvthaica constricta Osborn and

Drake, 304.
Corvthucha associata Osborn and

Drake, 14.
Corvtlnicha corvli Osborn and Drake,

299.
Corythucha distincta Osborn and

Drake, 13.
Corythucha distincta var. spinata,

Osborn and Drake, 301.
Corvthucha eriodictyonae Osborn and

D'rake, 302.
Corythucha hoodiana, Osborn and

Drake, 302.
Corvthucha immaculata Osborn and

Drake, 11.
Corvthucha mollicula Osborn and

Drake, 12.
Corvthucha morrilli Osborn and Drake,

298.
Corythucha oblicjua Osborn and Drake,

11.
Corythucha padi Drake, 215.
Corvthucha salicis Osborn and Drake,

298.
Dolichocysta acuta Drake, 214.
Erax auripilus Hine, 22.
Erax canus Hine, 22.
Erax plenus Hine, 21.

Melanorphopala duryi Osborn and

Drake, 15.
Merragata brumiea Drake, 105.
Merragata Foveata Drake, 103.
Nemospiza Oberholser, ^335.
Phlepsius carohnus Lathrop, 127.
Phlepsius distinctus Latlirop, 128.
Phlepsius similis Lathrop, 128.
Phlepsius torridus Lathrop, 126.
Platymetopius' carolinus Lathrop, 123.
Tabanus annularis Hine, 269.
Tabanus daechei Hine, 269.
Tabaniis nantuckensis Hine, 271.
Tabanus petiolatus Hine,. 270.
Tabanus uniformis Hine, 270.
Thryospiza Oberholser, 332.

Fossils.

Acervularia paveyi Foerste, 198.
Calostylis parvula Foerste, 200.
Calloc\^stites sphaeroidalis Foerste, 238.
Camarotoechia roadsi Foerste, 250.
Cyathophyllum roadsi Foerste, 197.
Dalmanella springfieldensis Foerste,

245.
Grabauphyllum johnstoni Foerste, 199.
Holocystites greenvillensis Foerste, 203.
Periechocrinus cylindricus Foerste, 244.
Trochurus halli Foerste, 254.
Trochurus wclleri Foerste, 254.
Zaphrentis digoniata Foerste, 194.

Pl.\nts.

Oedogonium americanum Transeau.231.

Oedogonium undulatum var. ameri-
canum Transeau, 232.

Vaucheria geminata var. depressa
Transeau, 228.